The Virginia Register OF  REGULATIONS is an official state publication issued every other week  throughout the year. Indexes are published quarterly, and are cumulative for  the year. The Virginia Register has several functions. The new and  amended sections of regulations, both as proposed and as finally adopted, are  required by law to be published in the Virginia Register. In addition,  the Virginia Register is a source of other information about state  government, including petitions for rulemaking, emergency regulations,  executive orders issued by the Governor, and notices of public hearings on  regulations.
    ADOPTION,  AMENDMENT, AND REPEAL OF REGULATIONS
    An  agency wishing to adopt, amend, or repeal regulations must first publish in the  Virginia Register a notice of intended regulatory action; a basis,  purpose, substance and issues statement; an economic impact analysis prepared  by the Department of Planning and Budget; the agency’s response to the economic  impact analysis; a summary; a notice giving the public an opportunity to  comment on the proposal; and the text of the proposed regulation.
    Following  publication of the proposal in the Virginia Register, the promulgating agency  receives public comments for a minimum of 60 days. The Governor reviews the  proposed regulation to determine if it is necessary to protect the public  health, safety and welfare, and if it is clearly written and easily  understandable. If the Governor chooses to comment on the proposed regulation,  his comments must be transmitted to the agency and the Registrar no later than  15 days following the completion of the 60-day public comment period. The  Governor’s comments, if any, will be published in the Virginia Register.  Not less than 15 days following the completion of the 60-day public comment  period, the agency may adopt the proposed regulation.
    The  Joint Commission on Administrative Rules (JCAR) or the appropriate standing  committee of each house of the General Assembly may meet during the  promulgation or final adoption process and file an objection with the Registrar  and the promulgating agency. The objection will be published in the Virginia  Register. Within 21 days after receipt by the agency of a legislative  objection, the agency shall file a response with the Registrar, the objecting  legislative body, and the Governor.
    When  final action is taken, the agency again publishes the text of the regulation as  adopted, highlighting all changes made to the proposed regulation and  explaining any substantial changes made since publication of the proposal. A  30-day final adoption period begins upon final publication in the Virginia  Register.
    The  Governor may review the final regulation during this time and, if he objects,  forward his objection to the Registrar and the agency. In addition to or in  lieu of filing a formal objection, the Governor may suspend the effective date  of a portion or all of a regulation until the end of the next regular General  Assembly session by issuing a directive signed by a majority of the members of  the appropriate legislative body and the Governor. The Governor’s objection or  suspension of the regulation, or both, will be published in the Virginia  Register. If the Governor finds that changes made to the proposed  regulation have substantial impact, he may require the agency to provide an  additional 30-day public comment period on the changes. Notice of the  additional public comment period required by the Governor will be published in  the Virginia Register.
    The  agency shall suspend the regulatory process for 30 days when it receives  requests from 25 or more individuals to solicit additional public comment,  unless the agency determines that the changes have minor or inconsequential  impact.
    A  regulation becomes effective at the conclusion of the 30-day final adoption  period, or at any other later date specified by the promulgating agency, unless  (i) a legislative objection has been filed, in which event the regulation,  unless withdrawn, becomes effective on the date specified, which shall be after  the expiration of the 21-day objection period; (ii) the Governor exercises his  authority to require the agency to provide for additional public comment, in  which event the regulation, unless withdrawn, becomes effective on the date  specified, which shall be after the expiration of the period for which the  Governor has provided for additional public comment; (iii) the Governor and the  General Assembly exercise their authority to suspend the effective date of a  regulation until the end of the next regular legislative session; or (iv) the  agency suspends the regulatory process, in which event the regulation, unless  withdrawn, becomes effective on the date specified, which shall be after the  expiration of the 30-day public comment period and no earlier than 15 days from  publication of the readopted action.
    A  regulatory action may be withdrawn by the promulgating agency at any time  before the regulation becomes final.
    FAST-TRACK  RULEMAKING PROCESS
    Section 2.2-4012.1 of the Code of Virginia provides an exemption from certain  provisions of the Administrative Process Act for agency regulations deemed by  the Governor to be noncontroversial.  To use this process, Governor's  concurrence is required and advance notice must be provided to certain  legislative committees.  Fast-track regulations will become effective on the  date noted in the regulatory action if no objections to using the process are  filed in accordance with § 2.2-4012.1.
    EMERGENCY  REGULATIONS
    Pursuant  to § 2.2-4011 of the Code of Virginia, an agency, upon consultation  with the Attorney General, and at the discretion of the Governor, may adopt  emergency regulations that are necessitated by an emergency situation. An  agency may also adopt an emergency regulation when Virginia statutory law or  the appropriation act or federal law or federal regulation requires that a  regulation be effective in 280 days or less from its enactment. The emergency regulation becomes operative upon its  adoption and filing with the Registrar of Regulations, unless a later date is  specified. Emergency regulations are limited to no more than 18 months in  duration; however, may be extended for six months under certain circumstances  as provided for in § 2.2-4011 D. Emergency regulations are published as  soon as possible in the Register.
    During  the time the emergency status is in effect, the agency may proceed with the  adoption of permanent regulations through the usual procedures. To begin  promulgating the replacement regulation, the agency must (i) file the Notice of  Intended Regulatory Action with the Registrar within 60 days of the effective  date of the emergency regulation and (ii) file the proposed regulation with the  Registrar within 180 days of the effective date of the emergency regulation. If  the agency chooses not to adopt the regulations, the emergency status ends when  the prescribed time limit expires.
    STATEMENT
    The  foregoing constitutes a generalized statement of the procedures to be followed.  For specific statutory language, it is suggested that Article 2 (§ 2.2-4006  et seq.) of Chapter 40 of Title 2.2 of the Code of Virginia be examined  carefully.
    CITATION  TO THE VIRGINIA REGISTER
    The Virginia  Register is cited by volume, issue, page number, and date. 29:5 VA.R. 1075-1192  November 5, 2012, refers to Volume 29, Issue 5, pages 1075 through 1192 of  the Virginia Register issued on 
  November 5, 2012.
    The  Virginia Register of Regulations is  published pursuant to Article 6 (§ 2.2-4031 et seq.) of Chapter 40 of Title 2.2  of the Code of Virginia. 
    Members  of the Virginia Code Commission: John  S. Edwards, Chairman; Gregory D. Habeeb; James M. LeMunyon; Ryan  T. McDougle; Robert L. Calhoun; E.M. Miller, Jr.; Thomas M.  Moncure, Jr.; Charles S. Sharp; Robert L. Tavenner; Christopher R. Nolen.
    Staff  of the Virginia Register: Jane  D. Chaffin, Registrar of Regulations; Karen Perrine, Assistant  Registrar; Anne Bloomsburg, Regulations Analyst; Rhonda Dyer, Publications  Assistant; Terri Edwards, Operations Staff Assistant.
         
       
                                                        PUBLICATION SCHEDULE AND DEADLINES
Vol. 30 Iss. 16 - April 07, 2014
April 2014 through March 2015
 
  | Volume: Issue | Material Submitted By Noon* | Will Be Published On | 
 
  | 30:16 | March 19, 2014 | April 7, 2014 | 
 
  | 30:17 | April 2, 2014 | April 21, 2014 | 
 
  | 30:18 | April 16, 2014 | May 5, 2014 | 
 
  | 30:19 | April 30, 2014 | May 19, 2014 | 
 
  | 30:20 | May 14, 2014 | June 2, 2014 | 
 
  | 30:21 | May 28, 2014 | June 16, 2014 | 
 
  | 30:22 | June 11, 2014 | June 30, 2014 | 
 
  | 30:23 | June 25, 2014 | July 14, 2014 | 
 
  | 30:24 | July 9, 2014 | July 28, 2014 | 
 
  | 30:25 | July 23, 2014 | August 11, 2014 | 
 
  | 30:26 | August 6, 2014 | August 25, 2014 | 
 
  | 31:1 | August 20, 2014 | September 8, 2014 | 
 
  | 31:2 | September 3, 2014 | September 22, 2014 | 
 
  | 31:3 | September 17, 2014 | October 6, 2014 | 
 
  | 31:4 | October 1, 2014 | October 20, 2014 | 
 
  | 31:5 | October 15, 2014 | November 3, 2014 | 
 
  | 31:6 | October 29, 2014 | November 17, 2014 | 
 
  | 31:7 | November 12, 2014 | December 1, 2014 | 
 
  | 31:8 | November 25, 2014 (Tuesday) | December 15, 2014 | 
 
  | 31:9 | December 10, 2014 | December 29, 2014 | 
 
  | 31:10 | December 23, 2014 (Tuesday) | January 12, 2015 | 
 
  | 31:11 | January 7, 2015 | January 26, 2015 | 
 
  | 31:12 | January 21, 2015 | February 9, 2015 | 
 
  | 31:13 | February 4, 2015 | February 23, 2015 | 
 
  | 31:14 | February 18, 2015 | March 9, 2015 | 
*Filing deadlines are Wednesdays
unless otherwise specified.
 
   
                                                        
                                                        
                                                        NOTICES OF INTENDED REGULATORY ACTION
Vol. 30 Iss. 16 - April 07, 2014
TITLE 6. CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND CORRECTIONS
Regulations Relating to Criminal History Record Information Use and Security
Notice of Intended Regulatory Action
    Notice is hereby given in accordance with § 2.2-4007.01 of  the Code of Virginia that the Criminal Justice Services Board intends to  consider amending 6VAC20-120, Regulations Relating to Criminal History  Record Information Use and Security. The purpose of this regulatory action  is a comprehensive review and amendment of existing regulations that mandate  and prescribe standards, requirements, and procedures regarding criminal  history record information use and security.
    The agency intends to hold a public hearing on the proposed  action after publication in the Virginia Register. 
    This Notice of Intended Regulatory Action serves as the report  of the findings of the regulatory review pursuant to § 2.2-4007.1 of the  Code of Virginia.
    Statutory Authority: §§ 9.1-102 and 9.1-131 of the  Code of Virginia.
    Public Comment Deadline: May 21, 2014.
    Agency Contact: Stephanie Morton, Law Enforcement  Program Coordinator, Department of Criminal Justice Services, 1100 Bank Street,  Richmond, VA 23219, telephone (804) 786-8003, FAX (804) 786-0410, or email  stephanie.morton@dcjs.virginia.gov.
    VA.R. Doc. No. R14-3370; Filed March 18, 2014, 9:25 a.m. 
TITLE 18. PROFESSIONAL AND OCCUPATIONAL LICENSING
Regulations Governing the Practice of Professional Counseling
Withdrawal of Notice of Intended Regulatory Action
    Notice is hereby given in accordance with § 2.2-4007.01 of  the Code of Virginia that the Board of Counseling has WITHDRAWN the Notice of  Intended Regulatory Action (NOIRA) for amending 18VAC115-20, Regulations  Governing the Practice of Professional Counseling, which was published in 27:24 VA.R. 2597 August 1, 2011. The  regulations were amended as part of the 2013 Regulatory Reform Initiative, and  the NOIRA is no longer necessary. 
    Agency Contact: Catherine Chappell, Executive Director,  Board of Counseling, 9960 Mayland Drive, Suite 300, Richmond, VA 23233,  telephone (804) 367-4406, FAX (804) 527-4435, or email  catherine.chappell@dhp.virginia.gov.
    VA.R. Doc. No. R11-2870; Filed March 12, 2014, 9:10 a.m. 
TITLE 18. PROFESSIONAL AND OCCUPATIONAL LICENSING
 Board for Waterworks and Wastewater Works Operators and Onsite Sewage System Professionals Regulations
Notice of Intended Regulatory Action 
    Notice is hereby given in accordance with § 2.2-4007.01 of  the Code of Virginia that the Board for Waterworks and Wastewater Works  Operators and Onsite Sewage System Professionals intends to consider amending 18VAC160-20,  Board for Waterworks and Wastewater Works Operators and Onsite Sewage System  Professionals Regulations. The purpose of the proposed action is to adjust  licensing fees for regulants of the board, which must establish fees adequate  to support the costs of the board's operations and a proportionate share of the  Department of Professional and Occupational Regulation's operations. By the  close of the next biennium, fees will not provide adequate revenue for those  costs. The department receives no general fund money but, instead, is funded  almost entirely from revenue collected for license and certificate application  fees, renewal fees, examination fees, and other licensing fees. The department  is self-supporting and must collect adequate revenue to support its mandated  and approved activities and operations. Fees must be established at amounts  that will provide that revenue. Fee revenue collected on behalf of the various  boards funds the department's authorized special revenue appropriation. The  board has no other source of revenue from which to fund its operations.
    The agency intends to hold a public hearing on the proposed  action after publication in the Virginia Register. 
    Statutory Authority: § 54.1-201 of the Code of  Virginia.
    Public Comment Deadline: May 7, 2014.
    Agency Contact: Trisha Henshaw, Executive Director,  Board for Waterworks and Wastewater Works Operators and Onsite Sewage System  Professionals, 9960 Mayland Drive, Suite 400, Richmond, VA 23233, telephone  (804) 367-8595, FAX (866) 350-5354, or email waterwasteoper@dpor.virginia.gov.
    VA.R. Doc. No. R14-3972; Filed March 12, 2014, 9:00 a.m. 
TITLE 22. SOCIAL SERVICES
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF)
Notice of Intended Regulatory Action
    Notice is hereby given in accordance with § 2.2-4007.01 of  the Code of Virginia that the State Board of Social Services intends to  consider amending 22VAC40-295, Temporary Assistance for Needy Families  (TANF). The purpose of this action is to amend 22VAC40-295-140 to make the  penalties for intentional program violations (IPV) consistent between the TANF  Program and the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program. The current  exclusion time period for an IPV is six months for the first offense and 12  months for the second offense. The proposed change will increase the exclusion  time period to 12 months for the first offense and 24 months for the second  offense.
    The agency does not intend to hold a public hearing on the  proposed action after publication in the Virginia Register. 
    Statutory Authority: § 63.2-217 of the Code of  Virginia.
    Public Comment Deadline: May 7, 2014.
    Agency Contact: Bridget Shelmet, Program Consultant,  Department of Social Services, 801 East Main Street, Richmond, VA 23219,  telephone (804) 726-7144, FAX (804) 726-7357, or email  bridget.shelmet@dss.virginia.gov.
    VA.R. Doc. No. R14-3994; Filed March 13, 2014, 11:31 a.m. 
 
                                                        REGULATIONS
Vol. 30 Iss. 16 - April 07, 2014
TITLE 6. CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND CORRECTIONS
BOARD OF CORRECTIONS
Final Regulation
    Title of Regulation: 6VAC15-40. Minimum Standards for  Jails and Lockups (adding 6VAC15-40-985). 
    Statutory Authority: §§ 53.1-5, 53.1-68, and 53.1-131 of the Code of Virginia.
    Effective Date: May 8, 2014. 
    Agency Contact: Jim Bruce, Agency Regulatory  Coordinator, Department of Corrections, P.O. Box 26963, Richmond, VA  23261-6963, telephone (804) 674-3303 ext. 1130, FAX (804) 674-3017, or email  james.bruce@vadoc.virginia.gov.
    Summary:
    The amendments establish procedures pertaining to the use  of restraints on pregnant inmates during transportation outside the secure  perimeter, during labor and delivery, during postpartum recovery, and when  receiving treatment unrelated to labor and delivery. The regulations (i)  include criteria and reporting requirements for use of more restrictive  restraints and (ii) require staff to annually review policy related to  restraining pregnant inmates.
    Summary of Public Comments and Agency's Response: A  summary of comments made by the public and the agency's response may be  obtained from the promulgating agency or viewed at the office of the Registrar  of Regulations. 
    6VAC15-40-985. Restraint of pregnant offenders.
    A. This subsection is intended to apply to the  transportation outside the secure perimeter such that inmates known to be  pregnant shall be handcuffed only in front, unless an individualized  determination is made that the inmate is a flight risk or danger to herself or  others, or the totality of the circumstances creates a serious security risk.
    1. If an individualized determination has been made, then  such inmate will be restrained in the least restrictive method necessary for  outside transport. Waist chains/belts shall not be used.
    2. If it is deemed more restrictive restraints are needed  during transport, security staff shall notify a supervisor as soon as  reasonably possible and a use of force report indicating the reason for the use  of restraints and type of restraints shall be submitted to a supervisor no  later than the conclusion of the shift for review and justification.
    B. No restraints will be used during labor and delivery  unless an individualized determination has been made that the inmate is a  flight risk or danger to herself or others, or the totality of the  circumstances creates a serious security risk.
    C. This subsection is intended to apply to labor and  delivery such that if there is an individualized determination that restraints  are needed, the least restrictive alternative will be used in consultation with  the medical professional, but restraints shall be immediately removed upon the  request of any doctor, nurse, or other health professional treating the inmate  if the restraints present a threat to the health or life of the inmate or  child. Waist chains/belts shall not be used.
    D. If it is deemed more restrictive restraints are needed  during labor and delivery, security staff shall notify a supervisor as soon as  reasonably practical and a use of force report indicating the reason for the  use of restraints and type of restraints shall be submitted to a supervisor no  later than the conclusion of the shift for review and justification.
    E. This subsection is intended to apply during postpartum  recovery while the inmate is in the hospital such that after an individualized  determination, an inmate shall be restrained in the least restrictive method  (i.e., one ankle restraint or one arm restraint) that will allow for the  mother's safe handling of her infant and mother-infant bonding, except where  necessary when the inmate is a flight risk or danger to herself or others, or  the totality of the circumstances creates a serious security risk. If it is  deemed restraints more restrictive than one ankle restraint or one arm  restraint are needed, security staff shall notify a supervisor as soon as  reasonably practical and a use of force report indicating the reason for the  use of restraints and type of restraints shall be submitted to a supervisor no  later than the conclusion of the shift for review and justification.
    F. All staff shall annually review policy related to  restraining pregnant inmates.
    G. This subsection is intended to apply to inmates known  to be pregnant who are in a facility for medical treatment unrelated to labor  and delivery. Such inmates will be restrained in the least restrictive method  necessary in consultation with the medical professional. Waist chains/belts  shall not be used.
    VA.R. Doc. No. R12-3078; Filed March 10, 2014, 4:14 p.m. 
TITLE 13. HOUSING
BOARD OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
Final Regulation
        REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The  Board of Housing and Community Development is claiming an exemption from the  Administrative Process Act pursuant to § 2.2-4006 A 12 of the Code of  Virginia, which excludes regulations adopted pursuant to § 36-98.3 of the Code of  Virginia. 
         Title of Regulation: 13VAC5-31. Virginia Amusement  Device Regulations (amending 13VAC5-31-20, 13VAC5-31-30,  13VAC5-31-40, 13VAC5-31-60, 13VAC5-31-75, 13VAC5-31-200, 13VAC5-31-210,  13VAC5-31-290; adding 13VAC5-31-217). 
    Statutory Authority: § 36-98.3 of the Code of  Virginia.
    Effective Date: July 14, 2014. 
    Agency Contact: Stephen W. Calhoun, Regulatory  Coordinator, Department of Housing and Community Development, Main Street  Centre, 600 East Main Street, Suite 300, Richmond, VA 23219, telephone (804)  371-7000, FAX (804) 371-7090, TTY (804) 371-7089, or email steve.calhoun@dhcd.virginia.gov.
    Summary:
    This regulatory action amends the Virginia Amusement Device  Regulations to correlate with the Department of Housing and Community  Development's other building and fire regulations and to adopt newer American  Society for Testing and Materials standards. Specific changes are as follows:
    1. 13VAC5-31-20 A: 
    a. In the definition of "amusement device,"  clarifies the phrase "open to the public" to facilitate a more  uniform application of the VADR.
    b. Adds a definition of the phrase "certificate of  inspection" to mean the certificate or sticker for amusement devices  distributed by the department, as referenced in 13VAC5-31-75 E. This amendment  requires the use of the department sticker where previously a locality was  permitted to use its own. 
    c. Changes the term "kiddie ride" to "small  mechanical ride" and revises the criteria for what qualifies as a small  mechanical ride. This amendment is in conjunction with new requirements for  inspections in 13VAC5-31-75 D that limit the permit period to a maximum of six  months for small mechanical rides.
    2. 13VAC5-31-30 A: Adds this subsection to assist local  building departments in determining whether certain devices are amusement  devices and to achieve more uniformity in the application of the regulation.
    3. 13VAC5-31-30 B: Expands the list of exempted equipment  or devices.
    4. 13VAC5-31-40 A: Updates the list of incorporated  standards.
    5. 13VAC5-31-75 A: Increases the amount a locality must  reduce a permit fee when a private inspector is used, from 50% to 75%;  increases permit fees for amusement rides; adds language permitting the  increase of fees by a local building department for weekend or after-hour  inspections; and adds language authorizing an additional fee for permits and  inspections of generators and associated wiring for amusement device events.
    6. 13VAC5-31-75 D: Adds language on (i) the minimum time  frame for notifying local building departments prior to the operation of a  small mechanical ride or an inflatable amusement device, (ii) the inspection  fee that a local building department may charge per event where an inflatable  amusement device is operating, and (iii) the inspection report required for  such inspections.
    7. 13VAC5-31-75 E: Clarifies that a local building  department may authorize a third-party inspector to post the certification  sticker and that permits for small mechanical rides are only valid for a  maximum of six months.
    8. 13VAC5-31-75 J: Adds this subsection to clarify the  procedures for violations of the chapter.
    9. 13VAC5-31-75 K: Adds this subsection to clarify that the  Virginia Department of General Services functions as the local building  department for amusement devices located on state-owned property.
    10. 13VAC5-31-217: Adds this section to require that zip  lines be operated, maintained, and inspected in accordance with incorporated  standards. 
    13VAC5-31-20. Definitions.
    A. The following words and terms when used in this chapter  shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates  otherwise: 
    "Amusement device" means (i) a device or structure  open to the public by which persons are conveyed or moved in an unusual manner  for diversion, but excluding snow tubing parks and rides, ski terrain parks,  ski slopes, and ski trails, and (ii) passenger tramways. For the purpose of  this definition, the phrase "open to the public" means that the  public has full access to a device or structure at an event, irrespective of  whether a fee is charged. The use of devices or structures at private events is  not considered to be open to the public. 
    "Bungee cord" means the elastic rope to which the  jumper is attached which lengthens and shortens to produce a bouncing action. 
    "Carabineer" means a shaped metal device with a  gate used to connect sections of a bungee cord, jump rigging, equipment, or  safety gear. 
    "Certificate of inspection" means the  certificate or sticker for amusement devices distributed by DHCD. 
    "DHCD" means the Virginia Department of Housing and  Community Development. 
    "Gravity ride" means a ride that is installed on an  inclined surface, which depends on gravity for its operation to convey a  passenger from the top of the incline to the bottom, and which conveys a  passenger in or on a carrier tube, bag, bathing suit, or clothes. 
    "Ground operator" means a person who assists the  jump master to prepare a jumper for jumping. 
    "Harness" means an assembly to be worn by a bungee  jumper to be attached to a bungee cord. It is designed to prevent the wearer  from becoming detached from the bungee system. 
    "Jump master" means a person who has responsibility  for the bungee jumper and who takes the jumper through the final stages to the  actual jump. 
    "Jump zone" means the space bounded by the maximum  designed movements of the bungee jumper. 
    "Jumper" means the person who departs from a height  attached to a bungee system. 
    "Kiddie ride" means an amusement device where  the passenger or patron height is limited to 54 inches or less, the design  capacity of passengers or patrons is 12 or less, and the assembly time for the  device is two hours or less. 
    "Landing area" means the surface area of ground or  water directly under the jump zone, the area where the lowering device moves  the bungee jumper to be landed away from the jump space and the area covered by  the movement of the lowering device. 
    "Local building department" means the agency or  agencies of the governing body of any city, county or town in this Commonwealth  charged with the enforcement of the USBC. 
    "Operating manual" means the document that contains  the procedures and forms for the operation of bungee jumping equipment and  activity at a site. 
    "Passenger tramway" means a device used to  transport passengers uphill, and suspended in the air by the use of steel  cables, chains or belts, or ropes, and usually supported by trestles or towers  with one or more spans. 
    "Platform" means the equipment attached to the  structure from which the bungee jumper departs. 
    "Private inspector" means a person performing inspections  who is independent of the company, individual or organization owning, operating  or having any vested interest in an amusement device being inspected. 
    "Small mechanical ride" means an amusement  device, other than an inflatable amusement device, where (i) the assembly time  for the device is two hours or less, (ii) the revolutions per minute of any  rotation of the components of the device is not greater than seven, (iii) the  device has a footprint of less than 500 square feet, and (iv) the device does  not invert a patron or lift a patron more than three feet in the air, measured  from the ground to the bottom of the patron's feet when the device is  operating. 
    "Ultimate tensile strength" means the greatest  amount of load applied to a bungee cord prior to failure. 
    "USBC" means the Virginia Uniform Statewide  Building Code (13VAC5-63). 
    B. Words and terms used in this chapter which are defined in  the USBC shall have the meaning ascribed to them in that regulation unless the  context clearly indicates otherwise. 
    C. Words and terms used in this chapter which are defined in  the standards incorporated by reference in this chapter shall have the meaning  ascribed to them in those standards unless the context clearly indicates  otherwise. 
    13VAC5-31-30. Exemptions Devices covered and exempt.  
    A. The following devices, identified by name or  description, when open to the public shall be considered amusement devices  subject to this chapter. The list is intended only to clarify questionable  devices, while the definition of an "amusement device" in  13VAC5-31-20 is generally used to determine the applicability of this chapter. 
    1. Inflatable amusement devices; and
    2. Zip lines. 
    B. The following equipment or devices shall not be  considered amusement devices subject to this chapter:
    1. Nonmechanized playground or recreational equipment such as  swing sets, sliding boards, climbing bars, jungle gyms, skateboard ramps and  similar equipment where no admission fee is charged for its use or for  admittance to areas where the equipment is located;
    2. Coin-operated rides designed to accommodate three or less  passengers; and
    3. Water slides or similar equipment used in community  association, community club or community organization swimming pools.;
    4. Mechanical bulls or similar devices;
    5. Devices known as mall trains, shopping mall trains, or  electric trackless trains for malls; and
    6. Devices known as water walking balls, euro bubbles, or  similar devices. 
    13VAC5-31-40. Incorporated standards.
    A. The following standards are hereby incorporated by  reference for use as part of this chapter:
    1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standard No. B77.1-2006  B77.1-2011 for the regulation of passenger tramways; and
    2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard  Nos. F698-94 (Reapproved 2000), F747-06, F770-06a F770-11,  F846-92 (Reapproved 2003) (2009), F853-05, F893-05a, F1159-03a  F893-10, F1159-11, F1193-06, F1305-94 (Reapproved 2002), F1950-99,  F1957-99 (Reapproved 2004) (2011), F2007-06, F2137-09,  F2291-09b, F2374-07a, F2376-06 [ F2007-11 F2007-12 ],  F2137-11, F2291-11, F2374-10, F2375-09, F2376-08, [ and ] F2460-06  F2460-11 [ , and F2959-12 ] for the regulation of  amusement devices.
    The standards referenced above may be procured from: 
           | ANSI25 W 43rd Street
 New York, NY 10036
 | ASTM100 Barr Harbor Dr.
 West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
 | 
  
    B. The provisions of this chapter govern where they are in  conflict with any provisions of the standards incorporated by reference in this  chapter. 
    C. The following requirements supplement the provisions of  the ASTM standards incorporated by reference in this chapter: 
    1. The operator of an amusement device shall be at least 16  years of age, except when the person is under the supervision of a parent or  guardian and engaged in activities determined not to be hazardous by the  Commissioner of the Virginia Department of Labor and Industry; 
    2. The amusement device shall be attended by an operator at  all times during operation except that (i) one operator is permitted to operate  two or more amusement devices provided they are within the sight of the  operator and operated by a common control panel or station and (ii) one  operator is permitted to operate two kiddie small mechanical  rides with separate controls provided the distance between controls is no more  than 35 feet and the controls are equipped with a positive pressure switch; and  
    3. The operator of an amusement device shall not be (i) under  the influence of any drugs which may affect the operator's judgment or ability  to assure the safety of the public or (ii) under the influence of alcohol. 
    D. Where an amusement device was manufactured under previous  editions of the standards incorporated by reference in this chapter, the  previous editions shall apply to the extent that they are different from the  current standards. 
    13VAC5-31-60. Appeals. 
    Appeals from the local building department concerning the  application of this chapter shall be made to the local board of building code  appeals established by the USBC. Application for appeal shall be filed with the  local building department within 14 calendar days after receipt of the decision  of the local building department. The board of appeals shall hear the appeal  within seven calendar days after the application for appeal is filed. After  final determination by the board, any person who was a party to the appeal may  appeal to the State Building Code Technical Review Board, established  under § 36-108 of the Code of Virginia, within 14 calendar days of  receipt of the decision to be appealed. Such appeal shall be in accordance with  the procedures established in the USBC, under the authority granted by § 36-98.3 of the Code of Virginia where the provisions of Chapter 6 (§ 36-97  et seq.) of Title 36 of the Code of Virginia and the USBC apply to  amusement devices. 
    NOTE: Because of the short time frames normally associated  with amusement device operations, DHCD staff will be available to assist in  finding a timely resolution to disagreements between owners or operators and  the local building department upon request by either party. 
    Part II 
  Enforcement, Permits and Certificates of Inspection 
    13VAC5-31-75. Local building department. 
    A. In accordance with §§ 36-98.3 and 36-105 of the Code  of Virginia, the local building department shall be responsible for the  enforcement of this chapter and may charge fees for such enforcement activity.  The total amount charged for any one permit to operate an amusement device or  devices or the renewal of such permit shall not exceed the following, except  that when a private inspector is used, the fees shall be reduced by 50% 75%:  
    1. $25 $35 for each kiddie small  mechanical ride or inflatable amusement device covered by the  permit; 
    2. $35 $55 for each circular ride or flat-ride  less than 20 feet in height covered by the permit; 
    3. $55 $75 for each spectacular ride covered by  the permit that cannot be inspected as a circular ride or flat-ride in  subdivision 2 of this subsection due to complexity or height; [ and ]  
    4. $150 $200 for each coaster covered by the  permit that exceeds 30 feet in height [ .; and 
    5. The local building department may charge an additional  fee for permits and inspections of generators and associated wiring for  amusement device events. Generators subject to these fees are those used  exclusively with amusement devices and that are inspected by the local building  department. The fee per event shall not exceed $165 and shall not exceed the  actual cost to perform the inspection or inspections. 
    Exception: Small portable generators serving only cord and  plug connected equipment loads are not subject to the fee. ] 
    Notwithstanding the above, the local building department  shall be permitted to increase the fees up to 50% when requested to perform  weekend or after-hour inspections. 
    B. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection A of this  section, when an amusement device is constructed in whole or in part at a site  for permanent operation at that site and is not intended to be disassembled and  moved to another site, then the local building department may utilize permit  and inspection fees established pursuant to the USBC to defray the cost of  enforcement. This authorization does not apply to an amusement device that is  only being reassembled, undergoing a major modification at a site or being  moved to a site for operation. 
    C. A permit application shall be made to the local building  department at least five days before the date in which the applicant intends to  operate an amusement device. The application shall include the name of the  owner, operator or other person assuming responsibility for the device or  devices, a general description of the device or devices including any serial or  identification numbers available, the location of the property on which the  device or devices will be operated and the length of time of operation. The  permit application shall indicate whether a private inspector will be utilized.  If a private inspector is not utilized, the applicant shall give reasonable  notice when an inspection is sought and may stipulate the day such inspection  is requested provided it is during the normal operating hours of the local  building department. In addition to the information required on the permit  application, the applicant shall provide proof of liability insurance of an amount  not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence or proof of equivalent financial  responsibility. The local building department shall be notified of any change  in the liability insurance or financial responsibility during the period  covered by the permit. 
    D. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection C of this  section, a permit application is not required for a kiddie small  mechanical ride or an inflatable amusement device that has an  unexpired a certificate of inspection issued by any local building  department in this Commonwealth within a one-year period prior to the dates  the small mechanical ride or inflatable amusement device is to be used,  regardless of whether the device has been disassembled and moved to a new site.  In such cases, the local building department shall be notified at least  three days prior to the operation of the kiddie small mechanical  ride or the inflatable amusement device and the information required on  a permit application as listed in subsection C of this section shall be  provided to the local building department. In addition, and notwithstanding  the provisions of subsection A of this section, the local building department  shall be permitted to charge a $50 inspection fee per event to the person  notifying the local building department of an event where an inflatable  amusement device is operating, if the local building department chooses to  inspect any or all of the inflatable amusement devices operating at that event.  An inspection report shall be provided to the person notifying the local  building department of the event if such an inspection is conducted. 
    E. Local building department personnel shall examine the  permit application within five days and issue the permit if all requirements  are met. A certificate of inspection for each amusement device shall be issued  when the device has been found to comply with this chapter by a private  inspector or by an inspector from the local building department. It shall be  the responsibility of the local building department to verify that the private  inspector possesses a valid certificate of competence as an amusement device  inspector from the Virginia Board of Housing and Community Development. In  addition, local building department personnel shall be responsible for assuring  that the certificate of inspection is posted or affixed on or in the vicinity  of the device in a location visible to the public. Local building department  personnel shall post or affix such certificates or permit the certificates to  be posted or affixed by the private inspector. Permits shall indicate the  length of time the device or devices will be operated at the site, clearly  identify the device or devices to which it applies and the date of expiration  of the permit. Permits shall not be valid for longer than one year, except  that permits for small mechanical rides shall not be valid for longer than six  months. 
    F. In addition to obtaining a certificate of inspection in  conjunction with a permit application for amusement devices permanently fixed  to a site, a new certificate of inspection shall also be obtained prior to the  operation of an amusement device following a major modification, prior to each  seasonal operation of a device, at least once during the operating season and  prior to resuming the operation of a device following an order from a local  building department to cease operation. This requirement shall not apply to kiddie  small mechanical rides meeting the conditions outlined in subsection D  of this section. 
    G. For amusement devices manufactured prior to 1978, the  owner or operator shall have the information required by §§ 2.1 through  2.6 of ASTM F698 available at the time of inspection. In addition, the operator  of any amusement device shall be responsible for obtaining all manufacturer's  notifications, service bulletins and safety alerts issued pursuant to ASTM F853  and the operator shall comply with all recommendations and requirements set out  in those documents. A copy of all such documents shall be made available during  an inspection. 
    H. In the enforcement of this chapter, local building  department personnel shall have authority to conduct inspections at any time an  amusement device would normally be open for operation or at any other time if  permission is granted by the owner or operator, to issue an order to  temporarily cease operation of an amusement device upon the determination that  the device may be unsafe or may otherwise endanger the public and to accept and  approve or deny requests for modifications of the rules of this chapter in  accordance with the modification provisions of the USBC. 
    I. In accordance with subdivision 7 of § 36-137 of the  Code of Virginia, the local building department shall collect a 2.0% levy of  fees charged for permits under this chapter and transmit it quarterly to DHCD  to support training programs of the Virginia Building Code Academy. Localities  that maintain individual or regional training academies accredited by DHCD  shall retain such levy. 
    J. In accordance with § 36-98.3 of the Code of  Virginia and 13VAC5-31-10 B, the procedures for violations of this chapter  shall be [ as ] prescribed in the USBC. 
    K. In accordance with § 36-98.1 of the Code of  Virginia, the Virginia Department of General Services (DGS) shall function as  the local building department for the application of this chapter to amusement  devices located on state-owned property. In accordance with §§ 36-98.2 and 36-114 of the Code of Virginia, appeals of the application of this chapter by  the DGS shall be made directly to the State Building Code Technical Review Board.  Further, as a condition of this chapter, such appeals shall be filed within 14  calendar days after receipt of the decision of DGS. 
    Part V 
  Inflatable Amusement Devices 
    13VAC5-31-200. General requirements. 
    In addition to other applicable requirements of this chapter,  inflatable amusement devices shall be operated, maintained and inspected in  accordance with ASTM F2374. 
    Notwithstanding any requirements of this chapter to the  contrary, a permit to operate an inflatable amusement device that is less than  150 square feet and in which the height of the patron containment area is less  than 10 feet need not be obtained if the device has an unexpired certificate of  inspection issued by a local building department in this Commonwealth,  regardless of whether the device has been disassembled or moved to a new site. 
    Part VI 
  Artificial Climbing Walls 
    13VAC5-31-210. General requirements. 
    In addition to other applicable requirements of this chapter,  artificial climbing walls shall be operated, maintained and inspected in  accordance with ASTM F1159. 
    Notwithstanding any requirements of this chapter to the  contrary, an artificial climbing wall may be moved, setup and operated without  obtaining a permit provided the wall has a valid certificate of  inspection issued by a local building department in this Commonwealth  within the prior 90 days and the expiration date of the wire ropes used with  the device does not expire within that 90-day period.
    [ Part VIII
  Zip Lines
    13VAC5-31-217. General requirements.
    In addition to other applicable requirements of this  chapter, zip lines shall be operated, maintained, and inspected in accordance  with ASTM F2959. ] 
    13VAC5-31-290. Requirements.
    Amusement devices subject to this part shall comply with  applicable requirements of 36 CFR Part 1191–Americans With Disabilities Act  (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities and;  Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines, (69 FR  44151-44455 (July 23, 2004)). 
    DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (13VAC5-31) 
    ANSI B77.1-2011, Passenger Ropeways – Aerial Tramways,  Aerial Lifts, Surface Lifts, Tows and Conveyors – Safety Requirements, American  National Standards Institute (ANSI), 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York,  NY 10036 (http://www.ansi.org/)
    American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr  Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959; (http://www.astm.org/):
    F 698 -- 94 (Reapproved 2000) ASTM F698-94,  Standard Specification for Physical Information to be Provided for Amusement  Rides and Devices, ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA 19428
    F 747 -- 06 ASTM F747-06, Standard Terminology  Relating to Amusement Rides and Devices, ASTM International, West  Conshohocken, PA 19428
    F 770 -- 06a ASTM F770-11, Standard Practice for  Ownership and Operation of Amusement Rides and Devices, ASTM International,  West Conshohocken, PA 19428
    F 846 -- 92 (Reapproved 2003) ASTM F846-92 (2009),  Standard Guide for Testing Performance of Amusement Rides and Devices, ASTM  International, West Conshohocken, PA 19428
    F 853 -- 05 ASTM F853-05, Standard Practice for  Maintenance Procedures for Amusement Rides and Devices, ASTM International,  West Conshohocken, PA 19428
    F 893 -- 05a ASTM F893-10, Standard Guide for  Inspection of Amusement Rides and Devices, ASTM International, West  Conshohocken, PA 19428
    F 1159 -- 03a ASTM F1159-11, Standard Practice  for Design and Manufacture of Patron Directed, Artificial Climbing Walls, Dry  Slide, Coin Operated and Purposeful Water Immersion Amusement Rides and Devices  and Air-Supported Structures, ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA  19428
    F 1193 -- 06 ASTM F1193-06, Standard Practice  for Quality, Manufacture, and Construction of Amusement Rides and Devices,  ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA 19428
    F 1305 -- 94 (Reapproved 2002), Standard Guide for  Classification of Amusement Rides and Device Related Injuries and Illnesses,  ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA 19428
    F 1950 -- 99, Standard Specification for Physical  Information to be Transferred With Used Amusement Rides and Devices, ASTM  International, West Conshohocken, PA 19428
    F 1957 -- 99 (Reapproved 2004) ASTM F1957-99 (2011),  Standard Test Method for Composite Foam Hardness-Durometer Hardness, ASTM  International, West Conshohocken, PA 19428
    F 2007 -- 06 ASTM [ F2007-11  F2007-12 ], Standard Practice for Classification, Design, Manufacture,  and Operation of Concession Go-Karts and Facilities, ASTM International,  West Conshohocken, PA 19428
    F 2137 -- 09 ASTM F2137-11, Standard Practice  for Measuring the Dynamic Characteristics of Amusement Rides and Devices,  ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA 19428
    F 2291 -- 09b ASTM F2291-11, Standard Practice  for Design of Amusement Rides and Devices, ASTM International, West  Conshohocken, PA 19428
    F 2374 -- 07a ASTM F2374-10, Standard Practice  for Design, Manufacture, Operation, and Maintenance of Inflatable Amusement  Devices, ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA 19428
    ASTM F2375-09, Standard Practice for Design, Manufacture,  Installation and Testing of Climbing Nets and Netting/Mesh used in Amusement  Rides, Devices, Play Areas and Attractions
    F 2376 -- 06 ASTM F2376-08, Standard Practice  for Classification, Design, Manufacture, Construction, and Operation of Water  Slide Systems, ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA 19428
    F 2460 -- 06 ASTM F2460-11, Standard Practice  for Special Requirements for Bumper Boats, ASTM International, West  Conshohocken, PA 19428
    [ ASTM F2959-12, Standard Practice for Special  Requirements for Aerial Adventure Courses ]
    B 77.1 -- 06, Passenger Ropeways – Aerial Tramways, Aerial  Lifts, Surface Lifts, Tows and Conveyors – Safety Requirements, ANSI, New York,  NY 10036
    VA.R. Doc. No. R12-3160; Filed March 14, 2014, 9:53 a.m. 
TITLE 13. HOUSING
BOARD OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
Final Regulation
    Final Regulation
        REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The  Board of Housing and Community Development is claiming an exemption from the  Administrative Process Act pursuant to § 2.2-4006 A 12 of the Code of  Virginia, which excludes regulations adopted by the board pursuant to the  Statewide Fire Prevention Code (§ 27-94 et seq. of the Code of Virginia). 
         Title of Regulation: 13VAC5-51. Virginia Statewide  Fire Prevention Code (amending 13VAC5-51-21, 13VAC5-51-31,  13VAC5-51-41, 13VAC5-51-61, 13VAC5-51-81, 13VAC5-51-85, 13VAC5-51-91,  13VAC5-51-111, 13VAC5-51-121, 13VAC5-51-130 through 13VAC5-51-133.5,  13VAC5-51-135 through 13VAC5-51-155; adding 13VAC5-51-133.8, 13VAC5-51-138,  13VAC5-51-138.4, 13VAC5-51-138.8, 13VAC5-51-139, 13VAC5-51-140.5,  13VAC5-51-141, 13VAC5-51-141.5, 13VAC5-51-142, 13VAC5-51-142.5,  13VAC5-51-143.5, 13VAC5-51-144, 13VAC5-51-144.2, 13VAC5-51-144.4,  13VAC5-51-144.6, 13VAC5-51-145.5, 13VAC5-51-146, 13VAC5-51-146.5,  13VAC5-51-147, 13VAC5-51-147.5, 13VAC5-51-151, 13VAC5-51-151.5,  13VAC5-51-152.5, 13VAC5-51-153, 13VAC5-51-154.2, 13VAC5-51-154.4,  13VAC5-51-154.6, 13VAC5-51-154.7, 13VAC5-51-154.8; repealing 13VAC5-51-154.5). 
    Statutory Authority: § 27-97 of the Code of  Virginia.
    Effective Date: July 14, 2014. 
    Agency Contact: Stephen W. Calhoun, Regulatory  Coordinator, Department of Housing and Community Development, Main Street  Centre, 600 East Main Street, Suite 300, Richmond, VA 23219, telephone (804)  371-7000, FAX (804) 371-7090, TTY (804) 371-7089, or email steve.calhoun@dhcd.virginia.gov.
    Summary:
    This regulatory action incorporates the newer edition of  the International Fire Code (IFC), which is produced by the International Code  Council, into the Virginia Statewide Fire Prevention Code (SFPC). Specific  changes are outlined below:
    1. 13VAC5-51-31 A: Updates the reference to the IFC from  the 2009 to the 2012 edition, which is the new nationally recognized model code  used in the SFPC.
    2. 13VAC5-51-61 C: Clarifies the existing requirement for  accepting reports from private or third-party inspectors and references a  written policy established by the fire official.
    3. 13VAC5-51-81 N: Permits an increase in the fees charged  by the State Fire Marshal's Office when there are firework events and the  operator fails to notify the office within the appropriate lead time to  facilitate inspections.
    4. 13VAC5-51-121 M: Adds language to match a statutory  requirement that actions under local fire prevention regulations may be  appealed to the State Building Code Technical Review Board if the locality does  not have a local appeals board designated to hear such appeals.
    5. 13VAC5-51-150 V: Adds new requirements for the use of  fireworks known as comets and mines. The requirements are based on the  fireworks standard of the National Fire Protection Association.
    6. 13VAC5-51-85 J: Clarifies that the building official  issues permits to install or modify equipment or systems and any other  construction.
    7. 13VAC5-51-133.5 F: Removes the "on the  premises" provision for inspection records; requires tags for kitchen hood  or duct system cleaning; and provides an exception for records maintained on  site.
    8. 13VAC5-51-150: Adds a fee for replacement certificates;  authorizes the State Fire Marshal to assemble a panel to provide  recommendations involving denials or complaints against certificate holders;  requires a permit holder to report accidents involving the use of explosives  and fireworks to the State Fire Marshal; replaces the list of required  information for blast records with a form; and clarifies the language regarding  clearances surrounding firework displays. 
    Other changes were made for clarification or correlation or  to avoid duplication.
    13VAC5-51-21. Section 102.0. Applicability.
    A. 102.1. General: The provisions of the SFPC shall apply to  all matters affecting or relating to structures, processes and premises as set  forth in Section 101.0. The SFPC shall supersede any fire prevention  regulations previously adopted by a local government or other political  subdivision.
    B. 102.1.1. Changes: No change shall be made in the use or  occupancy of any structure that would place the structure in a different  division of the same group of occupancies, unless such structure is made to  comply with the requirements of this code and the USBC.
    C. 102.2. Application to pre-1973 buildings and structures:  Buildings and structures constructed prior to the USBC (1973) shall comply with  the maintenance requirements of the SFPC to the extent that equipment, systems,  devices, and safeguards which were provided and approved when constructed shall  be maintained. Such buildings and structures, if subject to the state fire and  public building regulations (Virginia Public Building Safety Regulations, VR  394-01-05) in effect prior to March 31, 1986, shall also be maintained in  accordance with those regulations.
    D. 102.3. Application to post-1973 buildings and structures:  Buildings and structures constructed under any edition of the USBC shall comply  with the maintenance requirements of the SFPC to the extent that equipment,  systems, devices, and safeguards which were provided and approved when  constructed shall be maintained.
    E. 102.4. Referenced codes and standards: The codes and  standards referenced in the IFC shall be those listed in Chapter 47 80  and considered part of the requirements of the SFPC to the prescribed extent of  each such reference. Where differences occur between the provisions of this  code and the referenced standards, the provisions of this code shall apply.
    F. 102.5. State-owned buildings and structures: The SFPC  shall be applicable to all state-owned buildings and structures in the manner  and extent described in § 27-99 of the Code of Virginia and the State Fire  Marshal shall have the authority to enforce this code in state-owned buildings  and structures as is prescribed in §§ 27-98 and 27-99 of the Code of Virginia.
    G. 102.6. Relationship to USBC: In accordance with  §§ 27-34.4, 36-105.1 and 36-119.1 of the Code of Virginia, the USBC does  not supersede the provisions of this code that prescribe standards to be  complied with in existing buildings and structures, provided that this code  shall not impose requirements that are more restrictive than those of the USBC  under which the buildings or structures were constructed. Subsequent alteration,  enlargement, rehabilitation, repair or conversion of the occupancy  classification of such buildings and structures shall be subject to the  construction and rehabilitation provisions of the USBC. Inspection of buildings  other than state-owned buildings under construction and the review and approval  of building plans for these structures for enforcement of the USBC shall be the  sole responsibility of the appropriate local building inspectors.
    Upon completion of such structures, responsibility for fire  safety protection shall pass to the local fire marshal or official designated  by the locality to enforce this code in those localities that enforce the SFPC  or to the State Fire Marshal in those localities that do not enforce this code.
    H. 102.7. Inspections for USBC requirements: The fire  official shall require that existing structures subject to the requirements of  the applicable retrofitting provisions relating to the fire protection  equipment and system requirements of the USBC, Part I, Construction, Sections  Section 103.7 and 3413, comply with the provisions located  therein.
    13VAC5-51-31. Section 103.0. Incorporation by reference.
    A. 103.1. General: The following document is adopted and  incorporated by reference to be an enforceable part of the SFPC:
    The International Fire Code -- 2009 2012  Edition, hereinafter referred to as "IFC," published by the  International Code Council, Inc., 500 New Jersey Avenue, NW, 6th Floor,  Washington, DC 20001-2070, 1-888 422-7233.
    B. 103.1.1. Deletion: Delete IFC Chapter 1.
    C. 103.1.2. Appendices: The appendices in the IFC are not  considered part of the IFC for the purposes of Section 103.1.
    Note: Section 101.5 references authority contained in the  Code of Virginia for local fire prevention regulations that may be evaluated by  localities to determine whether provisions in the IFC appendices may be  considered for local fire prevention regulations.
    D. 103.2. Amendments: All requirements of the referenced  codes and standards that relate to fees, [ non-operational ]  permits [ not specifically required by Section 107.2 ], unsafe  notices, disputes, condemnation, inspections, scope of enforcement and all  other procedural, and administrative matters are deleted and replaced by the  provisions of Chapter 1 of the SFPC.
    [ Exception: The scope of referenced codes and  standards referenced by the SFPC that relate to the maintenance, testing and  inspection requirements or limitations shall be enforceable. ]
    E. 103.2.1. Other amendments: The SFPC contains provisions  adopted by the Virginia Board of Housing and Community Development (BHCD), some  of which delete, change or amend provisions of the IFC and referenced  standards. Where conflicts occur between such changed provisions and the  unchanged provisions of the IFC and referenced standards, the provisions  changed by the BHCD shall govern.
    Note: The IFC and its referenced standards contain some areas  of regulation outside of the scope of the SFPC, as established by the BHCD and  under state law. Where conflicts have been readily noted, changes have been  made to the IFC and its referenced standards to bring it within the scope of  authority; however, in some areas, judgment will have to be made as to whether  the provisions of the IFC and its referenced standards are fully applicable.
    F. 103.3. International Fire Code. Retroactive fire  protection system requirements contained in the IFC shall not be enforced  unless specified by the USBC.
    13VAC5-51-41. Section 104.0. Enforcement. 
    A. 104.1. Local enforcement: Any local government may enforce  the SFPC following official action by such body. The official action shall (i)  require compliance with the provisions of the SFPC in its entirety or with  respect only to those provisions of the SFPC relating to open burning, fire  lanes, fireworks, and hazardous materials and (ii) assign enforcement  responsibility to the local agency or agencies of its choice. Any local  governing body may establish such procedures or requirements as may be  necessary for the administration and enforcement of this code. If a local governing  body elects to enforce only those provisions of the SFPC relating to open  burning, it may do so in all or in any designated geographic areas of its  jurisdiction. The terms "enforcing agency" and "fire  official" are intended to apply to the agency or agencies to which  responsibility for enforcement of the SFPC has been assigned. The terms  "building official" or "building department" are intended  to apply only to the local building official or local building department.
    B. 104.1.1. Enforcement of fireworks provisions by  law-enforcement officers: In accordance with § 27-100.1 of the Code of  Virginia, law-enforcement officers who are otherwise authorized to enforce  certain provisions of this code shall not be subject to the certification  requirements of [ Sections Section ] 105.2 or 105.3.2.
    C. 104.2. State enforcement: In accordance with § 27-98  of the Code of Virginia, the State Fire Marshal shall also have the authority,  in cooperation with any local governing body, to enforce the SFPC. The State  Fire Marshal shall also have authority to enforce the SFPC in those  jurisdictions in which the local governments do not enforce the SFPC and may  establish such procedures or requirements as may be necessary for the  administration and enforcement of the SFPC in such jurisdictions.
    D. 104.3. State structures: Every agency, commission or  institution of this Commonwealth, including all institutions of higher  education, shall permit, at all reasonable hours, the fire official reasonable  access to existing structures or a structure under construction or renovation,  for the purpose of performing an informational and advisory fire safety  inspection. The fire official is permitted to submit, subsequent to performing  such inspection, his findings and recommendations, including a list of  corrective actions necessary to ensure that such structure is reasonably safe  from the hazards of fire, to the appropriate official of such agency,  commission, or institution and the State Fire Marshal. Such agency, commission  or institution shall notify, within 60 days of receipt of such findings and  recommendations, the State Fire Marshal and the fire official of the corrective  measures taken to eliminate the hazards reported by the fire official. The  State Fire Marshal shall have the same power in the enforcement of this section  as is provided for in § 27-98 of the Code of Virginia. The State Fire  Marshal may enter into an agreement as is provided for in § 36-139.4 9.1-208  of the Code of Virginia with any local enforcement agency that enforces the  SFPC to enforce this section and to take immediate enforcement action upon  verification of a complaint of an imminent hazard such as a chained or blocked  exit door, improper storage of flammable liquids, use of decorative materials,  and overcrowding.
    13VAC5-51-61. Section 106.0. Duties and powers of the fire  official. 
    A. 106.1. General: The fire official shall enforce the  provisions of the SFPC as provided herein and as interpreted by the State  Building Code Technical Review Board (TRB) in accordance with § 36-118 of the  Code of Virginia. 
    B. 106.2. Delegation of duties and powers: The fire official  may delegate duties and powers subject to any limitations imposed by the local  governing body. The fire official shall be responsible that any powers and  duties delegated are carried out in accordance with this code. 
    C. 106.3. Inspections: The fire official is authorized to  conduct such inspections as are deemed necessary to determine the extent of  compliance with the provisions of this code and to approve reports of  inspection by approved agencies or individuals in accordance with the fire  official's written policy. All reports of such inspections by approved  agencies or individuals shall be prepared and submitted in writing for review  and approval. Inspection reports shall be certified by a responsible officer of  such approved agency or by the responsible individual. The fire official is  authorized to engage such expert opinion as deemed necessary to report upon  unusual, detailed or complex technical issues in accordance with local  policies. 
    D. 106.3.1. Observations: When, during an inspection, the  fire official or an authorized representative observes an apparent or actual  violation of another law, ordinance or code not within the official's authority  to enforce, such official shall report the findings to the official having  jurisdiction in order that such official may institute the necessary measures. 
    E. 106.4. Alternatives: The SFPC provisions are not intended  to prevent the use of any safeguards used to protect life and property from the  hazards of fire or explosion that are not specifically prescribed by the SFPC,  provided that such alternative safeguards comply with the intent of the SFPC.  The alternative safeguard offered shall be, for the purpose intended, at least  the equivalent of that prescribed in this code in quality, strength,  effectiveness, fire resistance, durability and safety. 
    F. 106.5. Modifications: The fire official may grant  modifications to any provision of the SFPC upon application by the owner or the  owner's agent provided the spirit and intent of the SFPC are observed and  public health, welfare, and safety are assured. 
    Note: The current editions of many nationally recognized  model codes and standards are referenced by the SFPC. Future amendments to such  codes and standards do not automatically become part of the SFPC; however, the  fire official should consider such amendments in deciding whether a  modification request should be granted. 
    G. 106.5.1. Supporting data: The fire official shall require  that sufficient technical data be submitted to substantiate the proposed use of  any alternative. If it is determined that the evidence presented is  satisfactory proof of performance for the use intended, the fire official shall  approve the use of such alternative subject to the requirements of this code.  The fire official may require and consider a statement from a professional engineer,  architect or other competent person as to the equivalency of the proposed  modification. 
    H. 106.5.2. Decision: The application for modification and  the final decision of the fire official shall be in writing and shall be  recorded in the permanent records of the local enforcing agency. 
    I. 106.6. Notices and orders: The fire official shall issue  all necessary notices or orders to ensure compliance with the SFPC. 
    J. 106.7. Department records: The fire official shall keep  official records of applications received, permits and certificates issued,  fees collected, reports of inspections, and notices and orders issued. Such  records shall be retained in the official records or disposed of in accordance  with General Schedule Number Ten available from The Library of Virginia. 
    13VAC5-51-81. Section 107.0. Permits and fees.
    A. 107.1. Prior notification: The fire official may require  notification prior to (i) activities involving the handling, storage or use of  substances, materials or devices regulated by the SFPC; (ii) conducting  processes which produce conditions hazardous to life or property; or (iii)  establishing a place of assembly.
    B. 107.2. Permits required: [ Permits Operational  permits ] may be required by the fire official as permitted under the  SFPC in accordance with Table 107.2, except that the fire official shall  require permits for the manufacturing, storage, handling, use, and sale of  explosives. In accordance with Section 3301.2.3.1 5601.2.3.1, an  application for a permit to manufacture, store, handle, use, or sell explosives  shall only be made by a designated individual.
    Exception: Such permits shall not be required for the storage  of explosives or blasting agents by the Virginia Department of State Police  provided notification to the fire official is made annually by the Chief Arson  Investigator listing all storage locations.
     
         
          C. Add Table 107.2 as follows:
           | Table 107.2.OPERATIONAL PERMIT REQUIREMENTS (to be filled in by local jurisdiction).
 | 
       | Description | Permit Required (yes or no) | Permit Fee | Inspection Fee | 
       | Aerosol products. An operational permit is required to    manufacture, store or handle an aggregate quantity of Level 2 or Level 3    aerosol products in excess of 500 pounds (227 kg) net weight. |   |   |   | 
       | Amusement buildings. An    operational permit is required to operate a special amusement building. |   |   |   | 
       | Aviation facilities. An operational permit is required to    use a Group H or Group S occupancy for aircraft servicing or repair and    aircraft fuel-servicing vehicles. Additional permits required by other    sections of this code include, but are not limited to, hot work, hazardous    materials and flammable or combustible finishes [ . ]  |   |   |   | 
       | Carnivals and fairs. An operational permit is required to    conduct a carnival or fair. |   |   |   | 
       | [ Battery systems. An operational permit is required    to install stationary lead-acid battery systems having a liquid capacity of    more than 50 gallons (189 L).] |   |   |   | 
       | Cellulose nitrate film. An operational permit is required to    store, handle or use cellulose nitrate film in a Group A occupancy. |   |   |   | 
       | Combustible dust-producing operations. An operational permit    is required to operate a grain elevator, flour starch mill, feed mill, or a    plant pulverizing aluminum, coal, cocoa, magnesium, spices or sugar, or other    operations producing combustible dusts as defined in Chapter 2. |   |   |   | 
       | Combustible fibers. An operational permit is required for    the storage and handling of combustible fibers in quantities greater than 100    cubic feet (2.8 m3). Exception: An operational permit is not required for    agricultural storage. |   |   |   | 
       | Compressed gas. An operational permit is required for the    storage, use or handling at normal temperature and pressure (NTP) of    compressed gases in excess of the amounts listed below.  Exception: Vehicles equipped for and using compressed gas as    a fuel for propelling the vehicle. |   |   |   | 
       | Permit Amounts for Compressed Gases |   |   |   | 
       | Type of Gas | Amount (cubic feet at NTP) |   |   |   | 
       | Corrosive | 200 |   |   |   | 
       | Flammable (except cryogenic fluids and liquefied petroleum    gases) | 200 |   |   |   | 
       | Highly toxic  | Any Amount |   |   |   | 
       | Inert and simple asphyxiant  | 6,000 |   |   |   | 
       | Oxidizing (including oxygen) | 504 |   |   |   | 
       | [ Pyrophoric | Any Amount ] |  |  |  | 
       | Toxic  | Any Amount |   |   |   | 
       | For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m3. |   |   |   | 
       | Covered [ and open ]    mall buildings. An operational permit is required for: 1. The placement of retail    fixtures and displays, concession equipment, displays of highly combustible    goods and similar items in the mall. 2. The display of liquid-fired    or gas-fired equipment in the mall. 3. The use of open-flame or    flame-producing equipment in the mall. |   |   |   | 
       | Cryogenic fluids. An operational permit is required to    produce, store, transport on site, use, handle or dispense cryogenic fluids    in excess of the amounts listed below. Exception: Operational permits are not required for vehicles    equipped for and using cryogenic fluids as a fuel for propelling the vehicle    or for refrigerating the lading. |   |   |   | 
       | Permit Amounts for Cryogenic Fluids |   |   |   | 
       | Type of Cryogenic Fluid | Inside Building (gallons) | Outside Building (gallons) |   |   |   | 
       | Flammable | More than 1 | 60 |   |   |   | 
       | Inert | 60 | 500 |   |   |   | 
       | Oxidizing (includes oxygen) | 10 | 50 |   |   |   | 
       | Physical or health hazard not indicated above | Any Amount | Any Amount |   |   |   | 
       | For SI: 1 gallon = 3.785 L. |   |   |   | 
       | Cutting and welding. An operational permit is required to    conduct cutting or welding operations within the jurisdiction. |   |   |   | 
       | Dry cleaning plants. An operational permit is required to    engage in the business of dry cleaning or to change to a more hazardous    cleaning solvent used in existing dry cleaning equipment. |   |   |   | 
       | Exhibits and trade shows. An operational permit is required    to operate exhibits and trade shows. |   |   |   | 
       | Explosives [ , fireworks, and pyrotechnics ].    An operational permit is required for the manufacture, storage, handling,    sale or use of any quantity of explosive, explosive [ materialmaterials ],    fireworks, [or] pyrotechnic special effects [ , or    pyrotechnic special effects material ] within the scope of Chapter3356. [ Exception: Storage in Group R-3 or R-5 occupancies    of smokeless propellant, black powder and small arms primers for personal    use, not for resale, and in accordance with the quantity limitations and    conditions set forth in Section 5601.1, exception numbers four and 12. ] |   |   |   | 
       | Fire hydrants and valves. An    operational permit is required to use or operate fire hydrants or valves    intended for fire suppression purposes that are installed on water systems    and accessible to a fire apparatus access road that is open to or generally    used by the public. Exception: An operational    permit is not required for authorized employees of the water company that    supplies the system or the fire department to use or operate fire hydrants or    valves. |   |   |   | 
       | Flammable and combustible liquids. An operational permit is    required: 1. To use or operate a pipeline for the transportation    within facilities of flammable or combustible liquids. This requirement shall    not apply to the offsite transportation in pipelines regulated by the    Department of Transportation (DOTn) (see § 3501.1.2)nor does it apply    to piping systems(see § 3503.6). 2. To store, handle or use Class I liquids in excess of 5    gallons (19 L) in a building or in excess of 10 gallons (37.9 L) outside of a    building, except that a permit is not required for the following: |   |   |   | 
       | 2.1. The storage or use of Class I liquids in the fuel tank of    a motor vehicle, aircraft, motorboat, mobile power plant or mobile heating    plant, unless such storage, in the opinion of the fire official, would cause    an unsafe condition. 2.2. The storage or use of paints, oils, varnishes or similar    flammable mixtures when such liquids are stored for maintenance, painting or    similar purposes for a period of not more than 30 days. |   |   |   | 
       | 3. To store, handle or use Class II or Class IIIA liquids in    excess of 25 gallons (95 L) in a building or in excess of 60 gallons (227 L)    outside a building, except for fuel oil used in connection with oil-burning    equipment. 4. To remove Class I or Class II liquids from an underground    storage tank used for fueling motor vehicles by any means other than the    approved, stationary on-site pumps normally used for dispensing purposes. 5. To operate tank vehicles, equipment, tanks, plants,    terminals, wells, fuel-dispensing stations, refineries, distilleries and    similar facilities where flammable and combustible liquids are produced,    processed, transported, stored, dispensed or used. 6. To install, alter, remove, abandon, place temporarily out    of service (for more than 90 days) or otherwise dispose of an underground,    protected above-ground or above-ground flammable or combustible liquid tank. 7. To change the type of contents stored in a flammable or    combustible liquid tank to a material that poses a greater hazard than that    for which the tank was designed and constructed. 8. To manufacture, process, blend or refine flammable or    combustible liquids. |   |   |   | 
       | Floor finishing. An operational permit is required for floor    finishing or surfacing operations exceeding 350 square feet (33 m2)    using Class I or Class II liquids. |   |   |   | 
       | Fruit and crop ripening. An    operational permit is required to operate a fruit- [ ripening ]    or crop-ripening facility or conduct a fruit-ripening process using ethylene    gas. |   |   |   | 
       | Fumigation [ and, ] thermal [ ,    and ] insecticidal fogging. An operational permit is required to    operate a business of fumigation [or, ] thermal    [ , or ] insecticidal fogging and to maintain a room, vault    or chamber in which a toxic or flammable fumigant is used. |   |   |   | 
       | Hazardous materials. An operational permit is required to    store, transport on site, dispense, use or handle hazardous materials in    excess of the amounts listed below. |   |   |   | 
       | Permit Amounts for Hazardous Materials |   |   |   | 
       | Type of Material | Amount |   |   |   | 
       | Combustible liquids | See flammable and combustible liquids |   |   |   | 
       | Corrosive materials |   |   |   |   | 
       | Gases | See compressed gases |   |   |   | 
       | Liquids | 55 gallons |   |   |   | 
       | Solids | 1000 pounds |   |   |   | 
       | Explosive materials | See explosives |   |   |   | 
       | Flammable materials |   |   |   |   | 
       | Gases | See compressed gases |   |   |   | 
       | Liquids | See flammable and combustible liquids |   |   |   | 
       | Solids | 100 pounds |   |   |   | 
       | Highly toxic materials |   |   |   |   | 
       | Gases | See compressed gases |   |   |   | 
       | Liquids | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Solids | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Oxidizing materials |   |   |   |   | 
       | Gases | See compressed gases |   |   |   | 
       | Liquids |   |   |   |   | 
       | Class 4 | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Class 3 | 1 gallon [ a ] |   |   |   | 
       | Class 2 | 10 gallons |   |   |   | 
       | Class 1 | 55 gallons |   |   |   | 
       | Solids |   |   |   |   | 
       | Class 4 | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Class 3 | 10 pounds [ b ] |   |   |   | 
       | Class 2 | 100 pounds |   |   |   | 
       | Class 1 | 500 pounds |   |   |   | 
       | Organic peroxides |   |   |   |   | 
       | Liquids |   |   |   |   | 
       | Class I | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Class II | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Class III | 1 gallon |   |   |   | 
       | Class IV | 2 gallons |   |   |   | 
       | Class V | No permit required |   |   |   | 
       | Solids |   |   |   |   | 
       | Class I | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Class II | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Class III | 10 pounds |   |   |   | 
       | Class IV | 20 pounds |   |   |   | 
       | Class V | No permit required |   |   |   | 
       | Pyrophoric materials |   |   |   |   | 
       | Gases | See compressed gases |   |   |   | 
       | Liquids | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Solids | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Toxic materials |   |   |   |   | 
       | Gases | See compressed gases |   |   |   | 
       | Liquids | 10 gallons |   |   |   | 
       | Solids | 100 pounds |   |   |   | 
       | Unstable (reactive) materials |   |   |   | 
       | Liquids |   |   |   |   | 
       | Class 4 | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Class 3 | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Class 2 | 5 gallons |   |   |   | 
       | Class 1 | 10 gallons |   |   |   | 
       | Solids |   |   |   |   | 
       | Class 4 | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Class 3 | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Class 2 | 50 pounds |   |   |   | 
       | Class 1 | 100 pounds |   |   |   | 
       | Water reactive materials |   |   |   |   | 
       | Liquids |   |   |   | 
       | Class 3 | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Class 2 | 5 gallons |   |   |   | 
       | Class 1 | 55 gallons |   |   |   | 
       | Solids |   |   |   |   | 
       | Class 3 | Any amount |   |   |   | 
       | Class 2 | 50 pounds |   |   |   | 
       | Class 1 | 500 pounds |   |   |   | 
       | For SI: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 pound = 0.454 kg. [ a. Twenty gallons when Table 5003.1.1(1) Note k    applies and hazard identification signs in accordance with Section 5003.5 are    provided for quantities of 20 gallons or less. b. Twenty pounds when Table 5003.1.1(1) Note k applies    and hazard identification signs in accordance with Section 5003.5 are    provided for quantities of 200 pounds or less. ] |   |   |   | 
       | HPM facilities. An operational permit is required to store,    handle or use hazardous production materials. |   |   |   | 
       | High piled storage. An operational permit is required to use    a building or portion thereof as a high-piled storage area exceeding 500    square feet (46 m2). |   |   |   | 
       | Hot work operations. An operational permit is required for    hot work including, but not limited to: 1. Public exhibitions and demonstrations where hot work is    conducted. 2. Use of portable hot work equipment inside a structure. Exception: Work that is conducted under a construction    permit. 3. Fixed-site hot work equipment such as welding booths. 4. Hot work conducted within a hazardous fire area. 5. Application of roof coverings with the use of an    open-flame device. 6. When approved, the fire official shall issue a permit to    carry out a Hot Work Program. This program allows approved personnel to    regulate their facility's hot work operations. The approved personnel shall    be trained in the fire safety aspects denoted in this chapter and shall be    responsible for issuing permits requiring compliance with the requirements    found in this chapter. These permits shall be issued only to their employees    or hot work operations under their supervision. |   |   |   | 
       | Industrial ovens. An operational permit is required for    operation of industrial ovens regulated by Chapter 2130. |   |   |   | 
       | Lumber yards and woodworking plants. An operational permit    is required for the storage or processing of lumber exceeding 100,000 board    feet (8,333 ft3) (236 m3). |   |   |   | 
       | Liquid-fueled or gas-fueled vehicles or equipment in    assembly buildings. An operational permit is required to display, operate or    demonstrate liquid-fueled or gas-fueled vehicles or equipment in    assembly buildings. |   |   |   | 
       | LP-gas. An operational permit is required for: 1. Storage and use of LP-gas. Exception: An operational permit is not required for    individual containers with a 500-gallon (1893 L) water capacity or less    [ or multiple container systems having an aggregate quantity not    exceeding 500 gallons (1893 L), ] serving occupancies in Group R-3. 2. Operation of cargo tankers that transport LP-gas. |   |   |   | 
       | Magnesium. An operational permit is required to melt, cast,    heat treat or grind more than 10 pounds (4.54 kg) of magnesium. |   |   |   | 
       | Miscellaneous combustible storage. An operational permit is    required to store in any building or upon any premises in excess of 2,500    cubic feet (71 m3) gross volume of combustible empty packing    cases, boxes, barrels or similar containers, rubber tires, rubber, cork or    similar combustible material. |   |   |   | 
       | Open burning. An operational permit is required for the    kindling or maintaining of an open fire or a fire on any public street,    alley, road, or other public or private ground. Instructions and stipulations    of the permit shall be adhered to. Exception: Recreational fires. |   |   |   | 
       | Open flames and candles. An operational permit is required    to [ remove paint with a torch; use a torch or open-flame device in a    hazardous fire area; or to] use open flames or candles in    connection with assembly areas, dining areas of restaurants or drinking    establishments. |   |   |   | 
       | [ Open flames and torches. An operational permit is    required to remove paint with a torch; or to use a torch or open-flame device    in a wildfire risk area. ] |  |  |  | 
       | Organic coatings. An operational permit is required for any    organic-coating manufacturing operation producing more than 1 gallon (4 L) of    an organic coating in one day. |   |   |   | 
       | [ Assembly/educationalPlaces of assembly ].    An operational permit is required to operate a place of [assembly    /educational occupancyassembly ]. |   |   |   | 
       | Private fire hydrants. An operational permit is required for    the removal from service, use or operation of private fire hydrants. Exception: An operational permit is not required for private    industry with trained maintenance personnel, private fire brigade or fire    departments to maintain, test and use private hydrants. |   |   |   | 
       | Pyrotechnic special effects material. An operational permit    is required for use and handling of pyrotechnic special effects material. |   |   |   | 
       | Pyroxylin plastics. An operational permit is required for    storage or handling of more than 25 pounds (11 kg) of cellulose nitrate    (pyroxylin) plastics and for the assembly or manufacture of articles    involving pyroxylin plastics. |   |   |   | 
       | Refrigeration equipment. An    operational permit is required to operate a mechanical refrigeration unit or    system regulated by Chapter 6. |   |   |   | 
       | Repair garages and service stations. An operational permit    is required for operation of repair garages and automotive, marine and fleet    service stations. |   |   |   | 
       | Rooftop heliports. An operational permit is required for the    operation of a rooftop heliport. |   |   |   | 
       | Spraying or dipping. An operational permit is required to    conduct a spraying or dipping operation utilizing flammable or combustible    liquids or the application of combustible powders regulated by Chapter 1524. |   |   |   | 
       | Storage of scrap tires and tire byproducts. An operational    permit is required to establish, conduct or maintain storage of scrap tires    and tire byproducts that exceeds 2,500 cubic feet (71 m3) of total    volume of scrap tires and for indoor storage of tires and tire byproducts. |   |   |   | 
       | Temporary membrane structures and tents. An operational    permit is required to operate an air-supported temporary membrane structure    or a tent. Exceptions: 1. Tents used exclusively for recreational camping purposes. 2. Tents and air-supported structures that cover an area of    900 square feet (84 m2) or less, including all connecting areas or    spaces with a common means of egress or entrance and with an occupant load of    50 or less persons. |   |   |   | 
       | Tire-rebuilding plants. An operational permit is required    for the operation and maintenance of a tire-rebuilding plant. |   |   |   | 
       | Waste handling. An operational permit is required for the    operation of wrecking yards, junk yards and waste material-handling    facilities. |   |   |   | 
       | Wood products. An operational permit is required to store    chips, hogged material, lumber or plywood in excess of 200 cubic feet (6 m3). |   |   |   | 
       |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
  
         
          D. 107.3. Application for permit:  Application for a permit shall be made on forms prescribed by the fire  official.
    E. 107.4. Issuance of permits: Before a permit is issued, the  fire official shall make such inspections or tests as are necessary to assure  that the use and activities for which application is made comply with the  provisions of this code.
    F. 107.5. Conditions of permit: A permit shall constitute  permission to store or handle materials or to conduct processes in accordance  with the SFPC, and shall not be construed as authority to omit or amend any of  the provisions of this code. Permits shall remain in effect until revoked or  for such period as specified on the permit. Permits are not transferable.
    [ G. 107.5.1. Special  conditions for the State Fire Marshal's office. Permits issued by the State  Fire Marshal's office for the use of explosives in special operations or under  emergency conditions shall be valid for one week from the date of issuance and  shall not be renewable.
    H. 107.6. State Fire Marshal: Permits will not be required  by the State Fire Marshal except for those permits listed in Sections 107.13  and 107.14 of this code.
    Exception: Such permits shall not be required for the  storage of explosives or blasting agents by the Virginia Department of State  Police provided notification to the State Fire Marshal is made annually by the  Chief Arson Investigator listing all storage locations within areas where  enforcement is provided by the State Fire Marshal's office.
    I. 107.7. G. 107.6. ] Annual: The  enforcing agency may issue annual permits for the manufacturing, storage,  handling, use, or sales of explosives to any state regulated public utility.
    [ J. 107.8. H. 107.7. ] Approved  plans: Plans approved by the fire official are approved with the intent that  they comply in all respects to this code. Any omissions or errors on the plans  do not relieve the applicant of complying with all applicable requirements of  this code.
    [ K. 107.9. I. 107.8. ] Posting:  Issued permits shall be kept on the premises designated therein at all times  and shall be readily available for inspection by the fire official.
    [ L. 107.10. J. 107.9. ] Suspension  of permit: A permit shall become invalid if the authorized activity is not  commenced within six months after issuance of the permit, or if the authorized  activity is suspended or abandoned for a period of six months after the time of  commencement.
    M. 107.11. Revocation of permit: The fire official may  revoke a permit or approval issued under the SFPC if conditions of the permit  have been violated, or if the approved application, data or plans contain  misrepresentation as to material fact.
    N. [ M. 107.12. K. 107.10. ]  Local fees: In accordance with § 27-97 of the Code of Virginia, fees may  be levied by the local governing body in order to defray the cost of  enforcement and appeals under the SFPC.
    O. [ N. 107.13. L. 107.11. ]  State Fire Marshal's office permit fees for explosives, blasting agents,  theatrical flame effects, and fireworks: Applications Except as  modified herein, applications for firework or pyrotechnic displays shall be  submitted to and received by the State Fire Marshal's office not less than 15  days prior to the planned event. [ Fees for permits issued by the State  Fire Marshal's office for the storage, use, sale or manufacture of explosives  or blasting agents, and for the display of fireworks and flame effects on  state-owned property shall be as follows State Fire Marshal's Office  permit fees shall be as follows ] :
    1. [ $125 $150 ] per year per magazine  to store explosives and blasting agents.
    2. [ $200 $250 ] per year per city or  county to use explosives and blasting agents.
    3. [ $150 $200 ] per year to sell explosives  and blasting agents.
    4. [ $200 $250 ] per year to  manufacture explosives, blasting agents and fireworks.
    5. $350 the first day of fireworks, pyrotechnics or proximate  audience displays conducted in any state-owned building and $150 per day for  each consecutive day for identical multi-day events. If an application is  received by the State Fire Marshal's office less than 15 days prior to the  planned event, the permit fee shall be $450 per $550 the first  day and $150 per day for each consecutive day for identical multi-day events.  If an application is received by the State Fire Marshal's office less than  seven days prior to the planned event, the permit fee shall be $550 per $650  the first day and $150 per day for each consecutive day for identical multi-day  events.
    6. $250 the first day of fireworks, pyrotechnics or proximate  audience displays conducted out-of-doors on any state-owned property and $150  per day for each consecutive day for identical multi-day events. If an  application is received by the State Fire Marshal's office less than 15 days  prior to the planned event, the permit fee shall be $450 per $550 the  first day and $150 per day for each consecutive day for identical multi-day  events. If an application is received by the State Fire Marshal's office less  than seven days prior to the planned event, the permit fee shall be $550 per  $650 the first day and $150 per day for each consecutive day for  identical multi-day events.
    7. $100 per [ event nonrenewable permit, valid  for one week from the date of issuance, ] for the use of explosives in  special operations or emergency conditions.
    8. $300 the first day for flame effects conducted in  accordance with Section [ 308.3.6 308.3.2 ] indoors of  any state-owned building or outdoors on state-owned property and [ $150  $200 ] per day for each consecutive day for identical multi-day  events, or, if conducted as part of a firework (pyrotechnic) display, [ $100  $150 ] the first day and [ $75 $125 ] per  day for each consecutive day for identical multi-day events. If an application  for flame effects is received by the State Fire Marshal's office less than 15  days prior to the planned event, the permit fee shall be $450 per $550  the first day and [ $150 $200 ] per day for each  consecutive day for identical multi-day events or, if conducted as part of a  firework (pyrotechnic) display, $200 the first day and $100 per day for each  consecutive day for identical multi-day events. If an application is  received by the State Fire Marshal's office less than seven days prior to the  planned event, the permit fee shall be $550 per $650 the first  day and $150 per day for each consecutive day for identical multi-day events or,  if conducted as part of a firework (pyrotechnic) display, $300 the first day  and $125 per day for each consecutive day for identical multi-day events.
    [ Exception: Permits shall not be required for the  storage of explosives or blasting agents by the Virginia Department of State  Police provided notification to the State Fire Marshal is made annually by the  Chief Arson Investigator listing all storage locations within areas where  enforcement is provided by the State Fire Marshal's office. ] 
    P. [ O. 107.14 M. 107.12. ]  State annual [ compliance ] inspection [ permit ]  fees. [ Annual fees Fees ] for [ inspection  permits issued compliance inspections performed ] by the State  Fire Marshal's office [ for the inspection of buildings ]  shall be as follows:
    1. Nightclubs.
    1.1. $350 for occupant load of 100 or less.
    1.2. $450 for occupant load of 101 to 200.
    1.3. $500 for occupant load of 201 to 300.
    1.4. $500 plus $50 for each 100 occupants where occupant loads  exceed 300.
    2. Private college dormitories with or without assembly areas.  If containing assembly areas, such assembly areas are not included in the  computation of square footage.
    2.1. $150 for 3500 square feet or less.
    2.2. $200 for greater than 3500 square feet up to 7000 square  feet.
    2.3. $250 for greater than 7000 square feet up to 10,000  square feet.
    2.4. $250 plus $50 for each additional 3000 square feet where  square footage exceeds 10,000.
    3. Assembly areas that are part of private college  dormitories.
    3.1. $50 for 10,000 square feet or less provided the assembly  area is within or attached to a dormitory building.
    3.2. $100 for greater than 10,000 square feet up to 25,000  square feet provided the assembly area is within or attached to a dormitory  building, such as gymnasiums, auditoriums or cafeterias.
    3.3. $100 for up to 25,000 square feet provided the assembly  area is in a separate or separate buildings such as gymnasiums, auditoriums or  cafeterias.
    3.4. $150 for greater than 25,000 square feet for assembly  areas within or attached to a dormitory building or in a separate or separate  buildings such as gymnasiums, auditoriums or cafeterias.
    4. Hospitals.
    4.1. $300 for 1 to 50 beds.
    4.2. $400 for 51 to 100 beds.
    4.3. $500 for 101 to 150 beds.
    4.4. $600 for 151 to 200 beds.
    4.5. $600 plus $100 for each additional 100 beds where the  number of beds exceeds 200.
    5. [ Child day centers, assisted living facilities and  adult day care centers Facilities ] licensed by the Virginia  Department of Social Services based on licensed capacity as follows:
    5.1. $50 for 1 to 8.
    5.2. $75 for 9 to 20.
    5.3. $100 for 21 to 50.
    5.4. $200 for 51 to 100.
    5.5. [ $400 $300 ] for 101 [ or  more to 150 ].
    [ 5.6. $400 for 151 to 200.
    5.7. $500 for 201 or more. ]
    Exception: Annual [ compliance ] inspection  [ permits fees ] for any building or groups of  buildings on the same site may not exceed $2500.
    [ 6. Registered complaints.
    6.1. No charge for first visit (initial complaint), and if  violations are found,
    6.2. $51 per hour for each State Fire Marshal's office  staff for all subsequent visits.
    7. Bonfires (small and large) on state-owned property.
    7.1. For a small bonfire pile with a total fuel area more  than 3 feet in diameter and more than 2 feet in height, but not more than 9  feet in diameter and not more than 6 feet in height, the permit fee is $50. If  an application for a bonfire permit is received by the State Fire Marshal's  office less than 15 days prior to the planned event, the permit fee shall be  $100. If an application for a bonfire permit is received by the State Fire  Marshal's office less than seven days prior to the planned event, the permit  fee shall be $150.
    7.2. For a large bonfire pile with a total fuel area more  than 9 feet in diameter and more than 6 feet in height, the permit fee is $150.  If an application for a bonfire permit is received by the State Fire Marshal's  office less than 15 days prior to the planned event, the permit fee shall be  $300. If an application for a bonfire permit is received by the State Fire  Marshal's office less than seven days prior to the planned event, the permit  fee shall be $450. ]
    Q. [ P. 107.15. N. 107.13. ]  Fee schedule: The local governing body may establish a fee schedule. The  schedule shall incorporate unit rates, which may be based on square footage,  cubic footage, estimated cost of inspection or other appropriate criteria.
    R. [ Q. 107.16. O. 107.14. ]  Payment of fees: A permit shall not be issued until the designated fees have  been paid.
    Exception: The fire official may authorize delayed payment of  fees.
    [ P. 107.14.1. State Fire Marshal's office  certification and permit fees not refundable. No refund of any part of the  amount paid as a permit or certification fee will be made where the applicant,  permit or certification holder, for any reason, discontinued an activity,  changed conditions, or changed circumstances for which the permit or certification  was issued. However, the permit or certification fee submitted with an  application will be refunded if the permit or certification is canceled,  revoked, or suspended subsequent to having been issued through administrative  error, or if a permit being applied for is to be obtained from a locally  appointed fire official. ] 
    13VAC5-51-85. Section 108.0. Operational permits.
    A. 108.1. General. Operational permits shall be in accordance  with Section 108. The fire official may require notification prior to (i)  activities involving the handling, storage or use of substances, materials or  devices regulated by the SFPC; (ii) conducting processes which produce  conditions hazardous to life or property; or (iii) establishing a place of  assembly. 
    B. 108.1.1. Permits required. Operational permits may be  required by the fire official in accordance with Table 107.2. The fire official  shall require operational permits for the manufacturing, storage, handling, use  and sale of explosives. Issued permits shall be kept on the premises designated  therein at all times and shall be readily available for inspection by the fire  official. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Operational permits will not be required by the State Fire  Marshal except for the manufacturing, storage, handling, use and sale of  explosives in localities not enforcing the SFPC. 
    2. Operational permits will not be required for the  manufacturing, storage, handling or use of explosives or blasting agents by the  Virginia Department of State Police provided notification to the fire official  is made annually by the Chief Arson Investigator listing all storage locations.  
    C. 108.1.2. Duration of operational permits. 
    An operational permit allows the applicant to conduct an  operation or a business for which a permit is required by Section 108.1.1 for  either: 
    1. A prescribed period. 
    2. Until renewed, suspended, or revoked. 
    D. 108.1.3. Operational permits for the same location. When  more than one operational permit is required for the same location, the fire  official is authorized to consolidate such permits into a single permit  provided that each provision is listed in the permit. 
    E. 108.2. Application. Application for an operational permit  required by this code shall be made to the fire official in such form and  detail as prescribed by the fire official. Applications for permits shall be  accompanied by such plans as prescribed by the fire official. 
    F. 108.2.1. Refusal to issue permit. If the application for  an operational permit describes a use that does not conform to the requirements  of this code and other pertinent laws and ordinances, the fire official shall  not issue a permit, but shall return the application to the applicant with the  refusal to issue such permit. Such refusal shall, when requested, be in writing  and shall contain the reasons for refusal. 
    G. 108.2.2. Inspection authorized. Before a new operational  permit is approved, the fire official is authorized to inspect the receptacles,  vehicles, buildings, devices, premises, storage spaces or areas to be used to  determine compliance with this code or any operational constraints required. 
    H. 108.2.3. Time limitation of application. An application  for an operational permit for any proposed work or operation shall be deemed to  have been abandoned six months after the date of filing, unless such  application has been diligently prosecuted or a permit shall have been issued;  except that the fire official is authorized to grant one or more extensions of  time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each if there is reasonable  cause. 
    I. 108.2.4. Action on application. The fire official shall  examine or cause to be examined applications for operational permits and  amendments thereto within a reasonable time after filing. If the application  does not conform to the requirements of pertinent laws, the fire official shall  reject such application in writing, stating the reasons. If the fire official  is satisfied that the proposed work or operation conforms to the requirements  of this code and laws and ordinances applicable thereto, the fire official  shall issue a permit as soon as practicable. 
    J. 108.3. Conditions of a permit. An operational permit shall  constitute permission to maintain, store or handle materials; or to conduct  processes in accordance with the SFPC, and shall not be construed as authority  to omit or amend any of the provisions of this code. The building official  shall issue permits to install equipment utilized in connection with such  activities; or to install or modify any fire protection system or equipment or  any other construction, equipment installation or modification in accordance  with the provisions of this code where a permit is required by section 108.5.  Such permission shall not be construed as authority to omit or amend any of the  provisions of this code. 
    [ Note: The building official issues permits to  install equipment utilized in connection with such activities or to install or  modify any fire protection system or equipment or any other construction,  equipment installation or modification. ] 
    K. 108.3.1. Expiration. An operational permit shall remain in  effect until reissued, renewed, or revoked for such a period of time as specified  in the permit. Permits are not transferable and any change in occupancy,  operation, tenancy or ownership shall require that a new permit be issued. 
    L. 108.3.2. Extensions. A permittee holding an unexpired  permit shall have the right to apply for an extension of the time within which  the permittee will commence work under that permit when work is unable to be  commenced within the time required by this section for good and satisfactory  reasons. The fire official is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more  extensions of the time period of a permit for periods of not more than 90 days  each. Such extensions shall be requested by the permit holder in writing and  justifiable cause demonstrated. 
    M. 108.3.3. Annual. The enforcing agency may issue annual  operational permits for the manufacturing, storage, handling, use, or sales of  explosives to any state regulated public utility. 
    N. 108.3.4. Suspension of permit. An operational permit shall  become invalid if the authorized activity is not commenced within six months  after issuance of the permit, or if the authorized activity is suspended or  abandoned for a period of six months after the time of commencement. 
    O. 108.3.5. Posting. Issued operational permits shall be kept  on the premises designated therein at all times and shall be readily available  for inspection by the fire official. 
    P. 108.3.6. Compliance with code. The issuance or granting of  an operational permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval  of, any violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other  ordinance of the jurisdiction. Operational permits presuming to give authority  to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or other ordinances of the  jurisdiction shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on other data  shall not prevent the fire official from requiring the correction of errors in  the provided documents and other data. Any addition to or alteration of  approved provided documents shall be approved in advance by the fire official,  as evidenced by the issuance of a new or amended permit. 
    Q. 108.3.7. Information on the permit. The fire official  shall issue all operational permits required by this code on an approved form  furnished for that purpose. The operational permit shall contain a general  description of the operation or occupancy and its location and any other  information required by the fire official. Issued permits shall bear the original  or electronic signature of the fire official or other designee approved  by the fire official. 
    R. 108.4. Revocation. The fire official is authorized to  revoke an operational permit issued under the provisions of this code when it  is found by inspection or otherwise that there has been a false statement or  misrepresentation as to the material facts in the application or documents on  which the permit or approval was based including, but not limited to, any one  of the following: 
    1. The permit is used for a location or establishment other  than that for which it was issued. 
    2. The permit is used for a condition or activity other than  that listed in the permit. 
    3. Conditions and limitations set forth in the permit have  been violated. 
    4. Inclusion of any false statements or misrepresentations as  to a material fact in the application for permit or plans submitted or a  condition of the permit. 
    5. The permit is used by a different person or firm than the  person or firm for which it was issued. 
    6. The permittee failed, refused or neglected to comply with  orders or notices duly served in accordance with the provisions of this code  within the time provided therein. 
    7. The permit was issued in error or in violation of an  ordinance, regulation or this code. 
    13VAC5-51-91. Section 109.0. Inspection. 
    A. 109.1. Inspection: The fire official may inspect all  structures and premises for the purposes of ascertaining and causing to be  corrected any conditions liable to cause fire, contribute to the spread of  fire, interfere with firefighting operations, endanger life, or any violations  of the provisions or intent of the SFPC.
    Exception: Single family dwellings and dwelling units in two  family and multiple family dwellings and farm structures shall be exempt from  routine inspections. This exemption shall not preclude the fire official from  conducting routine inspections in Group R-3 or Group R-5 occupancies operating  as a commercial bed and breakfast as outlined in Section 310.1 310.3  of the USBC or inspecting under § 27-98.2 of the Code of Virginia for  hazardous conditions relating to explosives, flammable and combustible  conditions, and hazardous materials.
    B. 109.1.1. Right to entry: The fire official may enter any  structure or premises at any reasonable time to inspect subject to  constitutional restrictions on unreasonable searches and seizures. If entry is  refused or not obtained, the fire official may pursue recourse as provided by  law.
    Note: Specific authorization and procedures for inspections  and issuing warrants are set out in §§ 27-98.1 through 27-98.5 of the Code of  Virginia and shall be taken into consideration.
    C. 109.1.2. Credentials: The fire official and technical  assistants shall carry proper credentials of office when inspecting in the  performance of their duties under the SFPC.
    D. 109.2. Coordinated inspections: The fire official shall  coordinate inspections and administrative orders with any other state and local  agencies having related inspection authority, and shall coordinate those  inspections required by the USBC for new construction when involving provisions  of the amended IFC, so that the owners and occupants will not be subjected to  numerous inspections or conflicting orders.
    Note: The USBC requires the building official to coordinate  such inspections with the fire official.
    E. 109.3. Other inspections: In accordance with § 36-139.3  9.1-207 of the Code of Virginia, the State Fire Marshal, upon presenting  proper credentials, shall make annual inspections for hazards incident to fire  in all (i) residential care facilities operated by any state agency, (ii)  assisted living facilities licensed or subject to licensure pursuant to Chapter  18 (§ 63.2-1800 et seq.) of Title 63.2 of the Code of Virginia which are  not inspected by a local fire marshal, (iii) student-residence facilities owned  or operated by the public institutions of higher education in the Commonwealth,  and (iv) public schools in the Commonwealth which are not inspected by a local  fire marshal. In the event that any such facility or residence is found to be  nonconforming to the SFPC, the State Fire Marshal or local fire marshal may  petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the issuance of an injunction.
    13VAC5-51-111. Section 111.0. Violations. 
    A. 111.1. Notice: When the fire official discovers an alleged  violation of a provision of the SFPC or other codes or ordinances under the  fire official's jurisdiction, the fire official shall prepare a written notice  citing the section allegedly violated, describing the condition deemed unsafe  and specifying time limitations for the required abatements to be made to  render the structure or premises safe and secure. 
    B. 111.1.1. Right of appeal [ .: ]  Notices of violation issued under Section 111.1 shall indicate the right of  appeal by referencing the appeals section of this code.
    Exceptions:
    1. Summons issued in lieu of a notice of violation in  accordance with Section 111.5 of this code.
    2. Documents reflecting uncorrected violations in  subsequent inspections to verify compliance.
    B. C. 111.2. Service: The written notice of  violation of this code shall be served upon the owner, a duly authorized agent  or upon the occupant or other person responsible for the conditions under  violation. Such notice shall be served either by delivering a copy of same to  such persons by mail to the last known post office address, by delivering in  person or by delivering it to and leaving it in the possession of any person in  charge of the premises, or, in the case such person is not found upon the  premises, by affixing a copy thereof in a conspicuous place at the entrance  door or avenue of access. Such procedure shall be deemed the equivalent of  personal notice.
    C. D. 111.3. Failure to correct violations: If  the notice of violation is not complied with within the time specified, the  fire official shall request the legal counsel of the local governing body to  institute the appropriate legal proceedings to restrain, correct, or  abate such alleged violation. 
    D. E. 111.4. Penalty: Penalties upon conviction  of violating the SFPC shall be as set out in § 27-100 of the Code of Virginia. 
    E. F. 111.5. Summons: When authorized and  certified in accordance with § 27-34.2 of the Code of Virginia, the fire  official may, subject to any limitations imposed by the local governing body,  issue a summons in lieu of a notice of violation. Fire officials not certified  in accordance with § 27-34.2 of the Code of Virginia may request the  law-enforcement agency of the local governing body to make arrests for any  alleged violations of the SFPC or orders affecting the immediate public safety.  
     13VAC5-51-121. Section 112.0. Appeals. 
    A. 112.1. Local Board of Fire Prevention Code Appeals  (BFPCA): Each local governing body which enforces the SFPC shall have a BFPCA  to hear appeals as authorized herein or it shall enter into an agreement with  the governing body of another county or municipality, with some other agency,  or with a state agency approved by the DHCD to act on appeals. An appeal case  decided by some other approved agency shall constitute an appeal in accordance  with this section and shall be final unless appealed to the State Building Code  Technical Review Board (TRB). 
    B. 112.2. Membership: The BFPCA shall consist of at least  five members appointed by the local governing body and having terms of office  established by written policy. Alternate members may be appointed to serve in  the absence of any regular members and as such, shall have the full power and  authority of the regular members. Regular and alternate members may be  reappointed. Written records of current membership, including a record of the  current chairman and secretary shall be maintained in the office of the local  governing body. In order to provide continuity, the terms of the members may be  of different length so that less than half will expire in any one-year period.  The BFPCA shall meet at least once annually to assure a duly constituted board,  appoint officers as necessary and receive such training on the code as may be  appropriate or necessary from staff of the locality.
    C. 112.2.1. Chairman: The BFPCA shall annually select one of  its regular members to serve as chairman. In case of the absence of the chairman  at a hearing, the members present shall select an acting chairman. 
    D. 112.2.2. Secretary: The local governing body shall appoint  a secretary to the BFPCA to maintain a detailed record of all proceedings. 
    E. 112.3. Qualifications of members: BFPCA members shall be  selected by the local governing body on the basis of their ability to render  fair and competent decisions regarding application of the SFPC and shall, to  the extent possible, represent different occupational or professional fields  relating to building construction or fire prevention. At least one member  should be an experienced builder and one member a licensed professional  engineer or architect. Employees or officials of the local governing body shall  not serve as members of the BFPCA. 
    F. 112.4. Disqualification of member: A member shall not hear  an appeal in which that member has conflict of interest in accordance with the  State and Local Government Conflict of Interests Act, Chapter 31 (§ 2.2-3100 et  seq.) of Title 2.2 of the Code of Virginia. 
    G. 112.5. Application for appeal: The owner of a structure,  the owner's agent or any other person involved in the design, construction or  maintenance of the structure may appeal a decision of the fire official  concerning the application of the SFPC or the fire official's refusal to grant  modification under Section 106.5 to the provisions of the SFPC. The appeal  shall first lie to the local board of fire prevention code appeals (BFPCA) and  then to the TRB except that appeals concerning the application of the SFPC or  refusal to grant modifications by the State Fire Marshal shall be made directly  to the TRB. The appeal shall be submitted to the BFPCA within 14 calendar days  of the application of the SFPC. The application shall contain the name and address  of the owner of the structure and the person appealing if not the owner. A copy  of the written decision of the fire official shall be submitted along with the  application for appeal and maintained as part of the record. The application  shall be stamped or otherwise marked by the BFPCA to indicate the date  received. Failure to submit an application for appeal within the time limit  established by this section shall constitute acceptance of the fire official's  decision. 
    Note: In accordance with § 27-98 of the Code of Virginia, any  local fire code may provide for an appeal to a local board of appeals. If no  local board of appeals exists, the TRB shall hear appeals of any local fire  code violation.
    H. 112.6. Notice of meeting: The BFPCA shall meet within 30 calendar  days after the date of receipt of the application for appeal. Notice indicating  the time and place of the hearing shall be sent to the parties in writing to  the addresses listed on the application at least 14 calendar days prior to the  date of the hearing. Less notice may be given if agreed upon by the applicant. 
    I. 112.7. Hearing procedures: All hearings before the BFPCA  shall be open to the public. The appellant, the appellant's representative, the  local governing body's representative and any person whose interests are  affected shall be given an opportunity to be heard. The chairman shall have the  power and duty to direct the hearing, rule upon the acceptance of evidence and  oversee the record of all proceedings. 
    J. 112.7.1. Postponement: When a quorum of the BFPCA is not  present to hear an appeal, either the appellant or the appellant's  representative shall have the right to request a postponement of the hearing.  The BFPCA shall reschedule the appeal within 30 calendar days of the  postponement. 
    K. 112.8. Decision: The BFPCA shall have the power to uphold,  reverse or modify the decision of the fire official by a concurring vote of a  majority of those present. Decisions of the BFPCA shall be final if no appeal  is made therefrom and the appellant and the fire official shall act  accordingly. 
    L. 112.8.1. Resolution: The BFPCA "s BFPCA's  decision shall be by resolution signed by the chairman and retained as part of  the record by the BFPCA. The following wording shall be part of the resolution:  "Any person who was a party to the appeal may appeal to the State Building  Code Technical Review Board (TRB) by submitting an application to the TRB  within 21 calendar days upon receipt by certified mail of this resolution.  Application forms are available from the Office of the TRB, 501 North Second  600 East Main Street, Richmond, Virginia 23219, (804) 371-7150."  Copies of the resolution shall be furnished to all parties. 
    M. 112.9. Appeal to the TRB: After final determination by the  BFPCA, any person who was a party to the local appeal may appeal to the TRB.  Application shall be made to the TRB within 21 calendar days of receipt of the  decision to be appealed. Application for appeal to the TRB arising from the  SFMO's enforcement of the code or from any local fire code violation if no  local board of appeals exists shall be made to the TRB within 14 calendar  days of receipt of the decision to be appealed and shall be accompanied by  copies of the inspection reports and other relevant information. Failure to  submit an application for appeal within the time limit established by this  section shall constitute an acceptance of the BFPCA's resolution or fire  official's decision. 
    N. 112.9.1. Information to be submitted: Copies of the fire  official's decision and the resolution of the BFPCA shall be submitted with the  application for appeal. Upon request by the office of the TRB, the BFPCA shall  submit a copy of all inspection reports and all pertinent information from the  record of the BFPCA. 
    O. 112.9.2. Decision of TRB: Procedures of the TRB are in  accordance with Article 2 (§ 36-108 et seq.) of Chapter 6 of Title 36 of the  Code of Virginia. Decisions of the TRB shall be final if no appeal is made  therefrom and the appellant and the code official shall act accordingly.
    13VAC5-51-130. IFC Section 202.0. Definitions. 
    A. Add the following definitions:
    Background clearance card: See Section 3302.1 or  BCC: An identification card issued to an individual who is not a certified  blaster or pyrotechnician and is responsible management or an employee of a  company, corporation, firm, or other entity, solely for the purpose of  submitting an application to the fire official for a permit to manufacture,  use, handle, store, or sell explosive materials; or conduct a fireworks  display. A person to whom a BCC has been issued can fulfill the role of a  designated individual on an application for a permit to manufacture, use,  handle, store, or sell explosive materials; or on an application for a permit  to design, setup, and conduct a fireworks display. 
    Blaster, restricted: See Section 3302.1 Any person  engaging in the use of explosives or blasting agents utilizing five pounds  (2.25 kg) or less per blasting operation and using instantaneous detonators.  A certified restricted blaster can fulfill the role of a designated  individual on an application for permit to manufacture, use, handle, store, or  sell explosive materials. 
    Blaster, unrestricted: See Section 3302.1 Any person  engaging in the use of explosives or blasting agents without the limit to the  amount of explosives or blasting agents or type of detonator. A  certified unrestricted blaster can fulfill the role of a designated individual  on an application for permit to manufacture, use, handle, store, or sell  explosive materials. 
    Design: For the purposes of a fireworks display, either  inside a building or structure or outdoors, it shall mean the pyrotechnician  who will be in attendance and makes the final artistic determination for the  placement of fireworks and ground display pieces suitable for the display site.  
    Designated individual: See Section 3302.1 A person  who is in possession of a BCC issued by the SFMO, certified by the SFMO as a  pyrotechnician, or a restricted or unrestricted blaster, any of whom are  responsible for ensuring compliance with state law and regulations relating to  blasting agents and explosives and applying for explosives or firework permits;  is at least 21 years of age; and demonstrates the capability to effectively  communicate safety messages verbally and in writing in the English language.  
    DHCD: The Virginia Department of Housing and Community  Development.
    Local government, local governing body or locality: The  governing body of any county, city, or town, other political subdivision and  state agency in this Commonwealth charged with the enforcement of the SFPC  under state law.
    Night club: Any building or portion thereof in which the main  use is a place of public assembly that provides exhibition, performance or  other forms or entertainment; serves alcoholic beverages; and provides music  and space for dancing.
    Permissible fireworks: Any sparklers, fountains, Pharaoh's  serpents, caps for pistols, or pinwheels commonly known as whirligigs or  spinning jennies.
    Pyrotechnician (firework operator): See Section 3302.1 Any  person supervising or engaged in the design, setup, or conducting of any  fireworks display, either inside a building or outdoors. A certified  pyrotechnician can fulfill the role of a designated individual on an  application for a permit for a fireworks display. 
    Pyrotechnician, aerial: A person supervising or engaged in  the design, setup, or conducting of an outdoor aerial fireworks display  performed in accordance with the regulations as set forth in this code and NFPA  1123, a referenced standard for fireworks displays. 
    Pyrotechnician, proximate: A person supervising or engaged  in the design, setup, or conducting of a fireworks display, either inside a  building or outdoors, performed in accordance with the regulations as set forth  in this code and NFPA 1126, a referenced standard for the use of pyrotechnics  before a proximate audience. 
    Responsible management. See Section 3302.1: A person  who is any of the following:
    1. The sole proprietor of a sole proprietorship.
    2. The partners of a general partnership.
    3. The managing partners of a limited partnership.
    4. The officers [ or directors ] of a  corporation.
    5. The managers [ or members ] of a limited  liability company.
    6. The [ managers, ] officers or directors of  an association [ , or both ].
    7. Individuals in other business entities recognized under  the laws of the Commonwealth as having a fiduciary responsibility to the firm.
    [ Sky lantern: An unmanned device with a fuel source  that incorporates an open flame in order to make the device airborne. ]
    Sole proprietor. See Section 3302.1: A person or  individual, not a corporation, who is trading under his own name or under an  assumed or fictitious name pursuant to the provisions of §§ 59.1-69  through 59.1-76 of the Code of Virginia.
    State Fire Marshal: The State Fire Marshal as provided for by  § 36-139.2 9.1-206 of the Code of Virginia.
    State Regulated Care Facility (SRCF): A building with an  occupancy in Group R-2, R-3, R-4, or R-5 occupied by persons in the care of  others where program oversight is provided by the Virginia Department of Social  Services, the Virginia Department of Behavioral Health and Developmental  Services, the Virginia Department of Education or the Virginia Department of  Juvenile Justice.
    Technical Assistant: Any person employed by or under an extended  contract to a local enforcing agency for enforcing the SFPC. For the purposes  of this definition, an extended contract shall be a contract with an aggregate  term of 18 months or longer.
    TRB: The Virginia State Building Code Technical Review Board.
    USBC: The Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code  (13VAC5-63).
    B. Add the following definition under the term  "Occupancy Classification--Residential Group R":
    [ Residential Group ] R-5 [ . ]  Detached one and two-family dwellings and multiple single-family dwellings  (townhouses) not more than three stories high with separate means of egress and  their accessory structures. The terms "R-5" and "one and  two-family dwelling" where used in this code shall be interchangeable.
    C. Change the following definition definitions  to read:
    Automatic fire-extinguishing system: An approved system of  devices and equipment that automatically detects a fire and discharges an  approved fire-extinguishing agent onto or in the area of a fire. Such system  shall include an automatic sprinkler system, unless otherwise expressly stated.
    Fire code official: The officer or other designated authority  charged with administration and enforcement of this code, or a duly authorized  representative. For the purpose of this code, the terms "code official"  and "fire official" shall have the same meaning as the term  "fire code official" and, in addition, such official shall have the  powers outlined in § 27-98.1 of the Code of Virginia.
    Fireworks: Any firecracker, torpedo, skyrocket, or other  substance or object, of whatever form or construction, that contains any  explosive or inflammable compound or substance, and is intended, or commonly  known, as fireworks and that explodes, rises into the air or travels laterally,  or fires projectiles into the air. Fireworks shall not include automobile  flares, paper caps containing not more than the average of 0.25 grain (16 mg)  of explosive content per cap or toy pistols, toy canes, toy guns, or other  devices utilizing such caps and items commonly known as party poppers, pop  rocks, and snap-n-pops. Fireworks may be further delineated and referred to as:
    Fireworks, 1.4G (formerly known as Class C, Common  Fireworks): Small fireworks devices containing restricted amounts of  pyrotechnic composition designed primarily to produce visible or audible  effects by combustion. Such 1.4G fireworks that comply with the construction,  chemical composition, and labeling regulations of the DOTn for Fireworks,  UN0336, and the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission as set forth in CPSC 16  CFR Parts 1500 and 1507, are not explosive materials for the purpose of this  code. 
    Fireworks, 1.3G (formerly Class B, Special Fireworks):  Large fireworks devices, which are explosive materials, intended for the use in  fireworks displays and designed to produce audible or visible effects by  combustion, deflagration, or detonation. Such 1.3G fireworks include, but are  not limited to, firecrackers containing more than 130 milligrams (2 grains) of  explosive composition, aerial shells containing more than 40 grams of  pyrotechnic composition, and other display pieces that exceed the limits for  classification as 1.4G fireworks. Such 1.3G fireworks are also described as  Fireworks, UN0335 by the DOTn.
    Smokeless propellants [ .: ]  Solid propellants, commonly referred to as smokeless powders or any  propellant classified by DOTn as a smokeless propellant in accordance with  NA3178, Smokeless Powder for Small Arms, used in small arms ammunition,  firearms, cannons, rockets, propellant-actuated devices, and similar articles.
    13VAC5-51-131. IFC Chapter 3. Precautions Against Fire General  Requirements. 
    A. [ Change Section 301.2 to read: 
    301.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2 for the activities or uses regulated by Sections 306, 307, 308,  and 315. 
    B. ] Add Section 301.3 to read: 
    301.3. Occupancy. The occupancy of a structure shall be  continued as originally permitted under and in full compliance with the codes  in force at the time of construction or alteration. The occupancy of a  structure shall not change to another occupancy that will subject the structure  to any special provisions of this code or the USBC without the approval of the  building official. 
    [ B. C. Add the following to the list of  definitions in Section 302.1: 
    Sky lantern. 
    D. ] Change Section 304.3.2 to read: 
    304.3.2. Capacity exceeding 5.88 cubic feet. Containers with a  capacity exceeding 5.88 cubic feet (44 gallons) (0.17 m³) shall be provided  with lids. Containers and lids shall be constructed of noncombustible materials  or approved combustible materials. 
    [ C. E.  Add an exception to Section 307.1 to read: 
    Exception: Approved outdoor live fire training using  equipment or appliances accessible or available to the general public, and that  complies with Section 307.4. 
    F. Change Section 307.2 to read: 
    307.2. Permit required. A permit shall be obtained from the  fire code official in accordance with Section 107.2 prior to kindling a fire  for recognized silvicultural or range or wildlife management practices,  prevention or control of disease or pests, or a bonfire. Application for such  approval shall only be presented by and permits issued to the owner of the land  upon which the fire is to be kindled. 
    G. Add Section 308.1.6.3 to read: 
    308.1.6.3. Sky lanterns. No person shall release or cause  to be released an untethered sky lantern. 
    H. Change Section 308.2 to read: 
    308.2. Permits required. Permits shall be obtained from the  fire code official in accordance with Section 107.2 prior to engaging in the  following activities involving open flame, fire, and burning: 
    1. Use of a torch or flame-producing device to remove paint  from a structure. 
    2. Use of open flame, fire, or burning in connection with  Group A or E occupancies. 
    3. Use or operation of torches and other devices, machines,  or processes liable to start or cause fire in or upon wildfire risk areas. 
    I. Change Section 311.1 to read: 
    311.1. General. Temporarily unoccupied buildings,  structures, premises, or portions thereof, including tenant spaces, shall be  safeguarded and maintained in accordance with Sections 311.1.1 through 311.5.6.  
    J. ] Add Section 311.5.6 to read: 
    311.5.6. Removal. Removal of placards posted in accordance  with this section without the approval of the fire official shall be a  violation of this code. 
    [ K. Add Section 311.6 to read: 
    311.6. Unoccupied tenant spaces in mall buildings. Unoccupied  tenant spaces in covered and open mall buildings shall be: 
    1. Kept free from the storage of any materials. 
    2. Separated from the remainder of the building by  partitions of at least 0.5-inch-thick (12.7 mm) gypsum board or an approved  equivalent to the underside of the ceiling of the adjoining tenant spaces. 
    3. Without doors or other access openings other than one  door that shall be kept key locked in the closed position except during that  time when opened for inspection. 
    4. Kept free from combustible waste and be broom swept  clean. ] 
    C. [ D. L. ] Change  Section 314.1 to read: 
    314.1. General. Indoor displays constructed within any  building or structure shall comply with Sections 314.2 through 314.5. 
    D. [ E. M. ] Add  Section 314.5 to read: 
    314.5. Smokeless powder and small arms primers. Venders shall  not store, display, or sell smokeless powder or small arms primers  during trade shows inside exhibition halls except as follows: 
    1. The amount of smokeless powder displayed by each vender is  limited to the amount established in Section 3306.5.1.1 5506.5.1.1.  
    2. The amount of smokeless powder each vender may store is  limited to the storage arrangements and storage amounts established in Section 3306.5.2.1  5506.5.2.1. Smokeless powder shall remain in the manufacturer's original  sealed container, and the container shall remain sealed while inside the  building. The repackaging of smokeless powder shall not be performed inside the  building. Damaged containers shall not be repackaged inside the building and shall  be immediately removed from the building in such manner to avoid spilling any  powder. 
    3. There shall be at least 50 feet separation between venders  and 20 feet from any exit. 
    4. Small arms primers shall be displayed and stored in the  manufacturer's original packaging and in accordance with the requirements of  Section 3306.5.2.3 5506.5.2.3. 
    [ N. Change Section 315.2 to read: 
    315.2. Permit required. A permit for miscellaneous  combustible storage shall be required as set forth in Section 107.2. ]  
    E. [ F. O. ] Change  Section 315.3 315.4 to read: 
    315.3 315.4. Outside storage. Outside storage of  combustible materials shall not be located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of a  property line or other building on the site. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. The separation distance is allowed to be reduced to 3 feet  (914 mm) for storage not exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm) in height. 
    2. The separation distance is allowed to be reduced when the  fire official determines that no hazard to the adjoining property exists. 
    F. [ G. P. ] Change Section  315.3.1 315.4.1 to read: 
    315.3.1 315.4.1. Storage beneath overhead  projections from buildings. To the extent required by the code the building was  constructed under, when buildings are required to be protected by automatic  sprinklers, the outdoor storage, display, and handling of combustible  materials under eaves, canopies, or other projections or overhangs is  prohibited except where automatic sprinklers are installed under such eaves,  canopies, or other projections or overhangs. 
    13VAC5-51-132. IFC Chapter 4. Emergency Planning and  Preparedness. 
    A. Add Section 401.1.1 to read:
    401.1.1. State Regulated Care Facilities: when. When  a state license is required by the Virginia Department of Social Services;  Virginia Department of Behavioral Health and Developmental Services; Virginia  Department of Education; or Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice to operate,  SRCF shall comply with this section and the provisions of Section 404.0.
    [ B. Add item ] 15 [ 16  to Section 404.2 to read: ]
    15. [ 16. SRCF.
    C. Add exception to Section 405.1 to read:
    Exception: Emergency evacuation drills shall not be  conducted in school buildings during periods of mandatory testing required by  the Virginia Board of Education.
    D. ] Add [ Delete the "High-rise  buildings" category, and add the following category to Table 405.2 to  read:
           | Group or occupancy
 | Frequency
 | Participation
 | 
       | SRCF
 | Monthly
 | All occupants
 | 
  
    E. Add Section 405.2.1 to read:
    405.2.1. High-rise buildings. Fire exit drills shall be  conducted annually by building staff personnel or the owner of the building in  accordance with the fire safety plan and shall not affect other current  occupants.
    F. Add Section 408.1.1 to read:
    408.1.1. Maintaining occupant load posting. Occupant load  postings required by the building code are required to be maintained.
    G. Change Section 408.2 to read:
    408.2. Group A occupancies. Group A occupancies shall  comply with applicable requirements of Sections 408.2.1 through 408.2.3 and 401  through 406.
    H. Add Sections 408.2.3, 408.2.3.1 and 408.2.3.2 to read:
    408.2.3. Night clubs. Night clubs shall comply with  Sections 408.2.3.1 and 408.2.3.2.
    408.2.3.1. Audible announcements. Audible announcements  shall be made to the occupants no longer than 10 minutes prior to the start of  the entertainment and at each intermission to notify the occupants of the  location of the exits to be used in the event of a fire or other emergency.
    408.2.3.2. Occupant load count. Upon request of the fire  code official, the owner or operator, or both, will be required to keep a  running count of the occupant load to provide to the fire code official during  performance hours of operation, entertainment hours of operation, or both.
    B. Change Section 403 to read:
    Section 403.
  Emergency Preparedness Requirements.
    403.1. General. In addition to the requirements of Section  401, occupancies, uses and outdoor locations shall comply with the emergency  preparedness requirements set forth in Sections 403.2 through 403.11. Where a  fire safety and evacuation plan is required by Sections 403.2 through 403.11,  evacuation drills shall be in accordance with Section 405 and employee training  shall be in accordance with Section 406.
    403.1.1. Maintaining occupant load posting. Occupant load  postings required by the building code are required to be maintained.
    403.2. Group A occupancies. An approved fire safety and  evacuation plan in accordance with Section 404 shall be prepared and maintained  for Group A occupancies, other than those occupancies used exclusively for  purposes of religious worship with an occupant load less than 2,000, and for  buildings containing both a Group A occupancy and an atrium. Group A  occupancies shall also comply with Sections 403.2.1 through 403.2.4.
    403.2.1. Seating plan. In addition to the requirements of  Section 404.2, the fire safety and evacuation plans for assembly occupancies  shall include a detailed seating plan, occupant load and occupant load limit.  Deviations from the approved plans shall be allowed provided the occupant load  limit for the occupancy is not exceeded and the aisles and exit accessways  remain unobstructed.
    403.2.2. Announcements. In theaters, motion picture  theaters, auditoriums and similar assembly occupancies in Group A used for  noncontinuous programs, an audible announcement shall be made not more than 10  minutes prior to the start of each program to notify the occupants of the  location of the exits to be used in the event of a fire or other emergency.
    Exception: In motion picture theaters, the announcement is  allowed to be projected upon the screen in a manner approved by the fire code  official.
    403.2.2.1. Night clubs. Night clubs shall comply with  Sections 403.2.2.1.1 and 403.2.2.1.2.
    403.2.2.1.1. Audible announcements. Audible announcements  shall be made to the occupants no longer than 10 minutes prior to the start of  the entertainment and at each intermission to notify the occupants of the  location of the exits to be used in the event of a fire or other emergency.
    403.2.2.1.2. Occupant load count. Upon request of the fire  code official, the owner or operator, or both, will be required to keep a  running count of the occupant load to provide to the fire code official during  performance hours of operation, entertainment hours of operation, or both.
    403.2.3. Fire watch personnel. Fire watch personnel shall  be provided where required by Section 403.11.1.
    403.2.4. Crowd managers. Crowd managers shall be provided  where required by Section 403.11.3.
    403.3. Group B occupancies. An approved fire safety and  evacuation plan in accordance with Section 404 shall be prepared and maintained  for buildings containing a Group B occupancy where the Group B occupancy has an  occupant load of 500 or more persons or more than 100 persons above or below  the lowest level of exit discharge.
    403.4. Group E occupancies. An approved fire safety and  evacuation plan in accordance with Section 404 shall be prepared and maintained  for Group E occupancies and for buildings containing both a Group E occupancy  and an atrium. Group E occupancies shall also comply with Section 403.4.1.
    403.4.1. Group E occupancies. Group E occupancies shall  comply with 403.4.1.1 through 403.4.1.3.
    403.4.1.1. First emergency evacuation drill. The first  emergency evacuation drill of each school year shall be conducted within 10  days of the beginning of classes.
    403.4.1.2. Time of day. Emergency evacuation drills shall  be conducted at different hours of the day or evening, during the changing of  classes, when the school is at assembly, during the recess or gymnastic  periods, or during other times to avoid distinction between drills and actual  fires.
    403.4.1.3. Assembly points. Outdoor assembly areas shall be  designated and shall be located a safe distance from the building being  evacuated so as to avoid interference with fire department operations. The  assembly areas shall be arranged to keep each class separate to provide  accountability of all individuals.
    403.5. Group F occupancies. An approved fire safety and  evacuation plan in accordance with Section 404 shall be prepared and maintained  for buildings containing a Group F occupancy where the Group F occupancy has an  occupant load of 500 or more persons or more than 100 persons above or below  the lowest level of exit discharge.
    403.6. Group H occupancies. An approved fire safety and  evacuation plan in accordance with Section 404 shall be prepared and maintained  for Group H occupancies. Group H-5 occupancies shall also comply with Section  403.6.1.
    403.6.1. Group H-5 occupancies. Group H-5 occupancies shall  comply with Sections 403.6.1.1 through 403.6.1.4.
    403.6.1.1. Plans and diagrams. In addition to the  requirements of Section 404 and Section 407.6, plans and diagrams shall be  maintained in approved locations indicating the approximate plan for each area;  the amount and type of HPM stored, handled and used; locations of shutoff  valves for HPM supply piping; emergency telephone locations; and locations of  exits.
    403.6.1.2. Plan updating. The plans and diagrams required  by Section 404, 403.6.1.1 and 407.6 shall be maintained up to date and the fire  code official and fire department shall be informed of major changes.
    403.6.1.3. Emergency response team. Responsible persons  shall be designated as an on-site emergency response team and trained to be  liaison personnel for the fire department. These persons shall aid the fire  department in preplanning emergency responses; identifying locations where HPM  is stored, handled and used; and be familiar with the chemical nature of such  material. An adequate number of personnel for each work shift shall be designated.
    403.6.1.4. Emergency drills. Emergency drills of the  on-site emergency response team shall be conducted on a regular basis but not  less than once every three months. Records of drills conducted shall be  maintained.
    403.7. Group I occupancies. An approved fire safety and  evacuation plan in accordance with Section 404 shall be prepared and maintained  for Group I occupancies. Group I occupancies shall also comply with Sections  403.7.1 through 403.7.3.
    403.7.1. Group I-1 occupancies. Group I-1 occupancies shall  comply with Sections 403.7.1.1 through 403.7.1.6.
    403.7.1.1. Fire safety and evacuation plan. The fire safety  and evacuation plan required by Section 404 shall include special employee  actions, including fire protection procedures necessary for residents, and  shall be amended or revised upon admission of any resident with unusual needs.
    403.7.1.2. Employee training. Employees shall be  periodically instructed and kept informed of their duties and responsibilities  under the plan. Such instruction shall be reviewed by employees at intervals  not exceeding two months. A copy of the plan shall be readily available at all  times within the facility.
    403.7.1.3. Resident training. Residents capable of  assisting in their own evacuation shall be trained in the proper actions to  take in the event of a fire. The training shall include actions to take if the  primary escape route is blocked. Where the resident is given rehabilitation or  habilitation training, training in fire prevention and actions to take in the  event of a fire shall be a part of the rehabilitation training program.  Residents shall be trained to assist each other in case of fire to the extent  their physical and mental abilities permit them to do so without additional  personal risk.
    403.7.1.4. Drill frequency. Emergency evacuation drills  shall be conducted at least six times per year, two times per year on each  shift. Twelve drills shall be conducted in the first year of operation.
    403.7.1.5. Drill times. Drills times are not required to  comply with Section 405.4.
    403.7.1.6. Resident participation in drills. Emergency  evacuation drills shall involve the actual evacuation of residents to a  selected assembly point.
    403.7.2. Group I-2 occupancies. Group I-2 occupancies shall  comply with Sections 403.7.2.1 through 403.7.2.3.
    403.7.2.1. Drill times. Drill times are not required to  comply with Section 405.4.
    403.7.2.2. Evacuation not required. During emergency  evacuation drills, the movement of patients to safe areas or to the exterior of  the building is not required.
    403.7.2.3. Coded alarm signal. When emergency evacuation  drills are conducted after visiting hours or when patients or residents are  expected to be asleep, a coded announcement is allowed instead of audible  alarms.
    403.7.3. Group I-3 occupancies. Group I-3 occupancies shall  comply with Sections 403.7.3.1 through 403.7.3.4.
    403.7.3.1. Employee training. Employees shall be instructed  in the proper use of portable fire extinguishers and other manual fire  suppression equipment. Training of new employees shall be provided promptly  upon entrance on duty. Refresher training shall be provided at least annually.
    403.7.3.2. Employee staffing. Group I-3 occupancies shall  be provided with 24-hour staffing. An employee shall be within three floors or  300 feet (91 440 mm) horizontal distance of the access door of each resident  housing area. In Conditions 3, 4 and 5, as defined in "Occupancy  Classification – Institutional Group I-3" in Chapter 2, the arrangement  shall be such that the employee involved can start release of locks necessary  for emergency evacuation or rescue and initiate other necessary emergency  actions within 2 minutes of an alarm.
    Exception: An employee shall not be required to be within  three floors or 300 feet (9144 mm) in areas in which all locks are unlocked  remotely and automatically in accordance with Section 408.4 of the  International Building Code.
    403.7.3.3. Notification. Provisions shall be made for  residents in Conditions 3, 4 and 5, as defined in "Occupancy  Classification – Institutional Group I-3" in Chapter 2, to readily notify  an employee of an emergency.
    403.7.3.4. Keys. Keys necessary for unlocking doors  installed in a means of egress shall be individually identifiable by both touch  and sight.
    403.8. Group M occupancies. An approved fire safety and  evacuation plan in accordance with Section 404 shall be prepared and maintained  for buildings containing a Group M occupancy, where the Group M occupancy has  an occupant load of 500 or more persons or more than 100 persons above or below  the lowest level of exit discharge, and for buildings containing both a Group M  occupancy and an atrium.
    403.9. Group R occupancies. Group R occupancies shall  comply with the provisions of this section applicable to the type of Group R  occupancy.
    403.9.1. Group R-1 occupancies. An approved fire safety and  evacuation plan in accordance with Section 404 shall be prepared and maintained  for Group R-1 occupancies. Group R-1 occupancies shall also comply with  Sections 403.9.1.1 through 403.9.1.3.
    403.9.1.1. Evacuation diagrams. A diagram depicting two  evacuation routes shall be posted on or immediately adjacent to every required  egress door from each hotel or motel sleeping unit.
    403.9.1.2. Emergency duties. Upon discovery of a fire or  suspected fire, hotel and motel employees shall perform the following duties:
    1. Activate the fire alarm system, where provided.
    2. Notify the public fire department.
    3. Take other action as previously instructed.
    403.9.1.3. Fire safety and evacuation instructions.  Information shall be provided in the fire safety and evacuation plan required  by Section 404 to allow guests to decide whether to evacuate to the outside,  evacuate to an area of refuge, remain in place, or any combination of the  three.
    403.9.2. Group R-2 occupancies. Group R-2 occupancies shall  comply with Sections 403.9.2.1 through 403.9.2.3.
    403.9.2.1. College and university buildings. An approved  fire safety and evacuation plan in accordance with Section 404 shall be  prepared and maintained for Group R-2 college and university buildings. Group  R-2 college and university buildings shall also comply with Sections  403.9.2.1.1 and 403.9.2.1.2.
    403.9.2.1.1. First emergency evacuation drill. The first  emergency evacuation drill of each school year shall be conducted within 10  days of the beginning of classes.
    403.9.2.1.2. Time of day. Emergency evacuation drills shall  be conducted at different hours of the day or evening, during the changing of  classes, when the school is at assembly, during the recess or gymnastic  periods, or during other times to avoid distinction between drills and actual  fires. One required drill shall be held during hours after sunset or before  sunrise.
    403.9.2.2. Emergency guide. Fire emergency guides shall be  provided for Group R-2 occupancies. Guide contents, maintenance and  distribution shall comply with Sections 403.9.2.2.1 through 403.9.2.2.3.
    403.9.2.2.1. Guide contents. Fire emergency guides shall  describe the location, function and use of fire protection equipment and  appliances accessible to residents, including fire alarm systems, smoke alarms,  and portable fire extinguishers. Guides shall also include an emergency  evacuation plan for each dwelling unit.
    403.9.2.2.2. Emergency guide maintenance. Emergency guides  shall be reviewed and approved by the fire code official.
    403.9.2.2.3. Emergency guide distribution. A copy of the  emergency guide shall be given to each tenant prior to initial occupancy. 
    403.9.2.3. Evacuation diagrams for dormitories. A diagram  depicting two evacuation routes shall be posted on or immediately adjacent to  every required egress door from each dormitory sleeping unit. Evacuation  diagrams shall be reviewed and updated as needed to maintain accuracy. 
    403.9.3. Group R-4 occupancies. An approved fire safety and  evacuation plan in accordance with Section 404 shall be prepared and maintained  for Group R-4 occupancies. Group R-4 occupancies shall also comply with  Sections 403.9.3.1 through 403.9.3.6.
    403.9.3.1. Fire safety and evacuation plan. The fire safety  and evacuation plan required by Section 404 shall include special employee  actions, including fire protection procedures necessary for residents, and  shall be amended or revised upon admission of a resident with unusual needs.
    403.9.3.2. Employee training. Employees shall be  periodically instructed and kept informed of their duties and responsibilities  under the plan. Such instruction shall be reviewed by employees at intervals  not exceeding two months. A copy of the plan shall be readily available at all  times within the facility.
    403.9.3.3. Resident training. Residents capable of  assisting in their own evacuation shall be trained in the proper actions to  take in the event of a fire. The training shall include actions to take if the  primary escape route is blocked. Where the resident is given rehabilitation or  habilitation training, training in fire prevention and actions to take in the  event of a fire shall be a part of the rehabilitation training program.  Residents shall be trained to assist each other in case of fire to the extent  their physical and mental abilities permit them to do so without additional  personal risk.
    403.9.3.4. Drill frequency. Emergency evacuation drills  shall be conducted at least six times per year, two times per year on each  shift. Twelve drills shall be conducted in the first year of operation.
    403.9.3.5. Drill times. Drills are not required to comply  with Section 405.4.
    403.9.3.6. Resident participation in drills. Emergency  evacuation drills shall involve the actual evacuation of residents to a selected  assembly point and shall provide residents with experience in exiting through  all required exits. All required exits shall be used during emergency  evacuation drills.
    Exception: Actual exiting from windows shall not be  required. Opening the window and signaling for help shall be an acceptable  alternative.
    403.9.4. Group R-3 and R-5 lodging facilities. An approved  fire safety and evacuation plan in accordance with Section 404 shall be  prepared and maintained for Group R-3 and R-5 bed and breakfast and other  transient boarding facilities that are either proprietor or non-proprietor  occupied.
    403.10. Special uses. Special uses shall comply with the  provisions of this section applicable to the type of special use.
    403.10.1. Covered and open mall buildings. Covered and open  mall buildings shall comply with the requirements of Sections 403.10.1.1  through 403.10.1.6.
    403.10.1.1. Malls and mall buildings exceeding 50,000  square feet. An approved fire safety and evacuation plan in accordance with  Section 404 shall be prepared and maintained for covered malls exceeding 50,000  square feet (4645 m2) in aggregate floor area and for open mall  buildings exceeding 50,000 square feet (4645 m2) in aggregate area  within perimeter line.
    403.10.1.2. Lease plan. In addition to the requirements of  Section 404.2.2, a lease plan that includes the following information shall be  prepared for each covered and open mall building:
    1. Each occupancy, including identification of tenant.
    2. Exits from each tenant space.
    3. Fire protection features, including the following:
    3.1. Fire department connections.
    3.2. Fire command center.
    3.3. Smoke management system controls.
    3.4. Elevators, elevator machine rooms and controls.
    3.5. Hose valve outlets.
    3.6. Sprinkler and standpipe control valves.
    3.7. Automatic fire-extinguishing system areas.
    3.8. Automatic fire detector zones.
    3.9. Fire barriers.
    403.10.1.3. Lease plan approval. The lease plan shall be  submitted to the fire code official for approval, and shall be maintained on  site for immediate reference by responding fire service personnel.
    403.10.1.4. Lease plan revisions. The lease plans shall be  revised annually or as often as necessary to keep them current. Modifications  or changes in tenants or occupancies shall not be made without prior approval  of the fire code official and building official.
    403.10.1.5. Tenant identification. Tenant identification  shall be provided for secondary exits from occupied tenant spaces that lead to  an exit corridor or directly to the exterior of the building. Tenant  identification shall be posted on the exterior side of the exit or exit access  door and shall identify the business name or address, or both, using plainly  legible letters and numbers that contrast with their background.
    Exception: Tenant identification is not required for anchor  stores.
    403.10.1.6. Unoccupied tenant spaces. The fire safety and  evacuation plan shall provide for compliance with the requirements for  unoccupied tenant spaces in Section 311.
    403.10.2. High-rise buildings. An approved fire safety and  evacuation plan in accordance with Section 404 shall be prepared and maintained  for high-rise buildings.
    403.10.3. Underground buildings. An approved fire safety  and evacuation plan in accordance with Section 404 shall be prepared and maintained  for underground buildings.
    403.10.4. SRCF. An approved fire safety and evacuation plan  in accordance with Section 404 shall be prepared and maintained for SRCFs.
    403.11. Special requirements for public safety. Special  requirements for public safety shall be as required in this section.
    403.11.1. Fire watch personnel. When, in the opinion of the  fire code official, it is essential for public safety in a place of assembly or  any other place where people congregate, because of the number of persons or  the nature of the performance, exhibition, display, contest or activity, the  owner, agent or lessee shall provide one or more fire watch personnel, as  required and approved. Fire watch personnel shall comply with Sections  403.11.1.1 and 403.11.1.2.
    403.11.1.1. Duty times. Fire watch personnel shall remain  on duty during the times places requiring a fire watch are open to the public,  or when an activity requiring a fire watch is being conducted.
    403.11.1.2. Duties. On-duty fire watch personnel shall have  the following duties:
    1. Keep diligent watch for fires, obstructions to means of  egress and other hazards.
    2. Take prompt measures for remediation of hazards and  extinguishment of fires that occur.
    3. Take prompt measures to assist in the evacuation of the  public from the structures.
    403.11.2. Public safety plan for gatherings. In other than  Group A or E occupancies, where the fire code official determines that an  indoor or outdoor gathering of persons has an adverse impact on public safety  through diminished access to buildings, structures, fire hydrants and fire  apparatus access roads or where such gatherings adversely affect public safety  services of any kind, the fire code official shall have the authority to order  the development of or prescribe a public safety plan that provides an approved  level of public safety and addresses the following items:
    1. Emergency vehicle ingress and egress.
    2. Fire protection.
    3. Emergency egress or escape routes.
    4. Emergency medical services.
    5. Public assembly areas.
    6. The directing of both attendees and vehicles, including  the parking of vehicles.
    7. Vendor and food concession distribution.
    8. The need for the presence of law enforcement.
    9. The need for fire and emergency medical services  personnel.
    403.11.3. Crowd managers for gatherings exceeding 1,000  people. Where facilities or events involve a gathering of more than 1,000  people, crowd managers shall be provided in accordance with Section 403.11.3.1.
    403.11.3.1. Number of crowd managers. The minimum number of  crowd managers shall be established at a ratio of one crowd manager for every  250 persons.
    Exception: Where approved by the fire code official, the  number of crowd managers shall be permitted to be reduced where the facility is  equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system or based upon  the nature of the event.
    403.11.3.2. Duties. The duties of crowd managers shall  include, but not be limited to:
    1. Conduct an inspection of the area of responsibility and  identify and address any egress barriers.
    2. Conduct an inspection of the area of responsibility and  identify and mitigate any fire hazards.
    3. Verify compliance with all permit conditions, including  those governing pyrotechnics and other special effects.
    4. Direct and assist the event attendees in evacuation  during an emergency.
    5. Assist emergency response personnel where requested.
    6. Other duties required by the fire code official.
    7. Other duties as specified in the fire safety plan.
    403.11.3.3. Training. Training for crowd managers shall be  approved.
    C. Change Section 404 to read:
    Section 404.
  Fire Safety, Evacuation and Lockdown Plans.
    404.1. General. Where required by Section 403, fire safety,  evacuation and lockdown plans shall comply with Sections 404.2 through 404.4.1.
    404.2. Contents. Fire safety and evacuation plan contents  shall be in accordance with Sections 404.2.1 and 404.2.2.
    404.2.1. Fire evacuation plans. Fire evacuation plans shall  include the following:
    1. Emergency egress or escape routes and whether evacuation  of the building is to be complete or, where approved, by selected floors or  areas only.
    2. Procedures for employees who must remain to operate  critical equipment before evacuating.
    3. Procedures for assisted rescue for persons unable to use  the general means of egress unassisted.
    4. Procedures for accounting for employees and occupants  after evacuation has been completed.
    5. Identification and assignment of personnel responsible  for rescue or emergency medical aid.
    6. The preferred and any alternative means of notifying  occupants of a fire or emergency.
    7. The preferred and any alternative means of reporting  fires and other emergencies to the fire department or designated emergency  response organization.
    8. Identification and assignment of personnel who can be  contacted for further information or explanation of duties under the plan.
    9. A description of the emergency voice/alarm communication  system alert tone and preprogrammed voice messages, where provided.
    404.2.2. Fire safety plans. Fire safety plans shall include  the following:
    1. The procedure for reporting a fire or other emergency.
    2. The life safety strategy and procedures for notifying,  relocating or evacuating occupants, including occupants who need assistance.
    3. Site plans indicating the following:
    3.1. The occupancy assembly point.
    3.2. The locations of fire hydrants.
    3.3. The normal routes of fire department vehicle access.
    4. Floor plans identifying the locations of the following:
    4.1. Exits.
    4.2. Primary evacuation routes.
    4.3. Secondary evacuation routes.
    4.4. Accessible egress routes.
    4.5. Areas of refuge.
    4.6. Exterior areas for assisted rescue.
    4.7. Manual fire alarm boxes.
    4.8. Portable fire extinguishers.
    4.9. Occupant-use hose stations.
    4.10. Fire alarm annunciators and controls.
    5. A list of major fire hazards associated with the normal  use and occupancy of the premises, including maintenance and housekeeping  procedures.
    6. Identification and assignment of personnel responsible  for maintenance of systems and equipment installed to prevent or control fires.
    7. Identification and assignment of personnel responsible  for maintenance, housekeeping and controlling fuel hazard sources.
    404.2.3. Lockdown plans. Where facilities develop a  lockdown plan, the lockdown plan shall be in accordance with Sections 404.2.3.1  through 404.2.3.3.
    404.2.3.1. Lockdown plan contents. Lockdown plans shall be  approved by the fire code official and shall include the following:
    1. Initiation. The plan shall include instructions for  reporting an emergency that requires a lockdown.
    2. Accountability. The plan shall include accountability  procedures for staff to report the presence or absence of occupants.
    3. Recall. The plan shall include a prearranged signal for  returning to normal activity.
    4. Communication and coordination. The plan shall include  an approved means of two-way communication between a central location and each  secured area.
    404.2.3.2. Training frequency. The training frequency shall  be included in the lockdown plan. The lockdown drills shall not substitute for  any of the fire and evacuation drills required in Section 405.2.
    404.2.3.3. Lockdown notification. The method of notifying  building occupants of a lockdown shall be included in the plan. The method of  notification shall be separate and distinct from the fire alarm signal.
    404.3. Maintenance. Fire safety and evacuation plans shall  be reviewed or updated annually or as necessitated by changes in staff  assignments, occupancy or the physical arrangement of the building.
    404.4. Availability. Fire safety and evacuation plans shall  be available in the workplace for reference and review by employees, and copies  shall be furnished to the fire code official for review upon request.
    404.4.1. Distribution. The fire safety and evacuation plans  shall be distributed to the tenants and building service employees by the owner  or owner's agent. Tenants shall distribute to their employees applicable parts  of the fire safety plan affecting the employees' actions in the event of a fire  or other emergency. Fire safety and evacuation plans shall be made available by  the proprietor of Group R-3 and R-5 bed and breakfast and other transient  boarding facilities to transient guests upon their arrival or are present in  each transient guest room.
    D. Change Section 405.1 to read:
    405.1. General. Emergency evacuation drills complying with  Sections 405.2 through 405.9 shall be conducted at least annually where fire  safety and evacuation plans are required by Section 403 or when required by the  fire code official. Drills shall be designed in cooperation with the local  authorities.
    Exception: Emergency evacuation drills shall not be  conducted in school buildings during periods of mandatory testing required by  the Virginia Board of Education.
    E. Delete the "High-rise buildings" row in Table  405.2; add the following row to Table 405.2, and change footnotes  "a," "b," and "d" of Table 405.2 to read:
           | Group or Occupancy | Frequency | Participation | 
       | SRCF | Monthly | All occupants | 
       | a. In severe climates, the fire code official    shall have the authority to modify the emergency evacuation drill frequency. b. Fire and evacuation drills in residential    care assisted living facilities shall include complete evacuation of the    premises in accordance with Section 403.9.3.6. Where occupants receive    habilitation or rehabilitation training, fire prevention and fire safety    practices shall be included as part of the training program. d. Applicable to Group R-2 college and    university buildings in accordance with Section 403.9.2.1. | 
  
    F. Add Section 405.2.1 to read:
    405.2.1. High-rise buildings. Fire exit drills shall be  conducted annually by building staff personnel or the owner of the building in  accordance with the fire safety plan and shall not affect other current  occupants. 
    G. Change Item 4 of Section 405.5 to read: 
    4. Employees on duty and participating. 
    H. Change Section 406.1 to read:
    406.1. General. Where fire safety and evacuation plans are  required by Section 403, employees shall be trained in fire emergency  procedures based on plans prepared in accordance with Section 404.
    I. Change Section 406.3.3 to read:
    406.3.3. Fire safety training. Employees assigned  firefighting duties shall be trained to know the locations and proper use of  portable fire extinguishers or other manual firefighting equipment and the  protective clothing or equipment required for its safe and proper use.
    J. Delete Section 406.3.4.
    K. Add Section 406.4 to  read:
    406.4. Emergency lockdown training. Where a facility has a  lockdown plan, employees shall be trained on their assigned duties and  procedures in the event of an emergency lockdown.
    L. Delete Section 408 in its entirety. ]
    13VAC5-51-133. IFC Chapter 5. Fire Service Features. 
    A. [ Change Section 501.2 to read:
    501.2. Permits. A permit shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    B. ] Delete Section 501.4. 
    [ B. C. ] Add exceptions to Section  503.1 to read: 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Fire apparatus access roads shall be permitted to be  provided and maintained in accordance with written policy that establish fire  apparatus access road requirements and such requirements shall be identified to  the owner or his agent prior to the building official's approval of the  building permit. 
    2. On construction and demolition sites fire apparatus access  roads shall be permitted to be provided and maintained in accordance with  Section 1410.1 3310.1. 
    [ C. D. ] Add exception to Section  503.2.1 to read:
    Exception: Fire apparatus access roads exclusively serving  single family dwelling or townhouse developments that are fully sprinklered as  provided for in Sections R313.1 or R313.2 of the International Residential Code  shall have an unobstructed width of not less than 18 feet (5486 mm), exclusive  of shoulders.
    [ D. E. ] Add Section 503.7 to read:
    503.7. Fire lanes for existing buildings. The fire code  official is authorized to designate public and private fire lanes as deemed  necessary for the efficient and effective operation of fire apparatus. Fire  lanes shall comply with Sections 503.2 through 503.6.
    E. Change the title of Section 506 to read "Key Boxes  and Elevator Fire Service Keys."
    F. Change Section 506.1 to read:
    506.1. Where required. Where access to or within a  structure or an area is restricted because of secured openings or where  immediate access is necessary for life-saving or firefighting purposes, the  fire code official is authorized to require a key box to be installed in an  approved location. The key box shall be of an approved type listed in  accordance with UL 1037 and shall contain keys to gain necessary access as  required by the fire code official.
    Exception: Existing key boxes are not required to be listed  in accordance with UL 1037 unless replaced.
    G. Add Section 506.3, including all subsections, to read:
    506.3. Standardized fire service elevator keys. All  buildings with elevators equipped with Phase I emergency recall or Phase II  emergency in-car operation, or buildings equipped with fire service access or  occupant evacuation elevators shall be equipped to operate with a standardized  fire service key approved by the fire code official.
    Exception: Where providing a standardized key is not  possible due to the existing nonstandard elevator equipment, the owner shall be  permitted to place the building's nonstandardized fire service elevator keys in  a key box installed in accordance with Section 506.1.
    506.3.1. Requirements for standardized fire service keys.  Standardized fire service elevator keys shall comply with all of the following:
    1. All fire service elevator keys within the jurisdiction  shall be uniform and specific for the jurisdiction. Keys shall be cut to a  uniform key code.
    2. Fire service elevator keys shall be a patent protected design  to prevent unauthorized duplication.
    3. Fire service elevator keys subject to these rules shall  be engraved with the words "DO NOT DUPLICATE."
    506.3.2. Access to standardized fire service keys. Access  to standardized fire service elevator keys shall be restricted to the following  persons or groups:
    1. Elevator owners or their authorized agents.
    2. Elevator contractors.
    3. Elevator inspectors of the jurisdiction.
    4. Fire and building code officials of the jurisdiction.
    5. The fire department and other emergency response  agencies designated by the fire code official and the code official responsible  for the enforcement of Part III, Maintenance, of the USBC.
    506.3.3. Duplication or distribution of keys. No person may  duplicate a standardized fire service elevator key or issue, give, or sell a  duplicated key unless in accordance with this code.
    506.3.4. Responsibility to provide keys. The building owner  shall provide up to three standardized fire service elevator keys, if required  by the fire code official, upon installation of a standardized fire service key  switch or switches in the building.
    H. [ E. F. ] Add  Sections 507.3.1 and 507.3.2 to read:
    507.3.1. Fire flow requirements for fully sprinklered  residential developments. Notwithstanding Section 103.1.2, the fire flow  requirements in Table B105.1 of Appendix B of the IFC, as modified by Section  507.3.2, shall be permitted to be used for determining fire flow in single  family dwelling and townhouse developments which are fully sprinklered as provided  for in Sections R313.1 or R313.2 of the International Residential Code.
    507.3.2. Modifications to Table B105.1. The first six rows of  columns five and six of Table B105.1 of Appendix B of the IFC shall be modified  as shown below for the use of Table B105.1 in Section 507.3.1.
           | Type 5-B | Fire-flow(gallons per minute)
 | 
       | 0-5000 | 1000 | 
       | 5001-7200 | 1250 | 
       | 7201-8200 | 1500 | 
       | 8201-9500 | 1750 | 
       | 9501-11300 | 2000 | 
       | 11301-13000 | 2250 | 
  
    I. [ F. G. ] Change  Section 507.5.1 to read: 
    507.5.1. Where required. Fire hydrant systems shall be located  and installed as directed by the fire department. Fire hydrant systems shall  conform to the written standards of the jurisdiction and the fire department. 
    J. [ G. H. ] Add  Section 507.5.1.1 507.5.1.2 to read:
    507.5.1.1 507.5.1.2. Fire hydrant requirements  for fully sprinklered residential developments. Notwithstanding Section  103.1.2, the number and distribution of fire hydrants in Table C105.1 of  Appendix C of the IFC shall be permitted to be used in single family dwelling  and townhouse developments which are fully sprinklered as provided for in  Sections R313.1 or R313.2 of the International Residential Code, with the  spacing and distances of fire hydrants indicated in Table C105.1 increased by  100%.
    K. [ H. I. ] Change  Section 510 to read:
    Section 510. 
  Maintenance of In-Building Emergency Communication Equipment. 
    510.1. General. In-building emergency communication equipment  shall be maintained in accordance with USBC and the provisions of this section.
    510.2. Additional in-building emergency communications  installations. If it is determined by the locality that increased amplification  of their emergency communication system is needed, the building owner shall  allow the locality access as well as provide appropriate space within the  building to install and maintain necessary additional communication equipment  by the locality. If the building owner denies the locality access or  appropriate space, or both, the building owner shall be responsible for the  installation and maintenance of these additional systems.
    510.3. Field tests. After providing reasonable notice to the  owner or their representative, the fire official, police chief, or their agents  shall have the right during normal business hours, or other mutually agreed  upon time, to enter onto the property to conduct field tests to verify that the  required level of radio coverage is present at no cost to the owner. 
    13VAC5-51-133.5. IFC Chapter 6. Building Services and Systems. 
    A. [ Change Section 601.2 to read:
    601.2. Permits. Permits shall be obtained for refrigeration  systems, battery systems and solar photovoltaic power systems as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    B. ] Add a note to Section 603.7 to read:
    Note: The fire code official may request a copy of the latest  certificate of inspection from the Virginia Department of Labor and Industry  for boilers and pressure vessels subject to such requirements. When the  certificate is not available, the fire code official shall notify the Department  of Labor and Industry to ensure that the required maintenance and testing is  performed in accordance the Virginia Boiler and Pressure Vessel Regulations  (16VAC25-50).
    [ B. C. ] Add Section 604.6 604.7  to read:
    604.6 604.7. Testing of battery powered emergency  lights and exit signs. Required emergency lighting utilizing battery powered  emergency lights or exit signs, or both, shall be tested annually. The  emergency lights and exit signs shall be tested for proper operation for the  time period established in the building code in effect when the equipment was  installed. Written records of tests shall be retained by the owner of the  building for a minimum of two years after the test is conducted and shall be  made available to the fire code official upon request.
    [ C. D. ] Change Section 605.10.1 to  read:
    605.10.1. Listed and labeled. Only portable electric space  heaters listed and labeled in accordance with UL 1278 shall be used.
    [ E. Change Section 607.1 to read:
    607.1. Operation. Existing elevators with a travel distance  of 25 feet (7620 mm) or more shall comply with the requirements of Section  607.5 and the USBC, Part III, Maintenance.
    F. Change Section 609.3.3.3 and add Section 609.3.3.3.1 to  read:
    609.3.3.3. Records. Records for inspections shall state the  individual and company performing the inspection, a description of the  inspection, and when the inspection took place. Records for cleanings shall  state the individual and company performing the cleaning and when the cleaning  took place. Such records shall be completed after each inspection or cleaning  and maintained for a minimum of three years and be copied to the fire code  official upon request.
    609.3.3.3.1. Tags. Where a commercial kitchen hood or duct  system is cleaned, a tag containing the service provider name, address,  telephone number, and date of service shall be provided in a conspicuous  location. Prior tags shall be covered or removed.
    Exception: Where records required by Section 609.3.3.3 are  maintained on the premises.
    13VAC5-51-133.8. IFC Chapter 7. Fire-Resistance-Rated  Construction. 
    Change Section 704.1 to read:
    704.1. Enclosure. New floor openings in existing buildings  shall comply with the International Building Code. ]
    13VAC5-51-135. IFC Chapter 9. Fire Protection Systems. 
    A. [ Change Section 901.3 to read:
    901.3. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    B. ] Change Section 901.4.2 to read:
    901.4.2. Nonrequired fire protection systems. Nonrequired fire  protection systems shall be maintained to function as originally installed. If  any such systems are to be reduced in function or discontinued, approval shall  be obtained from the building official in accordance with Section 103.8.1 of  Part I of the USBC. 
    [ B. C. ] Delete Section 901.4.3  901.4.4. 
    [ C. D. ] Change Section 901.6 to  read:
    901.6. Inspection, testing and maintenance. To the extent that  equipment, systems, devices, and safeguards, such as fire detection, alarm and  extinguishing systems, which were provided and approved by the building  official when constructed, shall be maintained in an operative condition at all  times. And where such equipment, systems, devices, and safeguards are found not  to be in an operative condition, the fire official shall order all such  equipment to be rendered safe in accordance with the USBC. 
    [ D. E. ] Add Section 901.10 901.11  to read:
    901.10 901.11. Defective equipment. When the  fire official determines through investigation or testing or reports by a  nationally recognized testing agency that specific, required water sprinkler or  water-spray extinguishing equipment has been identified as failing to perform  or operate through not less than 30 randomly selected sprinkler heads at four  or more building sites anywhere in the nation, the fire official shall order  all such equipment to be rendered safe. 
    E. Change the following definition in Section 902 to read:
    Automatic fire-extinguishing system. An approved system of  devices and equipment which automatically detects a fire and discharges an  approved fire-extinguishing agent onto or in the area of a fire. Such system  shall include an automatic sprinkler system, unless otherwise expressly stated.
    [ F. Change Section 903.6 to read:
    903.6. Where required in existing buildings and structures.  An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in existing buildings and  structures in accordance with Section 102.7 of this code.
    G. Delete Section 905.11. ]
    F. [ E. H. ] Change item  Item 1 in Section 906.1 to read:
    1. In Group A, B, E, F, H, I, M, R-1, R-4 and S occupancies. 
    Exception Exceptions:
    1. In Groups A, B, and E occupancies equipped throughout  with quick response sprinklers, portable fire extinguishers shall be required  only in locations specified in Items 2 through 6. 
    2. In Group I-3 occupancies, portable fire  extinguishers shall be permitted to be located at staff locations and the  access to such extinguishers shall be permitted to be locked. 
    [ G. I. ] Add a note to Section 906.1  to read:
    Note: In existing buildings, whether fire extinguishers are  needed is determined by the USBC or other code in effect when such buildings  were constructed.
    [ J. Change Section 907.1 to read:
    907.1. General. This section covers the application,  installation, performance and maintenance of fire alarm systems and their  components in new and existing buildings and structures. The requirements of  Section 907.2 are applicable to new buildings and structures.
    H. K. ] Change Section 907.9.2 907.8.2  to read:
    907.9.2 907.8.2. Testing. Testing shall be  performed in accordance with the schedules in Chapter 10 of NFPA 72 or more  frequently where required by the fire code official. Where automatic testing is  performed at least weekly by a remotely monitored fire alarm control unit  specifically listed for the application, the manual testing frequency shall be  permitted to be extended to annual. In Group R-1 occupancies, battery-powered single  station smoke detectors shall be tested and inspected at one-month intervals. 
    Exception: Devices or equipment that are inaccessible for  safety considerations shall be tested during scheduled shutdowns where approved  by the fire code official, but not less than every 18 months. 
    [ I. L. ] Change Section 907.9.5  907.8.5 to read:
    907.9.5 907.8.5. Maintenance, inspection and  testing. The building owner shall be responsible for maintaining the fire and  life safety systems in an operable condition at all times. Service personnel  shall meet the qualification requirements of NFPA 72 for maintaining,  inspecting and testing such systems. A written record shall be maintained and  shall be made available to the fire code official. In addition to all  applicable information contained in Figure 10.6.2.3 of NFPA 72, the written  record of inspections, testing and maintenance shall contain the following  minimum information:
    1. Date, name and address of property.
    2. Name of person performing inspection, maintenance and tests,  or combination thereof, and affiliation, business address and telephone number.
    3. Name, address and representative of approving agency or  agencies.
    4. Test frequency.
    5. Designation of the detector or detectors tested (for  example, "Test performed in accordance with Section _______.").
    6. Physical location (for example, "Heat detector in main  kitchen; horn-strobe in Room 115.") and a list of all initiating and  notification devices and appliances tested.
    7. Functional list of detectors and required sequence of  operations.
    8. Check of all smoke detectors.
    9. Loop resistance for all fixed-temperature, line-type  detectors.
    10. Other tests as required by either the equipment  manufacturer's published instructions or the authority having jurisdiction.
    11. Signature of tester and approved authority representative.
    12. Disposition of problems identified during test (examples,  "Owner notified," "Problem corrected or successfully retested,  or both," "Device abandoned in place.").
    [ J. M. Delete Section 907.9.
    N. ] Add Change Section 908.7 to  read:
    908.7. Carbon monoxide alarms. Carbon monoxide alarms shall be  maintained as approved. 
    [ K. O. ] Delete Section  908.7.1. 
    [ 13VAC5-51-135.5. IFC Chapter 10. Means of Egress. 
    A. Add Section 1001.3 to read: 
    1001.3. Overcrowding. Overcrowding, admittance of any person  beyond the approved occupant load established by the USBC or other building  code under which the building was constructed, or obstructing aisles,  passageways, or any part of the means of egress shall not be allowed. The fire  code official, upon finding any condition that constitutes a life safety  hazard, shall be authorized to cause the event to be stopped until such  condition or obstruction is corrected. 
    B. Change Section 1029.4 to read: 
    1029.4. Operational constraints. Emergency escape and  rescue openings shall be operational from the inside of the room without the  use of keys or tools. Bars, grilles, grates, or similar devices are permitted  to be placed over emergency escape and rescue openings provided (i) the minimum  net clear opening size complies with Section 1029.2, (ii) such devices shall be  releasable or removable from the inside without the use of a key, tool, or  force greater than that which is required for normal operation of the escape  and rescue opening, and (iii) where smoke alarms are installed in accordance  with Section 907.2.11 and approved by the building official regardless of the  valuation of the alteration. ] 
    13VAC5-51-138. IFC Chapter 11. Construction Requirements for  Existing Buildings. 
    Delete Chapter 11 in its entirety. 
    [ 13VAC5-51-138.4. IFC Chapter 20. Aviation Facilities.  
    Change Section 2001.3 to read: 
    2001.3. Permits. For permits to operate aircraft-refueling  vehicles, application of flammable or combustible finishes and hot work, see  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-138.8. IFC Chapter 21. Dry Cleaning. 
    Change Section 2101.2 to read: 
    2101.2. Permit required. Permits shall be required as set  forth in Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-139. IFC Chapter 22. Combustible Dust-Producing  Operations. 
    Change Section 2201.2 to read: 
    2201.2. Permits. Permits shall be required for combustible  dust-producing operations as set forth in Section 107.2. ] 
    13VAC5-51-140. IFC Chapter 22 23. Service  Stations Motor Fuel-Dispensing Facilities and Repair Garages. 
    A. [ Change Section 2301.2 to read:
    2301.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    B. ] Change Section 2205.4 2305.4  to read:
    2205.4 2305.4. Sources of ignition. Smoking and  open flames shall be prohibited within 20 feet (6096 mm) of a fuel dispensing  device. The engines of vehicles being fueled shall be shut off during fueling.  Electrical equipment shall be in accordance with NFPA 70.
    [ B. C. ] Change Section 2206.2.1.1  2306.2.1.1 to read: 
    2206.2.1.1 2306.2.1.1. Inventory control and  leak detection for underground tanks. Accurate inventory records shall be  maintained on underground fuel storage tanks for indication of possible leakage  from tanks and piping. The records shall be kept at the premises or made  available for inspection by the fire official within 24 hours of a written or  verbal request and shall include records for each tank. Where there is more  than one system consisting of tanks serving separate pumps or dispensers for a  product, the inventory record shall be maintained separately for each tank  system. 
    Owners and operators of underground fuel storage tanks shall  provide release detection for tanks and piping that routinely contain flammable  and combustible liquids in accordance with one of the following methods: 
    1. Monthly inventory control to detect a release of at least  1.0% of flow-through plus 130 gallons. 
    2. Manual tank gauging for tanks with 2,000 gallon capacity or  less when measurements are taken at the beginning and ending of a 36-hour  to 58-hour period during which no liquid is added to or removed from the tank. 
    3. Tank tightness testing capable of detecting a 0.1 gallon  per hour leak rate. 
    4. Automatic tank gauging that tests for loss of liquid. 
    5. Vapor monitoring for vapors within the soil of the tank  field. 
    6. Groundwater monitoring when the groundwater is never more  than 20 feet from the ground surface. 
    7. Interstitial monitoring between the underground tank and a  secondary barrier immediately around or beneath the tank. 
    8. Other approved methods that have been demonstrated to be as  effective in detecting a leak as the methods listed above. 
    A consistent or accidental loss of product shall be  immediately reported to the fire official.
    [ D. Change Section 2306.8.1 to read:
    2306.8.1. Listed. Dispensers shall be listed in accordance  with UL 87A. Hoses, nozzles, breakaway fittings, swivels, flexible connectors  or dispenser emergency shutoff valves, vapor recovery systems, leak detection  devices, and pumps used in alcohol-blended fuel-dispensing systems shall be  listed for the specific purpose.
    E. Add Section 2306.8.6 to read:
    2306.8.6. Compatibility. Dispensers shall only be used with  the fuels for which they have been listed, which are marked on the product.  Field installed components including hose assemblies, breakaway couplings,  swivel connectors, and hose nozzle valves shall be provided in accordance with  the listing and the marking on the unit.
    13VAC5-51-140.5. IFC Chapter 24. Flammable Finishes.
    Change Section 2401.3 to read:
    2401.3. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-141. IFC Chapter 25. Fruit and Crop Ripening.
    Change Section 2501.2 to read:
    2501.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2. 
    13VAC5-51-141.5. IFC Chapter 26. Fumigation and Insecticidal  Fogging.
    Change Section 2601.2 to read:
    2601.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-142. IFC Chapter 27. Semiconductor Fabrication  Facilities.
    Change Section 2701.5 to read:
    2701.5. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-142.5. IFC Chapter 28. Lumber Yards and  Woodworking Facilities.
    Change Section 2801.2 to read:
    2801.2. Permit. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-143.5. IFC Chapter 29. Manufacture of Organic  Coatings.
    Change Section 2901.2 to read:
    2901.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-144. IFC Chapter 30. Industrial Ovens.
    Change Section 3001.2 to read:
    3001.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-144.2. IFC Chapter 31. Tents and Other Membrane  Structures.
    Change Section 3103.4 to read:
    3103.4. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-144.4. IFC Chapter 32. High-Piled Combustible  Storage.
    Change Section 3201.2 to read:
    3201.2. Permits. A permit shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-144.6. IFC Chapter 34. Tire Rebuilding and Tire  Storage. 
    A. Change Section 3401.2 to read: 
    3401.2. Permit required. Permits shall be required as set  forth in Section 107.2. 
    B. Change Section 3406.1 to read: 
    3406.1. Required access. New and existing tire storage  yards shall be provided with fire apparatus access roads in accordance with  Section 503 and Section 3406.2. ] 
    13VAC5-51-145. IFC Chapter 27 50. Hazardous  Materials - General Provisions. 
    A. [ Change Section 5001.5 to read:
    5001.5. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    B. ] Add the following language to the end of  Section 2701.5.1 5001.5.1 to read: 
    The HMMP shall be maintained onsite for use by emergency  responders, and shall be updated not less than annually. 
    [ B. C. ] Add the following language  to the end of Section 2701.5.2 5001.5.2 to read: 
    The HMIS shall be maintained onsite or readily available  through another means where approved by the fire code official for use by  temporary responders, and shall be updated not less than annually. 
    [ C. D. ] Add Sections 2701.5.3,  2701.5.3.1 5001.5.3, 5001.5.3.1, and 2701.5.3.2 5001.5.3.2  to read: 
    2701.5.3 5001.5.3. Repository container. When a  HMMP or HMIS is required, the owner or operator shall provide a repository  container (lock box) or other approved means for the storage of items required  in Sections 2701.5.1 5001.5.1 and 2701.5.2 5001.5.2  so as to be readily available to emergency response personnel. 
    2701.5.3.1 5001.5.3.1. Location and  identification. The repository container (lock box) shall be located, installed  and identified in an approved manner. 
    2701.5.3.2 5001.5.3.2. Keying. All repository  containers (lock boxes) shall be keyed as required by the fire code official. 
     
         
          [ E. Change the  "Consumer fireworks" row and add a new "Permissible  fireworks" row to Table 5003.1.1(1) to read:
           | Consumer fireworks | 1.4G | H-3 | 125e,l | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | 
       | Permissible fireworks | 1.4G | H-3 | 125d,e,l | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | 
  
         
      D. F. ] Change  Section 2703.3.1.4 5003.3.1.4 to read: 
    2703.3.1.4 5003.3.1.4. Responsibility for  cleanup. The person, firm or corporation responsible for an unauthorized  discharge shall institute and complete all actions necessary to remedy the  effects of such unauthorized discharge, whether sudden or gradual, at no cost  to the jurisdiction. The fire code official may require records and receipts to  verify cleanup and proper disposal of unauthorized discharges. When deemed  necessary by the fire code official, cleanup may be initiated by the fire  department or by an authorized individual or firm. Costs associated with such  cleanup shall be borne by the owner, operator or other person responsible for  the unauthorized discharge. 
    [ 13VAC5-51-145.5. IFC Chapter 51. Aerosols.
    Change Section 5101.2 to read:
    5101.2. Permit required. Permits shall be required as set  forth in Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-146. IFC Chapter 52. Combustible Fibers.
    Change Section 5201.3 to read:
    5201.3. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-146.5. IFC Chapter 53. Compressed Gases.
    Change Section 5301.2 to read:
    5301.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-147. IFC Chapter 54. Corrosive Materials.
    Change Section 5401.2 to read:
    5401.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-147.5. IFC Chapter 55. Cryogenic Fluids.
    Change Section 5501.2 to read:
    5501.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2. ]
    13VAC5-51-150. IFC Chapter 33 56.  Explosives and Fireworks.
    A. Change exception 4 in Section 3301.1 5601.1  to read:
    4. The possession, storage, and use of not more than 15 pounds  (6.81 kg) of commercially manufactured sporting black powder, 20 pounds (9 kg)  of smokeless powder and any amount of small arms primers for hand loading of  small arms ammunition for personal consumption. 
    B. Add exceptions 10, 11 and 12 to Section 3301.1 5601.1  to read:
    10. The storage, handling, or use of explosives or blasting  agents pursuant to the provisions of Title 45.1 of the Code of Virginia. 
    11. The display of small arms primers in Group M when in the  original manufacturer's packaging. 
    12. The possession, storage and use of not more than 50 pounds  (23 kg) of commercially manufactured sporting black powder, 100 pounds (45 kg)  of smokeless powder, and small arms primers for hand loading of small arms  ammunition for personal consumption in Group R-3 or R-5, or 200 pounds (91 kg)  of smokeless powder when stored in the manufacturer's original containers in  detached Group U structures at least 10 feet (3048 mm) from inhabited buildings  and are accessory to Group R-3 or R-5. 
    C. Change exception 4 in Section 3301.1.3 5601.1.3  to read:
    4. The possession, storage, sale, handling and use of  permissible fireworks where allowed by applicable local or state laws, ordinances  and regulations provided such fireworks comply with CPSC 16 CFR, Parts  1500-1507, and DOTn 49 CFR, Parts 100-178, for consumer fireworks. 
    D. Add exception 5 to Section 3301.1.3 5601.1.3  to read:
    5. The sale or use of materials or equipment when such materials  or equipment is used or to be used by any person for signaling or other  emergency use in the operation of any boat, railroad train or other vehicle for  the transportation of persons or property. 
    E. Change entire Section 3301.2 5601.2 to read:
    3301.2 5601.2. Permit required. Permits shall be  required as set forth in Section 107.2 and regulated in accordance with this  section. The manufacture, storage, possession, sale and use of fireworks or  explosives shall not take place without first applying for and obtaining a  permit. 
    3301.2.1 5601.2.1. Residential uses. No person  shall keep or store, nor shall any permit be issued to keep, possess or store,  any fireworks or explosives at any place of habitation, or within 100 feet  (30,480 mm) thereof. 
    Exception: Storage of smokeless propellant, black powder, and  small arms primers for personal use and not for resale in accordance with  Section 3306 5606. 
    3301.2.2 5601.2.2. Sale and retail display.  Except for the Armed Forces of the United States, Coast Guard, National Guard,  federal, state and local regulatory, law enforcement and fire agencies acting  in their official capacities, explosives shall not be sold, given, delivered or  transferred to any person or company not in possession of a valid permit. The  holder of a permit to sell explosives shall make a record of all transactions  involving explosives in conformance with Section 3303.2 5603.2  and include the signature of any receiver of the explosives. No person shall  construct a retail display nor offer for sale explosives, explosive materials,  or fireworks upon highways, sidewalks, public property, or in assembly or  educational occupancies. 
    3301.2.3 5601.2.3. Permit restrictions. The fire  official is authorized to limit the quantity of explosives, explosive  materials, or fireworks permitted at a given location. No person, possessing a  permit for storage of explosives at any place, shall keep or store an amount  greater than authorized in such permit. Only the kind of explosive specified in  such a permit shall be kept or stored. 
    3301.2.3.1 5601.2.3.1. Permit applicants. As a  condition of a permit as provided for in Section 107.5, the fire official shall  not issue a permit to manufacture, store, handle, use or sell explosives or  blasting agents to any applicant who has not provided on the permit application  the name and signature of a designated individual as representing the  applicant. When, as provided for in Section 107.2 or 107.6, a permit is  required to conduct a fireworks display, as a condition of permit as provided  for in Section 107.5, the fire official shall not issue a permit to design,  setup or conduct a fireworks display to any applicant who has not provided on the  permit application the name and signature of a designated individual as  representing the applicant. 
    If the applicant's designated individual changes or becomes no  longer qualified to represent the applicant as responsible management or  designated individual, the applicant shall notify the fire official who issued  the permit on the change of status of the designated individual. The notice is  to be made prior to the use of any explosives or conducting a fireworks display  but in no case shall the notification occur more than seven days after the  change of status and shall provide the name of another designated individual.  The fire official may revoke or require the reissuance of a permit based on a  change of permit conditions or status or inability to provide another  designated individual. 
    3301.2.3.1.1 5601.2.3.1.1. BCC: The SFMO shall  process all applications for a BCC for compliance with § 27-97.2 of the  Code of Virginia and will be the sole provider of a BCC. Using forms provided  by the SFMO, a [ BBC BCC ] may be applied for and  issued to any person who submits to the completion of a background  investigation by providing fingerprints and personal descriptive information to  the SFMO. The SFMO shall forward the fingerprints and personal descriptive information  to the Central Criminal Records Exchange for submission to the Federal Bureau  of Investigation for the purpose of obtaining a national criminal history  records check regarding such applicant. 
    3301.2.3.1.2 5601.2.3.1.2. Issuance of a background  clearance card BCC: The issuance of a background clearance card  BCC shall be denied if the applicant or designated person representing  an applicant has been convicted of any felony, whether such conviction occurred  under the laws of the Commonwealth, or any other state, the District of  Columbia, the United States or any territory thereof, unless his civil rights  have been restored by the Governor or other appropriate authority. 
    3301.2.3.1.3 5601.2.3.1.3. Fee for background  clearance card BCC: The fee for obtaining or renewing a background  clearance card BCC from the SFMO shall be $150 plus any  additional fees charged by other agencies for fingerprinting and for obtaining  a national criminal history record check through the Central Criminal Records  Exchange to the Federal Bureau of Investigation. 
    3301.2.3.1.4 5601.2.3.1.4. Revocation of a background  clearance card BCC: After issuance of a background clearance card  BCC, subsequent conviction of a felony will be grounds for immediate  revocation of a background clearance card BCC, whether such  conviction occurred under the laws of the Commonwealth, or any other state, the  District of Columbia, the United States or any territory thereof. The card  BCC shall be returned to the SFMO immediately. An individual may reapply  for his background clearance card BCC if his civil rights have  been restored by the Governor or other appropriate authority. 
    3301.2.4 5601.2.4. Financial responsibility.  Before a permit is issued, as required by Section 3301.2 5601.2,  the applicant shall file with the jurisdiction a corporate surety bond in the  principal sum of $500,000 or a public liability insurance policy for the same  amount, for the purpose of the payment of all damages to persons or property  which arise from, or are caused by, the conduct of any act authorized by the  permit upon which any judicial judgment results. The legal department of the  jurisdiction may specify a greater amount when conditions at the location of  use indicate a greater amount is required. Government entities shall be exempt  from this bond requirement.
    3301.2.4.1 5601.2.4.1. Blasting. Before approval  to do blasting is issued, the applicant for approval shall file a bond or  submit a certificate of insurance in such form, amount, and coverage as  determined by the legal department of the jurisdiction to be adequate in each  case to indemnify the jurisdiction against any and all damages arising from  permitted blasting but in no case shall the value of the coverage be less than $500,000  $1,000,000. 
    Exception: Filing a bond or submitting a certificate of  liability insurance is not required for blasting on real estate parcels of five  or more acres conforming to the definition of "real estate devoted to  agricultural use" or "real estate devoted to horticultural use"  in § 58.1-3230 of the Code of Virginia and conducted by the owner of such real  estate. 
    3301.2.4.2 5601.2.4.2. Fireworks display. The  permit holder shall furnish a bond or certificate of insurance in an amount  deemed adequate by the legal department of the jurisdiction for the payment of  all potential damages to a person or persons or to property by reason of the  permitted display, and arising from any acts of the permit holder, the agent,  employees or subcontractors, but in no case shall the value of the coverage be  less than $500,000 $1,000,000. 
    F. Change entire Section 3301.4 5601.4 to read:
    3301.4 5601.4. Qualifications. Persons in charge  of magazines, blasting, fireworks display, or pyrotechnic special effect  operations shall not be under the influence of alcohol or drugs which impair  sensory or motor skills, shall be at least 21 years of age and possess  knowledge of all safety precautions related to the storage, handling or use of  explosives, explosive materials or fireworks. 
    3301.4.1 5601.4.1. Certification of blasters and  pyrotechnicians. Certificates as a restricted blaster, unrestricted blaster or  pyrotechnician will be issued upon proof of successful completion of an  examination approved by the SFMO commensurate to the certification sought and  completion of a background investigation for compliance with § 27-97.2 of  the Code of Virginia. The applicant for certification shall submit proof to the  SFMO of the following experience:
    1. For certification as a restricted blaster, at least one  year under direct supervision by a certified unrestricted blaster, certified  restricted blaster or other person(s) approved by the SFMO. 
    2. For certification as an unrestricted blaster, at least one  year under direct supervision by a certified unrestricted blaster or other  person or persons approved by the SFMO. 
    3. For certification as a pyrotechnician, aerial, or  pyrotechnician, proximate, applicant was in responsible charge of or has  assisted in the documented design, setup and conducting of a fireworks display  on at least six occasions within the 24 months immediately preceding the  application for certification. 
    The SFMO shall process all certification applicants for  compliance with § 27-97.2 of the Code of Virginia and will be the sole provider  of blaster and pyrotechnician certifications. 
    Exception: The use of explosives by the owner of real estate  parcels of five or more acres conforming to the definition of "real estate  devoted to agricultural use" or "real estate devoted to horticultural  use" in § 58.1-3230 of the Code of Virginia when blasting on such  real estate. 
    3301.4.2 5601.4.2. Certification issuance. The  issuance of a certification as a blaster or pyrotechnician shall be denied if  the applicant has (i) been convicted of any felony, whether such conviction  occurred under the laws of the Commonwealth, or any other state, the District  of Columbia, the United States or any territory thereof, unless his civil  rights have been restored by the Governor or other appropriate authority, (ii)  has not provided acceptable proof or evidence of the experience required in  Section 3301.4.1 5601.4.1, or (iii) has not provided acceptable  proof or evidence of the continued training or education required in Section 3301.4.5  5601.4.5. 
    3301.4.3 5601.4.3. Fee for certification. The  fee for obtaining or renewing a blaster or pyrotechnician certificate from the  SFMO shall be $150 plus any additional fees charged by other agencies for  fingerprinting and for obtaining a national criminal history record check  through the Central Criminal Records Exchange to the Federal Bureau of  Investigation. 
    [ 5601.4.3.1. Fee for replacement certificate. A  written request for a replacement blaster or pyrotechnician certificate shall  be accompanied by the payment of an administrative fee in the amount of $20  made payable to the Treasurer of Virginia. Verbal requests shall not be  accepted. ] 
    3301.4.4 5601.4.4. Revocation of a blaster or  pyrotechnician certification. After issuance of a blaster or pyrotechnician  certification, subsequent conviction of a felony will be grounds for immediate  revocation of a blaster or pyrotechnician certification, whether such  conviction occurred under the laws of the Commonwealth, or any other state, the  District of Columbia, the United States or any territory thereof. The  certification shall be returned to the SFMO immediately. An individual may  subsequently reapply for his blaster or pyrotechnician certification if his  civil rights have been restored by the Governor or other appropriate authority.  
    3301.4.5 5601.4.5. Expiration and renewal of a  BCC, or blaster or pyrotechnician certification. A certificate for an  unrestricted blaster, restricted blaster or pyrotechnician shall be valid for  three years from the date of issuance. A BCC shall be valid for three years  from the date of issuance. Renewal of the unrestricted blaster certificate will  be issued upon proof of at least 16 accumulated hours of continued training or  education in the use of explosives within three consecutive years and a  background investigation for compliance with § 27-97.2 of the Code of  Virginia. Renewal of the restricted blaster certificate will be issued upon  proof of at least eight accumulated hours of continued training or education in  the use of explosives within three consecutive years and a background  investigation for compliance with § 27-97.2 of the Code of Virginia. Renewal of  the pyrotechnician certificate will be issued upon proof of at least 12  accumulated hours of continued training or education in the subject areas of  explosives storage; the design, setup or conduct of a fireworks display within  three consecutive years; and a background investigation for compliance with § 27-97.2  of the Code of Virginia. The continued training or education required for  renewal of a blaster or pyrotechnician certificate shall be obtained during the  three years immediately prior to the certificate's published expiration date.  Failure to renew a blaster or pyrotechnician certificate in accordance with  this section shall cause an individual to obtain another blaster or  pyrotechnician certificate upon compliance with Section 3301.4.1 5601.4.1  to continue engaging in the unsupervised use of explosives or conducting a  fireworks display. 
    [ 5601.4.6. Denial, suspension or revocation of a  certificate. If issuance or renewal of a blaster or pyrotechnician certificate  is denied, or upon the filing of a complaint against an applicant or  certificate holder for non-performance, or performance in violation of the SFPC  and the appropriate referenced NFPA 495, 1123 or 1126 standards, the State Fire  Marshal may convene a three member panel to hear the particulars of the  complaint or denial. The three member panel will be comprised of the following  persons:
    1. A Virginia certified fire official, excluding any person  certified as a blaster or pyrotechnician, or who is on the staff of the SFMO.
    2. A Virginia certified blaster or pyrotechnician whose  certification is the same as that of the person to whom a complaint is lodged,  and who is not associated in any way with the person against whom a complaint  is lodged and whose work or employer is geographically remote, as much as  practically possible, from the person to whom a complaint is lodged.
    3. A member of the general public who does not have a  vested financial interest in conducting a fireworks display, or the  manufacture, sale, storage, or use of explosives.
    Upon the State Fire Marshal convening such panel, the  hearing is to commence within 60 calendar days of the filing of the complaint  or denial. The three-member panel is to hear the complaint and render a written  recommendation to the State Fire Marshal for certificate issuance, no action,  revocation, or suspension of a certificate for a period not to exceed six  months. Notwithstanding the discretionary decision and action to convene such  panel, the State Fire Marshal reserves the authority to choose an action that  may be contrary to the panel's recommendation. A written decision of the State  Fire Marshal is to be delivered to the party within 14 days of the hearing's  conclusion. If the certificate is denied, revoked, or suspended by the SFMO, in  accordance with Section 112.9, the party may file an appeal with the TRB. The  party's appeal to TRB must be filed within 14 calendar days of the receipt of  the State Fire Marshal's written decision to deny, revoke, or suspend. The  denial, revocation, or suspension of a license is independent of any criminal  proceedings that may be initiated by any state or local authority.
    5601.4.6.1. Replacement of revoked certificate. Any person  whose certificate as a pyrotechnician or blaster was revoked upon cause may  apply for certification as a pyrotechnician or blaster six months or more from  the date of the revocation and upon compliance with Section 5601.4.1. All  elements of Section 5601.4.1 are required to be obtained and dated after the  date of revocation.
    5601.4.6.2. Return of suspended certificate. Any  certificate that was suspended upon cause will be reinstated at the end of the  suspension period without change to its expiration date. ]
    G. Change Section 3301.7 5601.7 to read:
    3301.7 5601.7. Seizure. The fire official is  authorized to remove or cause to be removed or disposed of in an approved  manner, at the expense of the owner, fireworks offered or exposed for sale,  stored, possessed or used in violation of this chapter. 
    H. Add the following to the list of definitions to  in Section 3302.1 to read 5602.1:
    Background clearance card (BCC). An identification card  issued to an individual who is not a certified blaster or pyrotechnician and is  responsible management or an employee of a company, corporation, firm or other  entity, solely for the purpose of submitting an application to the fire official  for a permit to manufacture, use, handle, store, or sell explosive materials;  or conduct a fireworks display. A person to whom a BCC has been issued can  fulfill the role of a designated individual on an application for a permit to  manufacture, use, handle, store, or sell explosive materials; or on an  application for a permit to design, setup and conduct a fireworks display. 
    Blaster, restricted. Any person engaging in the use of  explosives or blasting agents utilizing five pounds (2.25 kg) or less per  blasting operation and using instantaneous detonators. A certified restricted  blaster can fulfill the role of a designated individual on an application for  permit to manufacture, use, handle, store, or sell explosive materials. 
    Blaster, unrestricted. Any person engaging in the use of  explosives or blasting agents without limit to the amount of explosives or  blasting agents or type of detonator. A certified unrestricted blaster can  fulfill the role of a designated individual on an application for permit to  manufacture, use, handle, store, or sell explosive materials. 
    Design. For the purposes of a fireworks display, either  inside a building or structure or outdoors, it shall mean the pyrotechnician  who will be in attendance and makes the final artistic determination for the  placement of fireworks and ground display pieces suitable for the display site.  
    Designated individual. A person who is in possession of a  BCC issued by the SFMO, certified by the SFMO as a pyrotechnician, or a  restricted or unrestricted blaster, any of whom are responsible for ensuring  compliance with state law and regulations relating to blasting agents and  explosives and applying for explosives or firework permits; is at least 21  years of age; and demonstrates the capability to effectively communicate safety  messages verbally and in writing in the English language.
    Fireworks. 
    Fireworks, 1.4G. 
    Fireworks, 1.3G. 
    Permissible fireworks. Any sparklers, fountains, Pharaoh's  serpents, caps for pistols, or pinwheels commonly known as whirligigs or  spinning jennies. 
    Pyrotechnician (fireworks operator). Any person supervising  or engaged in the design, setup or conducting of any fireworks display, either  inside a building or outdoors. A certified pyrotechnician can fulfill the role  of a designated individual on an application for a permit for a fireworks  display. 
    Pyrotechnician, aerial. A person supervising or engaged in  the design, setup or conducting of a outdoor aerial fireworks display performed  in accordance with the regulations as set forth in this code and NFPA 1123, a  referenced standard for fireworks displays. 
    Pyrotechnician, proximate. A person supervising or engaged  in the design, setup or conducting of a fireworks display, either inside a  building or outdoors, performed in accordance with the regulations as set forth  in this code and NFPA 1126, a referenced standard for the use of pyrotechnics  before a proximate audience. 
    Responsible management. A person who is any of the  following:
    1. The sole proprietor of a sole proprietorship. 
    2. The partners of a general partnership. 
    3. The managing partners of a limited partnership. 
    4. The officers of a corporation. 
    5. The managers of a limited liability company. 
    6. The officers or directors of an association, or both. 
    7. Individuals in other business entities recognized under  the laws of the Commonwealth as having a fiduciary responsibility to the firm. 
    Smokeless propellants. 
    Sole proprietor. A person or individual, not a corporation,  who is trading under his own name or under an assumed or fictitious name  pursuant to the provisions of § 59.1-69 through 59.1-76 of the Code of  Virginia. 
    I. Change the following definitions in Section 3302.1 to read:
    Fireworks. Any firecracker, torpedo, skyrocket, or other  substance or object, of whatever form or construction, that contains any  explosive or inflammable compound or substance, and is intended, or commonly  known, as fireworks and that explodes, rises into the air or travels laterally,  or fires projectiles into the air. Fireworks shall not include automobile  flares, paper caps containing not more than an average of 0.25 grain (16 mg) of  explosive content per cap or toy pistols, toy canes, toy guns or other devices  utilizing such caps and items commonly known as party poppers, pop rocks and  snap-n-pops. Fireworks may be further delineated and referred to as:
    Fireworks, 1.4G. (Formerly known as Class C, Common  Fireworks.) Small fireworks devices containing restricted amounts of  pyrotechnic composition designed primarily to produce visible or audible  effects by combustion. Such 1.4G fireworks that comply with the construction,  chemical composition, and labeling regulations of the DOTn for Fireworks, UN 0336,  and the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission as set forth in CPSC 16 CFR:  Parts 1500 and 1507, are not explosive materials for the purpose of this code. 
    Fireworks, 1.3G. (Formerly Class B, Special Fireworks.)  Large fireworks devices, which are explosive materials, intended for use in  fireworks displays and designed to produce audible or visible effects by  combustion, deflagration, or detonation. Such 1.3G fireworks include, but are  not limited to, firecrackers containing more than 130 milligrams (2 grains) of  explosive composition, aerial shells containing more than 40 grams of  pyrotechnic composition, and other display pieces that exceed the limits for  classification as 1.4G fireworks. Such 1.3G fireworks are also described as  Fireworks, UN0335 by the DOTn. 
    Smokeless propellants. Solid propellants, commonly referred  to as smokeless powders or any propellant classified by DOTn as a smokeless  propellant in accordance with "NA3178, Smokeless Powder for Small  Arms," used in small arms ammunition, firearms, cannons, rockets,  propellant-actuated devices, and similar articles. 
    [ I. Change Section 5603.4 to read:
    5603.4. Accidents. Accidents involving the use of  explosives, explosive materials, and fireworks, which result in injuries or  property damage, shall be immediately reported by the permit holder to the fire  code official and State Fire Marshal.
    J. I ] Change Section 3305.1 5605.1  to read:
    3305.1 5605.1. General. The manufacture,  assembly and testing of explosives, ammunition, blasting agents and fireworks  shall comply with the requirements of this section, Title 59.1, Chapter 11 of  the Code of Virginia, and NFPA 495 or NFPA 1124. 
    Exceptions:
    1. The hand loading of small arms ammunition prepared for  personal use and not offered for resale. 
    2. The mixing and loading of blasting agents at blasting sites  in accordance with NFPA 495. 
    3. The use of binary explosives or plosophoric materials in  blasting or pyrotechnic special effects applications in accordance with NFPA  495 or NFPA 1126. 
    [ K. J. ] Add Section 3305.1.1  5605.1.1 to read:
    3305.1.1 5605.1.1. Permits. Permits for the  manufacture, assembly and testing of explosives, ammunition, blasting agents  and fireworks shall be required as set forth in Section 107.2 and regulated in  accordance with this section. A permit to manufacture any explosive material in  any quantity shall be prohibited unless such manufacture is authorized by a  federal license and conducted in accordance with recognized safety practices. 
    [ L. K. ] Change Section 3306.4  5606.4 to read:
    3306.4 5606.4. Storage in residences.  Propellants for personal use in quantities not exceeding 50 pounds (23 kg) of  black powder or 100 pounds (45 kg) of smokeless powder shall be stored in  original containers in occupancies limited to Group Groups R-3 and  R-5, or 200 pounds (91 kg) of smokeless powder when stored in the  manufacturer's original containers in detached Group U structures that are at  least 10 feet from inhabited buildings and are accessory to Group R-3 or R-5.  In other than Group R-3 or R-5, smokeless powder in quantities exceeding 20  pounds (9 kg) but not exceeding 50 pounds (23 kg) shall be kept in a wooden box  or cabinet having walls of at least one inch (25 mm) nominal thickness or  equivalent. 
    [ M. L. ] Delete Sections 3306.4.1  5606.4.1, 5606.4.2, and 3306.4.2 5606.4.3. 
    [ N. M. ] Change Section 3306.5.1.1  5606.5.1.1 to read:
    3306.5.1.1 5606.5.1.1. Smokeless propellant. No  more than 100 pounds (45 kg) of smokeless propellants, in containers of 8  pounds (3.6 kg) or less capacity, shall be displayed in Group M occupancies. 
    [ O. N. ] Delete Section 3306.5.1.3  5606.5.1.3. 
    [ P. O. ] Change Section 3306.5.2.1  5606.5.2.1 to read:
    3306.5.2.1 5606.5.2.1 Smokeless propellant.  Commercial stocks of smokeless propellants shall be stored as follows:
    1. Quantities exceeding 20 pounds (9 kg), but not exceeding  100 pounds (45 kg) shall be stored in portable wooden boxes having walls of at  least one inch (25 mm) nominal thickness or equivalent. 
    2. Quantities exceeding 100 pounds (45 kg), but not exceeding 800  pounds (363 kg), shall be stored in storage cabinets having walls at least one  inch (25 mm) nominal thickness or equivalent. Not more than 400 pounds (182 kg)  shall be stored in any one cabinet, and cabinets shall be separated by a  distance of at least 25 feet (7620 mm) or by a fire partition having a  fire-resistance rating of at least one hour. 
    3. Storage of quantities exceeding 800 pounds (363 kg), but  not exceeding 5,000 pounds (2270 kg) in a building shall comply with all of the  following:
    3.1. The storage is inaccessible to unauthorized personnel. 
    3.2. Smokeless propellant shall be stored in nonportable  storage cabinets having wood walls at least one inch (25 mm) nominal thickness  or equivalent and having shelves with no more than three feet (914 mm) of  vertical separation between shelves. 
    3.3. No more than 400 pounds (182 kg) is stored in any one  cabinet. 
    3.4. Cabinets shall be located against walls with at least 40  feet (12 192 mm) between cabinets. The minimum required separation between  cabinets may be reduced to 20 feet (6096 mm) provided that barricades twice the  height of the cabinets are attached to the wall, midway between each cabinet.  The barricades must extend a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) outward, be firmly  attached to the wall, and be constructed of steel not less than 0.25 inch thick  (6.4 mm), two-inch (51 mm) nominal thickness wood, brick, or concrete block. 
    3.5. Smokeless propellant shall be separated from materials  classified as combustible liquids, flammable liquids, flammable solids, or  oxidizing materials by a distance of 25 feet (7620 mm) or by a fire partition  having a fire-resistance rating of one hour. 
    3.6. The building shall be equipped throughout with an  automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. 
    4. Smokeless propellants not stored according to Item 1, 2, or  3 above shall be stored in a Type 2 or 4 magazine in accordance with Section  [ 3304 5604 ] and NFPA 495. 
    [ Q. P. ]  Change Section 3307.1 5607.1 to read:
    3307.1 5607.1. General. Blasting operations  shall be conducted only by persons certified by the SFMO as a restricted or  unrestricted blaster or shall be supervised on-site by a person properly  certified by the SFMO as a restricted or unrestricted blaster. 
    [ R. Q. ] Add Section 3307.16 5607.16  to read:
    3307.16 5607.16. Blast records. A record of each  blast shall be kept and retained for at least five years and shall be [ readily ]  available for inspection by the code official. The record shall [ contain  the following minimum data: be in a format selected by the blaster and  shall contain the minimum data and information indicated in Form 5607.16.
    1. Name of contractor;
    2. Location and time of blast;
    3. Name of certified blaster in charge;
    4. Type of material blasted;
    5. Number of holes bored and spacing;
    6. Diameter and depth of holes;
    7. Type and amount of explosives;
    8. Amount of explosive per delay of 8 milliseconds or  greater;
    9. Method of firing and type of circuit;
    10. Direction and distance in feet to nearest dwelling,  public building, school, church, commercial or institutional building;
    11. Weather conditions;
    12. Whether or not mats or other precautions were used;
    13. Type of detonator and delay period;
    14. Type and height of stemming; and
    15. Seismograph record when utilized. 
    Exception: Subdivisions 8 and 13 of this section are not  applicable to restricted blasters.
         
                 | Form 5607.16Blast (shot) Record
 | 
       | Block 1General Information
 | 
       | 1 | Blast date:   | Blast Number: | Blast Time: | Permit Number: | 
       | 2 | Blast location by address    including city, county or town: | 
       | 3 | Blast location by GPS    coordinates:                       □ check    box if unknown | 
       | 4 | Name of Permit Holder: | 
       | 5 | Name of Blaster in charge    (print): | 
       | 6 | Signature of Blaster in    charge: | 
       | 7 | Certification Number of    Blaster in charge: | 
       |   | 
       | Block 2General Environmental Conditions
 | 
       | 1 | Weather (Clear? Cloudy?    Overcast?) | Wind direction and speed @________mph
 | Temperature F° / C° | 
       | 2 | Topography (Flat? Hilly?    Mountainous?) | Distance from blast site to    nearest inhabited building: | Distance from nearest    inhabited building determined by: □ GPS    coordinates□ Measurement
 □ Estimated
   | 
       | 3 | Use of nearest inhabited building (Dwelling? Business? Apartment    Building? School?)  | Direction from blast site to nearest inhabited building: | Direction from blast site to nearest inhabited building determined by: □ GPS instrument □ Compass □ Estimated   | 
       | Additional Blaster    notations on environmental conditions: 
 
 | 
       |  | 
       |   | 
       | Block 3Shot Layout and Precautions Taken (N/A = Not Applicable)
 | 
       | 1 | Number of holes 
 | Diameter of hole or holes | Depth of hole or holes | 
       | 2 | Were any holes decked? □ Yes
 □ No | How many holes were    decked?   □ N/A | How many decks per hole? □ N/A
 | 
       | (If applicable, indicate on    any attached shot pattern drawing which holes were decked and the number of    decks for the holes.) | 
       | 3 | Shot pattern  □ Check this box if only single hole.
 | Depth of sub-drilling | Drilling angle | 
       | 4 | Burden | Spacing of holes | Water height | 
       | 5 | Stemming height | Material used for stemming | Check box for flyrock    precautions taken  □ Mats
 □ Overburden □ None taken | 
       | Additional Blaster    notations on shot layout and precautions: | 
       |  | 
       |   | 
       | Block 4Seismic Control Measures (N/A = Not Applicable)
 | 
       | 1 | Was scaled distance formula    used?  □ Yes □ No | Indicate which scaled    distance equation was used.    □ N/A   □ W(lb)={D(ft)/50}2 □ W(lb)={D(ft)/55}2
 □ W(lb)={D(ft)/65}2
 | Maximum allowable charge    weight per 8 ms based on scaled    distance.        □ N/A | 
       | 2 | Was seismograph used? □ Yes □ No | Seismograph manufacturer and model    number:              □ N/A | Seismograph serial number: □ N/A | 
       | Seismograph's last    calibration date.    □ N/A | 
       | 3 | Distance and direction    seismograph from blast    site                  □ N/A | Distance determined by: □ N/A                  □ GPS    coordinates □ Estimated            □ Measurement | 
       | 4 | Seismograph                  □ N/A Geophone Minimum Frequency    _______Hz Seismograph Microphone Minimum    Frequency _______Hz | Seismograph    recordings:  □ N/A Transverse  _____in/s    ____ Hz Vertical           _____in/s ____ Hz Longitudinal _____in/s ____    Hz Acoustic         ______dB ____ Hz | 
       | 5 | Seismograph trigger    level    □ N/A _____ in/s _____dB
 | 
       | Additional Blaster    notations on seismic control measures: | 
       |  | 
       |   | 
       | Block 5Quantity and Product
 | 
       | 1 | Maximum allowable charge    weight per 8 ms interval □ Delay not used _____ lbs | Initiation (Check) □ Electric
 □ Non-electric □ Electronic | 
       | 2 | Maximum number of    holes/decks per 8 ms interval □ Delay not used _____ lbs | 
       | 3 | Maximum weight or sticks of    explosive per hole _____ lbs
 | Firing device manufacturer    and model:                                   □ N/A | 
       |   | Explosive Product listing    (Attach additional pages as needed.) | 
       | 4 | Manufacturer | Product name, description    or brand | Number of units | Unit weight (lb) | 
       |   |   |   |   |   | 
       |   |   |   |   |   | 
       |   |   |   |   |   | 
       |   |   |   |   |   | 
       |   |   |   |   |   | 
       |   |   |   |   |   | 
       |   |   |   |   |   | 
       | 5 | Total explosive weight in this    shot:                            lbs.
 | 
       | Additional Blaster    notations on product and quantities: | 
       |  | 
       |   | 
       | Block 6Completion of Shot Record and General Comments
 | 
       | General comments on shot    not included in notes above: | 
       | Date shot report completed: | Time shot report completed: | 
       | Printed name and signature    of person completing shot report if different from Block 1, Lines 5 and 6. | (Print) | 
       | (Signature) | 
       |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
  
    S. R. ] Change Section 3308.2 5608.2  to read:
    3308.2 5608.2. Permit application. Prior to  issuing permits for a fireworks display, plans for the fireworks display,  inspections of the display site and demonstrations of the display operations  shall be approved. A plan establishing procedures to follow and actions to be  taken in the event that a shell fails to ignite in, or discharge from, a mortar  or fails to function over the fallout area or other malfunctions shall be  provided to the fire code official. 
    In addition to the requirements of Section 3301.2.3.1 5601.2.3.1,  a permit to conduct a fireworks display shall not be issued to any applicant  without the applicant identifying on the application the pyrotechnician who  will be in responsible charge of the fireworks display and who is appropriately  certified as a pyrotechnician in accordance with Section 3301.4.1 5601.4.1.  
    Exception: Permits are not required for the use or display of  permissible fireworks on private property with the consent of the owner of such  property. 
    [ T. S. ] Change Section 3308.3  5608.3 to read:
    3308.3 5608.3. Approved fireworks displays.  Approved fireworks displays shall include only the approved fireworks 1.3G,  fireworks 1.4G, fireworks 1.4S and pyrotechnic articles 1.4G. The design,  setup, conducting or direct on-site supervision of the design, setup and  conducting of any fireworks display, either inside a building or outdoors,  shall be performed only by persons certified by the SFMO in accordance with  Section 3301.4.1 5601.4.1 as a pyrotechnician (firework operator)  and at least one person properly certified by the SFMO as a pyrotechnician  shall be present at the site where the fireworks display is being conducted.  The approved fireworks shall be arranged, located, discharged and fired in a  manner that will not pose a hazard to property or endanger any person. 
    Exception: Certification as a pyrotechnician is not required  for the use or display of permissible fireworks when conducted on private  property with the consent of the owner of such property. 
    [ U. T. ] Change Section 3308.4  5608.4 to read:
    3308.4 5608.4 Clearance. Spectators, spectator  parking areas, and dwellings, buildings or structures shall not be located  within the display site. The site for the outdoor land or water display shall  have at least 100-ft/in. (31-m/2.4mm) radius of internal mortar [ distance  diameter ] of the largest shell to be fired as shown in Table 3308.4  5608.4. 
    Exceptions:
    1. This provision shall not apply to pyrotechnic special  effects and fireworks displays using Division 1.4G materials before a proximate  audience in accordance with NFPA 1126. 
    2. This provision shall not apply to unoccupied dwellings,  buildings and structures with the approval of the building owner and the fire  code official. 
    [ V. U. ] Add Table 3308.4 5608.4  to read:
           |  | 
       | Table 3308.4.5608.4Distances for Outdoor Fireworks Display Sites: Minimum Separation    Distances from Mortars to Spectators for Land and Water Displays
 . | 
       | Mortar Sizea | Minimum Secured Diameter of Site | Vertical Mortarsb | Angled Mortarsc 1/3 offset | Mortars to Special Hazardsd | 
       | in. | mm | ft | m | ft | m | ft | m | ft | m | 
       | <3 | <76 | 300 | 92 | 150 | 46 | 100 | 31 | 300 | 92 | 
       | 3 | 76 | 600 | 183 | 300 | 92 | 200 | 61 | 600 | 183 | 
       | 4 | 102 | 800 | 244 | 400 | 122 | 266 | 81 | 800 | 244 | 
       | 5 | 127 | 1000 | 305 | 500 | 152 | 334 | 102 | 1000 | 305 | 
       | 6 | 152 | 1200 | 366 | 600 | 183 | 400 | 122 | 1200 | 366 | 
       | 7 | 178 | 1400 | 427 | 700 | 213 | 467 | 142 | 1400 | 427 | 
       | 8 | 203 | 1600 | 488 | 800 | 244 | 534 | 163 | 1600 | 488 | 
       | 10 | 254 | 2000 | 610 | 1000 | 305 | 667 | 203 | 2000 | 610 | 
       | 12 | 305 | 2400 | 732 | 1200 | 366 | 800 | 244 | 2400 | 732 | 
       | >12 | Requires the approval of the fire official | 
       | a Aerial shells, mines, and comets shall be    classified and described only in terms of the inside diameter of the mortar    from which they are fired (e.g., 3-in. (76-mm) aerial shells, mines and    comets are only for use in 3-in. (76mm) mortars).  b Where the mortars are positioned vertically,    the mortars shall be placed at the approximate center of the display site.  c Mortars shall be permitted to be angled during    a display to allow for wind and to carry shells away from the main spectator    viewing areas. For angled mortars, the minimum secured diameter of the    display site does not change. Only the location of the mortars within the    secured area changes when the mortars are angled.  d Note that this is only the distance to the    special hazards. The minimum secured diameter of the display site does not    change. | 
  
         
          [ V. W. ] Add Sections  5608.4.1 and 5608.4.2 to read:
    5608.4.1. Non-splitting, non-bursting comets and mines. For  non-splitting or non-bursting comets and mines containing only stars or non-splitting  or non-bursting comets, the minimum required radius of the display site shall  be 50 feet per inch (15.24 m per 25.4 mm) of the internal mortar diameter of  the largest comet or mine to be fired, one-half that shown in Table 5608.4.
    5608.4.2. Special distance requirements. The minimum  distance requirements of Table 5608.4 shall be adjusted as follows:
    1. For chain-fused aerial shells and comets and mines to be  fired from mortars, racks, or other holders that are sufficiently strong to  prevent their being repositioned in the event of an explosive malfunction of  the aerial shells, comets, or mines, the minimum required radius shall be the  same as that required in Sections 5608.4 and 5608.4.1. For chain-fused aerial  shells and comets and mines to be fired from mortars, racks, or other holders  that are not sufficiently strong to prevent their being repositioned in the  event of an explosive malfunction of the aerial shells, comets, or mines, or if  there is doubt concerning the strength of racks holding chain-fused mortars,  based upon the largest mortar in the sequence, the minimum required radius  shall be double that required in Sections 5608.4 and 5608.4.1.
    2. Distances from the point of discharge of any firework to  a health care or detention and correctional facility, or the bulk storage of  materials that have flammability, explosive, or toxic hazard shall be at least  twice the distances specified in Table 5608.4.
    3. The minimum required spectator separation distance for  roman candles and cakes that produce aerial shells, comets, or mine effects  shall be the same as the minimum required radius specified in Table 5608.4.
    4. Aerial shells, comets and mines, and roman candles and  cakes shall be permitted to be angled if the dud shells or components are  carried away from the main spectator area and either of the following  requirements is satisfied:
    4.1. The offset specified in Table 5608.4 is followed.
    4.2. The separation distance is correspondingly increased  in the direction of the angle.
    If the offset provided in Table 5608.4 is followed, the  mortars or tubes shall be angled so that any dud shells or components fall at a  point approximately equal to the offset of the mortars or tubes from the  otherwise required discharge point but in the opposite direction.
    [ 13VAC5-51-151. IFC Chapter 57. Flammable and  Combustible Liquids.
    A. Add Section 5701.1.1 to read:
    5701.1.1. Other regulations. Provisions of the Virginia  State Water Control Board regulations 9VAC25-91 and 9VAC25-580 addressing the  maintenance and operational aspects of underground and aboveground storage  tanks subject to those regulations are hereby incorporated by reference to be  an enforceable part of this code. Where differences occur between the  provisions of this code and the incorporated provisions of the State Water  Control Board regulations, the provisions of the State Water Control Board  regulations shall apply.
    Note: For requirements for the installation, repair,  upgrade and closure of such tanks, see Section 414.6.2 of the USBC, Part I,  Construction.
    B. Change Section 5701.4 to  read:
    5701.4. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    C. Add the following exception to Section 5704.2.13.1.3 to  read:
    Exception: Underground storage tanks subject to the  Virginia State Water Control Board regulation 9VAC25-580.
    13VAC5-51-151.5. IFC Chapter 58. Flammable Gases and  Flammable Cryogenic Fluids.
    Change Section 5801.2 to read:
    5801.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-152.5. IFC Chapter 59. Flammable Solids.
    Change Section 5901.2 to read:
    5901.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2. 
    13VAC5-51-153. IFC Chapter 60. Highly Toxic and Toxic  Materials.
    Change Section 6001.2 to read:
    6001.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2. ]
    13VAC5-51-154. IFC Chapter 38 61. Liquefied  Petroleum Gases.
    A. Change Section 3801.2 6101.2 to read:
    3801.2 6101.2. Permits. Permits shall be  required as set forth in Section 107.2. Distributors shall not fill an LP-gas container  for which a permit is required unless a permit for installation has been issued  for that location by the fire code official, except when the container is for  temporary use on construction sites.
    B. Add Section 3806.4 6106.4 to read:
    3806.4 6106.4. DOT DOTn cylinders  filled on site. DOT DOTn cylinders in stationary service that are  filled on site and therefore are not under the jurisdiction of DOT DOTn  either shall be requalified in accordance with DOT DOTn  requirements or shall be visually inspected within 12 years of the date of  manufacture or within five years from May 1, 2008, whichever is later, and  within every five years thereafter, in accordance with the following:
    1. Any cylinder that fails one or more of the criteria in Item  3 shall not be refilled or continued in service until the condition is  corrected.
    2. Personnel shall be trained and qualified to perform  inspections.
    3. Visual inspection shall be performed in accordance with the  following:
    3.1. The cylinder is checked for exposure to fire, dents,  cuts, digs, gouges, and corrosion according to CGA C-6, Standards for Visual  Inspection of Steel Compressed Gas Cylinders, except that paragraph 4.2.1(1) of  that standard (which requires tare weight certification), shall not be part of  the required inspection criteria.
    3.2. The cylinder protective collar (where utilized) and the  foot ring are intact and are firmly attached.
    3.3. The cylinder is painted or coated to retard corrosion.
    3.4. The cylinder pressure relief valve indicates no visible  damage, corrosion of operating components, or obstructions.
    3.5. There is no leakage from the cylinder or its  appurtenances that is detectable without the use of instruments.
    3.6. The cylinder is installed on a firm foundation and is not  in contact with the soil.
    3.7. A cylinder that passed the visual inspection shall be  marked with the month and year of the examination followed by the letter  "E" (example: 10-01E, indicating requalification in October 2001 by  the external inspection method).
    3.8. The results of the visual inspection shall be documented,  and a record of the inspection shall be retained for a five-year period.
    Exception: Any inspection procedure outlined in Items 3.1  through 3.8 that would require a cylinder be moved in such a manner that disconnection  from the piping system would be necessary shall be omitted, provided the other  inspection results do not indicate further inspection is warranted.
    C. Add Sections 3809.15 and 3809.15.1 to read:
    3809.15. LP-Gas cylinder exchange for resale. In addition  to other applicable requirements of this chapter, facilities operating cylinder  exchange stations for LP-gas that are accessible to the public shall comply  with the following requirements:
    1. Cylinders shall be secured in a lockable, ventilated  metal cabinet or other approved enclosure.
    2. Cylinders shall be accessible only by authorized  personnel or by use of an automated exchange system in accordance with Section  3809.15.1.
    3. A sign shall be posted on the entry door of the business  operating the cylinder exchange stating "DO NOT BRING LP-GAS CYLINDERS  INTO THE BUILDING" or similar approved wording.
    4. An emergency contact information sign shall be posted  within 10 feet of the cylinder storage cabinet. The content, lettering, size,  color and location of the required sign shall be as required by the fire code  official.
    3809.15.1. Automated Cylinder Exchange Stations. Cylinder  exchange stations that include an automated vending system for exchanging  cylinders shall comply with the following additional requirements:
    1. The vending system shall only permit access to a single  cylinder per individual transaction.
    2. Cabinets storing cylinders shall be designed such that  cylinders can only be placed inside when they are oriented in the upright  position.
    3. Devices operating door releases for access to stored  cylinders shall be permitted to be pneumatic, mechanical or electrically  powered.
    4. Electrical equipment inside of or within 5 feet of a  cabinet storing cylinders, including but not limited to electronics associated  with vending operations, shall comply with the requirements for Class 1,  Division 2 equipment in accordance with NFPA 70.
    5. A manual override control shall be permitted for use by  authorized personnel. On newly installed cylinder exchange stations, the  vending system shall not be capable of returning to automatic operation after a  manual override until the system has been inspected and reset by authorized  personnel.
    6. Inspections shall be conducted by authorized personnel  to verify that all cylinders are secured, access doors are closed and the  station has no visible damage or obvious defects that necessitate placing the  station out of service. The frequency of inspections shall be as specified by  the fire code official.
    D. C. Change Section 3811.2 6111.2  to read:
    3811.2 6111.2. Unattended parking. The  unattended parking of LP-gas tank vehicles shall be in accordance with Sections  3811.2.1 6111.2.1 and 3811.2.2 6111.2.2.
    Exception: The unattended outdoor parking of LP-gas tank  vehicles may also be in accordance with Section 9.7.2 of NFPA 58. 
    [ 13VAC5-51-154.2. IFC Chapter 62. Organic Peroxides.
    Change Section 6201.2 to read:
    6201.2. Permits. Permits shall be required for organic  peroxides as set forth in Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-154.4. IFC Chapter 63. Oxidizers, Oxidizing Gases  and Oxidizing Cryogenic Fluids.
    Change Section 6301.2 to read:
    6301.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2. ]
    13VAC5-51-154.5. IFC Chapter 46. Construction Requirements  for Existing Buildings. (Repealed.)
    Delete Chapter 46 in its entirety.
    [ 13VAC5-51-154.6. IFC Chapter 64. Pyrophoric  Materials.
    Change Section 6401.2 to read:
    6401.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-154.7. IFC Chapter 65. Pyroxylin (Cellulose  Nitrate) Plastics.
    Change Section 6501.2 to read:
    6501.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2.
    13VAC5-51-154.8. IFC Chapter 66. Unstable (Reactive)  Materials.
    Change Section 6601.2 to read:
    6601.2. Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in  Section 107.2. ]
    13VAC5-51-155. IFC Chapter 47 80. Referenced  Standards.
    Change the referenced standards as follows (standards not  shown remain the same):
           | Standard reference number | Title | Referenced in code section    number | 
       | CGA C-6 (2001) | Standards for Visual Inspection of Steel Compressed Gas    Cylinders | 3806.46106.4
 | 
       | [ UL 87A-12 | Outline of Investigation for Power-Operated Dispensing    Devices for Gasoline and Gasoline/ethanol Blends with Nominal Ethanol    Concentrations up to 85 Percent | 2306.8.1 ] | 
       | UL 1037-99
 | Standard for Antitheft Alarms and Devices
 | 506.1
 | 
       | UL 1278-00 | Standard for Movable and Wall- or Ceiling-Hung Electric Room    Heaters | 605.10.1 | 
  
    [ FORMS (13VAC5-51)
    Form  5607.16 - Blast (shot) Record (eff. 4/14) ]
    DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (13VAC5-51) 
    The International Fire Code – 2009 2012  Edition, International Code Council, Inc., 500 New Jersey Avenue, NW, 6th  Floor, Washington, DC 20001-2070
    CGA C-6 – 2001, Standards for Visual Inspection of Steel  Compressed Gas Cylinders, Eighth Edition, Compressed Gas Association, 1725  Jefferson Davis Highway, 5th Floor, Arlington, VA 22202-4102
    National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park,  Quincy, MA 02169-7471 (http://www.nfpa.org):
    NFPA 58–04 58-11, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code,  2004 Edition, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy,  MA 02269
    NFPA 70–08 70-11, National Electrical Code,  2008 Edition, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy,  MA 02269
    NFPA 72–07 72-10, National Fire Alarm and  Signaling Code, 2007 Edition, National Fire Protection Association,  Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269
    NFPA 495-10, Explosives Materials Code
    NFPA 701-10, Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame -  Propagation of Textiles and Films
    NFPA 1123–06 1123-10, Code for Fireworks Display,  2006 Edition, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy,  MA 02269
    NFPA 1124-06, Code for the Manufacture, Transportation,  Storage, and Retail Sales of Fireworks and Pyrotechnic Articles
    NFPA 1126–06 1126-11, Standard for the Use of  Pyrotechnics Before a Proximate Audience, 2006 Edition, National Fire  Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269
    UL 1037–99, Standard for Antitheft Alarms and Devices,  Fifth Edition, February 24, 1999, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., Northbrook,  IL 60062
    [ Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 333 Pfingsten  Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 (http://www.ul.com):
    UL 87A-12, Outline of Investigation for Power-Operated  Dispensing Devices for Gasoline and Gasoline/ethanol Blends with Nominal  Ethanol Concentrations up to 85 Percent ]
    UL 1278–00, Standard for Movable and Wall- or Ceiling-Hung  Electric Room Heaters, Third Edition, June 21, 2000 [ , Underwriters  Laboratories, Inc., Northbrook, IL 60062 ]
    VA.R. Doc. No. R12-3161; Filed March 14, 2014, 9:57 a.m. 
TITLE 13. HOUSING
BOARD OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
Final Regulation
        REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The  Board of Housing and Community Development is claiming an exemption from the  Administrative Process Act pursuant to § 2.2-4006 A 12 of the Code of  Virginia, which excludes regulations adopted by the Board of Housing and  Community Development pursuant to the Uniform Statewide Building Code (§ 36-97  et seq. of the Code of Virginia). 
         Title of Regulation: 13VAC5-63. Virginia Uniform  Statewide Building Code (amending 13VAC5-63-10 through 13VAC5-63-40,  13VAC5-63-70, 13VAC5-63-80, 13VAC5-63-110, 13VAC5-63-120, 13VAC5-63-130,  13VAC5-63-160 through 13VAC5-63-280, 13VAC5-63-300 through 13VAC5-63-330,  13VAC5-63-350 through 13VAC5-63-540; adding 13VAC5-63-225, 13VAC5-63-235,  13VAC5-63-295, 13VAC5-63-298, 13VAC5-63-336, 13VAC5-63-443, 13VAC5-63-445;  repealing 13VAC5-63-525). 
    Statutory Authority: § 36-98 of the Code of  Virginia.
    Effective Date: July 14, 2014. 
    Agency Contact: Stephen W. Calhoun, Regulatory  Coordinator, Department of Housing and Community Development, Main Street  Center, 600 East Main Street, Suite 300, Richmond, VA 23219, telephone (804)  371-7000, FAX (804) 371-7090, TTY (804) 371-7089, or email  steve.calhoun@dhcd.virginia.gov.
    Summary:
    This regulatory action incorporates the newest editions of  the model codes, produced by the International Code Council and other  standard-writing groups, into the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code. The  substantive amendments in this regulatory action include the following:
    1. 13VAC5-63-30 G: Deletes existing language and adds  language that requires compliance with the Virginia Rehabilitation Code (VRC)  as related to reconstruction, alteration, and repairs in occupancies other than  Group R-5.
    2. 13VAC5-63-210 S 65: Deletes all existing language and  adds new language to Section R602.12 for practical wall bracing, which allows  all buildings in Seismic Design Categories A and B and detached buildings in  Category C to be permitted to be braced in accordance with this section as an  alternative to Section R602.10. The revisions also add several sections  relating to wall bracing requirements and procedures.
    3. 13VAC5-63-210 S 85: Revises Section N1102.4.1.2  (R402.4.1.2) for air sealing and requires compliance with either Section  N1102.4.1.2.1 or Section N1102.4.1.2.2 and adds sections that (i) specify how  the testing option shall be performed when testing for air leakage; (ii)  provide that visual inspection is an option for air leakage compliance; and  (iii) state that the air leakage rate shall not exceed five changes per hour.
    4. 13VAC5-63-220 O: Adds Section 425.2.1 to the IBC for  relocated manufactured homes, which specifies that installation, setup, and  site work shall comply with the provisions of this code and shall include the  option of using the manufacturer's installation instructions or the federal  Model Manufactured Home Installation Standards (24 CFR Part 3285) for the  technical requirements.
    5. 13VAC5-63-220 P: Adds Section 425.2.2 to the IBC for  alterations and repairs to manufactured homes, which specifies that alterations  and repairs shall be in accordance with federal Manufactured Home Construction  and Safety Standards (24 CFR Part 3280) or in accordance with the alteration  and repair provisions of this code.
    6. 13VAC5-63-350: Addresses existing buildings and contains  provisions to be used for alterations, additions, and change of occupancy to  existing buildings as well as setting out special retrofit requirements for  existing buildings when required by state law. 
    7. 13VAC5-63-410 B: Changes the scope of the VRC to include  mandatory requirements for the alteration and repair of buildings and for  changes of occupancy in existing buildings, except for buildings in the  Institutional grouping, where Part I of the regulation still applies, and  clarifies that the VRC may be used for alterations to residential buildings as  an acceptable alternative to the use of Part I of the regulation.
    Substantial changes since publication of the proposed  regulation include:
    1. 13VAC5-63-210 S 66-75 and 13VAC5-63-295: Modifies tables  for wood frame construction in homes and in commercial buildings to reflect new  stress values for southern yellow pine lumber developed by the lumber grading  industry.
    2. 13VAC5-63-220 Y and Z: Adds new requirements addressing  the use of holding cells in courthouses and police departments.
    3. 13VAC5-63-240 R: Adds new requirements for the  installation of carbon monoxide detectors in new school buildings where  fuel-fired appliances are used.
    4. 13VAC5-63-260 D: Adds requirements for ventilation and  separation of smoking areas in restaurants to match requirements of the  Virginia Safe Smoking Act.
    5. 13VAC5-63-330 C: Clarifies the requirements for  protecting elevator machine rooms and control rooms and spaces from hazards  incident to the elevator shaft for newer designed machine-room-less elevators.
    Part I 
  Construction 
    13VAC5-63-10. Chapter 1 Administration; Section 101 General. 
    A. Section 101.1 Short title. The Virginia Uniform Statewide  Building Code, Part I, Construction, may be cited as the Virginia Construction  Code or as the VCC. The term "USBC" shall mean the Virginia  Construction Code VCC unless the context in which the term is used  clearly indicates it to be an abbreviation for the entire Virginia Uniform  Statewide Building Code or for a different part of the Virginia Uniform  Statewide Building Code.
    Note: This code is also known as the 2009 2012  edition of the USBC due to the use of the 2009 2012 editions of  the model codes.
    B. Section 101.2 Incorporation by reference. Chapters 2 - 35  of the 2009 2012 International Building Code, published by the  International Code Council, Inc., are adopted and incorporated by reference to  be an enforceable part of the USBC. The term "IBC" means the 2009  2012 International Building Code, published by the International Code  Council, Inc. Any codes and standards referenced in the IBC are also considered  to be part of the incorporation by reference, except that such codes and  standards are used only to the prescribed extent of each such reference. In  addition, any provisions of the appendices of the IBC specifically identified  to be part of the USBC are also considered to be part of the incorporation by  reference. 
    Note 1: The IBC references the whole family of other  International Codes and standards including the following major codes: 
    2009 2012 International Plumbing Code (IPC)  
    2009 2012 International Mechanical Code (IMC)  
    2008 2011 NFPA 70
    2009 2012 International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC)  
    2009 2012 International Energy Conservation Code  (IECC) 
    2009 2012 International Residential Code (IRC)  
    Note 2: The International Residential Code IRC  is applicable to the construction of detached one- and two-family dwellings and  townhouses as set out in Section 310. 
    C. Section 101.3 Numbering system. A dual numbering system is  used in the USBC to correlate the numbering system of the Virginia  Administrative Code with the numbering system of the IBC. IBC numbering system  designations are provided in the catchlines of the Virginia Administrative Code  sections. Cross references between sections or chapters of the USBC use only  the IBC numbering system designations. The term "chapter" is used in  the context of the numbering system of the IBC and may mean a chapter in the  USBC, a chapter in the IBC or a chapter in a referenced code or standard,  depending on the context of the use of the term. The term "chapter"  is not used to designate a chapter of the Virginia Administrative Code, unless  clearly indicated. 
    D. Section 101.4 Arrangement of code provisions. The USBC is  comprised of the combination of (i) the provisions of Chapter 1,  Administration, which are established herein, (ii) Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC,  which are incorporated by reference in Section 101.2, and (iii) the changes to  the text of the incorporated chapters of the IBC that are specifically  identified. The terminology "changes to the text of the incorporated  chapters of the IBC that are specifically identified" shall also be  referred to as the "state amendments to the IBC." Such state  amendments to the IBC are set out using corresponding chapter and section  numbers of the IBC numbering system. In addition, since Chapter 1 of the IBC is  not incorporated as part of the USBC, any reference to a provision of Chapter 1  of the IBC in the provisions of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC is generally  invalid. However, where the purpose of such a reference would clearly  correspond to a provision of Chapter 1 established herein, then the reference  may be construed to be a valid reference to such corresponding Chapter 1  provision. 
    E. Section 101.5 Use of terminology and notes. The term  "this code," or "the code," where used in the provisions of  Chapter 1, in Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC or in the state amendments to the IBC  means the USBC, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The term  "this code" or "the code" where used in a code or standard  referenced in the IBC means that code or standard, unless the context clearly  indicates otherwise. The use of notes in Chapter 1 is to provide information  only and shall not be construed as changing the meaning of any code provision.  Notes in the IBC, in the codes and standards referenced in the IBC and in the  state amendments to the IBC may modify the content of a related provision and  shall be considered to be a valid part of the provision, unless the context  clearly indicates otherwise. 
    F. Section 101.6 Order of precedence. The provisions of this  code shall be used as follows:
    1. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede  any conflicting provisions of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC and that  address the same subject matter and impose differing requirements. 
    2. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede  any conflicting provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the  IBC that address the same subject matter and impose differing requirements.  In addition, the 
    3. The state amendments to the IBC supersede any conflicting  provisions of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC and that address the same  subject matter and impose differing requirements. 
    4. The state amendments to the IBC supersede any conflicting  provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IBC that address the  same subject matter and impose differing requirements. Further, the 
    5. The provisions of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC  supersede any conflicting provisions of the codes and standards  referenced in the IBC that address the same subject matter and impose  differing requirements. 
    G. Section 101.7 Administrative provisions. The provisions of  Chapter 1 establish administrative requirements, which include but are not  limited to provisions relating to the scope of the code, enforcement, fees,  permits, inspections and disputes. Any provisions of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC  or any provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IBC that address  the same subject matter and impose differing requirements are deleted and  replaced by the provisions of Chapter 1. Further, any administrative  requirements contained in the state amendments to the IBC shall be given the  same precedence as the provisions of Chapter 1. Notwithstanding the above,  where administrative requirements of Chapters 2 - 35 of the IBC or of the codes  and standards referenced in the IBC are specifically identified as valid  administrative requirements in Chapter 1 of this code or in the state  amendments to the IBC, then such requirements are not deleted and replaced. 
    Note: The purpose of this provision is to eliminate overlap,  conflicts and duplication by providing a single standard for administrative,  procedural and enforcement requirements of this code. 
    H. Section 101.8 Definitions. The definitions of terms used  in this code are contained in Chapter 2 along with specific provisions  addressing the use of definitions. Terms may be defined in other chapters or  provisions of the code and such definitions are also valid. 
    Note: The order of precedence outlined in Section 101.6 may  be determinative in establishing how to apply the definitions in the IBC and in  the referenced codes and standards. 
    13VAC5-63-20. Section 102 Purpose and scope. 
    A. Section 102.1 Purpose. In accordance with § 36-99 of the  Code of Virginia, the purpose of the USBC is to protect the health, safety and  welfare of the residents of the Commonwealth of Virginia, provided that  buildings and structures should be permitted to be constructed at the least  possible cost consistent with recognized standards of health, safety, energy  conservation and water conservation, including provisions necessary to prevent  overcrowding, rodent or insect infestation, and garbage accumulation; and  barrier-free provisions for the physically handicapped and aged. 
    B. Section 102.2 Scope. This section establishes the scope of  the USBC in accordance with § 36-98 of the Code of Virginia. The USBC  shall supersede the building codes and regulations of the counties,  municipalities and other political subdivisions and state agencies. This code  also shall supersede the provisions of local ordinances applicable to  single-family residential construction that (i) regulate dwelling foundations  or crawl spaces, (ii) require the use of specific building materials or  finishes in construction, or (iii) require minimum surface area or numbers of  windows; however, this code shall not supersede proffered conditions accepted  as a part of a rezoning application, conditions imposed upon the grant of  special exceptions, special or conditional use permits or variances, conditions  imposed upon a clustering of single-family homes and preservation of open space  development through standards, conditions, and criteria established by a  locality pursuant to subdivision 8 of § 15.2-2242 of the Code of Virginia  or subdivision A 12 of § 15.2-2286 of the Code of Virginia, or land use  requirements in airport or highway overlay districts, or historic districts  created pursuant to § 15.2-2306 of the Code of Virginia, or local flood plain  regulations adopted as a condition of participation in the National Flood  Insurance Program. 
    Note: Requirements relating to functional design are  contained in Section [ 103.11 103.10 ] of this code. 
    C. Section 102.2.1 Invalidity of provisions. To the extent  that any provisions of this code are in conflict with Chapter 6 (§ 36-97  et seq.) of Title 36 of the Code of Virginia or in conflict with the scope of  the USBC, those provisions are considered to be invalid to the extent of such  conflict. 
    D. Section 102.3 Exemptions. The following are exempt from  this code: 
    1. Equipment, related wiring, and poles and towers supporting  the related wiring installed by a provider of publicly regulated utility  service or a franchised cable television operator and electrical equipment and  related wiring used for radio, broadcast or cable television,  telecommunications or information service transmission. The exemption shall  apply only if under applicable federal and state law the ownership and control  of the equipment and wiring is by the service provider or its affiliates. Such  exempt equipment and wiring shall be located on either rights-of-way or  property for which the service provider has rights of occupancy and entry;  however, the structures, including their service equipment, housing or  supporting such exempt equipment and wiring shall be subject to the USBC. The  installation of equipment and wiring exempted by this section shall not create  an unsafe condition prohibited by the USBC. 
    2. Manufacturing and processing machines that do not produce  or process hazardous materials regulated by this code, including all of the  following service equipment associated with the manufacturing or processing  machines. 
    2.1. Electrical equipment connected after the last  disconnecting means. 
    2.2. Plumbing piping and equipment connected after the last  shutoff valve or backflow device and before the equipment drain trap. 
    2.3. Gas piping and equipment connected after the outlet  shutoff valve.
    Manufacturing and processing machines that produce or process  hazardous materials regulated by this code are only required to comply with the  code provisions regulating the hazardous materials.
    3. Parking lots and sidewalks, which that are  not part of an accessible route. 
    4. Nonmechanized playground or recreational equipment such as  swing sets, sliding boards, climbing bars, jungle gyms, skateboard ramps, and  similar equipment where no admission fee is charged for its use or for  admittance to areas where the equipment is located. 
    5. Industrialized buildings subject to the Virginia  Industrialized Building Safety Regulations (13VAC5-91) and manufactured homes subject  to the Virginia Manufactured Home Safety Regulations (13VAC5-95); except as  provided for in Section 424 425. 
    6. Farm buildings and structures, except for a building or a  portion of a building located on a farm that is operated as a restaurant as defined  in § 35.1-1 of the Code of Virginia and licensed as such by the Virginia Board  of Health pursuant to Chapter 2 (§ 35.1-11 et seq.) of Title 35.1 of the Code  of Virginia. However, farm buildings and structures lying within a flood plain  or in a mudslide-prone area shall be subject to flood-proofing regulations or  mudslide regulations, as applicable. 
    7. Federally owned buildings and structures unless federal law  specifically requires a permit from the locality. Underground storage tank  installations, modifications and removals shall comply with this code in  accordance with federal law.
    8. Off-site manufactured intermodal freight containers,  moving containers, and storage containers placed on site temporarily or  permanently for use as a storage container. 
    9. Automotive lifts. 
    13VAC5-63-30. Section 103 Application of code. 
    A. Section 103.1 General. In accordance with § 36-99 of the  Code of Virginia, the USBC shall prescribe building regulations to be complied  with in the construction and rehabilitation of buildings and structures, and  the equipment therein. 
    B. Section 103.2 When applicable to new construction.  Construction for which a permit application is submitted to the local building  department on or after the effective date of the 2009 2012  edition of the code shall comply with the provisions of this code, except for  permit applications submitted during a one-year period after beginning  on the effective date of the 2009 2012 edition of the code.  The applicant for a permit during such one-year period shall be permitted to  choose whether to comply with the provisions of this code or the provisions of  the edition of the code in effect immediately prior to the 2009 2012  edition. This provision shall also apply to subsequent amendments to this code  based on the effective date of such amendments. In addition, when a permit has  been properly issued under a previous edition of this code, this code shall not  require changes to the approved construction documents, design or construction  of such a building or structure, provided the permit has not been suspended or  revoked. 
    C. Section 103.3 Change of occupancy. No change of occupancy  shall be made in any structure when the current USBC requires a greater degree  of accessibility, structural strength, fire protection, means of egress,  ventilation or sanitation. When such a greater degree is required, the owner or  the owner's agent shall make comply with the following: 
    1. When involving Group I-2 or I-3, written application  shall be made to the local building department for a new certificate of  occupancy and shall obtain the new certificate of occupancy shall be  obtained prior to the new use of the structure. When impractical to achieve  compliance with this code for the new occupancy classification, the building  official shall consider modifications upon application and as provided for in  Section 106.3. In addition, the applicable accessibility provisions of  Section 1012.8 of Part II of the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code, also  known as the "Virginia Rehabilitation Code," or the "VRC"  shall be met. 
    Exception: This section shall not be construed to permit  noncompliance with any applicable flood load or flood-resistant construction  requirements of this code. 
    2. In other than Group I-2 or I-3, the provisions of the  VRC for change of occupancy shall be met. 
    D. Section 103.4 Additions. Additions to buildings and  structures shall comply with the requirements of this code for new construction  and an or shall comply with the VRC. An existing building or  structure plus additions shall comply with the height and area provisions of  Chapter 5 and the applicable provisions of Chapter 9. Further, this code  shall not require changes to the design or construction of any portions of the  building or structure not altered or affected by an addition, unless the  addition has the effect of lowering the current level of safety. 
    Exception Exceptions: 
    1. This section shall not be construed to permit  noncompliance with any applicable flood load or flood-resistant construction  requirements of this code. 
    2. When this code is used for compliance, existing  structural elements carrying gravity loads shall be permitted to comply with  Section 1103 of the International Existing Building Code. 
    E. Section 103.5 Reconstruction, alteration or repair in  Group R-5 occupancies. The following criteria is applicable to  reconstruction, alteration or repair of Group R-5 buildings or  structures: 
    1. Any reconstruction, alteration or repair shall not  adversely affect the performance of the building or structure, or cause the  building or structure to become unsafe or lower existing levels of health and  safety. 
    2. Parts of the building or structure not being reconstructed,  altered or repaired shall not be required to comply with the requirements of  this code applicable to newly constructed buildings or structures. 
    3. The installation of material or equipment, or both, that is  neither required nor prohibited shall only be required to comply with the  provisions of this code relating to the safe installation of such material or  equipment. 
    4. Material or equipment, or both, may be replaced in the same  location with material or equipment of a similar kind or capacity. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. This section shall not be construed to permit noncompliance  with any applicable flood load or flood-resistant construction requirements of  this code. 
    2. Reconstructed decks, balconies, porches and similar  structures located 30 inches (762 mm) or more above grade shall meet the  current code provisions for structural loading capacity, connections and  structural attachment. This requirement excludes the configuration and height  of handrails and guardrails. 
    3. Compliance with the VRC shall be an acceptable alternative  to compliance with this section at the discretion of the owner or owner's  agent. 
    F. Section 103.5.1 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement  or new installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing  Group R-5 occupancies, an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to  ensure that the connected vent or chimney systems comply with the following:  
    1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with the  IRC.
    2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any  obstruction or blockages, defects, or deterioration, and are in operable  condition. Where not inspected by the local building department, persons  performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building official  that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met. 
    F. G. Section 103.6. Use of rehabilitation  code Reconstruction, alteration, and repair in other occupancies. Compliance  with Part II of the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code, also known as the  "Virginia Rehabilitation Code," shall be an acceptable alternative to  compliance with this code for the rehabilitation of such existing buildings and  structures within the scope of that code. For the purposes of this section, the  term "rehabilitation" shall be as defined in the Virginia Rehabilitation  Code Reconstruction, alteration, and repair in occupancies other than  Group R-5 shall comply with the VRC. 
    G. H. Section 103.7. Retrofit  requirements. The local building department shall enforce the provisions of  Section 3413 1701 of the VRC, which require certain existing  buildings to be retrofitted with fire protection systems and other safety  equipment. Retroactive fire protection system requirements contained in the  International Fire Code (IFC) shall not be applicable unless required  for compliance with the provisions of Section 3413 1701 of the VRC.  
    H. I. Section 103.8 Nonrequired equipment. The  following criteria for nonrequired equipment is in accordance with § 36-103  of the Code of Virginia. Building owners may elect to install partial or full  fire alarms or other safety equipment that was not required by the edition of  the USBC in effect at the time a building was constructed without meeting  current requirements of the code, provided the installation does not create a  hazardous condition. Permits for installation shall be obtained in accordance  with this code. In addition, as a requirement of this code, when such  nonrequired equipment is to be installed, the building official shall notify  the appropriate fire official or fire chief. 
    I. J. Section 103.8.1 Reduction in function or  discontinuance of nonrequired fire protection systems. When a nonrequired fire  protection system is to be reduced in function or discontinued, it shall be  done in such a manner so as not to create a false sense of protection.  Generally, in such cases, any features visible from interior areas shall be  removed, such as sprinkler heads, smoke detectors or alarm panels or devices,  but any wiring or piping hidden within the construction of the building may  remain. Approval of the proposed method of reduction or discontinuance shall be  obtained from the building official. 
    J. Section 103.9 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement  or new installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing  buildings, an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to ensure that the  connected vent or chimney systems comply with the following: 
    1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with  either the International Residential Code, the International Mechanical Code or  the International Fuel Gas Code, depending on which is applicable based on the  fuel source and the occupancy classification of the structure. 
    2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any  obstruction or blockages, defects or deterioration and are in operable  condition. 
    Where not inspected by the local building department,  persons performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building  official that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met. 
    K. Section 103.10 [ 103.8 103.9 ]  Use of certain provisions of referenced codes. The following provisions of the  IBC and of other indicated codes or standards are to be considered valid  provisions of this code. Where any such provisions have been modified by the  state amendments to the IBC, then the modified provisions apply. 
    1. Special inspection requirements in Chapters 2 - 35. 
    2. Chapter 34, Existing Structures, except that Section  3412, Compliance Alternatives, shall not be used to comply with the retrofit  requirements identified in Section 103.7 and shall not be construed to permit  noncompliance with any applicable flood load or flood-resistant construction  requirements of this code. 
    3. 2. Testing requirements and requirements for  the submittal of construction documents in any of the ICC codes referenced in  Chapter 35 and in the IRC. 
    4. 3. Section R301.2 of the International  Residential Code IRC authorizing localities to determine climatic  and geographic design criteria. 
    5. 4. Flood load or flood-resistant construction  requirements in the IBC or the International Residential Code IRC,  including, but not limited to, any such provisions pertaining to flood  elevation certificates that are located in Chapter 1 of those codes. Any  required flood elevation certificate pursuant to such provisions shall be  prepared by a land surveyor licensed in Virginia or an RDP. 
    6. 5. Section R101.2 of the IRC. 
    [ 6. Section N1101.6 of the IRC and Sections C101.5.2  and R101.5.2 of the IECC. ] 
    L. Section [ 103.11 103.10 ]  Functional design. The following criteria for functional design is in  accordance with § 36-98 of the Code of Virginia. The USBC shall not  supersede the regulations of other state agencies that require and govern the  functional design and operation of building related activities not covered by  the USBC, including but not limited to (i) public water supply systems, (ii)  waste water treatment and disposal systems, and (iii) solid waste  facilities, nor. Nor shall state agencies be prohibited from  requiring, pursuant to other state law, that buildings and equipment be  maintained in accordance with provisions of this code. In addition, as  established by this code, the building official may refuse to issue a permit  until the applicant has supplied certificates of functional design approval  from the appropriate state agency or agencies. For purposes of coordination,  the locality may require reports to the building official by other departments  or agencies indicating compliance with their regulations applicable to the  functional design of a building or structure as a condition for issuance of a  building permit or certificate of occupancy. Such reports shall be based upon  review of the plans or inspection of the project as determined by the locality.  All enforcement of these conditions shall not be the responsibility of the  building official, but rather the agency imposing the condition. 
    Note: Identified state agencies with functional design  approval are listed in the "Related Laws Package," which is available  from DHCD. 
    M. Section [ 103.12 103.11 ]  Amusement devices and inspections. In accordance with § 36-98.3 of the Code of  Virginia, to the extent they are not superseded by the provisions of § 36-98.3  of the Code of Virginia and the VADR, the provisions of the USBC shall apply to  amusement devices. In addition, as a requirement of this code, inspections for  compliance with the VADR shall be conducted either by local building department  personnel or private inspectors provided such persons are certified as  amusement device inspectors under the VCS. 
    N. Section [ 103.13 103.12 ] State  buildings and structures. This section establishes the application of the USBC  to state-owned buildings and structures in accordance with § 36-98.1 of the  Code of Virginia. The USBC shall be applicable to all state-owned buildings and  structures, with the exception that §§ 2.2-1159 [ , 2.2-1160 and through ] 2.2-1161 of the Code of Virginia shall provide the standards for ready access  to and use of state-owned buildings by the physically handicapped. 
    Any state-owned building or structure for which preliminary  plans were prepared or on which construction commenced after the initial  effective date of the USBC, shall remain subject to the provisions of the USBC  that were in effect at the time such plans were completed or such construction  commenced. Subsequent reconstruction, renovation or demolition of such building  or structure shall be subject to the pertinent provisions of this code. 
    Acting through the Division of Engineering and Buildings, the  Virginia Department of General Services shall function as the building official  for state-owned buildings. The department shall review and approve plans and  specifications, grant modifications, and establish such rules and regulations  as may be necessary to implement this section. It shall provide for the  inspection of state-owned buildings and enforcement of the USBC and standards  for access by the physically handicapped by delegating inspection and USBC  enforcement duties to the State Fire Marshal's Office, to other appropriate  state agencies having needed expertise, and to local building departments, all  of which shall provide such assistance within a reasonable time and in the  manner requested. State agencies and institutions occupying buildings shall pay  to the local building department the same fees as would be paid by a private  citizen for the services rendered when such services are requested by the  department. The department may alter or overrule any decision of the local  building department after having first considered the local building  department's report or other rationale given for its decision. When altering or  overruling any decision of a local building department, the department shall  provide the local building department with a written summary of its reasons for  doing so. 
    Notwithstanding any provision of this code to the contrary,  roadway tunnels and bridges owned by the Virginia Department of Transportation  shall be exempt from this code. The Virginia Department of General Services  shall not have jurisdiction over such roadway tunnels, bridges and other  limited access highways; provided, however, that the Department of General  Services shall have jurisdiction over any occupied buildings within any  Department of Transportation rights-of-way that are subject to this code. 
    Except as provided in [ subdivision  subsection ] D of § 23-38.109 D of the Code of  Virginia, and notwithstanding any provision of this code to the contrary, at  the request of a public institution of higher education, the Virginia  Department of General Services, as further set forth in this provision, shall  authorize that institution of higher education to contract with a building  official of the locality in which the construction is taking place to perform  any inspection and certifications required for the purpose of complying with  this code. The department shall publish administrative procedures that shall be  followed in contracting with a building official of the locality. The authority  granted to a public institution of higher education under this provision to  contract with a building official of the locality shall be subject to the  institution meeting the conditions prescribed in [ subdivision  subsection ] B of § 23-38.88 B of the Code of Virginia. 
    Note: In accordance with § 36-98.1 of the Code of Virginia,  roadway tunnels and bridges shall be designed, constructed and operated to  comply with fire safety standards based on nationally recognized model codes  and standards to be developed by the Virginia Department of Transportation in  consultation with the State Fire Marshal and approved by the Virginia  Commonwealth Transportation Board. Emergency response planning and activities  related to the standards approved by the Commonwealth Transportation Board  shall be developed by the Department of Transportation and coordinated with the  appropriate local officials and emergency service providers. On an annual  basis, the Department of Transportation shall provide a report on the  maintenance and operability of installed fire protection and detection systems  in roadway tunnels and bridges to the State Fire Marshal. 
    O. Section [ 103.13.1 103.12.1 ]  Certification of state enforcement personnel. State enforcement personnel shall  comply with the applicable requirements of Section 105 for certification,  periodic maintenance training, and continuing education. 
     13VAC5-63-40. Section 104 Enforcement, generally. 
    A. Section 104.1 Scope of enforcement. This section  establishes the requirements for enforcement of the USBC in accordance with § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia. Enforcement of the provisions of the USBC for  construction and rehabilitation shall be the responsibility of the local  building department. Whenever a county or municipality does not have such a  building department, the local governing body shall enter into an agreement  with the local governing body of another county or municipality or with some  other agency, or a state agency approved by DHCD for such enforcement. For the  purposes of this section, towns with a population of less than 3,500 may elect  to administer and enforce the USBC; however, where the town does not elect to  administer and enforce the code, the county in which the town is situated shall  administer and enforce the code for the town. In the event such town is  situated in two or more counties, those counties shall administer and enforce  the USBC for that portion of the town situated within their respective  boundaries.
    Upon However, upon a finding by the local  building department, following a complaint by a tenant of a residential rental  dwelling unit that is the subject of such complaint, that there may be a  violation of the unsafe structures provisions of Part III of the Virginia  Uniform Statewide Building Code, also known as the "Virginia Maintenance  Code," or the "VMC," the local building department shall  enforce such provisions. 
    If the local building department receives a complaint that a  violation of the Virginia Maintenance Code VMC exists that is an  immediate and imminent threat to the health or safety of the owner or,  tenant, or occupants of a residential dwelling unit or a nearby  residential dwelling unit, and any building or structure, or the  owner, occupant, or tenant [ or of ] any  nearby building or structure, and the owner, occupant, or tenant of the residential  dwelling unit building or structure that is the subject of the  complaint has refused to allow the local building official or his agent to have  access to the subject dwelling building or structure, the local  building official or his agent may present sworn testimony to a magistrate  or a court of competent jurisdiction and request that the magistrate or  court grant the local building official or his agent an inspection warrant to  enable the building official or his agent to enter the subject dwelling building  or structure for the purpose of determining whether violations of the Virginia  Maintenance Code VMC exist. The local building official or his agent  shall make a reasonable effort to obtain consent from the owner, occupant,  or tenant of the subject dwelling building or structure prior to  seeking the issuance of an inspection warrant under this section.
    The local governing body shall, however, inspect and  enforce the provisions of the Virginia Maintenance Code VMC for  elevators, escalators, and related conveyances, except for elevators in  single-family and two-family homes and townhouses. Such inspection and  enforcement shall be carried out by an agency or department designated by the  local governing body.
    B. Section 104.2 Interagency coordination. When any  inspection functions under this code are assigned to a local agency other than  the local building department, such agency shall coordinate its reports of  inspection with the local building department.
    C. 104.3 Transfer of ownership. If the local building  department has initiated an enforcement action against the owner of a building  or structure and such owner subsequently transfers the ownership of the  building or structure to an entity in which the owner holds an ownership  interest greater than 50%, the pending enforcement action shall continue to be  enforced against the owner.
    [ 13VAC5-63-70. Section 107 Fees. 
    A. Section 107.1 Authority for charging fees. In accordance  with § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia, fees may be levied by the local  governing body in order to defray the cost of enforcement of the USBC. 
    B. Section 107.1.1 Fee schedule. The local governing body  shall establish a fee schedule incorporating unit rates, which may be based on  square footage, cubic footage, estimated cost of construction or other appropriate  criteria. A permit or any amendments to an existing permit shall not be issued  until the designated fees have been paid, except that the building official may  authorize the delayed payment of fees. 
    C. Section 107.1.2 Refunds. When requested in writing by a  permit holder, the locality shall provide a fee refund in the case of the  revocation of a permit or the abandonment or discontinuance of a building  project. The refund shall not be required to exceed an amount which correlates  to work not completed. 
    D. Section 107.1.3 Fees for generators used with amusement  devices. Fees for generators and associated wiring used with amusement devices  shall only be charged under the Virginia Amusement Device Regulations  (13VAC5-31). 
    D. E. Section 107.2 Code academy fee levy. In  accordance with subdivision 7 of § 36-137 of the Code of Virginia, the local  building department shall collect a 2.0% levy of fees charged for permits  issued under this code and transmit it quarterly to DHCD to support training  programs of the Virginia Building Code Academy. Localities that maintain  individual or regional training academies accredited by DHCD shall retain such  levy. ]
    13VAC5-63-80. Section 108 Application for permit. 
    A. Section 108.1 When applications are required. Application  for a permit shall be made to the building official and a permit shall be  obtained prior to the commencement of any of the following activities, except  that applications for emergency construction, alterations or equipment  replacement shall be submitted by the end of the first working day that follows  the day such work commences. In addition, the building official may authorize  work to commence pending the receipt of an application or the issuance of a  permit. 
    1. Construction or demolition of a building or structure.  Installations or alterations involving (i) the removal or addition of any wall,  partition or portion thereof, (ii) any structural component, (iii) the repair  or replacement of any required component of a fire or smoke rated assembly, (iv)  the alteration of any required means of egress system, (v) water supply and  distribution system, sanitary drainage system or vent system, (vi) electric  wiring, (vii) fire protection system, mechanical systems, or fuel supply  systems, or (viii) any equipment regulated by the USBC.
    2. For change of occupancy, application for a permit shall be  made when a new certificate of occupancy is required under Section 103.3. 
    3. Movement of a lot line that increases the hazard to or  decreases the level of safety of an existing building or structure in  comparison to the building code under which such building or structure was  constructed. 
    4. Removal or disturbing of any asbestos containing materials  during the construction or demolition of a building or structure, including  additions. 
    B. Section 108.2 Exemptions from application for permit.  Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 108.1, application for a permit and  any related inspections shall not be required for the following; however, this  section shall not be construed to exempt such activities from other applicable  requirements of this code. In addition, when an owner or an owner's agent  requests that a permit be issued for any of the following, then a permit shall  be issued and any related inspections shall be required. 
    1. Installation of wiring and equipment that (i) operates at  less than 50 volts, (ii) is for network powered broadband communications  systems, or (iii) is exempt under Section 102.3(1), except when any such  installations are located in a plenum, penetrate fire rated or smoke protected  construction or are a component of any of the following: 
    1.1. Fire alarm system. 
    1.2. Fire detection system. 
    1.3. Fire suppression system. 
    1.4. Smoke control system. 
    1.5. Fire protection supervisory system. 
    1.6. Elevator fire safety control system. 
    1.7. Access or egress control system or delayed egress locking  or latching system. 
    1.8. Fire damper. 
    1.9. Door control system. 
    2. One story detached accessory structures used as tool  and storage sheds, playhouses or similar uses, provided the floor building  area does not exceed 200 256 square feet (18 m2  (23.78 m2) and the structures are not classified as a Group  F-1 or H occupancy. 
    3. Detached prefabricated buildings housing the equipment of a  publicly regulated utility service, provided the floor area does not exceed 150  square feet (14 m2). 
    4. Tents or air-supported structures, or both, that cover an  area of 900 square feet (84 m2) or less, including within that area  all connecting areas or spaces with a common means of egress or entrance,  provided such tents or structures have an occupant load of 50 or less persons. 
    5. Fences and privacy walls not part of a building,  structure or of any height unless required for pedestrian safety as  provided for by Section 3306, or used for the barrier for a swimming pool,.  
    6. Concrete or masonry walls, provided such fences  and privacy walls do not exceed six feet in height above the finished grade.  Ornamental post column caps shall not be considered to contribute  to the height of the fence or privacy wall and shall be permitted to  extend above the six feet height measurement. 
    6. 7. Retaining walls supporting less than two  three feet of unbalanced fill. This exemption shall not apply to any  wall that are not constructed for the purpose of impounding Class I,  II or III-A liquids or supporting a surcharge other than ordinary unbalanced  fill. 
    7. 8. Swimming pools that have a surface area  not greater than 150 square feet (13.95 m2), do not exceed 5,000  gallons (19 000 L) and are less than 24 inches (610 mm) deep. 
    8. 9. Signs under the conditions in Section  H101.2 of Appendix H. 
    9. 10. Replacement of above-ground existing  LP-gas containers of the same capacity in the same location and associated  regulators when installed by the serving gas supplier. 
    [ 11. Flagpoles 30 feet (9144 mm) or less in height.  
    12. Temporary ramps serving dwelling units in Group R-3 and  R-5 occupancies where the height of the entrance served by the ramp is no more  than 30 inches (762 mm) above grade. 
    13. Construction work deemed by the building official to be  minor and ordinary and which does not adversely affect public health or general  safety. ] 
    10. [ 11. 14. ] Ordinary  repairs that include the following: 
    10.1. [ 11.1. 14.1. ]  Replacement of windows and doors with windows and doors of similar operation  and opening dimensions that do not require changes to the existing framed  opening and that are not required to be fire rated in Group R-2 where serving a  single dwelling unit and in Groups R-3, R-4 and R-5. 
    10.2. [ 11.2. 14.2. ]  Replacement of plumbing fixtures and well pumps in all groups without  alteration of the water supply and distribution systems, sanitary drainage systems  or vent systems. 
    10.3. [ 11.3. 14.3. ]  Replacement of general use snap switches, dimmer and control switches, 125  volt-15 or 20 ampere receptacles, [ luminaries luminaires ]  (lighting fixtures) and ceiling (paddle) fans in Group R-2 where serving a single  dwelling unit and in Groups R-3, R-4 and R-5.
    10.4. [ 11.4. 14.4. ]  Replacement of mechanical appliances provided such equipment is not fueled by  gas or oil in Group R-2 where serving a single family dwelling and in Groups  R-3, R-4 and R-5.
    10.5. [ 11.5. 14.5. ]  Replacement of an unlimited amount of roof covering or siding in Groups R-3,  R-4 or R-5 provided the building or structure is not in an area where the  design (3 second gust) wind speed is greater than 100 miles per hour (160  km/hr) and replacement of 100 square feet (9.29 m2) or less of roof  covering in all groups and all wind zones.
    10.6. [ 11.6. 14.6. ]  Replacement of 100 square feet (9.29 m2) or less of roof decking in  Groups R-3, R-4 or R-5 unless the decking to be replaced was required at the  time [ or of ] original construction to be  fire-retardant-treated or protected in some other way to form a fire-rated wall  termination.
    10.7. [ 11.7. 14.7. ]  Installation or replacement of floor finishes in all occupancies.
    10.8. [ 11.8. 14.8. ]  Replacement of Class C interior wall or ceiling finishes installed in Groups A,  E and I and replacement of all classes of interior wall or ceiling finishes in  other groups.
    10.9. [ 11.9. 14.9. ]  Installation of or replacement of cabinetry or trim.
    10.10. [ 11.10 14.10. ]  Application of paint or wallpaper.
    10.11. [ 11.11. 14.11. ]  Other repair work deemed by the building official to be minor and ordinary  which does not adversely affect public health or general safety. 
    [ 12. 15. ] Crypts,  mausoleums, and columbaria structures not exceeding 1500 square feet (139.35 m2)  in area if the building or structure is not for occupancy and used solely for  the interment of human or animal remains and is not subject to special  inspections.
    Exception: Application for a permit may be required by the  building official for the installation of replacement siding, roofing and  windows in buildings within a historic district designated by a locality  pursuant to § 15.2-2306 of the Code of Virginia.
    C. Section 108.3 Applicant information, processing by mail.  Application for a permit shall be made by the owner or lessee of the relevant  property or the agent of either or by the RDP, contractor or subcontractor  associated with the work or any of their agents. The full name and address of the  owner, lessee and applicant shall be provided in the application. If the owner  or lessee is a corporate body, when and to the extent determined necessary by  the building official, the full name and address of the responsible officers  shall also be provided.
    A permit application may be submitted by mail and such permit  applications shall be processed by mail, unless the permit applicant  voluntarily chooses otherwise. In no case shall an applicant be required to  appear in person. 
    The building official may accept applications for a permit  through electronic submissions provided the information required by this  section is obtained.
    D. Section 108.4 Prerequisites to obtaining permit. In  accordance with § 54.1-1111 of the Code of Virginia, any person applying  to the building department for the construction, removal or improvement of any  structure shall furnish prior to the issuance of the permit either (i)  satisfactory proof to the building official that he is duly licensed or  certified under the terms or Chapter 11 (§ 54.1-1000 et seq.) of Title  54.1 of the Code of Virginia to carry out or superintend the same or (ii) file  a written statement, supported by an affidavit, that he is not subject to  licensure or certification as a contractor or subcontractor pursuant to Chapter  11 of Title 54.1 of the Code of Virginia. The applicant shall also furnish  satisfactory proof that the taxes or license fees required by any county, city,  or town have been paid so as to be qualified to bid upon or contract for the  work for which the permit has been applied. 
    E. Section 108.5 Mechanics' lien agent designation. In  accordance with § 36-98.01 of the Code of Virginia, a building permit  issued for any one-family or two-family residential dwelling shall at  the time of issuance contain, at the request of the applicant, the name,  mailing address, and telephone number of the mechanics' lien agent as defined  in § 43-1 of the Code of Virginia. If the designation of a mechanics' lien  agent is not so requested by the applicant, the building permit shall at the  time of issuance state that none has been designated with the words "None  Designated."
    Note: In accordance with § 43-4.01A of the Code of  Virginia, a permit may be amended after it has been initially issued to name a  mechanics' lien agent or a new mechanics' lien agent.
    F. Section 108.6 Application form, description of work. The  application for a permit shall be submitted on a form or forms supplied by the  local building department. The application shall contain a general description  and location of the proposed work and such other information as determined  necessary by the building official. 
    G. Section 108.7 Amendments to application. An application  for a permit may be amended at any time prior to the completion of the work  governed by the permit. Additional construction documents or other records may  also be submitted in a like manner. All such submittals shall have the same  effect as if filed with the original application for a permit and shall be  retained in a like manner as the original filings. 
    H. Section 108.8 Time limitation of application. An  application for a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have been  abandoned six months after the date of filing unless such application has been  pursued in good faith or a permit has been issued, except that the building  official is authorized to grant one or more extensions of time if a justifiable  cause is demonstrated.
    13VAC5-63-110. Section 111 RDP services. 
    A. Section 111.1 When required. In accordance with § 54.1-410  of the Code of Virginia and under the general authority of this code, the local  building department shall establish a procedure to ensure that construction  documents under Section 109 are prepared by an RDP in any case in which the  exemptions contained in § 54.1-401, 54.1-402 or 54.1-402.1 of the Code of  Virginia are not applicable or in any case where the building official  determines it necessary. When required under § 54.1-402 of the Code of Virginia  or when required by the building official, or both, construction documents  shall bear the name and address of the author and his occupation. 
    Note: Information on the types of construction required to be  designed by an RDP is included in the "Related Laws Package"  available from DHCD. 
    B. Section 111.2 Special inspection requirements. Special  inspections shall be conducted when required by Section 1704. Individuals or  agencies, or both, conducting special inspections shall meet the qualification  requirements of Sections 1703 and 1704.1 1704.2.1. The permit  applicant shall submit a completed statement of special inspections with the  permit application. The building official shall review, and if satisfied that  the requirements have been met, approve the statement of special inspections as  required in Sections 1704.1.1 1704.2.3 and 1705 as a requisite to  the issuance of a building permit. The building official may require interim  inspection reports. The building official shall receive, and if satisfied that  the requirements have been met, approve a final report of special inspections  as specified in Section 1704.1.2 1704.2.4. All fees and costs  related to the special inspections shall be the responsibility of the building  owner.
    13VAC5-63-120. Section 112 Workmanship, materials and  equipment. 
    A. Section 112.1 General. It shall be the duty of any person  performing work covered by this code to comply with all applicable provisions  of this code and to perform and complete such work so as to secure the results  intended by the USBC. Damage to regulated building components caused by  violations of this code or by the use of faulty materials or installations  shall be considered as separate violations of this code and shall be subject to  the applicable provisions of Section 115.
    B. Section 112.2 Alternative methods or materials. In  accordance with § 36-99 of the Code of Virginia, where practical, the  provisions of this code are stated in terms of required level of performance so  as to facilitate the prompt acceptance of new building materials and methods.  When generally recognized standards of performance are not available, this  section and other applicable requirements of this code provide for acceptance  of materials and methods whose performance is substantially equal in safety to  those specified on the basis of reliable test and evaluation data presented by  the proponent. In addition, as a requirement of this code, the building  official shall require that sufficient technical data be submitted to  substantiate the proposed use of any material, equipment, device, assembly or  method of construction.
    C. Section 112.3 Documentation and approval. In determining  whether any material, equipment, device, assembly or method of construction  complies with this code, the building official shall approve items listed by  nationally recognized testing laboratories (NRTL), when such items are  listed for the intended use and application, and in addition, may consider the  recommendations of RDPs. Approval shall be issued when the building official  finds that the proposed design is satisfactory and complies with the intent of  the provisions of this code and that the material, equipment, device, assembly  or method of construction offered is, for the purpose intended, at least the  equivalent of that prescribed by the code. Such approval is subject to all  applicable requirements of this code and the material, equipment, device,  assembly or method of construction shall be installed in accordance with the  conditions of the approval and their listings. In addition, the building  official may revoke such approval whenever it is discovered that such approval  was issued in error or on the basis of incorrect information, or where there  are repeated violations of the USBC.
    D. Section 112.3.1 Conditions of listings. Where conflicts  between this code and conditions of the listing or the manufacturer's  installation instructions occur, the provisions of this code shall apply.
    Exception: Where a code provision is less restrictive than  the conditions of the listing of the equipment or appliance or the  manufacturer's installation instructions, the conditions of the listing and the  manufacturer's installation instructions shall apply.
    E. Section 112.4 Used material and equipment. Used materials,  equipment and devices may be approved provided they have been reconditioned,  tested or examined and found to be in good and proper working condition and  acceptable for use by the building official.
    F. Section 112.5 Defective materials. Notwithstanding any  provision of this code to the contrary, where action has been taken and  completed by the BHCD under § 36-99 D of the Code of Virginia establishing new  performance standards for identified defective materials, this section sets  forth the new performance standards addressing the prospective use of such  materials and establishes remediation standards for the removal of any  defective materials already installed, which, when complied with, enables the  building official to certify that the building is deemed to comply with the edition  of the USBC under which the building was originally constructed with respect to  the remediation of the defective materials. Subsections F through X of this  section expire on August 29, 2013.
    G. Section 112.5.1 Drywall, performance standard. All newly  installed gypsum wallboard shall not be defective drywall as defined in Section  112.5.1.1.1.
    H. Section 112.5.1.1 Remediation standards. The following  provisions establish remediation standards where defective drywall was  installed in buildings.
    I. Section 112.5.1.1.1 Definition. For the purposes of  this section the term "defective drywall" shall mean gypsum wallboard  that (i) contains elemental sulfur exceeding 10 parts per million that when  exposed to heat or humidity, or both, emits volatile sulfur compounds in  quantities that cause observable corrosion on electrical wiring, plumbing  pipes, fuel gas lines, or HVAC equipment, or any components of the foregoing or  (ii) has been designated by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission as a  product with a product defect that constitutes a substantial product hazard  within the meaning of § 15(a)(2) of the Consumer Product Safety Act (15 USC §  2064(a)(2)).
    J. Section 112.5.1.1.2 Permit. Application for a permit  shall be made to the building official and a permit shall be obtained prior to  the commencement of remediation work undertaken to remove defective drywall  from a building and for the removal, replacement, or repair of corroded  electrical, plumbing, mechanical, or fuel gas equipment and components.
    K. Section 112.5.1.1.3 Protocol. Where remediation of  defective drywall is undertaken, the following standards shall be met. The  building official shall be permitted to consider and approve modifications to  these standards in accordance with Section 106.3.
    L. Section 112.5.1.1.3.1 Drywall. Drywall in the building,  whether defective or nondefective, shall be removed and discarded, including  fasteners that held any defective drywall to prevent small pieces of drywall  from remaining under fasteners.
    Exceptions:
    1. Nondefective drywall not subject to the corrosive  effects of any defective drywall shall be permitted to be left in place in  buildings where the defective drywall is limited to a defined room or space or  isolated from the rest of the building and the defective drywall can be  positively identified. If the room or space containing the defective drywall  also contains any nondefective drywall, the nondefective drywall in that room  or space shall also be removed.
    2. In multi-family buildings where defective drywall was  not used in the firewalls between units and there are no affected building  systems behind the firewalls, the firewalls shall be permitted to be left in  place.
    M. Section 112.5.1.1.3.2 Insulation and other building  components. Insulation in walls and ceilings shall be removed and discarded.  Carpet and vinyl flooring shall be removed and discarded. Woodwork, trim,  cabinets, and tile or wood floors may be left in place or may be reused.
    Exceptions:
    1. Closed-cell foam insulation is permitted to be left in  place if testing for off-gassing from defective drywall is negative, unless its  removal is required to gain access.
    2. Insulation, carpet, or vinyl flooring in areas not  exposed to defective drywall or to the effects of defective drywall, may be left  in place or reused.
    N. Section 112.5.1.1.3.3 Electrical wiring, equipment,  devices, and components. All electrical wiring regulated by this code shall be  permitted to be left in place, but removal or cleaning of exposed ends of the  wiring to reveal clean or uncorroded surfaces is required. All electrical  equipment, devices, and components of the electrical system of the building  regulated by this code shall be removed and discarded. This shall include all  smoke detectors.
    Exceptions:
    1. Electrical equipment, devices, or components in areas  not exposed to the corrosive effects of defective drywall shall be permitted to  be left in place or reused. Electrical equipment, devices, or components in  areas exposed to the corrosive effects of defective drywall shall be cleaned,  repaired, or replaced.
    2. Cord and plug connected appliances are not subject to  this code and, therefore, cannot be required to be removed or replaced.
    Note: All low voltage wiring associated with security  systems, door bells, elevator controls, and other such components shall be  removed and replaced or repaired.
    O. Section 112.5.1.1.3.4 Plumbing and fuel gas piping,  fittings, fixtures, and equipment. All copper fuel gas piping and all equipment  utilizing fuel gas with copper, silver, or aluminum components shall be removed  and discarded. All copper plumbing pipes and fittings shall be removed and  discarded. Plumbing fixtures with copper, silver, or aluminum components shall  be removed and discarded.
    Exception: Plumbing or fuel gas piping, fittings, fixtures,  equipment, or components in areas not exposed to the corrosive effects of  defective drywall shall be permitted to be left in place or reused.
    P. Section 112.5.1.1.3.5 Mechanical systems. All heating,  air-conditioning, and ventilation system components, including, but not limited  to, ductwork, air-handling units, furnaces, heat pumps, refrigerant lines, and  thermostats and associated wiring, shall be removed and discarded.
    Exception: Mechanical system components in areas not  exposed to the corrosive effects of defective drywall shall be permitted to be  left in place or reused.
    Q. Section 112.5.1.1.3.6 Cleaning. Following the removal  of all materials and components in accordance with Sections 112.5.1.1.3.1  through 112.5.1.1.3.5, the building shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove any  particulate matter and dust.
    R. Section 112.5.1.1.3.7 Airing out. Following cleaning in  accordance with Section 112.5.1.1.3.6, the building shall be thoroughly aired  out with the use of open windows and doors and fans.
    S. Section 112.5.1.1.3.8 Pre-rebuilding clearance testing.  Following the steps outlined above for removal of all materials and components,  cleaning and airing out, a pre-rebuilding clearance test shall be conducted  with the use of copper or silver coupons and the methodology outlined in the  April 2, 2010, joint report by the Consumer Products Safety Commission and the  Department of Housing and Urban Development entitled "Interim Remediation  Guidance for Homes with Corrosion from Problem Drywall" or with the use of  a copper probe and dosimeter. The clearance testing shall confirm that all  airborne compounds associated with the defective drywall are at usual  environmental background levels. The clearance testing report, certifying  compliance, shall be submitted to the building official.
    Notes:
    1. Where the building is served by a well and prior to  conducting clearance tests, all outlets in piping served by the well should be  capped or otherwise plugged to prevent contamination of the air sample.
    2. To prevent siphoning and evaporation of the trap seals,  fixtures should be capped or otherwise plugged to prevent sewer gases from  contaminating the air sample.
    T. Section 112.5.1.1.3.9 Testing agencies and personnel.  Agencies and personnel performing pre-rebuilding or post-rebuilding clearance  testing shall be independent of those responsible for all other remediation  work and the agencies and personnel shall be appropriately certified or  accredited by the Council of Engineering and Scientific Specialty Boards, the  American Indoor Air Quality Council, or the World Safety Organization.
    Exception: Testing agencies and personnel shall be accepted  if certified by an RDP or if the agency employs an RDP to be in responsible  charge of the work.
    U. Section 112.5.1.1.3.10 Rebuilding standards. The  rebuilding of the building shall comply with the edition of the USBC that was  in effect when the building was originally built.
    V. Section 112.5.1.1.3.11 Post-rebuilding clearance  testing. A post-rebuilding clearance test prior to reoccupancy of the building  or structure shall be conducted with the use of copper or silver coupons and  the methodology outlined in the April 2, 2010, joint report by the Consumer  Products Safety Commission and by the Department of Housing and Urban Development  entitled "Interim Remediation Guidance for Homes with Corrosion from  Problem Drywall" or with the use of a copper probe and dosimeter. The  clearance testing shall confirm that all airborne compounds associated with the  defective drywall are at usual environmental background levels. The clearance  testing report certifying compliance shall be submitted to the building  official.
    Notes:
    1. Where the building is served by a well and prior to  conducting clearance tests, all outlets in piping served by the well should be  capped or otherwise plugged to prevent contamination of the air sample.
    2. To prevent siphoning and evaporation of the trap seals,  fixtures should be capped or otherwise plugged to prevent sewer gases from  contaminating the air sample.
    W. Section 112.5.1.1.4 Final approval by the building  official. Once remediation has been completed in accordance with this section,  a certificate or letter of approval shall be issued by the building official.  The certificate or letter shall state that the remediation and rebuilding is  deemed to comply with this code.
    X. Section 112.5.1.1.4.1 Approval of remediation occurring  prior to these standards. The building official shall issue a certificate or  letter of approval for remediation of defective drywall that occurred prior to  the effective date of these standards provided post-rebuilding clearance  testing has been performed in accordance with Section 112.5.1.1.3.11, by  agencies and personnel complying with Section 112.5.1.1.3.9, and the clearance  testing confirms that all airborne compounds associated with the defective  drywall are at usual environmental background levels. The clearance testing  report certifying compliance shall be submitted to the building official.
    F. Section 112.5 Defective materials. Notwithstanding any  provision of this code to the contrary, where action has been taken and  completed by the BHCD under subsection D of § 36-99 of the Code of Virginia  establishing new performance standards for identified defective materials, this  section sets forth the new performance standards addressing the prospective use  of such materials and establishes remediation standards for the removal of any  defective materials already installed, which when complied with enables the  building official to certify that the building is deemed to comply with the  edition of the USBC under which the building was originally constructed with  respect to the remediation of the defective materials. 
    G. Section 112.5.1 Drywall, performance standard. All  newly installed gypsum wallboard shall not be defective drywall as defined in  Section 112.5.1.1.1. 
    H. Section 112.5.1.1 Remediation standards. The following  provisions establish remediation standards where defective drywall was  installed in buildings. 
    I. Section 112.5.1.1.1 Definition. For the purposes of  this section the term "defective drywall" means gypsum wallboard that  (i) contains elemental sulfur exceeding 10 parts per million that when exposed  to heat or humidity, or both, emits volatile sulfur compounds in quantities that  cause observable corrosion on electrical wiring, plumbing pipes, fuel gas  lines, or HVAC equipment, or any components of the foregoing or (ii) has been  designated by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission as a product with a  product defect that constitutes a substantial product hazard within the meaning  of § 15(a)(2) of the Consumer Product Safety Act (15 USC § 2064(a)(2)).  
    J. Section 112.5.1.1.2 Permit. Application for a permit  shall be made to the building official, and a permit shall be obtained prior to  the commencement of remediation work undertaken to remove defective drywall  from a building and for the removal, replacement, or repair of corroded  electrical, plumbing, mechanical, or fuel gas equipment and components. 
    K. Section 112.5.1.1.3 Protocol. Where remediation of  defective drywall is undertaken, the following standards shall be met. The  building official shall be permitted to consider and approve modifications to  these standards in accordance with Section 106.3. 
    L. Section 112.5.1.1.3.1 Drywall. Drywall in the building,  whether defective or nondefective, shall be removed and discarded, including  fasteners that held any defective drywall to prevent small pieces of drywall  from remaining under fasteners. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Nondefective drywall not subject to the corrosive  effects of any defective drywall shall be permitted to be left in place in  buildings where the defective drywall is limited to a defined room or space or  isolated from the rest of the building and the defective drywall can be  positively identified. If the room or space containing the defective drywall  also contains any nondefective drywall, the nondefective drywall in that room  or space shall also be removed. 
    2. In multifamily buildings where defective drywall was not  used in the firewalls between units and there are no affected building systems  behind the firewalls, the firewalls shall be permitted to be left in place.  
    M. Section 112.5.1.1.3.2 Insulation and other building  components. Insulation in walls and ceilings shall be removed and discarded.  Carpet and vinyl flooring shall be removed and discarded. Woodwork, trim,  cabinets, and tile or wood floors may be left in place or may be reused. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Closed-cell foam insulation is permitted to be left in  place if testing for off-gassing from defective drywall is negative, unless its  removal is required to gain access. 
    2. Insulation, carpet, or vinyl flooring in areas not  exposed to defective drywall or to the effects of defective drywall, may be  left in place or reused. 
    N. Section 112.5.1.1.3.3 Electrical wiring, equipment,  devices, and components. All electrical wiring regulated by this code shall be  permitted to be left in place, but removal or cleaning of exposed ends of the  wiring to reveal clean or uncorroded surfaces is required. All electrical  equipment, devices, and components of the electrical system of the building  regulated by this code shall be removed and discarded. This shall include all  smoke detectors. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Electrical equipment, devices, or components in areas  not exposed to the corrosive effects of defective drywall shall be permitted to  be left in place or reused. Electrical equipment, devices, or components in  areas exposed to the corrosive effects of defective drywall shall be cleaned,  repaired, or replaced. 
    2. Cord and plug connected appliances are not subject to  this code and, therefore, cannot be required to be removed or replaced. 
    Note: All low-voltage wiring associated with security  systems, door bells, elevator controls, and other such components shall be  removed and replaced or repaired. 
    O. Section 112.5.1.1.3.4 Plumbing and fuel gas piping,  fittings, fixtures, and equipment. All copper fuel gas piping and all equipment  utilizing fuel gas with copper, silver, or aluminum components shall be removed  and discarded. All copper plumbing pipes and fittings shall be removed and  discarded. Plumbing fixtures with copper, silver, or aluminum components shall  be removed and discarded. 
    Exception: Plumbing or fuel gas piping, fittings, fixtures,  equipment, or components in areas not exposed to the corrosive effects of  defective drywall shall be permitted to be left in place or reused. 
    P. Section 112.5.1.1.3.5 Mechanical systems. All heating,  air-conditioning, and ventilation system components, including but not limited  to ductwork, air-handling units, furnaces, heat pumps, refrigerant lines, and  thermostats and associated wiring, shall be removed and discarded. 
    Exception: Mechanical system components in areas not  exposed to the corrosive effects of defective drywall shall be permitted to be  left in place or reused. 
    Q. Section 112.5.1.1.3.6 Cleaning. Following the removal  of all materials and components in accordance with Sections 112.5.1.1.3.1  through 112.5.1.1.3.5, the building shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove any  particulate matter and dust. 
    R. Section 112.5.1.1.3.7 Airing out. Following cleaning in  accordance with Section 112.5.1.1.3.6, the building shall be thoroughly aired  out with the use of open windows and doors and fans. 
    S. Section 112.5.1.1.3.8 Pre-rebuilding clearance testing.  Following the steps outlined above for removal of all materials and components,  cleaning and airing out, a pre-rebuilding clearance test shall be conducted  with the use of copper or silver coupons and the methodology outlined in the  April 2, 2010, joint report by the Consumer Products Safety Commission and the  Department of Housing and Urban Development "Interim Remediation Guidance  for Homes with Corrosion from Problem Drywall" or with the use of a copper  probe and dosimeter. The clearance testing shall confirm that all airborne  compounds associated with the defective drywall are at usual environmental  background levels. The clearance testing report, certifying compliance, shall  be submitted to the building official. 
    Notes: 
    1. Where the building is served by a well and prior to  conducting clearance tests, all outlets in piping served by the well should be  capped or otherwise plugged to prevent contamination of the air sample. 
    2. To prevent siphoning and evaporation of the trap seals,  fixtures should be capped or otherwise plugged to prevent sewer gases from  contaminating the air sample. 
    T. Section 112.5.1.1.3.9 Testing agencies and personnel.  Agencies and personnel performing pre-rebuilding or post-rebuilding clearance  testing shall be independent of those responsible for all other remediation  work and the agencies and personnel shall be appropriately certified or  accredited by the Council of Engineering and Scientific Specialty Boards, the  American Indoor Air Quality Council, or the World Safety Organization. 
    Exception: Testing agencies and personnel shall be accepted  if certified by an RDP or if the agency employs an RDP to be in responsible  charge of the work. 
    U. Section 112.5.1.1.3.10 Rebuilding standards. The  rebuilding of the building shall comply with the edition of the USBC that was  in effect when the building was originally built. 
    V. Section 112.5.1.1.3.11 Post-rebuilding clearance  testing. A post-rebuilding clearance test prior to reoccupancy of the building  or structure shall be conducted with the use of copper or silver coupons and  the methodology outlined in the April 2, 2010, joint report by the Consumer  Products Safety Commission and by the Department of Housing and Urban Development  "Interim Remediation Guidance for Homes with Corrosion from Problem  Drywall" or with the use of a copper probe and dosimeter. The clearance  testing shall confirm that all airborne compounds associated with the defective  drywall are at usual environmental background levels. The clearance testing  report certifying compliance shall be submitted to the building official. 
    Notes: 
    1. Where the building is served by a well and prior to  conducting clearance tests, all outlets in piping served by the well should be  capped or otherwise plugged to prevent contamination of the air sample. 
    2. To prevent siphoning and evaporation of the trap seals,  fixtures should be capped or otherwise plugged to prevent sewer gases from  contaminating the air sample. 
    W. Section 112.5.1.1.4 Final approval by the building  official. Once remediation has been completed in accordance with this section,  a certificate or letter of approval shall be issued by the building official.  The certificate or letter shall state that the remediation and rebuilding is  deemed to comply with this code. 
    X. Section 112.5.1.1.4.1 Approval of remediation occurring  prior to these standards. The building official shall issue a certificate or  letter of approval for remediation of defective drywall that occurred prior to  the effective date of these standards provided post-rebuilding clearance  testing has been performed in accordance with Section 112.5.1.1.3.11, by  agencies and personnel complying with Section 112.5.1.1.3.9, and the clearance  testing confirms that all airborne compounds associated with the defective  drywall are at usual environmental background levels. The clearance testing  report certifying compliance shall be submitted to the building official. 
    13VAC5-63-130. Section 113 Inspections. 
    A. Section 113.1 General. In accordance with § 36-105 of the  Code of Virginia, any building or structure may be inspected at any time before  completion, and shall not be deemed in compliance until approved by the  inspecting authority. Where the construction cost is less than $2,500, however,  the inspection may, in the discretion of the inspecting authority, be waived.  The building official shall coordinate all reports of inspections for  compliance with the USBC, with inspections of fire and health officials delegated  such authority, prior to the issuance of an occupancy permit. 
    B. Section 113.1.1 Equipment required. Any ladder,  scaffolding or test equipment necessary to conduct or witness a requested  inspection shall be provided by the permit holder. 
    C. Section 113.1.2 Duty to notify. When construction reaches  a stage of completion that requires an inspection, the permit holder shall  notify the building official. 
    D. Section 113.1.3 Duty to inspect. Except as provided for in  Section 113.7, the building official shall perform the requested inspection in  accordance with Section 113.6 when notified in accordance with Section 113.1.2.  
    E. Section 113.2 Prerequisites. The building official may  conduct a site inspection prior to issuing a permit. When conducting inspections  pursuant to this code, all personnel shall carry proper credentials. 
    F. Section 113.3 Minimum inspections. The following minimum  inspections shall be conducted by the building official when applicable to the  construction or permit: 
    1. Inspection of footing excavations and reinforcement  material for concrete footings prior to the placement of concrete. 
    2. Inspection of foundation systems during phases of  construction necessary to assure compliance with this code. 
    3. Inspection of preparatory work prior to the placement of  concrete. 
    4. Inspection of structural members and fasteners prior to  concealment. 
    5. Inspection of electrical, mechanical and plumbing  materials, equipment and systems prior to concealment. 
    6. Inspection of energy conservation material prior to  concealment. 
    7. Final inspection. 
    G. Section 113.4 Additional inspections. The building  official may designate additional inspections and tests to be conducted during  the construction of a building or structure and shall so notify the permit  holder. 
    H. Section 113.5 In-plant and factory inspections. When  required by the provisions of this code, materials, equipment or assemblies  shall be inspected at the point of manufacture or fabrication. The building  official shall require the submittal of an evaluation report of such materials,  equipment or assemblies. The evaluation report shall indicate the complete  details of the assembly including a description of the assembly and its  components, and describe the basis upon which the assembly is being evaluated.  In addition, test results and other data as necessary for the building official  to determine conformance with the USBC shall be submitted. For factory  inspections, an identifying label or stamp permanently affixed to materials,  equipment or assemblies indicating that a factory inspection has been made  shall be acceptable instead of a written inspection report, provided the intent  or meaning of such identifying label or stamp is properly substantiated. 
    I. Section 113.6 Approval or notice of defective work. The  building official shall either approve the work in writing or give written  notice of defective work to the permit holder. Upon request of the permit  holder, the notice shall reference the USBC section that serves as the basis  for the defects and such defects shall be corrected and reinspected before any  work proceeds that would conceal such defects. A record of all reports of  inspections, tests, examinations, discrepancies and approvals issued shall be  maintained by the building official and shall be communicated promptly in  writing to the permit holder. Approval issued under this section may be revoked  whenever it is discovered that such approval was issued in error or on the  basis of incorrect information, or where there are repeated violations of the  USBC. Notices issued pursuant to this section shall be permitted to be  communicated electronically, provided the notice is reasonably calculated to  get to the permit holder. 
    J. Section 113.7 Approved inspection agencies. The building  official may accept reports of inspections and tests from individuals or  inspection agencies approved in accordance with the building official's written  policy required by Section 113.7.1. The individual or inspection agency shall  meet the qualifications and reliability requirements established by the written  policy. Under circumstances where the building official is unable to make the  inspection or test required by Section 113.3 or 113.4 within two working days  of a request or an agreed upon date or if authorized for other circumstances in  the building official's written policy, the building official shall accept  reports for review. The building official shall approve the report from such  approved individuals or agencies unless there is cause to reject it. Failure to  approve a report shall be in writing within two working days of receiving it  stating the reason for the rejection. Reports of inspections conducted by  approved third-party inspectors or agencies shall be in writing, shall indicate  if compliance with the applicable provisions of the USBC have been met and  shall be certified by the individual inspector or by the responsible officer  when the report is from an agency. 
    Note: Photographs, videotapes or other sources of pertinent  data or information may be considered as constituting such reports and tests. 
    K. Section 113.7.1 Third-party inspectors. Each building  official charged with the enforcement of the USBC shall have a written policy  establishing the minimum acceptable qualifications for third-party inspectors.  The policy shall include the format and time frame required for submission of  reports, any prequalification or preapproval requirements before conducting a  third-party inspection and any other requirements and procedures established by  the building official. 
    L. Section 113.7.2 Qualifications. In determining third-party  inspector qualifications, the building official may consider such items as DHCD  inspector certification, other state or national certifications, state  professional registrations, related experience, education and any other factors  that would demonstrate competency and reliability to conduct inspections.
    M. Section 113.8 Final inspection. Upon completion of a  building or structure and before the issuance of a certificate of occupancy, a  final inspection shall be conducted to ensure that any defective work has been  corrected and that all work complies with the USBC and has been approved,  including any work associated with modifications under Section 106.3. The  building official shall be permitted to require the electrical service to a building  or structure to be energized prior to conducting the final inspection. The  approval of a final inspection shall be permitted to serve as the new  certificate of occupancy required by Section 116.1 in the case of additions or  alterations to existing buildings or structures that already have a certificate  of occupancy. 
    13VAC5-63-160. Section 116 Certificates of occupancy. 
    A. Section 116.1 General; when to be issued. A certificate of  occupancy indicating completion of the work for which a permit was issued shall  be obtained prior to the occupancy of any building or structure, except as  provided for in this section generally and as specifically provided for in  Section 113.8 for additions or alterations. The certificate shall be issued  after completion of the final inspection and when the building or structure is  in compliance with this code and any pertinent laws or ordinances, or when  otherwise entitled. The building official shall, however, issue a certificate  of occupancy within five working days after being requested to do so, provided  the building or structure meets all of the requirements for a certificate. 
    Exception: A certificate of occupancy is not required for an  accessory structure as defined in the International Residential Code IRC.  
    B. Section 116.1.1 Temporary certificate of occupancy. Upon  the request of a permit holder, a temporary certificate of occupancy may be  issued before the completion of the work covered by a permit, provided that  such portion or portions of a building of structure may be occupied safely  prior to full completion of the building or structure without endangering life  or public safety. 
    C. Section 116.2 Contents of certificate. A certificate of  occupancy shall specify the following: 
    1. The edition of the USBC under which the permit is issued. 
    2. The group classification and occupancy in accordance with  the provisions of Chapter 3. 
    3. The type of construction as defined in Chapter 6. 
    4. If an automatic sprinkler system is provided and whether or  not such system was required. 
    5. Any special stipulations and conditions of the building  permit and if any modifications were issued under the permit, there shall be a  notation on the certificate that modifications were issued. 
    6. Group R-5 occupancies complying with Section R320.2 of  the IRC shall have a notation of compliance with that section on the  certificate. 
    D. Section 116.3 Suspension or revocation of certificate. A  certificate of occupancy may be revoked or suspended whenever the building  official discovers that such certificate was issued in error or on the basis of  incorrect information, or where there are repeated violations of the USBC after  the certificate has been issued or when requested by the code official under  Section 105.7 of the Virginia Maintenance Code VMC. The  revocation or suspension shall be in writing and shall state the necessary  corrections or conditions for the certificate to be reissued or reinstated in  accordance with Section 116.3.1.
    E. Section 116.3.1 Reissuance [ of or ]  reinstatement of certificate of occupancy. When a certificate of occupancy has  been revoked or suspended, it shall be reissued or reinstated upon correction  of the specific condition or conditions cited as the cause of the revocation or  suspension and the revocation or suspension of a certificate of occupancy shall  not be used as justification for requiring a building or structure to be  subject to a later edition of the code than that under which such building or  structure was initially constructed.
    F. Section 116.4 Issuance of certificate for pre-USBC  buildings or structures. When a building or structure was constructed prior to  being subject to the initial edition of the USBC and the local building  department does not have a certificate of occupancy for the building or structure,  the owner or owner's agent may submit a written request for a certificate to be  created. The building official, after receipt of the request, shall issue a  certificate provided a determination is made that there are no current  violations of the Virginia Maintenance Code VMC or the Virginia  Statewide Fire Prevention Code (13VAC5-51) and the occupancy classification of  the building or structure has not changed. Such buildings and structures shall  not be prevented from continued use.
    Exception: When no certificate exists, but the local building  department has records indicating that a certificate did exist, then the  building official may either verify in writing that a certificate did exist or  issue a certificate based upon the records.
    13VAC5-63-170. Section 117 Temporary and moved buildings and  structures; demolition. 
    A. Section 117.1 Temporary [ building buildings ]  and structures. The building official is authorized to issue a permit for  temporary buildings or structures. Such permits shall be limited as to time of  service, but shall not be permitted for more than one year, except that upon  the permit holder's written request, the building official may grant one or  more extensions of time, not to exceed one year per extension. The building  official is authorized to terminate the approval and order the demolition or  removal of temporary buildings or structures during the period authorized by  the permit when determined necessary. 
    B. Section 117.1.1 Temporary uses within existing  buildings and structures. The building official shall review and may approve  conditions or modifications for temporary uses, including hypothermia and  hyperthermia shelters, that may be necessary as long as the use meets the  spirit and functional intent intended by this code. The building official is  authorized to terminate the approval and order the discontinuance of the  temporary use during the period authorized by the permit when determined  necessary. The building official shall notify the appropriate fire official or  fire chief of the approved temporary use. 
    B. C. Section 117.2 Moved buildings and  structures. Any building or structure moved into a locality or moved to a new  location within a locality shall not be occupied or used until a certification  of occupancy is issued for the new location. Such moved buildings or structures  shall be required to comply with the requirements of this code for a newly  constructed building or structure unless meeting all of the following  requirements relative to the new location: 
    1. There is no change in the occupancy classification from its  previous location. 
    2. The building or structure was in compliance with all state  and local requirements applicable to it in its previous location and is in  compliance with all state and local requirements applicable if originally  constructed in the new location. 
    3. The building or structure did not become unsafe during the  moving process due to structural damage or for other reasons. 
    4. Any alterations, reconstruction, renovations or repairs  made pursuant to the move are in compliance with applicable requirements of this  code the VRC. 
    C. D. Section 117.3 Demolition of buildings and  structures. Prior to the issuance of a permit for the demolition of any  building or structure, the owner or the owner's agent shall provide  certification to the building official that all service connections of utilities  have been removed, sealed or plugged satisfactorily and a release has been  obtained from the associated utility company. The certification shall further  provide that written notice has been given to the owners of adjoining lots and  any other lots that may be affected by the temporary removal of utility wires  or the temporary disconnection or termination of other services or facilities  relative to the demolition. In addition, the requirements of Chapter 33 of the  IBC for any necessary retaining walls or fences during demolition shall be  applicable and when a building or structure is demolished or removed, the  established grades shall be restored. 
    13VAC5-63-180. Section 118 Buildings and Unsafe  buildings or structures becoming unsafe during construction. 
    A. Section 118.1 Applicability. This section applies to unsafe  buildings and or structures for which a construction permit  has been issued under this code and construction has not been completed or a  certificate of occupancy has not been issued, or both. In addition, this  section applies to any building or structure that is under construction or that  was constructed without obtaining the required permits under this edition or  any edition of the USBC. 
    Note: Existing buildings and structures other than those  under construction or subject to this section are subject to the Virginia  Maintenance Code that VMC, which also has requirements for unsafe  conditions. 
    B. Section 118.2 Repair or removal of unsafe buildings or  structures. Any unsafe building or structure subject to this section  that is either deteriorated, improperly maintained, of faulty construction,  deficient in adequate exit facilities, a fire hazard or dangerous to life or  the public welfare, or both, or any combination of the foregoing, is an unsafe  building or structure and shall be made safe through compliance with this  code or shall be taken down and removed if determined necessary by the building  official. 
    C. Section 118.3 Inspection report and notice of unsafe  building or structure. The building official shall inspect any reported  unsafe building or structure reported to be unsafe and shall prepare  a report to be filed in the records of the local building department. In  addition to a description of any unsafe conditions found, the report shall  include the occupancy classification of the building or structure and the  nature and extent of any damages caused by collapse or failure of any building  components. If the 
    D. Section 118.4 Notice of unsafe building or structure.  When a building or structure is determined by the building official to be an  unsafe building or structure, a written notice of unsafe building  or structure shall be issued in person by personal service to the  owner and any permit holder, the owner's agent, or the person in control  of such building or structure. The notice shall describe any unsafe  conditions and specify any repairs or improvements the  corrections necessary to make the building or structure safe, or  alternatively, when determined necessary by the building official, require the  unsafe building or structure, or any portion of it, to be taken down and  removed. The notice shall stipulate a comply with this code and specify  the time period within which the repairs must occur, or if the notice specifies  that the unsafe building or structure is required to be demolished, the notice  shall specify the time period for the repair or within which  demolition of the unsafe building or structure and contain a statement  requiring the person receiving the notice to determine whether to accept or  reject the terms of the notice. If any persons to which the notice of unsafe  building or structure is to be issued cannot be found after diligent search, as  equivalent service, the notice shall be sent by registered or certified mail to  the last known address of such persons and a copy of the notice posted in a  conspicuous place on the premises must occur. 
    Note: Whenever possible, the notice should also be given  to any tenants or occupants of the unsafe building or structure. 
    D. E. Section 118.4 118.4.1  Vacating the unsafe building or structure. If any portion of an  unsafe building or structure has collapsed or fallen, or if the building  official determines there is actual and immediate danger of any portion  collapsing or falling, and to the occupants or public, or when life  is endangered by the occupancy of the an unsafe building or  structure, the building official shall be authorized to order the occupants to  immediately vacate the unsafe building or structure. When an unsafe building or  structure is ordered to be vacated, the building official shall post a notice  at each entrance that reads as follows: 
    "This Building (or Structure) is Unsafe and its Occupancy  (or Use) is Prohibited by the Building Official." 
    After posting, occupancy or use of the unsafe building or  structure shall be prohibited except when authorized to enter to conduct  inspections, make required repairs, or as necessary to demolish the  building or structure. 
    E. F. Section 118.5 Posting of notice. If  the notice is unable to be issued by personal service as required by Section  118.4, then the notice shall be sent by registered or certified mail to the  last known address of the responsible party and a copy of the notice shall be  posted in a conspicuous place on the premises. 
    G. Section 118.6 Posting of placard. In the case of an  unsafe building or structure, if the notice is not complied with, a placard  with the following wording shall be posted at the entrance to the building or  structure: 
    "This Building (or Structure) is Unfit for Habitation  and its Use or Occupancy has been Prohibited by the Building Official."
    After an unsafe building or structure is placarded,  entering the unsafe building or structure shall be prohibited except as  authorized by the building official to make inspections, to perform required  repairs, or to demolish the unsafe building or structure. In addition, the  placard shall not be removed until the unsafe building or structure is  determined by the building official to be safe to occupy. The placard shall not  be defaced. 
    H. Section 118.7 Emergency repairs and demolition. To  the extent permitted by the locality, the building official may authorize  emergency repairs to unsafe buildings or structures when it is determined that  there is an immediate danger of any portion of the unsafe building or structure  collapsing or falling and when life is endangered. Emergency repairs may also  be authorized when there is a code violation resulting in the immediate,  a serious and imminent threat to the life and safety of the occupants or  public. The building official shall be permitted to authorize the necessary  work to make the unsafe building or structure temporarily safe whether  or not legal action to compel compliance has been instituted. 
    In addition, whenever an owner of an unsafe building or  structure fails to comply with a notice to demolish issued under Section 118.3  118.4 in the time period stipulated, the building official shall be  permitted to cause the unsafe building or structure to be demolished. In  accordance with §§ 15.2-906 and 15.2-1115 of the Code of Virginia, the  legal counsel of the locality may be requested to institute appropriate action  against the property owner to recover the costs associated with any such  emergency repairs or demolition and every such charge that remains unpaid shall  constitute a lien against the property on which the emergency repairs or  demolition were made and shall be enforceable in the same manner as provided in  Articles 3 (§ 58.1-3940 et seq.) and 4 (§ 58.1-3965 et seq.) of Chapter 39  of Title 58.1 of the Code of Virginia. 
    Note: Building officials and local governing bodies should be  aware that other statutes and court decisions may impact on matters relating to  demolition, in particular whether newspaper publication is required if the  owner cannot be located and whether the demolition order must be delayed until  the owner has been given the opportunity for a hearing. 
    I. Section 118.8 Closing of streets. When necessary for  public safety, the building official shall be permitted to order the temporary  closing of sidewalks, streets, public ways, or premises adjacent to unsafe  buildings or structures and prohibit the use of such spaces. 
    13VAC5-63-190. Section 119 Appeals. 
    A. Section 119.1 Establishment of appeals board. In  accordance with § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia, there shall be established  within each local building department a LBBCA. Whenever a county or a  municipality does not have such a LBBCA, the local governing body shall enter  into an agreement with the local governing body of another county or  municipality or with some other agency, or a state agency approved by DHCD for  such appeals resulting therefrom. Fees may be levied by the local governing  body in order to defray the cost of such appeals. In addition, as an  authorization in this code, separate LBBCAs may be established to hear appeals  of different enforcement areas such as electrical, plumbing or mechanical  requirements. Each such LBBCA shall comply with the requirements of this  section. The locality is responsible for maintaining a duly constituted  LBBCA prepared to hear appeals within the time limits established in this  section. The LBBCA shall meet as necessary to assure a duly constituted board,  appoint officers as necessary, and receive such training on the code as may be  appropriate or necessary from staff of the locality. 
    B. Section 119.2 Membership of board. The LBBCA shall consist  of at least five members appointed by the locality for a specific term of  office established by written policy. Alternate members may be appointed to  serve in the absence of any regular members and as such, shall have the full  power and authority of the regular members. Regular and alternate members may  be reappointed. Written records of current membership, including a record of  the current chairman and secretary shall be maintained in the office of the  locality. In order to provide continuity, the terms of the members may be of  different length so that less than half will expire in any one-year period. The  LBBCA shall meet at least once annually to assure a duly constituted board,  appoint officers as necessary, and receive such training on the code as may be  appropriate or necessary from staff of the locality. 
    C. Section 119.3 Officers and qualifications of members. The  LBBCA shall annually select one of its regular members to serve as chairman.  When the chairman is not present at an appeal hearing, the members present  shall select an acting chairman. The locality or the chief executive officer of  the locality shall appoint a secretary to the LBBCA to maintain a detailed  record of all proceedings. Members of the LBBCA shall be selected by the  locality on the basis of their ability to render fair and competent decisions  regarding application of the USBC and shall to the extent possible, represent  different occupational or professional fields relating to the construction  industry. At least one member should be an experienced builder; at least one  member should be an RDP, and at least one member should be an experienced  property manager. Employees or officials of the locality shall not serve as  members of the LBBCA.
    D. Section 119.4 Conduct of members. No member shall hear an  appeal in which that member has a conflict of interest in accordance with the  State and Local Government Conflict of Interests Act (§ 2.2-3100 et seq. of the  Code of Virginia). Members shall not discuss the substance of an appeal with  any other party or their representatives prior to any hearings.
    E. Section 119.5 Right of appeal; filing of appeal application.  Any person aggrieved by the local building department's application of the USBC  or the refusal to grant a modification to the provisions of the USBC may appeal  to the LBBCA. The applicant shall submit a written request for appeal to the  LBBCA within 30 calendar days of the receipt of the decision being appealed.  The application shall contain the name and address of the owner of the building  or structure and in addition, the name and address of the person appealing,  when the applicant is not the owner. A copy of the building official's decision  shall be submitted along with the application for appeal and maintained as part  of the record. The application shall be marked by the LBBCA to indicate the  date received. Failure to submit an application for appeal within the time  limit established by this section shall constitute acceptance of a building  official's decision.
    Note: To the extent that a decision of a building official  pertains to amusement devices there may be a right of appeal under the VADR.
    F. Section 119.6 Meetings and postponements. The LBBCA shall  meet within 30 calendar days after the date of receipt of the application for  appeal, except that a period of up to 45 calendar days shall be permitted  where the LBBCA has regularly scheduled monthly meetings. A longer time  period shall be permitted if agreed to by all the parties involved in the  appeal. A notice indicating the time and place of the hearing shall be sent to  the parties in writing to the addresses listed on the application at least 14  calendar days prior to the date of the hearing, except that a lesser time  period shall be permitted if agreed to by all the parties involved in the  appeal. When a quorum of the LBBCA is not present at a hearing to hear an  appeal, any party involved in the appeal shall have the right to request a  postponement of the hearing. The LBBCA shall reschedule the appeal within 30  calendar days of the postponement, except that a longer time period shall be  permitted if agreed to by all the parties involved in the appeal.
    G. Section 119.7 Hearings and decision. All hearings before  the LBBCA shall be open meetings and the appellant, the appellant's  representative, the locality's representative and any person whose interests  are affected by the building official's decision in question shall be given an  opportunity to be heard. The chairman shall have the power and duty to direct  the hearing, rule upon the acceptance of evidence and oversee the record of all  proceedings. The LBBCA shall have the power to uphold, reverse or modify the  decision of the official by a concurring vote of a majority of those present.  Decisions of the LBBCA shall be final if no further appeal is made. The  decision of the LBBCA shall be by resolution signed by the chairman and  retained as part of the record of the appeal. Copies of the resolution shall be  sent to all parties by certified mail. In addition, the resolution shall  contain the following wording:
    "Any person who was a party to the appeal may appeal to  the State Review Board by submitting an application to such Board within 21  calendar days upon receipt by certified mail of this resolution. Application  forms are available from the Office of the State Review Board, 600 East Main  Street, Richmond, Virginia 23219, (804) 371-7150."
    H. Section 119.8 Appeals to the State Review Board. After  final determination by the LBBCA in an appeal, any person who was a party to  the appeal may further appeal to the State Review Board. In accordance with § 36-98.2 of the Code of Virginia for state-owned buildings and structures,  appeals by an involved state agency from the decision of the building official  for state-owned buildings or structures shall be made directly to the State  Review Board. The application for appeal shall be made to the State Review Board  within 21 calendar days of the receipt of the decision to be appealed. Failure  to submit an application within that time limit shall constitute an acceptance  of the building official's decision. For appeals from a LBBCA, a copy of the  building official's decision and the resolution of the LBBCA shall be submitted  with the application for appeal to the State Review Board. Upon request by the  office of the State Review Board, the LBBCA shall submit a copy of all  pertinent information from the record of the appeal. In the case of appeals  involving state-owned buildings or structures, the involved state agency shall  submit a copy of the building official's decision and other relevant  information with the application for appeal to the State Review Board. Procedures  of the State Review Board are in accordance with Article 2 (§ 36-108 et seq.)  of Chapter 6 of Title 36 of the Code of Virginia. Decisions of the State Review  Board shall be final if no further appeal is made.
    13VAC5-63-200. Chapter 2 Definitions: Section 202  Definitions. 
    A. Add the following definitions to Section 202 of the IBC to  read: 
    Aboveground liquid fertilizer storage tank (ALFST). A device  that contains an accumulation of liquid fertilizer (i) constructed of  nonearthen materials, such as concrete, steel or plastic, that provide  structural support; (ii) having a capacity of 100,000 gallons (378 500 L) or  greater; and (iii) the volume of which is more than 90% above the surface of  the ground. The term does not include any wastewater treatment or wastewater  storage tank, utility or industry pollution control equipment.
    Building regulations. Any law, rule, resolution, regulation,  ordinance or code, general or special, or compilation thereof, heretofore or  hereafter enacted or adopted by the Commonwealth or any county or municipality,  including departments, boards, bureaus, commissions, or other agencies thereof,  relating to construction, reconstruction, alteration, conversion, repair,  maintenance, or use of structures and buildings and installation of equipment  therein. The term does not include zoning ordinances or other land use controls  that do not affect the manner of construction or materials to be used in the  erection, alteration or repair of a building or structure. 
    Change of occupancy. A change in the use or occupancy of any  building or structure which that would place the building or  structure in a different division of the same group of occupancies or in a  different group of occupancies; or a change in the purpose or level of activity  within a building or structure that involves a change in application of the  requirements of this code.
    Construction. The construction, reconstruction, alteration,  repair, or conversion of buildings and structures. 
    Day-night average sound level (Ldn). See Section 1202.1  A 24-hour energy average sound level expressed in dBA, with a 10 decibel  penalty applied to noise occurring between 10 p.m. and 7 a.m. 
    DHCD. The Virginia Department of Housing and Community  Development. 
    Emergency communication equipment. See Section 902.1 Emergency  communication equipment, includes but is not limited to two-way radio  communications, signal booster, bi-directional amplifiers, radiating cable  systems, or internal multiple antenna, or a combination of the foregoing. 
    Emergency public safety personnel. See Section 902.1 Emergency  public safety personnel includes firefighters, emergency medical personnel,  law-enforcement officers, and other emergency public safety personnel routinely  called upon to provide emergency assistance to members of the public in a wide  variety of emergency situations, including but not limited to fires, medical  emergencies, violent crimes, and terrorist attacks. 
    Equipment. Plumbing, heating, electrical, ventilating,  air-conditioning and refrigeration equipment, elevators, dumbwaiters,  escalators, and other mechanical additions or installations. 
    Farm building or structure. A building or structure not used  for residential purposes, located on property where farming operations take  place, and used primarily for any of the following uses or combination thereof:  
    1. Storage, handling, production, display, sampling or sale of  agricultural, horticultural, floricultural or silvicultural products produced  in the farm. 
    2. Sheltering, raising, handling, processing or sale of  agricultural animals or agricultural animal products. 
    3. Business or office uses relating to the farm operations. 
    4. Use of farm machinery or equipment or maintenance or  storage of vehicles, machinery or equipment on the farm. 
    5. Storage or use of supplies and materials used on the farm. 
    6. Implementation of best management practices associated with  farm operations. 
    Hospice facility. An institution, place, or building owned  or operated by a hospice provider and licensed by the Virginia Department of  Health as a hospice facility to provide room, board, and palliative and  supportive medical and other health services to terminally ill patients and  their families, including respite and symptom management, on a 24-hour basis to  individuals requiring such care pursuant to the orders of a physician. 
    Industrialized building. A combination of one or more sections  or modules, subject to state regulations and including the necessary  electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and other service systems, manufactured  off-site and transported to the point of use for installation or erection, with  or without other specified components, to comprise a finished building.  Manufactured homes shall not be considered industrialized buildings for the  purpose of this code. 
    Hospice facility. See Section 308.3.1. 
    LBBCA. Local board of building code appeals. 
    Liquid fertilizer. A fluid in which a fertilizer is in true  solution. This term does not include anhydrous ammonia or a solution used in  pollution control.
    Local building department. The agency or agencies of any local  governing body charged with the administration, supervision, or enforcement of  this code, approval of construction documents, inspection of buildings or  structures, or issuance of permits, licenses, certificates or similar  documents. 
    Local governing body. The governing body of any city, county  or town in this Commonwealth. 
    Locality. A city, county or town in this Commonwealth. 
    Manufactured home. A structure subject to federal regulation,  which is transportable in one or more sections; is eight body feet or more in  width and 40 body feet or more in length in the traveling mode, or is 320 or  more square feet when erected on site; is built on a permanent chassis; is  designed to be used as a single-family dwelling, with or without a permanent  foundation, when connected to the required utilities; and includes the  plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, and electrical systems contained in the  structure. 
    Marina. Any installation, operating under public or private  ownership, that has a structure providing dockage or moorage for boats, other  than paddleboats or rowboats, and provides, through sale, rental, fee, or on a  free basis, any equipment, supply, or service, including fuel, electricity, or  water, for the convenience of the public or its lessees, renters, or users of  its facilities. A dock or pier with or without slips that exclusively serves a  single-family residential lot for the use of the owner of the lot is not a  marina. 
    Night club. Any building in which the main use is a place of  public assembly that provides exhibition, performance or other forms of  entertainment; serves alcoholic beverages; and provides music and space for  dancing. 
    [ Permissible fireworks. Any sparklers, fountains,  Pharaoh's serpents, caps for pistols, or pinwheels commonly known as whirligigs  or spinning jennies. 
    Short-term holding area. An area containing a holding cell  or cells, or a holding room or rooms, including associated rooms or spaces  where the occupants are restrained or detained by the use of security measures  not under the occupant's control for less than 24 hours. ] 
    Skirting. A weather-resistant material used to enclose the  space from the bottom of the manufactured home to grade. 
    Slip. A berth or space where a boat may be secured to a  fixed or floating structure, including a dock, finger pier, boat lift, or  mooring buoy. 
    Sound transmission class (STC) rating. See Section 1202.1  A single number characterizing the sound reduction performance of a material  tested in accordance with ASTM E90-90, "Laboratory Measurement of Airborne  Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions." 
    State regulated care facility (SRCF). A building with an  occupancy in Group R-2, R-3, R-4 or R-5 occupied by persons in the care of  others where program oversight is provided by the Virginia Department of Social  Services, the Virginia Department of Behavioral Health and Developmental  Services, the Virginia Department of Education or the Virginia Department of  Juvenile Justice. 
    State Review Board. The Virginia State Building Code Technical  Review Board as established under § 36-108 of the Code of Virginia. 
    Technical assistant. Any person employed by or under an  extended contract to a local building department or local enforcing agency for  enforcing the USBC, including but not limited to inspectors and plans  reviewers. For the purpose of this definition, an extended contract shall be a  contract with an aggregate term of 18 months or longer. 
    Technical production area. See Section 410.2.
    Tenable environmental. An environment in which the products  of combustion, including smoke, toxic gases, particulates, and heat, are  limited or otherwise restricted in order to maintain the impact on occupants,  including those in the area of fire origin, to a level that is not life  threatening and permits the rescue of occupants for a limited time. 
    Unsafe building or structure. Any building or structure  that is under construction and has not received a permanent certificate of  occupancy, final inspection, or for which a permit was never issued or has  expired and has been determined by the building official to be of faulty  construction that is so damaged, decayed, dilapidated, structurally unsafe, or  of such faulty construction or unstable foundation that partial or complete  collapse is likely, or any unfinished construction that does not have a valid  permit, or the permit has been revoked, and the condition of the unfinished  construction presents an immediate serious and imminent threat to the life and  safety of the occupants or the public. 
    VADR. The Virginia Amusement Device Regulations (13VAC5-31). 
    VCS. The Virginia Certification Standards (13VAC5-21). 
    Working day. A day other than Saturday, Sunday or a legal  local, state or national holiday. 
    B. Change the following definitions in Section 202 of the IBC  to read: 
    24-hour basis. The actual time that a person is an occupant  within a facility for the purpose of receiving care. It shall not include a  facility that is open for 24 hours and is capable of providing care to someone  visiting the facility during any segment of the 24 hours. 
    Ambulatory health care facility. Buildings or portions thereof  that are licensed by the Virginia Department of Health as outpatient surgical  hospitals.
    Automatic fire-extinguishing system. An approved system of  devices and equipment that automatically detects a fire and discharges an  approved fire-extinguishing agent onto or in the area of a fire and includes  among other systems an automatic sprinkler system, unless otherwise expressly stated.  
    Building. A combination of materials, whether portable or  fixed, having a roof to form a structure for the use or occupancy by persons,  or property. The word "building" shall be construed as though  followed by the words "or part or parts thereof" unless the context  clearly requires a different meaning. "Building" shall not include  roadway tunnels and bridges owned by the Virginia Department of Transportation,  which shall be governed by construction and design standards approved by the Virginia  Commonwealth Transportation Board. 
    For application of this code, each portion of a building that  is completely separated from other portions by fire walls complying with  Section 706 shall be considered as a separate building (see Section 503.1). 
    Custodial care. Assistance with day-to-day living tasks,  such as assistance with cooking, taking medication, bathing, using toilet  facilities, and other tasks of daily living. In other than in hospice  facilities, custodial care includes occupants that have the ability to respond  to emergency situations and evacuate at a slower rate or who have mental and  psychiatric complications, or both. 
    Group home. A facility for social rehabilitation or  substance abuse or mental health problems that contains a group housing arrangement  that provides custodial care but does not provide medical care. 
    Owner. The owner or owners of the freehold of the premises or  lesser estate therein, a mortgagee or vendee in possession, assignee of rents,  receiver, executor, trustee or lessee in control of a building or structure. 
    Registered Design Professional (RDP). An architect or  professional engineer, licensed to practice architecture or engineering, as  defined under § 54.1-400 of the Code of Virginia. 
    Swimming pool. An aquatic vessel as defined in the  International Swimming Pool and Spa Code (ISPSC). 
    Structure. An assembly of materials forming a construction for  occupancy or use including stadiums, gospel and circus tents, reviewing stands,  platforms, stagings, observation towers, radio towers, water tanks, storage  tanks (underground and aboveground), trestles, piers, wharves, swimming pools,  amusement devices, storage bins, and other structures of this general nature  but excluding water wells. The word "structure" shall be construed as  though followed by the words "or part or parts thereof" unless the  context clearly requires a different meaning. "Structure" shall not  include roadway tunnels and bridges owned by the Virginia Department of  Transportation, which shall be governed by construction and design standards  approved by the Virginia Commonwealth Transportation Board. 
    C. Delete the following  definitions from Section 202 of the IBC: 
    Agricultural, building. 
    Existing structure (For Chapter 34).
    Fly gallery.
    Gridiron.
    13VAC5-63-210. Chapter 3 Use and occupancy classification. 
    A. Change Section 303.6 of  the IBC to read: 
    303.6 Assembly Group A-5. Assembly uses intended for  participation in or viewing outdoor activities including, but not limited to: 
    Amusement park structures 
    Bleachers 
    Grandstands 
    Stadiums 
    Swimming pools 
    B. Change exception 13 of Section 307.1 of the IBC to  read: 
    13. The storage of black powder, smokeless propellant and  small arms primers in Groups M, R-3 and R-5 and special industrial explosive devices  in Groups B, F, M and S, provided such storage conforms to the quantity limits  and requirements prescribed in the International Fire Code IFC,  as amended in Section 307.9. 
    [ C. Change the "Consumer fireworks" row  and add a new "Permissible fireworks" row to Table 307.1(1) of the  IBC to read: 
         
                 | Consumer fireworks | 1.4G | H-3 | 125e,l | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | 
       | Permissible fireworks | 1.4G | H-3 | 125d,e,l | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A ] | 
  
         
      B. [ C. D. ]  Add Section 307.9 to the IBC to read: 
    307.9 Amendments. The following changes shall be made to the International  Fire Code IFC for the use of Exception 13 in Section 307.1: 
    1. Change the following definition in Section 202 of the  IFC to read: 
    Smokeless propellants. Solid propellants, commonly referred  to as smokeless powders, or any propellants classified by DOTn as smokeless  propellants in accordance with NA3178 (Smokeless Powder for Small Arms), used  in small arms ammunition, firearms, cannons, rockets, propellant-actuated  devices, and similar articles. 
    2. Change Section 314.1 of the IFC to read as follows: 
    314.1 General. Indoor displays constructed within any building  or structure shall comply with Sections 314.2 through 314.5. 
    2. 3. Add new  Section 314.5 to the IFC to read as follows: 
    314.5 Smokeless powder and small arms  primers. Vendors shall not store, display or sell smokeless powder or small  arms primers during trade shows inside exhibition halls except as follows: 
    1. The amount of smokeless powder each vender may store is  limited to the storage arrangements and storage amounts established in Section 3306.5.2.1  5506.5.2.1. 
    2. Smokeless powder shall remain in the manufacturer's  original sealed container and the container shall remain sealed while inside  the building. The repackaging of smokeless powder shall not be performed inside  the building. Damaged containers shall not be repackaged inside the building  and shall be immediately removed from the building in such manner to avoid spilling  any powder. 
    3. There shall be at least 50 feet separation between vendors  and 20 feet from any exit. 
    4. Small arms primers shall be displayed and stored in the  manufacturer's original packaging and in accordance with the requirements of  Section 3306.5.2.3 5506.5.2.3. 
    3. 4. Change Exception 4 and add Exceptions 10  and 11 to Section 3301.1 5501.1 of the IFC as follows: 
    4. The possession, storage and use of not more than 15 pounds  (6.75 kg) of commercially manufactured sporting black powder, 20 pounds (9 kg)  of smokeless powder and any amount of small arms primers for hand loading of  small arms ammunition for personal consumption. 
    10. The display of small arms primers in Group M when in the  original manufacturer's packaging. 
    11. The possession, storage and use of not more than 50 pounds  (23 kg) of commercially manufactured sporting black powder, 100 pounds (45 kg)  of smokeless powder, and small arms primers for hand loading of small arms  ammunition for personal consumption in Group R-3 or R-5, or 200 pounds (91 kg)  of smokeless powder when stored in the manufacturer's original containers in  detached Group U structures at least 10 feet (3048 mm) from inhabited buildings  and are accessory to Group R-3 or R-5. 
    4. Change the definition of Smokeless Propellants in  Section 3302.1 of the IFC as follows:
    SMOKELESS PROPELLANTS. Solid propellants, commonly referred  to as smokeless powders, or any propellants classified by DOTn as smokeless  propellants in accordance with NA3178 (Smokeless Powder for Small Arms), used  in small arms ammunition, firearms, cannons, rockets, propellant-actuated  devices and similar articles.
    5. Change Section 3306.4 5506.4 of the IFC to  read as follows: 
    3306.4 5506.4 Storage in residences. Propellants  for personal use in quantities not exceeding 50 pounds (23 kg) of black powder  or 100 pounds (45 kg) of smokeless powder shall be stored in original  containers in occupancies limited to Group R-3 and R-5 or 200 pounds (91 kg) of  smokeless powder when stored in the manufacturer's original containers in  detached Group U structures at least 10 feet (3048 mm) from inhabited buildings  and are accessory to Group R-3 or R-5. In other than Group R-3 or R-5,  smokeless powder in quantities exceeding 20 pounds (9 kg) but not exceeding 50  pounds (23 kg) shall be kept in a wooden box or cabinet having walls of at  least one inch (25 mm) nominal thickness or equivalent. 
    6. Delete Sections 3306.4.1 5506.4.1 and 3306.4.2  5506.4.2 of the IFC. 
    7. Change Section 3306.5.1.1 5506.5.1.1 of the  IFC to read as follows: 
    3306.5.1.1 5506.5.1.1 Smokeless propellant. No  more than 100 pounds (45 kg) of smokeless propellants in containers of eight  pounds (3.6 kg) or less capacity shall be displayed in Group M occupancies. 
    8. Delete Section 3306.5.1.3 5506.5.1.3 of the IFC.  
    9. Change Section 3306.5.2.1 5506.5.2.1 of the  IFC as follows: 
    3306.5.2.1 5506.5.2.1 Smokeless propellant.  Commercial stocks of smokeless propellants shall be stored as follows: 
    1. Quantities exceeding 20 pounds (9 kg), but not exceeding  100 pounds (45 kg) shall be stored in portable wooden boxes having walls of at  least one inch (25 mm) nominal thickness or equivalent. 
    2. Quantities exceeding 100 pounds (45 kg), but not exceeding  800 pounds (363 kg), shall be stored in storage cabinets having walls at least  one inch (25 mm) nominal thickness or equivalent. Not more than 400 pounds (182  kg) shall be stored in any one cabinet, and cabinets shall be separated by a  distance of at least 25 feet (7620 mm) or by a fire partition having a  fire-resistance rating of at least one hour. 
    3. Storage of quantities exceeding 800 pounds (363 kg), but  not exceeding 5,000 pounds (2270 kg) in a building shall comply with all of the  following: 
    3.1. The storage is inaccessible to unauthorized personnel. 
    3.2. Smokeless propellant shall be stored in nonportable  storage cabinets having wood walls at least one inch (25 mm) nominal thickness  or equivalent and having shelves with no more than 3 feet (914 mm) of vertical  separation between shelves. 
    3.3. No more than 400 pounds (182 kg) is stored in any one  cabinet. 
    3.4. Cabinets shall be located against walls with at least 40  feet (12 192 mm) between cabinets. The minimum required separation between  cabinets may be reduced to 20 feet (6096 mm) provided that barricades twice the  height of the cabinets are attached to the wall, midway between each cabinet.  The barricades must extend a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) outward, be firmly  attached to the wall, and be constructed of steel not less than 0.25 inch thick  (6.4 mm), 2-inch (51 mm) nominal thickness wood, brick, or concrete block. 
    3.5. Smokeless propellant shall be separated from materials  classified as combustible liquids, flammable liquids, flammable solids, or  oxidizing materials by a distance of 25 feet (7620 mm) or by a fire partition  having a fire-resistance rating of 1 hour. 
    3.6. The building shall be equipped throughout with an  automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. 
    4. Smokeless propellants not stored according to Item 1, 2, or  3 above shall be stored in a Type 2 or 4 magazine in accordance with Section  3304 and NFPA 495. 
    C. Change [ D. E. ] Add  the following to the list of terms in Section 308.2 of the IBC to read:  
    Hospice facility
    [ E. F. ] Change Section  308.3 of the IBC to read: 
    308.2 308.3 Institutional Group I-1. This  occupancy shall include buildings, structures or parts portions  thereof housing for more than 16 persons, excluding staff, who  reside on a 24-hour basis, who because of age, mental disability or other  reasons, live in a supervised residential environment that  provides personal and receive custodial care services. The  occupants are capable of responding to an emergency situation without physical  assistance from staff. Buildings of Group I-1, other than assisted  living facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services, shall  be classified as the occupancy condition indicated in Section 308.3.1. Assisted  living facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services shall  be classified as one of the occupancy conditions indicated in Section 308.3.1  or 308.3.2. This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following:  
    Alcohol and drug centers 
    Assisted living facilities 
    Congregate care facilities 
    Group homes 
    Halfway houses 
    Residential board and care facilities 
    Social rehabilitation facilities 
    [ Exception: In Group I-1 occupancies classified as  the occupancy condition indicated in Section 308.3.1, not more than five of  the residents may require physical assistance from staff to respond to an  emergency situation when all residents that may require the physical assistance  reside on a single level of exit discharge. ] 
    A facility such as the above with five or fewer persons  shall be classified as a Group R-3 or shall comply with the International  Residential Code in accordance with Section 101.2. A facility such as above,  housing at least six and not more than 16 persons, shall be classified as Group  R-4.
    [ F. G. ] Change Sections  308.3.1 and 308.3.2 of the IBC to read: 
    308.3.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall include  buildings in which all persons receiving custodial care who, without any  assistance, are capable of responding to an emergency situation to complete  building evacuation. [ Not more than five of the residents may  require physical assistance from staff to respond to an emergency situation  when all residents who may require the physical assistance reside on a single  level of exit discharge. ] 
    308.3.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall include  buildings in which there are persons receiving custodial care who require  assistance by not more than one staff member while responding to an emergency  situation to complete building evacuation. [ Five of the residents  may require physical assistance from more than one staff member to respond to  an emergency. 
    G. H. ] Add Sections 308.3.3 and  308.3.4 to the IBC to read: 
    308.3.3 Six to 16 persons receiving custodial care. A  facility housing not fewer than six and not more than 16 persons receiving  custodial care shall be classified as Group R-4. 
    308.3.4 Five or fewer persons receiving custodial care. A  facility with five or fewer persons receiving custodial care shall be  classified as Group R-3 or shall comply with the IRC provided an automatic  sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3 or with  Section P2904 of the IRC. 
    D. [ H. I. ] Change  Section 308.3 308.4 of the IBC to read: 
    308.3 308.4 Group I-2. This occupancy shall  include buildings and structures used for medical, surgical, psychiatric,  nursing or custodial care on a 24-hour basis for more than five  persons who are not capable incapable of self-preservation. This  group shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 
    Child care facilities
    Convalescent facilities 
    Detoxification facilities 
    Foster care facilities 
    Hospice facilities 
    Hospitals 
    Mental hospitals
    Nursing homes 
    Psychiatric hospitals 
    Exception: Hospice facilities occupied by 16 or less  occupants, excluding staff, are permitted to be classified as Group R-4. 
    E. Add the following definition to Section 308.3.1 of the  IBC:
    Hospice facility. An institution, place, or building owned  or operated by a hospice provider and licensed by the Virginia Department of  Health as a hospice facility to provide room, board, and palliative and  supportive medical and other health services to terminally ill patients and  their families, including respite and symptom management, on a 24-hour basis to  individuals requiring such care pursuant to the orders of a physician. 
    F. Change [ I. J. ] Add  an exception to Section 308.5.2 308.6 of the IBC to read: 
    308.5.2 Child care facility. A facility other than family  day homes under Section 310.4 that provides supervision and personal care on  less than a 24-hour basis for more than five children 2-1/2 years of age or  less shall be classified as Group I-4.
    Exception: A child day care facility that provides care for  more than five but no more than 100 children 2-1/2 years or less of age, where  the rooms in which the children are cared for are located on a level of exit  discharge serving such rooms and each of these child care rooms has an exit  door directly to the exterior, shall be classified as Group E Family day  homes under Section 310.9. 
    G. [ J. K. ] Change occupancy  classifications "R-1" and "R-4" and add new occupancy  classification "R-5" to Section 310 310.3 of the  IBC to read: 
    310.3 Residential Group R-1. Residential  occupancies containing sleeping units where the occupants are primarily  transient in nature, including: 
    Boarding houses (transient) with more than 10 occupants 
    Congregate living facilities (transient) with more than 10  occupants 
    Hotels (transient) 
    Motels (transient) 
    Congregate living facilities (transient) with 10 or fewer  occupants are permitted to comply with the construction requirements for Group  R-3.
    Exceptions: 
    1. Nonproprietor occupied bed and breakfast and other  transient boarding facilities not more than three stories above grade plane in  height with a maximum of 10 occupants total are permitted to be classified as  either Group R-3 or Group R-5 provided that smoke alarms are installed  in compliance with Section 907.2.10.1.2 907.2.11.2 for Group R-3  or Section 313.1 R314 of the International Residential Code  IRC for Group R-5. 
    2. Proprietor occupied bed and breakfast and other transient  boarding facilities not more than three stories above grade plane in height,  that are also occupied as the residence of the proprietor, with a maximum of  five guest room sleeping units provided for the transient occupants are  permitted to be classified as either Group R-3 or R-5 provided that smoke  alarms are installed in compliance with Section 907.2.10.1.2 907.2.11.2  for Group R-3 or Section 313.1 R314 of the International  Residential Code IRC for Group R-5. 
    [ K. L. ] Change Section  310.6 of the IBC to read: 
    310.6 Residential Group R-4 Residential occupancies.  This occupancy shall include buildings arranged for occupancy as  residential care/assisted living facilities including, structures or  portions thereof for more than five but not more than 16 occupants persons,  excluding staff and buildings arranged for occupancy as, who reside  on a 24-hour basis in a supervised environment and receive custodial care.  Buildings of Group R-4, other than assisted living facilities licensed by the  Virginia Department of Social Services, shall be classified as the occupancy  condition indicated in Section 310.6.1. Assisted living facilities licensed by  the Virginia Department of Social Services shall be classified as one of the  occupancy conditions indicated in [ Sections Section ]  310.6.1 or 310.6.2. This group shall include, but not be limited to the  following: 
    Alcohol and drug centers 
    Assisted living facilities 
    Congregate care facilities 
    Group homes 
    Halfway houses 
    Residential board and care facilities 
    Social rehabilitation facilities 
    This occupancy shall also include hospice facilities  with not more than 16 occupants, excluding staff. 
    Group R-4 occupancies shall meet the requirements for  construction as defined for Group R-3, except as otherwise provided for in this  code, or shall comply with the IRC provided the building is protected by an  automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.2.7.
    Exceptions: 
    1. Group homes licensed by the Virginia Department of  Behavioral Health and Developmental Services that house no more than eight  persons with one or more resident counselors shall be classified as Group R-2,  R-3, R-4 or R-5. Not more than five of the persons may require physical  assistance from staff to respond to an emergency situation. 
    2. In Group R-4 occupancies classified as the occupancy  condition indicated in Section 310.6.1, other than in hospice facilities,  not more than five of the residents may require physical assistance from staff  to respond to an emergency situation when all residents who may require the  physical assistance from staff reside on a single level of exit discharge and  other than using a ramp, a change of elevation using steps or stairs is not  within the path of egress to an exit door. 
    3. Assisted living facilities licensed by the Virginia  Department of Social Services that house no more than eight persons, with one  or more resident counselors, and all of the residents are capable of responding  to an emergency situation without physical assistance from staff, may be  classified as Group R-2, R-3 or R-5. 
    4. Assisted living facilities licensed by the Virginia  Department of Social Services that house no more than eight persons, with one  or more resident counselors, may be classified as Group R-5 when in compliance  with all of the following: 
    4.1. The building is protected by an automatic sprinkler  system installed in accordance with Section 903.3 or Section P2904 of the IRC. 
    4.2. Not more than five of the residents may require physical  assistance from staff to respond to an emergency situation. 
    4.3. All residents who may require physical assistance from  staff to respond to an emergency situation reside on a single level of exit  discharge and other than using a ramp, a change in elevation using steps or  stairs is not within the path of egress to an exit door. 
    5. Hospice facilities with five or fewer occupants are  permitted to comply with the IRC provided the building is protected by an  automatic sprinkler system in accordance with IRC Section P2904 or IBC Section  903.3. 
    [ L. M. ] Add Sections  310.6.1 and 310.6.2 to the IBC to read: 
    310.6.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall include  buildings in which all persons receiving custodial care who, without any  assistance, are capable of responding to an emergency situation to complete  building evacuation and hospice facilities. 
    310.6.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall include  buildings in which there are persons receiving custodial care who require  assistance by not more than one staff member while responding to an emergency  situation to complete building evacuation. 
    [ M. N. ]  Add Section 310.7 to the IBC to read: 
    310.7 Residential Group R-5. Residential  occupancies in detached one- single-family and two-family  dwellings, townhouses and accessory structures within the scope of the International  Residential Code, also referred to as the "IRC." 
    H. Change the definition of "Residential  care/assisted living facilities" in Section 310.2 of the IBC to read:
    Residential care/assisted living facilities. Any congregate  residential setting that provides or coordinates personal and health care  services, 24-hour supervision and assistance for the maintenance or care of  four or more adults who are aged, infirm or disabled and who are cared for in a  primarily residential setting, and provides for the protection, general  supervision and oversight of the physical and mental well-being of aged,  infirmed or disabled individuals. Residents are capable of self-evacuation.
    I. [ N. O. ] Add  Section 310.3 310.8 to the IBC to read: 
    310.3 310.8 Group R-5. The construction of Group  R-5 structures shall comply with the IRC. The amendments to the IRC set out in  Section 310.6 310.11 shall be made to the IRC for its use as part  of this code. In addition, all references to Section 101.2 in the IBC  relating to the construction of such structures subject to the IRC in  the IBC shall be considered to be references to this section. 
    J. [ O. P. ] Add  Section 310.3.1 310.8.1 to the IBC to read: 
    310.3.1 310.8.1 Additional requirements. Methods  of construction, materials, systems, equipment or components for Group R-5  structures not addressed by prescriptive or performance provisions of the IRC  shall comply with applicable IBC requirements. 
    K. [ P. Q. ] Add  Section 310.4 310.9 to the IBC to read: 
    310.4 310.9 Family day homes. Family day homes  where program oversight is provided by the Virginia Department of Social  Services shall be classified as Group R-2, R-3 or R-5. 
    Note: Family day homes may generally care for up to 12  children. See the DHCD Related Laws Package for additional information. 
    L. [ Q. R. ] Add  Section 310.5 310.10 to the IBC to read: 
    310.5 310.10 Radon-resistant construction in Group  Groups R-3 and R-4 structures. Group Groups R-3 and R-4  structures shall be subject to the radon-resistant construction requirements in  Appendix F of the IRC in localities enforcing such requirements pursuant  to Section R325 R324 of the IRC. 
    M. [ R.  S. ] Add Section 310.6 310.11 to the IBC to read: 
    310.6 310.11 Amendments to the IRC. The  following changes shall be made to the IRC for its use as part of this code: 
    1. Add the following  definitions to read: 
    Nonpotable fixtures and outlets. Fixtures and outlets that  are not dependent on potable water for the safe operation to perform their  intended use. Such fixtures and outlets may include, but are not limited to  water closets, urinals, irrigation, mechanical equipment, and hose connections  to perform operations, such as vehicle washing and lawn maintenance. 
    Nonpotable water systems. Water systems for the collection,  treatment, storage, distribution, and use or reuse of nonpotable water.  Nonpotable systems include reclaimed water, rainwater, and gray water systems. 
    Rainwater. Natural precipitation, including snow melt, from  roof surfaces only. 
    Stormwater. Precipitation that is discharged across the  land surface or through conveyances to one or more waterways and that may  include stormwater runoff, snow melt runoff, and surface runoff and drainage. 
    2. Change the following [ definition  definitions ] to read: 
    [ Attic, habitable. A finished or unfinished area, not  considered a story, complying with all of the following requirements: 
    1. The occupiable floor area is at least 70 square feet (17  m2), in accordance with Section R304, 
    2. The occupiable floor area has a ceiling height in  accordance with Section R305, and 
    3. The occupiable space is enclosed by the roof assembly  above, knee walls (if applicable) on the sides and the floor-ceiling assembly  below. 
    Habitable attics greater than two-thirds of the area of the  story below or over 400 square feet (37.16 m2) shall not be  permitted in dwellings or townhouses that are three stories above grade plane  in height. ] 
    Gray water. Water discharged from lavatories, bathtubs,  showers, clothes washers, and laundry trays. 
    3. Change Section R301.2.1 to read: 
    R301.2.1 Wind limitations design criteria.  Buildings and portions thereof shall be limited by constructed in  accordance with the wind provisions of this code using the basic wind  speed, as defined in Table R301.2(1), and construction methods in  accordance with this code. Basic wind speeds shall be determined from Figure  R301.2(4). Where different construction methods and structural materials are  used for various portions of a building, the applicable requirements of this  section for each portion shall apply. Where loads for wall coverings, curtain  walls, roof coverings, exterior windows, skylights, garage doors and exterior  doors are not otherwise specified, the loads listed in Table R301.2(2) adjusted  for height and exposure using Table R301.2(3) shall be used to determine design  load performance requirements for wall coverings, curtain walls, roof  coverings, exterior windows, skylights, garage doors and exterior doors.  Asphalt shingles shall be designed for wind speeds in accordance with Section  R905.2.6 as determined from Figure R301.2(4)A. The structural  provisions of this code for wind loads are not permitted where wind design is  required as specified in Section R301.2.1.1. Where different construction  methods and structural materials are used for various portions of a building,  the applicable requirements of this section for each portion shall apply. Where  not otherwise specified, the wind loads listed in Table R301.2(2) adjusted for  height and exposure using Table R301.2(3) shall be used to determine design  load performance requirements for wall coverings, curtain walls, roof  coverings, exterior windows, skylights, garage doors, and exterior doors.  Asphalt shingles shall be designed for wind speeds in accordance with Section  R905.2.4. A continuous load path shall be provided to transmit the applicable  uplift forces in Section R802.11.1 from the roof assembly to the foundation.  Wind speeds for localities in special wind regions, near mountainous terrain,  and near gorges shall be based on elevation. Areas at 4,000 feet in elevation  or higher shall use 110 V mph (48.4 m/s) and areas under 4,000 feet in  elevation shall use 90 V mph (39.6 m/s). Gorge areas shall be based on the  highest recorded speed per locality or in accordance with local jurisdiction  requirements determined in accordance with Section 6.5.4 26.5.1  of ASCE 7. 
    2. Change Section R301.2.1.1 to read:
    R301.2.1.1 Design criteria. Construction in regions where  the basic wind speeds from Figure R301.2(4) equal or exceed 110 miles per hour  (49 m/s) shall be designed in accordance with one of the following methods. The  elements of design not addressed by those documents in items 1 through 4 shall  be in accordance with this code.
    1. American Forest and Paper Association (AF&PA) Wood  Frame Construction Manual for One- and Two-Family Dwellings (WFCM); or
    2. International Code Council (ICC) Standard for  Residential Construction in High Wind Regions (ICC-600); or
    3. Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures  (ASCE-7); or
    4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), Standard for  Cold-Formed Steel Framing-Prescriptive Method for One- and Two-Family Dwellings  (AISI S230).
    5. Concrete construction shall be designed in accordance  with the provisions of this code.
    6. Structural insulated panel (SIP) walls shall be designed  in accordance with the provisions of this code.
    3. Change Section  R301.2.2.1.1 to read:
    R301.2.2.1.1 Alternate determination of seismic design  category. The Seismic Design Categories and corresponding Short Period Design  Spectral Response Accelerations, SDS shown in Figure R301.2(2) are  based on soil Site Class D, as defined in Section 1613.5.2 of the International  Building Code. If soil conditions are other than Site Class D, the Short Period  Design Spectral Response Accelerations, SDS, for a site can be  determined according to Section 1613.5 of the International Building Code. The  value of SDS determined according to Section 1613.5 of the  International Building Code is permitted to be used to set the seismic design  category according to Table R301.2.2.1.1, and to interpolate between values in  Tables R602.10.3(3), R603.7 and other seismic design requirements of this code.
    4. Delete Section R301.2.2.3 and all subsections.
    5. Delete Section R301.2.2.4.
    6. Change the exception to Item 1 of Section R301.3 to  read:
    Exception: For wood framed wall buildings with bracing in  accordance with Section R602.10, the wall stud clear height used to determine  the maximum permitted story height may be increased to 12 feet (3658 mm)  without requiring an engineered design for the building wind and seismic force  resisting systems.
    7. 4. Add  Exception 6 to Section R302.1 to read: 
    6. Decks and open porches. 
    8. Change the last column and add footnote "a" to  Table R302.1 as shown:
           | Minimum Fire Separation Distance
 | 
       | <5 feeta
 | 
       | ≥5 feeta
 | 
       | ≥2 feet to 5 feeta
 | 
       | 5 feeta
 | 
       | <3 feet
 | 
       | 3 feet
 | 
       | 5 feeta
 | 
       | <5 feeta
 | 
       | 5 feeta
 | 
  
    aThe minimum fire separation distance shall be  reduced to three feet in developments which are fully sprinklered as provided  for in Sections R313.1 or R313.2.
    9. 5. Change the exception in Section R302.2 to  require a common two-hour fire-resistance-rated wall instead of a one-hour  fire-resistance-rated wall, unless the townhouse development is fully  sprinklered as provided for in Section R313.1, in which case a common one-hour  fire-resistive-rated wall shall be permitted between townhouses. 
    10. 6. Add the following sentence to the end of  Section R302.3 to read: 
    Dwelling unit separation wall assemblies that are constructed  on a lot line shall be constructed as required in Section R302.2 for  townhouses. 
    7. Change Section R302.5.1 to read: 
    R302.5.1 Opening protection. Openings from a private garage  directly into a room used for sleeping purposes shall not be permitted. Other  openings between the garage and residence shall be equipped with solid wood  doors not less than 1–3/8 inches (35 mm) thickness, solid or honeycomb-core  steel doors not less than 1–3/8 inches (35 mm) thick, or 20-minute fire-rated  doors. 
    11. 8. Add an exception to Section R303.8  R303.9 to read: 
    Exception: Seasonal structures not used as a primary residence  for more than 90 days per year, unless rented, leased or let on terms expressed  or implied to furnish heat, shall not be required to comply with this section. 
    12. 9. Add Section R303.8.1 R303.9.1  to read: 
    R303.8.1 R303.9.1 Nonowner occupied required  heating. Every dwelling unit or portion thereof which is to be rented, leased  or let on terms either expressed or implied to furnish heat to the occupants  thereof shall be provided with facilities in accordance with Section R303.8  R303.9 during the period from October 15 to May 1. 
    13. 10. Add Section R303.9 R303.10  to read: 
    R303.9 R303.10 Insect screens. Every door,  window and other outside opening required for ventilation purposes shall be  supplied with approved tightly fitted screens of not less than 16 mesh per inch  (16 mesh per 25 mm) and every screen door used for insect control shall have a  self-closing device. 
    14. 11. Add Section R306.5 to read: 
    R306.5 Water supply sources and sewage disposal systems. The  water and drainage system of any building or premises where plumbing fixtures  are installed shall be connected to a public or private water supply and a  public or private sewer system. As provided for in Section [ 103.11  103.10 ] of Part I of the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building  Code (13VAC5-63), for functional design, water supply sources and sewage  disposal systems are regulated and approved by the Virginia Department of  Health and the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality. 
    Note: See also the Memorandums of Agreement in the  "Related Laws Package," which is available from the Virginia  Department of Housing and Community Development. 
    15. 12. Change  Section R310.1 to read: 
    R310.1 Emergency escape and rescue required. Basements,  habitable attics, and each every sleeping room designated on  the construction documents shall have at least one openable operable  emergency escape and rescue opening. Such opening shall be directly to the  exterior of the building or to a deck, screen porch or egress court, all of  which shall provide access to a public street, public alley or yard. Where  basements contain one or more sleeping rooms, emergency egress and rescue  openings shall be required in each sleeping room. Where emergency escape  and rescue openings are provided, they shall have a sill height of not more  than 44 inches (1118 mm) above measured from the finished  floor to the bottom of the clear opening. Where a door opening having a  threshold below the adjacent ground elevation serves as an emergency escape and  rescue opening and is provided with a bulkhead enclosure, the bulkhead  enclosure shall comply with Section R310.3. The net clear opening dimensions  required by this section shall be obtained by the normal operation of the  emergency escape and rescue opening from the inside, except that tilt-out or  removable sash designed windows shall be permitted to be used. Emergency escape  and rescue openings with a finished height below the adjacent ground elevation  shall be provided with a window well in accordance with Section R310.2. Emergency  escape and rescue openings shall open directly into a public way, or to a yard  or court that opens to a public way. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Dwelling units equipped throughout with an approved  automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 13R, or  13D or Section P2904. 
    2. Basements used only to house mechanical equipment and not  exceeding total floor area of 200 square feet (18.58 m2). 
    16. 13. Change Section R310.1.1 to read:
    R310.1.1 Minimum opening area. All emergency escape and rescue  openings shall have a minimum net clear opening of 5.7 square feet (0.530 m2),  including the tilting or removal of the sash as the normal operation to comply  with sections Sections R310.1.2 and R310.1.3. 
    Exception: Grade floor openings shall have a minimum net clear  opening of 5 square feet (0.465 m2). 
    [ 14. Add Section R311.2.1 to read: 
    R311.2.1 Interior passage. Where a dwelling unit has both a  kitchen and a living or entertainment area on the same level as the egress door  required by Section R311.2, an interior passage route shall be provided from  such egress door to the kitchen and the living or entertainment area and to at  least one bedroom and at least one bathroom containing a water closet, lavatory  and bathtub or shower, where such rooms are provided on that same level. Any  doors or cased openings along such interior passage route providing access to  the areas identified above shall comply with the following. 
    1. Cased openings shall provide a minimum 34-inch clear  width. 
    2. Doors shall be, at a minimum, nominal 34-inch doors.  
    Exceptions: 
    1. Where a door or cased opening, and its associated  molding or trim, is at the end and facing the length of a hallway and the width  of the hallway is not wide enough to accommodate such doors or cased openings.  
    2. Closet doors or cased openings. 
    3. Pantry door or cased openings. 
    4. Bathrooms accessed directly from a bedroom that is not  required to comply with this section. 
    15. Change the exception in Section R311.3.1 to read: 
    Exception: The landing or floor on the exterior side shall  not be more than 8-1/4 inches (210 mm) below the top of the threshold provided  the door does not swing over the landing or floor. ] 
    17. [ 14. 16. ] Change  Section R311.7.4.1 R311.7.5.1 to read: 
    R311.7.4.1 Riser height R311.7.5.1 Risers. The  maximum riser height shall be 8-1/4 inches (210 mm). The riser shall be measured  vertically between the leading edges of the adjacent treads. The greatest riser  height within any flight of stairs shall not exceed the smallest by more than  3/8 inch (9.5 mm). Risers shall be vertical or sloped from the underside of  the nosing of the tread above at an angle not more than 30 degrees (0.51 rad)  from the vertical. Open risers are permitted provided that the opening between  treads does not permit the passage of a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere. 
    Exception: The opening between adjacent treads is not  limited on stairs with a total rise of 30 inches (762 mm) or less. 
    18. [ 15. 17. ] Change  Section R311.7.4.2 R311.7.5.2 to read: 
    R311.7.4.2 Tread depth R311.7.5.2 Treads. The  minimum tread depth shall be 9 inches (229 mm). The tread depth shall be  measured horizontally between the vertical planes of the foremost projection of  adjacent treads and at a right angle to the tread's leading edge. The greatest  tread depth within any flight of stairs shall not exceed the smallest by more  than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm). Consistently shaped winders at the walkline shall be  allowed within the same flight of stairs as rectangular treads and do not have  to be within 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) of the rectangular tread depth. Winder treads  shall have a minimum tread depth of 10 inches (254 mm) measured between the  vertical planes of the foremost projection of adjacent treads at the  intersection with the walkline. Winder treads shall have a minimum tread depth  of 6 inches (152 mm) at any point within the clear width of the stair. Within  any flight of stairs, the largest winder tread depth at the walkline shall not  exceed the smallest winder tread by more than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm). 
    19. [ 16. 18. ] Change  Section R311.7.6 R311.7.7 to read: 
    R311.7.6 R311.7.7 Stairway walking surface. The  walking surface of treads and landings of stairways shall be level or sloped no  steeper than one unit vertical in 48 [ inches units ]  horizontal (two-percent slope) (2.0% slope). 
    [ 17. 19. ] Change Section  R312.2.1 to read: 
    R312.2.1 Window sills. In dwelling units, where the opening  of an operable window is located more than 72 inches (1829 mm) above the  finished grade or surface below, the lowest part of the clear opening of the  window shall be a minimum of 18 inches (457 mm) above the finished floor of the  room in which the window is located. Operable sections of windows shall not  permit openings that allow passage of a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere where  such openings are located within 18 inches (457 mm) of the finished floor. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Windows whose openings will not allow a 4-inch-diameter  (102 mm) sphere to pass through the opening when the opening is in its largest  opened position. 
    2. Openings that are provided with window fall prevention  devices that comply with ASTM F 2090. 
    3.Windows that are provided with window opening control  devices that comply with Section R312.2.2. 
    [ 20. 18. ] Replace Section R313 with  the following: 
    Section R313. 
    Automatic Fire Sprinkler Systems. 
    R313.1 Townhouse automatic fire sprinkler systems.  Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 103.8, where installed, an  automatic residential fire sprinkler system for townhouses shall be designed  and installed in accordance with NFPA 13D or Section P2904. 
    Exception: An automatic residential fire sprinkler system  shall not be required when additions or alterations are made to existing  townhouses that do not have an automatic residential fire sprinkler system  installed. 
    R313.2 One-family and two-family dwellings automatic  fire sprinkler systems. Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 103.8,  where installed, an automatic residential fire sprinkler system shall be  designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 13D or Section P2904. 
    Exception: An automatic residential fire sprinkler system  shall not be required for additions or alterations to existing buildings that  are not already provided with an automatic residential fire sprinkler system. 
    [ 21. 19. ] Change Section R314.2 to  read: 
    R314.2 Smoke detection systems. Household fire alarm systems  installed in accordance with NFPA 72 that include smoke alarms, or a  combination of smoke detector and audible notification device installed as  required by this section for smoke alarms, shall be permitted. The household  fire alarm system shall provide the same level of smoke detection and alarm as  required by this section for smoke alarms. Where a household fire warning  system is installed using a combination of smoke detector and audible notification  device(s), the system shall become a permanent fixture of the dwelling unit. 
    Exception: Where smoke alarms are provided meeting the  requirements of Section R314.4. 
    [ 22. 20. ] Delete Section R314.3.1. 
    [ 23. 21. ] Delete Section R315.2  R315.3. 
    [ 24. 22. ] Change Section R315.2  R315.4 to read: 
    R315.3 R315.4 Alarm requirements. Single station  carbon monoxide alarms shall be hard wired, plug-in or battery type; listed as  complying with UL 2034; and installed in accordance with this code and the  manufacturer's installation instructions. 
    [ 25. Add Exception 3 to Section R317.1.4 to read:  
    3. Deck posts supported by concrete piers or metal  pedestals projecting a minimum of one inch (25.4 mm) above a concrete floor or  six inches (152 mm) above exposed earth. 
    23. 26. ] Add Section R320.2 to  read: 
    R320.2 Universal design features for accessibility in  dwellings. Dwellings constructed under the IRC not subject to Section R320.1  may comply with Section 1109.16 of the USBC and be approved by the local  building department as dwellings containing universal design features for  accessibility. 
    25. [ 24. 27. ] Add  Section R324 Radon-Resistant Construction. 
    26. [ 25. 28. ] Add  Section R324.1 to read:
    R324.1 Local enforcement of radon requirements. Following  official action under Article 7 (§ 15.2-2280 et seq.) of Chapter 22 of  Title 15.2 of the Code of Virginia by a locality in areas of high radon  potential, as indicated by Zone 1 on the U.S. EPA Map of Radon Zones (IRC  Figure AF101), such locality shall enforce the provisions contained in Appendix  F. 
    Exception: Buildings or portions thereof with crawl space  foundations which are ventilated to the exterior, shall not be required to  provide radon-resistant construction. 
    27. [ 26. 29. ] Add  Section R325 Swimming Pools, Spas and Hot Tubs. 
    28. [ 27. 30. ] Add  Section R325.1 to read: 
    R325.1 Use of Appendix G for swimming Swimming  pools, spas and hot tubs. In addition to other applicable provisions of  this code, swimming pools, spas and hot tubs as defined in the USBC,  shall comply with the applicable provisions in Appendix G of  the ISPSC. 
    29. [ 28. 31. ] Add  Section R326 Patio Covers. 
    30. [ 29. 32. ] Add  Section R326.1 to read: 
    R326.1 Use of Appendix H for patio covers. Patio covers shall  comply with the provisions in Appendix H. 
    31. [ 30. 33. ] Add  Section R327 Sound Transmission. 
    32. [ 31. 34. ] Add  Section R327.1 to read: 
    R327.1 Sound transmission between dwelling units. Construction  assemblies separating dwelling units shall provide airborne sound insulation as  required in Appendix K. 
    33. [ 32. 35. ] Add  Section R327.2 to read: 
    R327.2 Airport noise attenuation. This section applies to the  construction of the exterior envelope of detached one-family and  two-family dwellings and multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses) not more  than three stories high with separate means [ or of ]  egress within airport noise zones when enforced by a locality pursuant to  § 15.2-2295 of the Code of Virginia. The exterior envelope of such  structures shall comply with Section 1207.4 of the state amendments to the IBC.  
    34. Add Section R328 Gray Water and Rain Water Recycling  Systems. 
    35. Add Section R328.1 to read: 
    R328.1 Use of Appendix O for gray water and rain water  recycling systems. In addition to other applicable provisions of this code,  gray water recycling systems and rain water recycling systems shall comply with  the provisions in Appendix O. In the use of Appendix O for rain water recycling  systems, the term "rain water" shall be substituted for the term  "gray water." Gray water recycling systems and rain water recycling  systems shall be separate systems and shall not be interconnected. 
    [ 36. 33. ] Add Section [ R329  R328 ] Fire Extinguishers. 
    [ 37. 34. ] Add Section [ R329.1  R328.1 ] to read: 
    [ R329.1 R328.1 ] Kitchen areas. Other  than where the dwelling is equipped with an approved sprinkler system in  accordance with Section R313, a fire extinguisher having a rating of 2-A:10-B:C  or an approved equivalent type of fire extinguisher shall be installed in the kitchen  area. 
    [ 38. 35. ] Change Section R401.3 to  read: 
    R401.3 Drainage. Surface drainage shall be diverted to a storm  sewer conveyance or other approved point of collection that does not create a  hazard to the dwelling unit. Lots shall be graded to drain surface water away  from foundation walls. The grade shall fall a minimum of six inches (152 mm)  within the first 10 feet (3048 mm). 
    Exception: Where lot lines, walls, slopes or other physical  barriers prohibit six inches (152 mm) of fall within 10 feet (3048 mm), drains  or swales shall be constructed to ensure drainage away from the structure.  Impervious surfaces within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the building foundation shall  be sloped a minimum of 2.0% away from the building. 
    [ 39. 36. ] Change Section R403.1 to  read: 
    R403.1 General. All exterior walls shall be supported on  continuous solid or fully grouted masonry or concrete footings, wood  foundations, or other approved structural systems which that  shall be of sufficient design to accommodate all loads according to Section  R301 and to transmit the resulting loads to the soil within the limitations as  determined from the character of the soil. Footings shall be supported on  undisturbed natural soils or engineered fill. 
    [ Exception Exceptions: 
    1. ] One-story detached accessory structures used  as tool and storage sheds, playhouses and similar uses, not exceeding 256  square feet (23.7824 m2) of building area, provided all of the  following conditions are met: 
    [ 1. 1.1. ] The building eave height  is 10 feet or less. 
    [ 2. 1.2. ] The maximum height from  the finished floor level to grade does not exceed 18 inches. 
    [ 3. 1.3. ] The supporting structural  elements in direct contact with the ground shall be placed level on firm soil  and when such elements are wood they shall be approved pressure preservative  treated suitable for ground contact use. 
    [ 4. 1.4. ] The structure is anchored  to withstand wind loads as required by this code. 
    [ 5. 1.5. ] The structure shall be of  light-frame construction whose vertical and horizontal structural elements are  primarily formed by a system of repetitive wood or light gauge steel framing  members, with walls and roof of light weight material, not slate, tile, brick  or masonry. 
    [ 2. Footings are not required for ramps serving dwelling  units in Group R-3 and R-5 occupancies where the height of the entrance is no  more than 30 inches (762 mm) above grade. ] 
    40. Change Exceptions 2 and 3 in Section R403.1.6 to read:
    2. Walls 24 inches (610 mm) total length or shorter  connecting offset braced wall panels shall be anchored to the foundation with a  minimum of one anchor bolt located in the center third of the plate section.
    3. Connection of walls 12 inches (305 mm) total length or  shorter connecting offset braced wall panels to the foundation without anchor  bolts shall be permitted.
    41. Delete Item 5 of Section R403.1.6.1.
    42. [ 37. 40. ] Add  Section R408.3.1 to read: 
    R408.3.1 Termite inspection. Where an unvented crawl space is  installed and meets the criteria in Section R408, the vertical face of the sill  plate shall be clear and unobstructed and an inspection gap shall be provided  below the sill plate along the top of any interior foundation wall covering.  The gap shall be a minimum of one inch (25.4 mm) and a maximum of two inches (50.8  mm) in width and shall extend throughout all parts of any foundation that is  enclosed. Joints between the sill plate and the top of any interior wall  covering may be sealed. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. In areas not subject to damage by termites as indicated by  Table R301.2(1). 
    2. Where other approved means are provided to inspect for  potential damage. 
    Where pier and curtain foundations are installed as depicted  in Figure R404.1.5(1), the inside face of the rim joist and sill plate shall be  clear and unobstructed except for construction joints which may be sealed. 
    Exception: Fiberglass or similar insulation may be installed  if easily removable. 
    43. Change Section R502.2.1 to read:
    R502.2.1 Framing at braced wall panels. A load path for  lateral forces shall be provided between floor framing and braced wall panels  located above or below a floor, as specified in Sections R602.3.5 and  R602.10.8.
    
      [ 41. Change the indicated rows of Table R502.3.1(1)  to 
    read:
     
         
                 | Joist Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 psf | Dead Load = 20 psf | 
       | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum floor joist spans | 
       | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 12-3 | 16-2 | 20–8 | 25-1 | 12-3 | 16-2 | 20–8 | 25-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 11-10 | 15-7 | 19-10 | 24-2 | 11-10 | 15-7 | 18-7 | 22-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 11-3 | 14-11 | 18-1 | 21-4 | 10-9 | 13-8 | 16-2 | 19-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 9-2 | 11–6 | 14-0 | 16-6 | 8-2 | 10-3 | 12-6 | 14-9 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 11-2 | 14-8 | 18-9 | 22-10 | 11–2 | 14-8 | 18-9 | 22-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 10-9 | 14-2 | 18-0 | 21–4 | 10-9 | 13-9 | 16-1 | 19-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 10-3 | 13-3 | 15-8 | 18-6 | 9-4 | 11-10 | 14-0 | 16-6 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 7-11 | 10-0 | 12-1 | 14-4 | 7-1 | 8-11 | 10-10 | 12-10 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 10-6 | 13-10 | 17-8 | 21–6 | 10-6 | 13-10 | 17-8 | 21–6 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 10-1 | 13-4 | 16-5 | 19-6 | 9-11 | 12-7 | 14-8 | 17-5 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 9-6 | 12-1 | 14-4 | 16-10 | 8-6 | 10-10 | 12-10 | 15-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 7-3 | 9-1 | 11-0 | 13-1 | 6-5 | 8-2 | 9-10 | 11-8 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 9-9 | 12-10 | 16-5 | 19-11 | 9-9 | 12-10 | 16-5 | 19-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 9-4 | 12-4 | 14-8 | 17-5 | 8-10 | 11–3 | 13-1 | 15-7 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 8-6 | 10-10 | 12-10 | 15-1 | 7-7 | 9-8 | 11–5 | 13-6 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-5 | 8-2 | 9-10 | 11-8 | 5-9 | 7-3 | 8-10 | 10-5 | 
  
    42. Change the indicated rows of Table R502.3.1(2) to read:  
           | Joist Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 psf | Dead Load = 20 psf | 
       | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum floor joist spans | 
       | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 11–2 | 14-8 | 18-9 | 22-10 | 11–2 | 14-8 | 18-9 | 22-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #1  | 10-9 | 14-2 | 18-0 | 21–11 | 10-9 | 14-2 | 16-11 | 20–1 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 10-3 | 13-6 | 16-2 | 19-1 | 9-10 | 12-6 | 14-9 | 17-5 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 8-2 | 10-3 | 12-6 | 14-9 | 7-5 | 9-5 | 11–5 | 13-6 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 10-2 | 13-4 | 17-0 | 20–9 | 10-2 | 13-4 | 17-0 | 20–9 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 9-9 | 12-10 | 16-1 | 19-1 | 9-9 | 12-7 | 14-8 | 17-5 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 9-4 | 11–10 | 14-0 | 16-6 | 8-6 | 10-10 | 12-10 | 15-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 7-1 | 8-11 | 10-10 | 12-10 | 6-5 | 8-2 | 9-10 | 11–8 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 9-6 | 12-7 | 16-0 | 19-6 | 9-6 | 12-7 | 16-0 | 19-6 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 9-2 | 12-1 | 14-8 | 17-5 | 9-0 | 11–5 | 13-5 | 15-11 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 8-6 | 10-10 | 12-10 | 15-1 | 7-9 | 9-10 | 11-8 | 13-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-5 | 8-2 | 9-10 | 11–8 | 5-11 | 7-5 | 9-0 | 10-8 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 8-10 | 11–8 | 14-11 | 18-1 | 8-10 | 11–8 | 14-11 | 18-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-6 | 11–3 | 13-1 | 15-7 | 8-1 | 10-3 | 12-0 | 14-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 7-7 | 9-8 | 11–5 | 13-6 | 7-0 | 8-10 | 10-5 | 12-4 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-9 | 7-3 | 8-10 | 10-5 | 5-3 | 6-8 | 8-1 | 9-6 | 
  
    43. Change footnote "b" in Table R502.3.3(1) to  read:
    b. Spans are based on minimum design properties for No. 2  Grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, and spruce-pine-fir for repetitive  (three or more) members. No. 1 or better grade lumber shall be used for  southern pine. 
    44. Change footnote "a" in Table R502.3.3(2) to  read: 
    a. Spans are based on minimum design properties for No. 2  Grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, and spruce-pine-fir for repetitive  (three or more) members. No. 1 or better grade lumber shall be used for  southern pine. 
    45. Change Section R502.5 to read: 
    R502.5 Allowable girder and header spans. The allowable  spans of girders and headers fabricated of dimension lumber shall not exceed  the values set forth in Tables R502.5(1) through R502.5(3). 
    46. Change the title and footnote "b" of Table  R502.5(1) to read: 
    Table R502.5(1) 
    Girder Spansa,b and Header Spansa,b  for Exterior Bearing Walls 
    (Maximum Spans for Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, southern  pine, and spruce-pine-firb and required number of jack studs) 
    b. Spans are based on minimum design properties for No. 2  Grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, and spruce-pine-fir. No. 1 or  better grade lumber shall be used for southern pine. 
    47. Change the title and footnote "b" of Table  R502.5(2) to read: 
    Table R502.5(2) 
    Girder Spansa,b and Header Spansa,b  for Interior Bearing Walls 
    (Maximum Spans for Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, southern  pine, and spruce-pine-firb and required number of jack studs) 
    b. Spans are based on minimum design properties for No. 2  Grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, and spruce-pine-fir. No. 1 or  better grade lumber shall be used for southern pine. 
    38. Change Section R502.5 and add 48. Add ]  Table R502.5(3) to read: 
    [ R502.5 Allowable girder and header spans. The  allowable spans of girders and headers fabricated of dimension lumber shall not  exceed the values set forth in Tables R502.5(1) through R502.5(3). ]  
           | Table R502.5(3)Girder and Header Spans [ a ] for Porches    [
 a,] b [ ,c ](Maximum span for southern pine)
 | 
       | [ Header]    Supporting | [ Header]    Size | Porch Width (ft) | 
       | 8 | 14 | 
       |  Roof
 | 2-2x4 | 6'-11" | 5'-3" | 
       | 2-2x6 | 9'-11" | 7'-6" | 
       | 2-2x8 | 12'-10" | 9'-8" | 
       | 2-2x10 | 16'-8" | 12'-7" | 
       | 2-2x12 | 19'-6" | 14'-9" | 
       |  Floor
 | 2-2x4 | 5'-1" | 3'-10" | 
       | 2-2x6 | 7'-4" | 5'-6" | 
       | 2-2x8 | 9'-5" | 7'-1" | 
       | 2-2x10 | 12'-2" | 9'-3" | 
       | 2-2x12 | 14'-4" | 10'-10" | 
       | For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.[ a. Spans are given in feet and inches.
 
 a.b. ] Tabulated values based on 30 psf ground snow load,    L/240 deflection and #2 grade lumber.[
 b.c. ] The values of this table shall be    equivalent to a roof live load of 20 psf. | 
  
    44. [ 39. 49. ] Change  Section R506.2.1 to read: 
    R506.2.1 Fill. Fill material shall be free of vegetation and  foreign material and shall be natural nonorganic material that is not  susceptible to swelling when exposed to moisture. The fill shall be compacted  to assure uniform support of the slab, and except where approved, the fill  depth shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) for clean sand or gravel and 8 inches  (203 mm) for earth. 
    Exception: Material other than natural material may be used as  fill material when accompanied by a certification from an RDP and approved by  the building official. 
    45. [ 40. 50. ] Change  Section R506.2.2 to read: 
    R506.2.2 Base. A 4-inch-thick (102 mm) base course consisting  of clean graded sand, gravel or crushed stone passing a 2-inch (51 mm) sieve  shall be placed on the prepared subgrade when the slab is below grade. 
    Exception: A base course is not required when the concrete  slab is installed on well drained or sand-gravel mixture soils classified as  Group I according to the United Soil Classification System in accordance with  Table R405.1. Material other than natural material may be used as base course  material when accompanied by a certification from an RDP and approved by the  building official. 
    [ 51. Change Section R507.1 to read: 
    R507.1 Decks. Wood-framed decks shall be in accordance with  this section or Section R301 for materials and conditions not prescribed in  this section. Where supported by attachment to an exterior wall, decks shall be  positively anchored to the primary structure and designed for both vertical and  lateral loads. Such attachment shall not be accomplished by the use of toenails  or nails subject to withdrawal. Where positive connection to the primary  building structure cannot be verified during inspection, decks shall be  self-supporting. For decks with cantilevered framing members, connections to  exterior walls or other framing members shall be designed and constructed to  resist uplift resulting from the full live load specified in Table R301.5  acting on the cantilevered portion of the deck. 
    52. Add Sections R507.4  through R507.8 to read: 
    R507.4 Decking. Maximum allowable spacing for wood joists  supporting decking shall be in accordance with Table R507.4. Wood decking shall  be attached to each supporting member with a minimum of two 8d nails or two #8  wood screws. 
           | Table R507.4Maximum Joist Spacing (inches)
 | 
       | Material Type and Nominal Size | Maximum Joist Spacing | 
       | Perpendicular to Joist | Diagonal to Joista | 
       | 5/4-inch thick wood | 16 | 12 | 
       | 2-inch thick wood | 24 | 16 | 
       | Wood/plastic composite | per R507.3 | per R507.3 | 
       | For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mma. Maximum angle of 45 degrees from perpendicular for wood deck boards.
 | 
  
    R507.5 Deck joists. Maximum allowable spans for wood deck  joists, as shown in Figure R507.5, shall be in accordance with Table R507.5.  Deck joist shall be permitted to cantilever a maximum of one-fourth of the  actual, adjacent joist span. 
     
    
     
           | Table R507.5Deck Joist Spansa and Cantileversa for Common Lumber    Species
 | 
       | Speciesa | Size | Allowable Joist Spanc | Allowable Cantileverd,e | 
       | Spacing of deck joists (in.) | Spacing of deck joists (in.) | 
       | 12 | 16 | 24 | 12 | 16 | 24 | 
       | Southern pine | 2 x 6 | 9-11 | 9-0 | 7-7 | 1–3 | 1–4 | 1–6 | 
       | 2 x 8 | 13-1 | 11–10 | 9-8 | 2-1 | 2-3 | 2-5 | 
       | 2 x 10 | 16-2 | 14-0 | 11–5 | 3-4 | 3-6 | 2-10 | 
       | 2 x 12 | 18-0 | 16-6 | 13-6 | 4-6 | 4-2 | 3-4 | 
       | Douglas fir-larchf, hem-firf,    spruce-pine-firf | 2 x 6 | 9-6 | 8-4 | 6-10 | 1–2 | 1–3 | 1–5 | 
       | 2 x 8 | 12-6 | 11–1 | 9-1 | 1–11 | 2-1 | 2-3 | 
       | 2 x 10 | 15-8 | 13–7 | 11–1 | 3-1 | 3-5 | 2-9 | 
       | 2 x 12 | 18-0 | 15–9 | 12-10 | 4-6 | 3-11 | 3-3 | 
       | Redwood, western cedars, ponderosa pineg, red    pineg | 2 x 6 | 8-10 | 8-0 | 6-10 | 1–0 | 1–1 | 1–2 | 
       | 2 x 8 | 11–8 | 10–7 | 8-8 | 1–8 | 1–10 | 2-0 | 
       | 2 x 10 | 14-11 | 13–0 | 10-7 | 2-8 | 2-10 | 2-8 | 
       | 2 x 12 | 17-5 | 15-1 | 12-4 | 3-10 | 3-9 | 3-1 | 
       | For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.a. Spans and cantilevers are given in feet and inches.
 b. No. 2 grade with wet service factor.
 c. Ground snow load, live load = 40 psf, dead load = 10 psf, L/Δ =    360.
 d. Ground snow load, live load = 40 psf, dead load = 10 psf, L/Δ =    360 at main span, L/Δ = 180 at cantilever with a 220 pound point load    applied to end.
 e. Maximum allowable cantilever shall not exceed one-fourth of the actual    joist span.
 f. Includes incising factor.
 g. Northern species with no incising factor.
 | 
  
    R507.5.1 Lateral restraint at supports. Joist ends and  bearing locations shall be provided with lateral restraint to prevent rotation.  Where lateral restraint is provided by joist hangers or blocking between  joists, their depth shall equal not less than 60% of the joist depth. Where  lateral restraint is provided by rim joists, they shall be secured to the end  of each joist with a minimum of (3)10d (3-inch x 0.128-inch) nails or (3)#10x3  inch (76 mm) long wood screws. 
    R507.6 Deck beams. Maximum allowable spans for wood deck  beams, as shown in Figure R507.6, shall be in accordance with Table R507.6.  Beam plies shall be fastened with two rows of 10d (3-inch x 0.128-inch) nails  minimum at 16 inches (406 mm) on center along each edge. Beams shall be  permitted to cantilever at each end up to one-fourth of the beam span. Splices  of multi-span beams shall be located at interior post locations. 
     
 
     
           | Table R507.6Deck Beam Spana Lengthsb,c
 | 
       | Speciesd | Sizee | Deck Joist Span (feet) Less Than or Equal To: | 
       | 6 | 8 | 10 | 12 | 14 | 16 | 18 | 
       | Southern pine | 2-2x6 | 6-11 | 5-11 | 5-4 | 4-10 | 4-6 | 4-3 | 4-0 | 
       | 2-2x8 | 8-9 | 7-7 | 6-9 | 6-2 | 5-9 | 5-4 | 5-0 | 
       | 2-2x10 | 10-4 | 9-0 | 8-0 | 7-4 | 6-9 | 6-4 | 6-0 | 
       | 2-2x12 | 12-2 | 10-7 | 9-5 | 8-7 | 8-0 | 7-6 | 7-0 | 
       | 3-2x6 | 8-2 | 7-5 | 6-8 | 6-1 | 5-8 | 5-3 | 5-0 | 
       | 3-2x8 | 10-10 | 9-6 | 8-6 | 7-9 | 7-2 | 6-8 | 6-4 | 
       | 3-2x10 | 13-0 | 11–3 | 10-0 | 9-2 | 8-6 | 7-11 | 7-6 | 
       | 3-2x12 | 15-3 | 13-3 | 11–10 | 10-9 | 10-0 | 9-4 | 8-10 | 
       | Douglas fir-larchf, hem-firf,    spruce-pine-firf, redwood, western cedars, ponderosa pineg,    red pineg | 3x6 or 2-2x6 | 5-5 | 4-8 | 4-2 | 3-10 | 3-6 | 3-1 | 2-9 | 
       | 3x8 or 2-2x8 | 6-10 | 5-11 | 5-4 | 4-10 | 4-6 | 4-1 | 3-8 | 
       | 3x10 or 2-2x10 | 8-4 | 7-3 | 6-6 | 5-11 | 5-6 | 5-1 | 4-8 | 
       | 3x12 or 2-2x12 | 9-8 | 8-5 | 7-6 | 6-10 | 6-4 | 5-11 | 5-7 | 
       | 4x6 | 6-5 | 5-6 | 4-11 | 4-6 | 4-2 | 3-11 | 3-8 | 
       | 4x8 | 8-5 | 7-3 | 6-6 | 5-11 | 5-6 | 5-2 | 4-10 | 
       | 4x10 | 9-11 | 8-7 | 7-8 | 7-0 | 6-6 | 6-1 | 5-8 | 
       | 4x12 | 11–5 | 9-11 | 8-10 | 8-1 | 7-6 | 7-0 | 6-7 | 
       | 3-2x6 | 7-4 | 6-8 | 6-0 | 5-6 | 5-1 | 4-9 | 4-6 | 
       | 3-2x8 | 9-8 | 8-6 | 7-7 | 6-11 | 6-5 | 6-0 | 5-8 | 
       | 3-2x10 | 12-0 | 10-5 | 9-4 | 8-6 | 7-10 | 7-4 | 6-11 | 
       | 3-2x12 | 13-11 | 12-1 | 10-9 | 9-10 | 9-1 | 8-6 | 8-1 | 
       | For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.a. Spans are given in feet and inches.
 b. Ground snow load, live load = 40 psf, dead load = 10 psf, L/Δ =    360 at main span, L/Δ = 180 at cantilever with a 220 pound point load    applied at the end.
 c. Beams supporting deck joists from one side only.
 d. No. 2 grade, wet service factor.
 e. Beam depth shall be greater than or equal to depth of joists with a    flush beam condition.
 f. Includes incising factor.
 g. Northern species with no incising factor.
 | 
  
    R507.7 Deck joist and deck beam bearing. The ends of each  joist and beam shall have not less than 1.5 inches (38 mm) of bearing on wood  or metal and not less than three inches (76 mm) on concrete or masonry for the  entire width of the beam. Joist framing into the side of a ledger board or beam  shall be supported by approved joist hangers. Joists bearing on a beam shall be  attached to the beam to resist lateral displacement. 
    R507.7.1 Deck beam to deck post. Deck beams shall be  attached to deck posts in accordance with Figure R507.7.1 or by other  equivalent means capable to resist lateral displacement. Manufactured post-to-beam  connectors shall be sized for the post and beam sizes. All bolts shall have  washers under the head and nut. 
    Exception: Where deck beams bear directly on footings in  accordance with Section R507.8.1. 
    
    R507.8 Deck posts. For single level wood-framed decks with  beams sized in accordance with Table R507.6, deck post size shall be in  accordance with Table R507.8.
           | Table R507.8Deck Post Heighta (feet)
 | 
       | Deck Post Size | Maximum Heighta | 
       | 4x4 | 8 | 
       | 4x6 | 8 | 
       | 6x6 | 14 | 
       | For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.a. Measured to the underside of the beam.
 | 
  
    R507.8.1 Deck post to deck footing. Posts shall bear on  footings in accordance with Section R403 and Figure R507.8.1. Posts shall be  restrained to prevent lateral displacement at the footing. Lateral restraint  shall be provided by manufactured connectors installed in accordance with the  manufacturers' installation instructions or by a minimum post embedment of 12  inches (304.8 mm) in surrounding soils or concrete piers. 
     Figure R507.8.1
Figure R507.8.1
    Typical Deck Posts to Deck Footings ] 
    46. Modify Table R602.3(1) to change and add items as  shown:
           | 7
 | Built-up studs, face nail
 | 10d (3"x0.128")
 | 24" o.c.
 | 
       | 7a
 | Abutting studs at intersecting wall corners, face nail
 | 16d (3½"x0.135")
 | 12" o.c.
 | 
       | 26a
 | Rim joist or blocking to sill plate, toe nail
 | 8d (2½"x0.113")
 | 6" o.c.
 | 
  
    [ 53. Change Section R602.3.1 to read: 
    R602.3.1 Stud size, height, and spacing. The size, height,  and spacing of studs shall be in accordance with Table R602.3(5). 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Utility grade studs shall not be spaced more than 16  inches (406 mm) on center, shall not support more than a roof and ceiling, and  shall not exceed eight feet (2438 mm) in height for exterior walls and  load-bearing walls or 10 feet (3048 mm) for interior nonload-bearing walls.  
    2. Where snow loads are less than or equal to 25 pounds per  square foot (1.198 kPa), and the ultimate design wind speed is less than or  equal to 130 mph (58.11 m/s), 2-inch by 6-inch (38 mm by 140 mm) studs  supporting a roof load with not more than six feet (1829 mm) of tributary  length shall have a maximum height of 18 feet (5486 mm) where spaced at 16  inches (406 mm) on center, or 20 feet (6096 mm) where spaced at 12 inches (305  mm) on center. Studs shall be minimum No. 2 grade lumber. 
    54. Delete Table R602.3.1. ] 
    47. Add Section R602.3.5 to read:
    R602.3.5 Braced wall panel uplift load path. Braced wall  panels located at exterior walls that support roof rafters or trusses  (including stories below top story) shall have the framing members connected in  accordance with one of the following:
    1. Fastening in accordance with Table R602.3(1) where:
    1.1. The basic wind speed does not exceed 90 mph (40 m/s),  the wind exposure category is B, the roof pitch is 5:12 or greater, and the  roof span is 32 feet (9754 mm) or less, or
    1.2. The net uplift value at the top of a wall does not  exceed 100 plf (146 N/mm). The net uplift value shall be determined in  accordance with Section R802.11 and shall be permitted to be reduced by 60 plf  (57 N/mm) for each full wall above.
    2. Where the net uplift value at the top of a wall exceeds  100 plf (146 N/mm), installing approved uplift framing connectors to provide a  continuous load path from the top of the wall to the foundation or to a point  where the uplift force is 100 plf (146 N/mm) or less. The net uplift value  shall be as determined in Item 1.2 above.
    3. Wall sheathing and fasteners designed in accordance with  accepted engineering practice to resist combined uplift and shear forces.
    [ 41. 55. ]  Change Figure R602.3(2) to read: 
    
    [ 56. Change the column entries under the heading  "Wood Species" in Table R602.7.1 to read: 
           |   | Spruce-Pine-Fir Hem-Fir Douglas-Fir or No. 1 Grade Southern Pine | 
  
    42. 57. ]  Add Section R602.7.4 to read: 
    R602.7.4 Supports for headers. Headers shall be supported  on each end with one or more jack studs in accordance with Table R505.5(1) or  Table R502.5(2). A king stud shall be adjacent to the jack stud on each end of  the header and nailed at each end of the header with 4-12d nails. 
    48. Change Section R602.9 to read:
    R602.9 Cripple walls. Foundation cripple walls shall be  framed of studs not smaller than the studding above. When exceeding four feet  (1219 mm) in height, such walls shall be framed of studs having the size  required for an additional story.
    Cripple walls with a stud height less than 14 inches (356  mm) shall be continuously sheathed on one side with wood structural panels  fastened to both the top and bottom plates in accordance with Table R602.3(1),  or the cripple walls shall be constructed of solid blocking. Cripple walls  shall be supported on continuous foundations.
    49. Replace Section R602.10, including all subsections,  with the following:
    R602.10 Wall bracing. Buildings shall be braced in  accordance with this section or, when applicable, Section R602.12. Where a  building, or portion thereof, does not comply with one or more of the bracing  requirements in this section, those portions shall be designed and constructed  in accordance with Section R301.1.
    The building official may require the permit applicant to  identify and locate on the construction documents braced wall lines and braced  wall panels as described herein.
    R602.10.1 Braced wall lines. For the purpose of determining  the amount and location of bracing required in each story level of a building,  braced wall lines shall be designated as straight lines in the building plan  placed in accordance with this section.
    R602.10.1.1 Length of a braced wall line. The length of a  braced wall line shall be the distance between its ends. The end of a braced  wall line shall be the intersection with a perpendicular braced wall line, an  angled braced wall line as permitted in Section R602.10.1.4 or an exterior wall  as shown in Figure R602.10.1.1.
     
    


     
    R602.10.1.2 Offsets along a braced wall line. All exterior  walls parallel to a braced wall line shall be permitted to offset up to four  feet (1219 mm) from the designated braced wall line location as shown Figure  R602.10.1.1. Interior walls used as bracing shall be permitted to offset up to  four feet (1219 mm) from a braced wall line through the interior of the  building as shown in Figure R602.10.1.1.
    R602.10.1.3 Spacing of braced wall lines. There shall be a  minimum of two braced wall lines in both the longitudinal and transverse  direction as shown in Figure R602.10.1.1. Intermediate braced wall lines  through the interior of the building shall be permitted. The spacing between  parallel braced wall lines shall be in accordance with Table R602.10.1.3.
           | Table R602.10.1.3
 Braced Wall Line Spacing
 | 
       | APPLICATION
 | CONDITION
 | BUILDING TYPE
 | BRACED WALL LINE SPACING    CRITERIA
 | 
       | Maximum Spacing
 | Exception to Maximum Spacing
 | 
       | Wind bracing
 | 85 mph to <110 mph
 | Detached, townhouse
 | 60 feet
 | None
 | 
       | Seismic bracing
 | SDC A - C
 | Detached
 | Use wind bracing
 | 
       | SDC A – B
 | Townhouse
 | Use wind bracing
 | 
       | SDC C
 | Townhouse
 | 35 feet
 | Up to 50 feet when length of required bracing per Table    R602.10.3(3) is adjusted in accordance with Table R602.10.3(4)
 | 
       | For SI: 1 foot=304.8 mm
 | 
  
    R602.10.1.4 Angled walls. Any portion of a wall along a  braced wall line shall be permitted to angle out of plane for a maximum  diagonal length of eight feet (2438 mm). Where the angled wall occurs at a  corner, the length of the braced wall line shall be measured from the projected  corner as shown in Figure R602.10.1.4. Where the diagonal length is greater  than eight feet (2438 mm), it shall be considered a separate braced wall line  and shall be braced in accordance with Section R602.10.1.
    


    R602.10.2 Braced wall panels. Braced wall panels shall be  full-height sections of wall that shall have no vertical or horizontal offsets.  Braced wall panels shall be constructed and placed along a braced wall line in  accordance with this section and the bracing methods specified in Section  R602.10.4.
    R602.10.2.1 Braced wall panel uplift load path. The bracing  lengths in Table R602.10.3(1) apply only when uplift loads are resisted per  Section R602.3.5.
    R602.10.2.2 Locations of braced wall panels. A braced wall  panel shall begin within 10 feet (3810 mm) from each end of a braced wall line  as determined in accordance with Section R602.10.1.1. The distance between  adjacent edges of braced wall panels along a braced wall line shall be no  greater than 20 feet (6096 mm) as shown in Figure R602.10.2.2.
    


    R602.10.2.3 Minimum number of braced wall panels. Braced  wall lines with a length of 16 feet (4877 mm) or less shall have a minimum of  two braced wall panels of any length or one braced wall panel equal to 48  inches (1219 mm) or more. Braced wall lines greater than 16 feet (4877 mm)  shall have a minimum of two braced wall panels.
    R602.10.3 Required length of bracing. The required length  of bracing along each braced wall line shall be determined as follows.
    1. All buildings in Seismic Design Categories A and B shall  use Table R602.10.3(1) and the applicable adjustment factors in Table  R602.10.3(2).
    2. Detached buildings in Seismic Design Category C shall  use Table R602.10.3(1) and the applicable adjustment factors in Table  R602.10.3(2).
    3. Townhouses in Seismic Design Category C shall use the  greater value determined from Table R602.10.3(1) or R602.10.3(3) and the  applicable adjustment factors in Table R602.10.3(2) or R602.10.3(4)  respectively.
    Only braced wall panels parallel to the braced wall line  within the four foot (1219 mm) offset permitted by Section R602.10.1.2 shall  contribute towards the required length of bracing of that braced wall line. If  a braced wall panel is located along an angled wall and meets the minimum  length requirements of Tables R602.10.5 or R602.10.5.2, it shall be permitted  to contribute its projected length towards the minimum required length of  bracing for the braced wall line as shown in Figure R602.10.1.4. If a braced  wall panel is located along an angled wall at the end of a braced wall line, it  shall contribute its projected length for only one of the braced wall lines at  the projected corner.
           | Table R602.10.3(1)
 Bracing Requirements Based on Wind Speed
 | 
            | EXPOSURE CATEGORY B
 30 FT MEAN ROOF HEIGHT
 10 FT EAVE TO RIDGE HEIGHT
 10 FT WALL HEIGHT
 2 BRACED WALL LINES
 | MINIMUM TOTAL LENGTH (FEET)     OF BRACED WALL PANELS REQUIRED ALONG EACH BRACED WALL LINEa
 | 
         | Basic Wind Speed
 (mph)
 | Story Location
 | Braced Wall Line Spacing
 (feet)
 | Method LIBb
 | Method GB
 | Methods
 DWB, WSP, SFB, PBS, PCP,     HPS, CS-SFBc
 | Methods
 CS-WSP, CS-G,
 CS-PF
 | 
          | ≤ 85
 | 
 | 10
 | 3.5
 | 3.5
 | 2.0
 | 1.5
 | 
       | 20
 | 6.0
 | 6.0
 | 3.5
 | 3.0
 | 
       | 30
 | 8.5
 | 8.5
 | 5.0
 | 4.5
 | 
       | 40
 | 11.5
 | 11.5
 | 6.5
 | 5.5
 | 
       | 50
 | 14.0
 | 14.0
 | 8.0
 | 7.0
 | 
       | 60
 | 16.5
 | 16.5
 | 9.5
 | 8.0
 | 
       | 
 | 10
 | 6.5
 | 6.5
 | 3.5
 | 3.0
 | 
       | 20
 | 11.5
 | 11.5
 | 6.5
 | 5.5
 | 
       | 30
 | 16.5
 | 16.5
 | 9.5
 | 8.0
 | 
       | 40
 | 21.5
 | 21.5
 | 12.5
 | 10.5
 | 
       | 50
 | 26.5
 | 26.5
 | 15.0
 | 13.0
 | 
       | 60
 | 31.5
 | 31.5
 | 18.0
 | 15.5
 | 
       | 
 | 10
 | NP
 | 9.0
 | 5.5
 | 4.5
 | 
       | 20
 | NP
 | 17.0
 | 10.0
 | 8.5
 | 
       | 30
 | NP
 | 24.5
 | 14.0
 | 12.0
 | 
       | 40
 | NP
 | 32.0
 | 18.0
 | 15.5
 | 
       | 50
 | NP
 | 39.0
 | 22.5
 | 19.0
 | 
       | 60
 | NP
 | 46.5
 | 26.5
 | 22.5
 | 
       | ≤ 90
 | 
 | 10
 | 3.5
 | 3.5
 | 2.0
 | 2.0
 | 
       | 20
 | 7.0
 | 7.0
 | 4.0
 | 3.5
 | 
       | 30
 | 9.5
 | 9.5
 | 5.5
 | 5.0
 | 
       | 40
 | 12.5
 | 12.5
 | 7.5
 | 6.0
 | 
       | 50
 | 15.5
 | 15.5
 | 9.0
 | 7.5
 | 
       | 60
 | 18.5
 | 18.5
 | 10.5
 | 9.0
 | 
       | 
 | 10
 | 7.0
 | 7.0
 | 4.0
 | 3.5
 | 
       | 20
 | 13.0
 | 13.0
 | 7.5
 | 6.5
 | 
       | 30
 | 18.5
 | 18.5
 | 10.5
 | 9.0
 | 
       | 40
 | 24.0
 | 24.0
 | 14.0
 | 12.0
 | 
       | 50
 | 29.5
 | 29.5
 | 17.0
 | 14.5
 | 
       | 60
 | 35.0
 | 35.0
 | 20.0
 | 17.0
 | 
       | 
 | 10
 | NP
 | 10.5
 | 6.0
 | 5.0
 | 
       | 20
 | NP
 | 19.0
 | 11.0
 | 9.5
 | 
       | 30
 | NP
 | 27.5
 | 15.5
 | 13.5
 | 
       | 40
 | NP
 | 35.5
 | 20.5
 | 17.5
 | 
       | 50
 | NP
 | 44.0
 | 25.0
 | 21.5
 | 
       | 60
 | NP
 | 52.0
 | 30.0
 | 25.5
 | 
       | ≤ 100
 | 
 | 10
 | 4.5
 | 4.5
 | 2.5
 | 2.5
 | 
       | 20
 | 8.5
 | 8.5
 | 5.0
 | 4.0
 | 
       | 30
 | 12.0
 | 12.0
 | 7.0
 | 6.0
 | 
       | 40
 | 15.5
 | 15.5
 | 9.0
 | 7.5
 | 
       | 50
 | 19.0
 | 19.0
 | 11.0
 | 9.5
 | 
       | 60
 | 22.5
 | 22.5
 | 13.0
 | 11.0
 | 
       | 
 | 10
 | 8.5
 | 8.5
 | 5.0
 | 4.5
 | 
       | 20
 | 16.0
 | 16.0
 | 9.0
 | 8.0
 | 
       | 30
 | 23.0
 | 23.0
 | 13.0
 | 11.0
 | 
       | 40
 | 29.5
 | 29.5
 | 17.0
 | 14.5
 | 
       | 50
 | 36.5
 | 36.5
 | 21.0
 | 18.0
 | 
       | 60
 | 43.5
 | 43.5
 | 25.0
 | 21.0
 | 
       | 
 | 10
 | NP
 | 12.5
 | 7.5
 | 6.0
 | 
       | 20
 | NP
 | 23.5
 | 13.5
 | 11.5
 | 
       | 30
 | NP
 | 34.0
 | 19.5
 | 16.5
 | 
       | 40
 | NP
 | 44.0
 | 25.0
 | 21.5
 | 
       | 50
 | NP
 | 54.0
 | 31.0
 | 26.5
 | 
       | 60
 | NP
 | 64.0
 | 36.5
 | 31.0
 | 
       | < 110
 | 
 | 10
 | 5.5
 | 5.5
 | 3.0
 | 3.0
 | 
       | 20
 | 10.0
 | 10.0
 | 6.0
 | 5.0
 | 
       | 30
 | 14.5
 | 14.5
 | 8.5
 | 7.0
 | 
       | 40
 | 18.5
 | 18.5
 | 11.0
 | 9.0
 | 
       | 50
 | 23.0
 | 23.0
 | 13.0
 | 11.5
 | 
       | 60
 | 27.5
 | 27.5
 | 15.5
 | 13.5
 | 
       | 
 | 10
 | 10.5
 | 10.5
 | 6.0
 | 5.0
 | 
       | 20
 | 19.0
 | 19.0
 | 11.0
 | 9.5
 | 
       | 30
 | 27.5
 | 27.5
 | 16.0
 | 13.5
 | 
       | 40
 | 36.0
 | 36.0
 | 20.5
 | 17.5
 | 
       | 50
 | 44.0
 | 44.0
 | 25.5
 | 21.5
 | 
       | 60
 | 52.5
 | 52.5
 | 30.0
 | 25.5
 | 
       | 
 | 10
 | 0
 | 15.5
 | 9.0
 | 7.5
 | 
       | 20
 | NP
 | 28.5
 | 16.5
 | 14.0
 | 
       | 30
 | NP
 | 41.0
 | 23.5
 | 20.0
 | 
       | 40
 | NP
 | 53.0
 | 30.5
 | 26.0
 | 
       | 50
 | NP
 | 65.5
 | 37.5
 | 32.0
 | 
       | 60
 | NP
 | 77.5
 | 44.5
 | 37.5
 | 
       | For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm, 1    foot=305 mm.
 aLinear interpolation shall be permitted.
 bMethod LIB shall have gypsum board fastened to at    least one side with nails or screws per Table R602.3(1) for exterior    sheathing or Table R702.3.5 for interior gypsum board. Spacing of fasteners    at panel edges shall not exceed eight inches (203 mm).
 cMethod CS-SFB does not apply where the wind speed is    greater than 100 mph.
 | 
  
     
           | Table R602.10.3(2)
 Wind Adjustment Factors to the Required Length of Wall    Bracing
 | 
       | ADJUSTMENT BASED ON
 | STORY/
 SUPPORTING
 | CONDITION
 | ADJUSTMENT FACTORa,b
 (multiply length from Table R602.10.3(1) by this factor) 
 | APPLICABLE METHODS
 | 
       | Exposure category
 | One story structure
 | B
 | 1.00
 | All methods
 | 
       | C
 | 1.20
 | 
       | D
 | 1.50
 | 
       | Two-story structure
 | B
 | 1.00
 | 
       | C
 | 1.30
 | 
       | D
 | 1.60
 | 
       | Three-story structure
 | B
 | 1.00
 | 
       | C
 | 1.40
 | 
       | D
 | 1.70
 | 
       | Roof eave-to-ridge height
 | Roof only
 | ≤5 ft
 | 0.70
 | 
       | 10 ft
 | 1.00
 | 
       | 15 ft
 | 1.30
 | 
       | 20 ft
 | 1.60
 | 
       | Roof + 1 floor
 | ≤5 ft
 | 0.85
 | 
       | 10 ft
 | 1.00
 | 
       | 15 ft
 | 1.15
 | 
       | 20 ft
 | 1.30
 | 
       | Roof + 2 floors
 | ≤5 ft
 | 0.90
 | 
       | 10 ft
 | 1.00
 | 
       | 15 ft
 | 1.10
 | 
       | 20 ft
 | Not permitted
 | 
       | Wall height adjustment
 | Any story
 | 8 ft
 | 0.90
 | 
       | 9 ft
 | 0.95
 | 
       | 10 ft
 | 1.00
 | 
       | 11 ft
 | 1.05
 | 
       | 12 ft
 | 1.10
 | 
       | Number of braced wall lines (per plan direction)C
 | Any story
 | 2
 | 1.00
 | 
       | 3
 | 1.30
 | 
       | 4
 | 1.45
 | 
       | ≥5
 | 1.60
 | 
       | Additional 800 lb hold-down device
 | Top story only
 | Fastened to the end studs of each braced wall panel and    to the foundation or framing below
 | 0.80
 | DWB, WSP, SFB, PBS, PCP, HPS
 | 
       | Interior gypsum board finish (or equivalent)
 | Any story
 | Omitted from inside face of braced wall panels
 | 1.40
 | DWB, WSP, SFB,PBS, PCP, HPS, CS-WSP, CS‑G, CS-SFB
 | 
       | Gypsum board fastening
 | Any story
 | 4 in. o.c. at panel edges, including top and bottom    plates, and all horizontal joints blocked
 | 0.7
 | GB
 | 
       | For SI: 1 foot=305 mm, 1 lb=4.48 N.
 aLinear interpolation shall be permitted.
 bThe total adjustment factor is the product of    all applicable adjustment factors.
 cThe adjustment factor is permitted to be 1.0    when determining bracing amounts of intermediate braced wall lines provided    the bracing amounts on adjacent braced wall lines are based on a spacing and    number that neglects the intermediate braced wall line.
 | 
  
     
                | Table R602.10.3(3)
 Bracing Requirements Based on Seismic Design Category
 | 
         | SOIL CLASS Db
 WALL HEIGHT = 10 FT
 10 PSF FLOOR DEAD LOAD
 15 PSF ROOF/CEILING DEAD LOAD
 BRACED WALL LINE SPACING ≤ 25 FT
 | MINIMUM TOTAL LENGTH (FEET) OF BRACED WALL PANELS     REQUIRED ALONG EACH BRACED WALL LINEa
 | 
         | Seismic Design Category
 | Story Location
 | Braced Wall Line Length
 (ft)
 | Method LIBc
 | Method GB
 | Methods DWB, SFB, PBS, PCP, HPS, CS-SFB
 | Method WSP
 | Methods CS-WSP, CS‑G
 | 
          | C
 (townhouses only)
 | 
 | 10
 | 2.5
 | 2.5
 | 2.5
 | 1.6
 | 1.4
 | 
       | 20
 | 5.0
 | 5.0
 | 5.0
 | 3.2
 | 2.7
 | 
       | 30
 | 7.5
 | 7.5
 | 7.5
 | 4.8
 | 4.1
 | 
       | 40
 | 10.0
 | 10.0
 | 10.0
 | 6.4
 | 5.4
 | 
       | 50
 | 12.5
 | 12.5
 | 12.5
 | 8.0
 | 6.8
 | 
       | 
 | 10
 | NP
 | 4.5
 | 4.5
 | 3.0
 | 2.6
 | 
       | 20
 | NP
 | 9.0
 | 9.0
 | 6.0
 | 5.1
 | 
       | 30
 | NP
 | 13.5
 | 13.5
 | 9.0
 | 7.7
 | 
       | 40
 | NP
 | 18.0
 | 18.0
 | 12.0
 | 10.2
 | 
       | 50
 | NP
 | 22.5
 | 22.5
 | 15.0
 | 12.8
 | 
       | 
 | 10
 | NP
 | 6.0
 | 6.0
 | 4.5
 | 3.8
 | 
       | 20
 | NP
 | 12.0
 | 12.0
 | 9.0
 | 7.7
 | 
       | 30
 | NP
 | 18.0
 | 18.0
 | 13.5
 | 11.5
 | 
       | 40
 | NP
 | 24.0
 | 24.0
 | 18.0
 | 15.3
 | 
       | 50
 | NP
 | 30.0
 | 30.0
 | 22.5
 | 19.1
 | 
       | For SI: 1 foot=305 mm
 aLinear interpolation shall be permitted.
 bWall bracing lengths are based on a soil site    class "D." Interpolation of bracing length between the Sds    values associated with the Seismic Design Categories shall be permitted when    a site-specific Sds value is determined in accordance with Section    1613.5 of the International Building Code.
 cMethod LIB shall have gypsum board fastened    to at least one side with nails or screws per Table R602.3(1) for exterior    sheathing or Table R702.3.5 for interior gypsum board. Spacing of fasteners    at panel edges shall not exceed eight inches (203 mm).
 | 
  
     
           | Table R602.10.3(4)
 Seismic Adjustment Factors    to the Required Length of Wall Bracing
 | 
       | ADJUSTMENT BASED ON:
 | STORY/SUPPORTING
 | CONDITION
 | ADJUSTMENT
 FACTORa,b
 (multiply length from Table    R602.10.3(3) by this factor)
 | APPLICABLE METHODS
 | 
       | Story height
 (Section 301.3)
 | Any story
 | ≤10 ft
 | 1.0
 | All methods
 | 
       | >10 ft ≤ 12 ft
 | 1.2
 | 
       | Braced wall line spacing
 | Any story
 | ≤35 ft
 | 1.0
 | 
       | >35 ft ≤ 50 ft
 | 1.43
 | 
       | Wall dead load
 | Any story
 | > 8 psf < 15 psf
 | 1.0
 | 
       | <8 psf
 | 0.85
 | 
       | Roof/ceiling dead load for wall supporting
 | Any story
 | ≤15 psf
 | 1.0
 | 
       | Roof plus one or two stories
 | >15 psf ≤ 25 psf
 | 1.1
 | 
       | Roof only
 | >15 psf ≤ 25 psf
 | 1.2
 | 
       | Walls with stone or masonry veneerc
 | 
 | 1.0
 | 
       | 
 | 1.5
 | 
       | 
 | 1.5
 | 
       | Interior gypsum board finish (or equivalent)
 | Any story
 | Omitted from inside face of braced wall panels
 | 1.5
 | DWB, WSP, SFB, PBS, PCP, HPS, CS-WSP, CS‑G, CS-SFB
 | 
       | For SI: 1 psf=47.8 N/m2.
 aLinear interpolation shall be permitted.
 bThe total length of bracing required for a    given wall line is the product of all applicable adjustment factors.
 cThe length-to-width ratio for the floor/roof    diaphragm shall not exceed 3:1. The top plate lap splice nailing shall be a    minimum of 12-16d nails on each side of the splice.
 | 
  
    R602.10.4 Bracing methods  for braced wall panels. Braced wall panels shall be constructed in accordance  with this section and the methods listed in Table R602.10.4.
           | Table R602.10.4Bracing Methods
 | 
       | METHODS, MATERIAL
 | MINIMUM THICKNESS
 | FIGURE
 | CONNECTION CRITERIAa
 | 
       | Fasteners
 | Spacing
 | 
       | Intermittent Bracing    Methods
 | LIB
 Let-in-bracing
 | 1x4 wood or approved metal    straps at 45° to 60° angles for maximum 16" stud spacing
 | 
 | Wood: 2-8d common nails or    3-8d (2 ½" long x 0.113" dia.) nails
 | Wood: per stud and top and    bottom plates
 | 
       | Metal: per manufacturer
 | Metal: per manufacturer
 | 
       | DWB
 Diagonal wood boards
 | ¾"
 (1" nominal)
 for maximum 24" stud spacing
 | 
 | 2-8d (2½" long x 0.113" dia.) nails
 or
 2 - 1¾" long staples
 | Per stud
 | 
       | WSP
 Wood structural panel
 (See Section R604)
 | 3/8"
 | 
 | Exterior sheathing per Table R602.3(3) 
 | 6" edges
 12" field
 | 
       | Interior sheathing per Table R602.3(1) or R602.3(2)
 | Varies by fastener
 | 
       | SFB
 Structural fiberboard sheathing
 | 1/2" or 25/32"    
 for maximum 16" stud spacing
 | 
 | 1½" long x 0.12" dia.
 (for ½ " thick sheathing)
 13/4" long x 0.12" dia.
 (for 25/32" thick sheathing)
 galvanized roofing nails
 or
 8d common (2½" long x 0.131" dia.) nails
 | 3" edges
 6" field
 | 
       | GB
 Gypsum board
 | 1/2"
 | 
 | Nails or screws per Table R602.3(1) for exterior locations    
 | For all braced wall panel locations: 7" edges    (including top and bottom plates)
 7" field
 | 
       | Nails or screws per Table R702.3.5 for interior locations
 | 
       | PBS
 Particleboard sheathing
 (See Section R605)
 | 3/8" or 1/2"
 For maximum16" stud spacing
 | 
 | For 3/8", 6d common (2" long x 0.113" dia.)    nails
 For ½", 8d common (2½" long x 0.131" dia.)    nails
 | 3" edges
 6" field
 | 
       | PCP
 Portland cement plaster
 | See Section R703.6
 for maximum 16" stud spacing
 | 
 | 1½" long, 11 gage, 7/16"    dia. head nails
 or
 7/8" long, 16 gage staples
 | 6" o.c. on all framing members
 | 
       | HPS
 Hardboard panel siding
 | 7/16" 
 for maximum 16" stud spacing
 | 
 | 0.092" dia., 0.225" dia. head nails with length    to accommodate 1½" penetration into studs 
 | 4" edges
 8" field
 | 
       | ABW
 Alternate braced wall
 | 3/8"
 | 
 | See Section R602.10.6.1
 | See Section R602.10.6.1
 | 
       | PFH
 Portal frame
 with hold-downs
 | 3/8
 | 
 | See Section R602.10.6.2
 | See Section R602.10.6.2
 | 
       | PFG
 Portal frame
 at garage
 | 7/16"
 | 
 | See Section R602.10.6.3
 | See Section R602.10.6.3
 | 
       | Continuous Sheathing Methods
 | CS-WSP
 Continuously sheathed wood structural panel
 | 3/8"
 | 
 | Exterior sheathing per Table R602.3(3)
 | 6" edges
 12" field
 | 
       | Interior sheathing per Table R602.3(1) or R602.3(2)
 | Varies by fastener
 | 
       | CS-Gb,c
 Continuously sheathed wood structural panel adjacent to    garage openings
 | 3/8"
 | 
 | See Method CS-WSP
 | See Method CS-WSP
 | 
       | CS-PF
 Continuously sheathed portal frame
 | 7/16"
 | 
 | See Section R602.10.6.4
 | See Section R602.10.6.4
 | 
       | CS-SFBd
 Continuously sheathed structural fiberboard
 | 1/2" or 25/32"    
 for maximum 16" stud spacing
 | 
 | 1½" long x 0.12" dia. 
 (for ½ " thick sheathing)
 13/4" long x 0.12" dia.
 (for 25/32" thick sheathing)
 galvanized roofing nails
 or
 8d common (2½" long x 0.131 dia.) nails
 | 3" edges
 6" field
 | 
       | For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm.
 aAdhesive attachment of wall sheathing, including    Method GB, shall not be permitted in townhouses in Seismic Design Category C.
 bApplies to panels next to garage door opening    when supporting gable end wall or roof load only. May only be used on one    wall of the garage.
 cGarage openings adjacent to a Method CS-G    panel shall be provided with a header in accordance with Table R502.5(1). A    full height clear opening shall not be permitted adjacent to a Method CS-G    panel.
 dMethod CS-SFB does not apply in areas where    the wind speed exceeds 100 mph.
 | 
  
    R602.10.4.1 Mixing methods. Mixing of bracing methods shall  be permitted as follows:
    1. Mixing intermittent bracing and continuous sheathing  methods from story to story shall be permitted.
    2. Mixing intermittent bracing methods from braced wall  line to braced wall line within a story shall be permitted. In regions where  the basic wind speed is less than or equal to 100 mph, mixing of intermittent  bracing and continuous sheathing methods from braced wall line to braced wall  line within a story shall be permitted.
    3. Mixing intermittent bracing methods along a braced wall  line shall be permitted in Seismic Design Categories A and B, and detached  dwellings in Seismic Design Category C provided the length of required bracing  in accordance with Table R602.10.3(1) or R602.10.3(3) is the highest value of  all intermittent bracing methods used.
    4. Mixing of continuous sheathing methods CS-WSP, CS-G and  CS-PF along a braced wall line shall be permitted.
    5. In Seismic Design Categories A and B, and for detached  one-family and two-family dwellings in Seismic Design Category C, mixing of  intermittent bracing methods along the interior portion of a braced wall line  with continuous sheathing methods CS-WSP, CS-G and CS-PF along the exterior  portion of the same braced wall line shall be permitted. The length of required  bracing shall be the highest value of all intermittent bracing methods used in  accordance with Table R602.10.3(1) or R602.10.3(3) as adjusted by Tables  R602.10.3(2) and R602.10.3(4), respectively. The requirements of Section  R602.10.7 shall apply to each end of the continuously sheathed portion of the  braced wall line.
    R602.10.4.2 Continuous sheathing methods. Continuous  sheathing methods require structural panel sheathing to be used on all  sheathable surfaces on one side of a braced wall line including areas above and  below openings and gable end walls and shall meet the requirements of Section  R602.10.7.
    R602.10.4.3 Braced wall panel interior finish material.  Braced wall panels shall have gypsum wall board installed on the side of the  wall opposite the bracing material. Gypsum wall board shall be not less than  1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in thickness and be fastened with nails or screws in  accordance with Table R602.3(1) for exterior sheathing or Table R702.3.5 for  interior gypsum wall board. Spacing of fasteners at panel edges for gypsum wall  board opposite Method LIB bracing shall not exceed eight inches (203 mm).  Interior finish material shall not be glued in townhouses in Seismic Category  C.
    Exceptions:
    1. Interior finish material is not required opposite wall  panels that are braced in accordance with Method GB, ABW, PFH, PFG and CS-PF,  unless otherwise required by Section R302.6.
    2. An approved interior finish material with an in-plane  shear resistance equivalent to gypsum board shall be permitted to be  substituted, unless otherwise required by Section R302.6.
    3. Except for Method LIB, gypsum wall board is permitted to  be omitted provided the required length of bracing in Tables R602.10.3(1) and  R602.10.3(3) is multiplied by the appropriate adjustment factor in Tables  R602.10.3(2) and R602.10.3(4) respectively, unless otherwise required by  Section R302.6.
    R602.10.5 Minimum length of a braced wall panel. The  minimum length of a braced wall panel shall comply with Table R602.10.5. For  Methods CS-WSP and CS-SFB, the minimum panel length shall be based on the  vertical dimension of the adjacent opening in accordance with Table R602.10.5  and Figure R602.10.5. When a panel has openings on either side of differing  heights, the larger vertical dimension shall be used to determine the minimum  braced wall panel length.
    R602.10.5.1 Contributing length. For purposes of complying  with the required length of bracing in Tables R602.10.3(1) and R602.10.3(3),  the contributing length of each braced wall panel to the total length of  bracing shall be as specified in Table R602.10.5.
           | Table R602.10.5
 Minimum Length of Braced Wall Panels
 | 
       | METHOD
 (See Table R602.10.4)
 | MINIMUM LENGTHa
 (in)
 | CONTRIBUTING LENGTH
 (in)
 | 
       | Wall Height
 | 
       | 8 ft 
 | 9 ft
 | 10 ft
 | 11 ft
 | 12 ft
 | 
       | DWG, WSP, SFB, PBS, PCP, HPS
 | 48
 | 48
 | 48
 | 53
 | 58
 | Actualb
 | 
       | GB
 | 48
 | 48
 | 48
 | 53
 | 58
 | Double sided = Actual
 Single sided = 0.5 x Actual
 | 
       | LIB
 | 55
 | 62
 | 69
 | NP
 | NP
 | Actualb
 | 
       | ABW
 | 28
 | 32
 | 34
 | 38
 | 42
 | 48
 | 
       | PFH
 | Supporting roof only
 | 16
 | 16
 | 16
 | 18c
 | 20c
 | 48
 | 
       | Supporting one story and roof
 | 24
 | 24
 | 24
 | 27c
 | 29c
 | 48
 | 
       | PFG
 | 24
 | 27
 | 30
 | 33c
 | 36c
 | 1.5 x Actualb
 | 
       | CS-G
 | 24
 | 27
 | 30
 | 33
 | 36
 | Actualb
 | 
       | CS-PF
 | 16
 | 18
 | 20
 | 22c
 | 24c
 | Actualb
 | 
       | CS‑WSP, CS‑SFB
 | Adjacent opening vertical    dimension
 (in)
 |   |   |   |   |   |   | 
       | ≤ 64
 | 24
 | 27
 | 30
 | 33
 | 36
 | Actualb
 | 
       | 68
 | 26
 | 27
 | 30
 | 33
 | 36
 | 
       | 72
 | 27
 | 27
 | 30
 | 33
 | 36
 | 
       | 76
 | 30
 | 29
 | 30
 | 33
 | 36
 | 
       | 80
 | 32
 | 30
 | 30
 | 33
 | 36
 | 
       | 84
 | 35
 | 32
 | 32
 | 33
 | 36
 | 
       | 88
 | 38
 | 35
 | 33
 | 33
 | 36
 | 
       | 92
 | 43
 | 37
 | 35
 | 35
 | 36
 | 
       | 96
 | 48
 | 41
 | 38
 | 36
 | 36
 | 
       | 100
 |   | 44
 | 40
 | 38
 | 38
 | 
       | 104
 |   | 49
 | 43
 | 40
 | 39
 | 
       | 108
 |   | 54
 | 46
 | 43
 | 41
 | 
       | 112
 |   |   | 50
 | 45
 | 43
 | 
       | 116
 |   |   | 55
 | 48
 | 45
 | 
       | 120
 |   |   | 60
 | 52
 | 48
 | 
       | 124
 |   |   |   | 56
 | 51
 | 
       | 128
 |   |   |   | 61
 | 54
 | 
       | 132
 |   |   |   | 66
 | 58
 | 
       | 136
 |   |   |   |   | 62
 | 
       | 140
 |   |   |   |   | 66
 | 
       | 144
 |   |   |   |   | 72
 | 
       | For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm
 NP=Not permitted
 aLinear interpolation shall be permitted.
 bUse the actual length provided it is greater than or    equal to the minimum length.
 cMaximum header height for is 10'; however, wall    height may be increased to 12' with a pony wall per Table R602.10.6.4.
 | 
       |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
  
    


    R602.10.5.2 Partial credit. For Methods DWB, WSP, SFB, PBS,  PCP and HPS panels between 36 inches and 48 inches in length shall be  considered a braced wall panel and shall be permitted to partially contribute  towards the required length of bracing in Table R602.10.3(1) and R602.10.3(3),  and the contributing length shall be determined from Table R602.10.5.2.
           | Table R602.10.5.2
 Partial Credit for Braced Wall Panels Less than 48 Inches    in Actual Length
 | 
       | Actual Length of Braced
 Wall Panel (in)
 | Contributing Length of Braced Wall Panel (in)a
 | 
       | 8 ft Wall Height
 | 9 ft Wall Height
 | 
       | 48
 | 48
 | 48
 | 
       | 42
 | 36
 | 36
 | 
       | 36
 | 27
 | N/A
 | 
       | For SI: 1 inch=25.4mm
 aLinear interpolation shall be permitted.
 | 
  
    R602.10.6 Construction of Methods ABW, PFH, PFG and CS-PF.  Methods ABW, PFH, PFG and CS-PF shall be constructed as specified in Sections  R602.10.6.1 through R602.10.6.4.
    R602.10.6.1 Method ABW: Alternate braced wall panels.  Method ABW braced wall panels shall be constructed in accordance with Figure  R602.10.6.1.
    


    R602.10.6.2 Method PFH: Portal frame with hold-downs.  Method PFH braced wall panels shall be constructed in accordance with Figure R602.10.6.2.
    


    R602.10.6.3 Method PFG: Portal frame at garage door  openings. Where supporting a roof or one story and a roof, a Method PFG braced  wall panel constructed in accordance with Figure R602.10.6.3 shall be permitted  on either side of garage door openings.
    


    R602.10.6.4 Method CS-PF: Continuously sheathed portal  frame. Continuously sheathed portal frame braced wall panels shall be  constructed in accordance with Figure R602.10.6.4 and Table R602.10.6.4. The  number of continuously sheathed portal frame panels in a single braced wall  line shall not exceed four.
           | Table R602.10.6.4
 Tension Strap Capacity Required for Resisting Wind    Pressures
 Perpendicular to Method PFH, PFG and CS-PF Braced Wall    Panels
 | 
       | MINIMUM WALL STUD FRAMING NOMINAL SIZE AND GRADE
 | MAXIMUM PONY WALL HEIGHT (ft)
 | MAXIMUM TOTAL WALL HEIGHT (ft)
 | MAXIMUM OPENING WIDTH (ft)
 | TENSION STRAP CAPACITY REQUIRED (lb)a
 | 
       | Basic Wind Speed (mph)
 | 
       | 85
 | 90
 | 100
 | 85
 | 90
 | 100
 | 
       | Exposure B
 | Exposure C
 | 
       | 2x4 No. 2 Grade
 | 0
 | 10
 | 18
 | 1000
 | 1000
 | 1000
 | 1000
 | 1000
 | 1000
 | 
       | 1
 | 10
 | 9
 | 1000
 | 1000
 | 1000
 | 1000
 | 1000
 | 1275
 | 
       | 16
 | 1000
 | 1000
 | 1750
 | 1800
 | 2325
 | 3500
 | 
       | 18
 | 1000
 | 1200
 | 2100
 | 2175
 | 2725
 | DR
 | 
       | 2
 | 10
 | 9
 | 1000
 | 1000
 | 1025
 | 1075
 | 1550
 | 2500
 | 
       | 16
 | 1525
 | 2025
 | 3125
 | 3200
 | 3900
 | DR
 | 
       | 18
 | 1875
 | 2400
 | 3575
 | 3700
 | DR
 | DR
 | 
       | 2
 | 12
 | 9
 | 1000
 | 1200
 | 2075
 | 2125
 | 2750
 | 4000
 | 
       | 16
 | 2600
 | 3200
 | DR
 | DR
 | DR
 | DR
 | 
       | 18
 | 3175
 | 3850
 | DR
 | DR
 | DR
 | DR
 | 
       | 4
 | 12
 | 9
 | 1775
 | 2350
 | 3500
 | 3550
 | DR
 | DR
 | 
       | 16
 | 4175
 | DR
 | DR
 | DR
 | DR
 | DR
 | 
       | 2x6 Stud Grade
 | 2
 | 12
 | 9
 | 1000
 | 1000
 | 1325
 | 1375
 | 1750
 | 2550
 | 
       | 16
 | 1650
 | 2050
 | 2925
 | 3000
 | 3550
 | DR
 | 
       | 18
 | 2025
 | 2450
 | 3425
 | 3500
 | 4100
 | DR
 | 
       | 4
 | 12
 | 9
 | 1125
 | 1500
 | 2225
 | 2275
 | 2775
 | 3800
 | 
       | 16
 | 2650
 | 3150
 | DR
 | DR
 | DR
 | DR
 | 
       | 18
 | 3125
 | 3675
 | DR
 | DR
 | DR
 | DR
 | 
       | For SI: 1 inch=25.4 mm, 1 foot=305 mm, 1 lb=4.45 N
 DR = design required
 aStrap shall be installed in accordance with    manufacturer's recommendations.
 | 
  
    


    R602.10.7 Ends of braced wall lines with continuous  sheathing. Each end of a braced wall line with continuous sheathing shall be in  accordance with one of the end conditions shown in Figure R602.10.7.
    


    R602.10.8 Braced wall panel connections. Braced wall panels  shall be connected to floor framing or foundations as follows:
    1. Where joists are perpendicular to a braced wall panel  above or below, a rim joist, band joist or blocking shall be provided along the  entire length of the braced wall panel in accordance with Figure R602.10.8(1).  Fastening of top and bottom wall plates to framing, rim joist, band joist  and/or blocking shall be in accordance with Table R602.3(1).
    2. Where joists are parallel to a braced wall panel above  or below, a rim joist, end joist or other parallel framing member shall be  provided directly above and below the braced wall panel in accordance with  Figure R602.10.8(2). Where a parallel framing member cannot be located directly  above and below the panel, full-depth blocking at 16 inch (406 mm) spacing  shall be provided between the parallel framing members to each side of the  braced wall panel in accordance with Figure R602.10.8(2). Fastening of blocking  and wall plates shall be in accordance with Table R602.3(1) and Figure  R602.10.8(2).
    3. Connections of braced wall panels to concrete or masonry  shall be in accordance with Section R403.1.6.
    


    


    R602.10.8.1 Connections to roof framing. Top plates of  exterior braced wall panels shall be attached to rafters or roof trusses above  in accordance with Table R602.3(1) and this section. Where required by this  section, blocking between rafters or roof trusses shall be attached to top  plates of braced wall panels and to rafters and roof trusses in accordance with  Table R602.3(1). A continuous band, rim, or header joist or roof truss parallel  to the braced wall panels shall be permitted to replace the blocking required  by this section. Blocking shall not be required over openings in  continuously-sheathed braced wall lines. In addition to the requirements of  this section, lateral support shall be provided for rafters and ceiling joists  in accordance with Section R802.8 and for trusses in accordance with Section  R802.10.3. Roof ventilation shall be provided in accordance with R806.1.
    1. For wind speeds less than 100 mph (45 m/s):
    1.1. Where the distance from the top of the braced wall  panel to the top of the rafters or roof trusses above is 9.25 inches (235 mm)  or less, blocking between rafters or roof trusses shall not be required.
    1.2. Where the distance from the top of the braced wall  panel to the top of the rafters or roof trusses above is between 9.25 inches  (235 mm) and 15.25 inches (387 mm) blocking between rafters or roof trusses  shall be provided above the braced wall panel in accordance with Figure R602.10.8.1(1).
    2. For wind speeds of 100 mph (45 m/s) or greater, where  the distance from the top of the braced wall panel to the top of the rafters or  roof trusses is 15.25 inches (387 mm) or less, blocking between rafters or roof  trusses shall be provided above the braced wall panel in accordance with Figure  R602.10.8.1(1).
    3. Where the distance from the top of the braced wall panel  to the top of the rafters or roof trusses exceeds 15.25 inches (387 mm), the  top plate of the braced wall panel shall be connected to perpendicular rafters  or roof trusses above in accordance with one or more of the following methods:
    3.1. Soffit blocking panels constructed per Figure  R602.10.8.1(2).
    3.2. Vertical blocking panels constructed per Figure  R602.10.8.1(3).
    3.3. Full-height engineered blocking panels designed per  the AF&PA WFCM.
    3.4. Blocking, blocking panels, or other methods of lateral  load transfer designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice.
    


    
    


    R602.10.9 Braced wall panel support. Braced wall panel  support shall be provided as follows:
    1. Cantilevered floor joists complying with Section  R502.3.3 shall be permitted to support braced wall panels.
    2. Elevated post or pier foundations supporting braced wall  panels shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice.
    3. Masonry stem walls less than 48 inches (1220 mm) in  length that support braced wall panels shall be reinforced in accordance with  Figure R602.10.9. Masonry stem walls with a length greater than or equal to 48  inches (1220 mm) supporting braced wall panels shall be constructed in  accordance with Section R403.1 Methods ABW and PFH shall not be permitted to  attach to masonry stem walls.
    4. Concrete stem walls less than 48 inches (1220 mm) in  length, greater than 12 inches (305 mm) tall and less than six inches (152 mm)  thick shall have reinforcement sized and located in accordance with Figure  R602.10.9.
    Exception: As an alternative to the Optional Stem Wall  Reinforcement in Fig. R602.10.9, an approved post-installed adhesive anchoring  system shall be permitted. A minimum of two anchors shall be installed as  indicated in Figure R602.10.9. Anchors shall be located not more than four  inches (102 mm) from each end of the stem wall. Anchors shall be installed into  the concrete footing as follows:
    1. 5/8 inch (16 mm) threaded rod – 3/4 inch (19 mm)  diameter hole with a minimum embedment of six inches (152 mm).
    2. No. 4 reinforcing bar – 5/8 inch (16 mm) diameter hole  with a minimum embedment of 4-1/2 inches (114 mm).
    A minimum footing thickness of eight inches (203 mm) is  required and the minimum distance from each anchor to the edge of the footing  shall be 3-3/4 (95 mm).
    The anchoring adhesive and anchors shall be installed in  accordance with the manufactures instructions and have a minimum tensile  capacity of 5,000 lbs (22 kN).
    The reinforcement of the masonry stem wall and attachment  of the braced wall panel to the stem wall shall be as shown in Figure  R602.10.9.
    


    R602.10.10 Panel joints. All vertical joints of panel  sheathing shall occur over and be fastened to common studs. Horizontal joints  in braced wall panels shall occur over and be fastened to common blocking of a  minimum 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) thickness.
    Exceptions:
    1. Vertical joints of panel sheathing shall be permitted to  occur over double studs where adjoining panel edges are attached to separate  studs with the required panel edge fastening schedule and the adjacent studs  are attached together with two rows of 10d box nails (3 inches long x 0.128  inch diameter) at 10 inches (254 mm) o.c.
    2. Blocking at horizontal joints shall not be required in  wall segments that are not counted as braced wall panels.
    3. Where the length of bracing provided is at least twice  the required length of bracing from Tables R602.10.3(1) and R602.10.3(3)  blocking at horizontal joints shall not be required in braced wall panels  constructed using Methods WSP, SFB, GB, PBS or HPS.
    4. When Method GB panels are installed horizontally,  blocking of horizontal joints is not required.
    R602.10.11 Cripple wall bracing. Cripple walls shall be  constructed in accordance with Section R602.9 and braced in accordance with  this section. Cripple walls shall be braced with the length and method of  bracing used for the wall above in accordance with Tables R602.10.3(1) and  R602.10.3(3), except that the length of cripple wall bracing shall be  multiplied by a factor of 1.15.
    R602.10.11.1 Cripple wall bracing for townhouses in Seismic  Design Category C. In addition to the requirements in Section R602.10.11, the  distance between adjacent edges of braced wall panels shall be 14 feet (4267  mm) maximum.
    Where braced wall lines at interior walls are not supported  on a continuous foundation below, the adjacent parallel cripple walls, where  provided, shall be braced with Method WSP or CS-WSP per Section R602.10.4. The  length of bracing required per Table R602.10.3(3) for the cripple walls shall  be multiplied by 1.5. Where the cripple walls do not have sufficient length to  provide the required bracing, the spacing of panel edge fasteners shall be  reduced to four inches (102 mm) on center and the required bracing length  adjusted by 0.7. If the required length can still not be provided, the cripple  wall shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice.
    R602.10.11.2 Redesignation of cripple walls. Where all  cripple wall segments along a braced wall line do not exceed 48 inches (1220  mm) in height, the cripple wall shall be permitted to be redesignated as a  first story wall for purposes of determining wall bracing requirements. Where  any cripple wall segment in a braced wall line exceeds 48 inches (1220 mm) in  height, the entire cripple wall shall be counted as an additional story. If the  cripple walls are redesignated, the stories above the redesignated story shall  be counted as the second and third stories respectively.
    50. Change Section R602.11.1 to read:
    602.11.1 Wall anchorage for townhouses in Seismic Design  Category C. Plate washers, a minimum of 0.229 inch by 3 inches by 3 inches (5.8  mm by 76 mm by 76 mm) in size, shall be provided between the foundation sill  plate and the nut except where approved anchor straps are used. The hole in the  plate washer is permitted to be diagonally slotted with a width of up to 3/16  inch (5 mm) larger than the bolt diameter and a slot length not to exceed 1-3/4  inches (44 mm), provided a standard cut washer is placed between the plate  washer and the nut.
    51. Delete Section R602.11.2.
    [ 58. Change Section R602.10 to read: 
    R602.10 Wall bracing. Buildings shall be braced in accordance  with this section or Section R602.12. Where a building, or portion thereof,  does not comply with one or more of the bracing requirements in this section,  those portions shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Section  R301.1. 
    The building official shall be permitted to require the  permit applicant to identify braced wall lines and braced wall panels on the  construction documents as described in this section and provide associated  analysis. The building official shall be permitted to waive the analysis of the  upper floors where the cumulative length of wall openings of each upper floor  wall is less than or equal to the length of the openings of the wall directly  below. 
    59. Change the following row and footnotes in Table  R602.10.3(1) to read: 
           | Basic Wind Speed (mph) | Story Location | Braced Wall Line Spacingb (feet) | Method LIBc | Method GB | Methods DWB, WSP, SFB, PBS, PCP, HPS, BV-WSP, ABW, PFH,    PFG, CS-SFBd | Methods CS-WSP, CS-G, CS-PF | 
       | For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm, 1 mile per    hour = 0.447 m/s.a. Linear interpolation shall be permitted.
 b. Where a braced wall line has parallel braced wall lines on one or both    sides of differing dimensions, the average dimension shall be permitted to be    used for braced wall line spacing.
 c. Method LIB shall have gypsum board fastened to at least one side with    nails or screws per Table R602.3(1) for exterior sheathing or Table R702.3.5    for interior gypsum board. Spacing of fasteners at panel edges shall not    exceed eight inches (203 mm).
 d. Method CS-SFB does not apply where the wind speed is greater than 100    mph.
 | 
  
    60. Change Section  R602.10.4.1 to read: 
    R602.10.4.1 Mixing methods. Mixing of bracing methods shall  be permitted as follows: 
    1. Mixing bracing methods from braced wall line to braced  wall line shall be permitted. 
    2. Mixing intermittent bracing methods along a braced wall  line shall be permitted in Seismic Design Categories A and B, and detached  dwellings in Seismic Design Category C, provided the length of bracing in  accordance with Table R602.10.3(1) or R602.10.3(3) is the highest value of all  bracing methods used. 
    3. Mixing of methods CS-WSP, CS-G, CS-PF, ABW, PFH, and PFG  along a braced wall line shall be permitted. 
    4. In Seismic Design Categories A and B, and detached  dwellings in Seismic Design Category C, mixing of intermittent bracing methods  along the interior portion of a braced wall line with continuous sheathing  methods along the exterior portion of the same braced wall line shall be  permitted. The length of required bracing shall be the highest value of all  bracing methods used in accordance with Table R602.10.3(1) or R602.10.3(3). The  requirements of Section R602.10.7 shall apply to each end of the continuously  sheathed portions of the braced wall line. 
    61. Change the "CS-PF" row of Table R602.10.5 to read:  
           | CS-PF | 16 | 18 | 20 | 22e | 24e | 1.5 x Actualb | 
  
    62. Change Items 3.3 and 3.4 of Section R602.10.8.2 to  read: 
    3.3. Blocking panels provided by the roof truss  manufacturer and designed in accordance with Section R802.10. 
    3.4. Blocking, blocking panels, or other methods of lateral  load transfer designed in accordance with the AMC WFCM or accepted engineering  practice. 
    63. Change Item 3 of Section R602.10.10 to read: 
    3. Where the bracing length provided is at least twice the  minimum length required by Table R602.10.3(1) and Table R602.10.3(3), blocking  at horizontal joints shall not be required in braced wall panels constructed  using Methods WSP, SFB, GB, PBS, HPS, CS-WSP or CS-SFB. 
    64. Change Section R602.10.11 to read: 
    R602.10.11 Cripple wall bracing. Cripple walls shall be  constructed in accordance with Section R602.9 and braced in accordance with  this section. Cripple walls shall be braced with the length and method of  bracing used for the wall above in accordance with Tables R602.10.3(1) and  R602.10.3(3), and the applicable adjustment factors in Tables R602.10.3(2) and  R602.10.3(4), respectively, except the length of the cripple wall bracing shall  be multiplied by a factor of 1.15. Cripple wall bracing shall comply with  Section R602.10.4.3. ] 
    52. [ 43. 65. ] Replace  Section R602.12, including all subsections, with the following: 
    R602.12 Simplified wall bracing. Buildings meeting all of  the conditions listed below shall be permitted to be braced in accordance with  this section as an alternate to the requirements of Section R602.10. The entire  building shall be braced in accordance with this section; the use of other  bracing provisions of R602.10, except as specified herein, shall not be  permitted.
    1. There shall be no more than two stories above the top of  a concrete or masonry foundation or basement wall. Permanent wood foundations  shall not be permitted.
    2. Floors shall not cantilever more than 24 inches (607 mm)  beyond the foundation or bearing wall below.
    3. Wall height shall not be greater than 10 feet (2743 mm).
    4. The building shall have a roof eave-to-ridge height of  15 feet (4572 mm) or less.
    5. All exterior walls shall have gypsum board with a  minimum thickness of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) installed on the interior side fastened  in accordance with Table R702.3.5.
    6. The structure shall be located where the basic wind  speed is less than or equal to 90 mph (40 m/s) and the Exposure Category is A  or B.
    7. The structure shall be located in Seismic Design  Category of A, B or C for detached one-family and two-family dwellings or  Seismic Design Category A or B for townhouses.
    8. Cripple walls shall not be permitted in two-story  buildings.
    R602.12.1 Circumscribed rectangle. Required bracing shall  be determined by circumscribing a rectangle around the entire building on each  floor as shown in Figure R602.12.1. The rectangle shall surround all enclosed  offsets and projections such as sunrooms and attached garages. Open structures  such as carports and decks shall be permitted to be excluded. The rectangle  shall have no side greater than 60 feet (18 288 mm), and the ratio between the  long side and short side shall be a maximum of 3:1.
    


    R602.12.2 Sheathing materials. The following sheathing  materials installed on the exterior side of exterior walls shall be used to  construct a bracing unit as defined in Section R602.12.3. Mixing materials is  prohibited.
    1. Wood structural panels with a minimum thickness of 3/8  inch (9.5 mm) fastened in accordance with Table R602.3(3).
    2. Structural fiberboard sheathing with a minimum thickness  of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) fastened in accordance with Table R602.3(1).
    R602.12.3 Bracing unit. A bracing unit shall be a  full-height sheathed segment of the exterior wall with no openings or vertical  or horizontal offsets and a minimum length as specified below. Interior walls  shall not contribute toward the amount of required bracing. Mixing of Items 1  and 2 below is prohibited on the same story.
    1. Where all framed portions of all exterior walls are  sheathed in accordance with Section R602.12.2, including wall areas between  bracing units, above and below openings and on gable end walls, the minimum  length of a bracing unit shall be three feet (914 mm).
    2. Where the exterior walls are braced with sheathing  panels in accordance with Section R602.12.2 and areas between bracing units are  covered with other materials, the minimum length of a bracing unit shall be  four feet (1219 mm).
    R602.12.3.1 Multiple bracing units. Segments of wall  compliant with Section R602.12.3 and longer than the minimum bracing unit  length shall be considered as multiple bracing units. The number of bracing  units shall be determined by dividing the wall segment length by the minimum  bracing unit length. Full-height sheathed segments of wall narrower than the  minimum bracing unit length shall not contribute toward a bracing unit except  as specified in Section R602.12.6.
    R602.12.4 Number of bracing units. Each side of the  circumscribed rectangle, as shown in Figure R602.12.1, shall have, at a minimum,  the number of bracing units per Table R602.12.4 placed on the parallel exterior  walls facing the side of the rectangle. Bracing units shall then be placed  using the distribution requirements specified in Section R602.12.5.
           | Table R602.12.4
 Minimum Number of Bracing    Units on Each Side of the Circumscribed Rectangle
 | 
       | Story Level
 | Eave-to ridge height
 (feet)
 | Minimum number of bracing    units on each long sidea,b
 | Minimum number of bracing    units on each short sidea,b
 | 
       | Length of short side (ft)c
 | Length of long side (ft)c
 | 
       | 10
 | 20
 | 30
 | 40
 | 50
 | 60
 | 10
 | 20
 | 30
 | 40
 | 50
 | 60
 | 
       | 
 | 10
 | 1
 | 2
 | 2
 | 2
 | 3
 | 3
 | 1
 | 2
 | 2
 | 2
 | 3
 | 3
 | 
       | 
 | 2
 | 3
 | 3
 | 4
 | 5
 | 6
 | 2
 | 3
 | 3
 | 4
 | 5
 | 6
 | 
       | 
 | 15
 | 1
 | 2
 | 3
 | 3
 | 4
 | 4
 | 1
 | 2
 | 3
 | 3
 | 4
 | 4
 | 
       | 
 | 2
 | 3
 | 4
 | 5
 | 6
 | 7
 | 2
 | 3
 | 4
 | 5
 | 6
 | 7
 | 
       | For SI: 1 ft=304.8 mm
 aInterpolation shall not be permitted.
 bCripple walls or wood-framed basement walls    in a walk-out condition of a one-story structure shall be designed as the    first floor of a two-story house.
 cActual lengths of the sides of the    circumscribed rectangle shall be rounded to the next highest unit of 10 when    using this table.
 | 
  
    R602.12.5 Distribution of bracing units. The placement of  bracing units on exterior walls shall meet all of the following requirements as  shown in Figure R602.12.5.
    1. A bracing unit shall begin no more than 12 feet (3658  mm) from any wall corner.
    2. The distance between adjacent edges of bracing units  shall be no greater than 20 feet (6096 mm).
    3. Segments of wall greater than eight feet (2438 mm) in  length shall have a minimum of one bracing unit.
    


    R602.12.6 Narrow panels. The bracing methods referenced in  Section R602.10 and specified in Sections R602.12.6.1 through R602.12.6.3 shall  be permitted when using simplified wall bracing.
    R602.12.6.1 Method CS-G. Braced wall panels constructed as  Method CS-G in accordance with Tables R602.10.4.1 and R602.10.5 shall be  permitted for one-story garages when all framed portions of all exterior walls  are sheathed with wood structural panels. Each CS‑G panel shall be  equivalent to 0.5 bracing units.
    R602.12.6.2 Method CS-PF. Braced wall panels constructed as  Method CS-PF in accordance with Section R602.10.6.4 shall be permitted when all  framed portions of all exterior walls are sheathed with wood structural panels.  Each CS-PF panel shall equal 0.5 bracing units. A maximum of four CS-PF panels  shall be permitted on all the segments of walls parallel to each side of the  circumscribed rectangle.
    R602.12.6.3 Methods PFH and PFG. Braced wall panels  constructed as Method PFH, in accordance with Section R602.10.6.2, and PFG, in  accordance with Section R602.10.6.3, shall be permitted when bracing units are  constructed using wood structural panels. Each PFH panel shall equal one  bracing unit, and each PFG shall equal 0.75 bracing units.
    R602.12.7 Lateral support. For bracing units located along  the eaves, the vertical distance from the outside edge of the top wall plate to  the roof sheathing above shall not exceed 9.25 inches (235 mm) at the location  of a bracing unit unless lateral support is provided in accordance with Section  R602.10.8.1.
    R602.12.8 Stem walls. Masonry stem walls with a height and  length of 48 inches (1219 mm) or less supporting a bracing unit or a Method  CS-G, CS-PF or PFG braced wall panel shall be constructed in accordance with  Figure R602.10.9. Concrete stem walls greater than 12 inches (305 mm) tall and  less than six inches (152 mm) thick shall have reinforcement sized and located  in accordance with Figure R602.10.9.
    R602.12 Practical wall bracing. All buildings in Seismic  Design Categories A and B and detached buildings in Seismic Design Category C  shall be permitted to be braced in accordance with this section as an  alternative to the requirements of Section R602.10. Where a building, or  portion thereof, does not comply with one or more of the bracing requirements  in this section, those portions shall be designed and constructed in accordance  with Section R301.1. The use of other bracing provisions of Section R602.10,  except as specified herein, shall not be permitted. 
    The building official shall be permitted to require the  permit applicant to identify bracing on the construction documents and provide  associated analysis. The building official shall be permitted to waive the  analysis of the upper floors where the cumulative length of wall openings of  each upper floor wall is less than or equal to the length of the openings of  the wall directly below. 
    R602.12.1 Sheathing materials. The following materials  shall be permitted for use as sheathing for wall bracing. Exterior walls shall  be sheathed on all sheathable surfaces, including infill areas between bracing  locations, above and below wall openings, and on gable end walls. 
    1. Wood structural panels with a minimum thickness of 7/16  inch (9.5 mm) fastened in accordance with Table R602.3(3). 
    2. Structural fiberboard sheathing with a minimum thickness  of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) fastened in accordance with Table R602.3(1). 
    3. Gypsum board with a minimum thickness of 1/2 inch (12.7  mm) fastened in accordance with Table R702.3.5 on interior walls only. 
    R602.12.2 Braced wall panels. Braced wall panels shall be  full-height wall sections sheathed with the materials listed in Section  R602.12.1 and complying with the following: 
    1. Exterior braced wall panels shall have a minimum length  based on the height of the adjacent opening as specified in Table R602.12.2.  Panels with openings on both sides of differing heights shall be governed by  the taller opening when determining panel length. 
    2. Interior braced wall panels shall have a minimum length  of 48 inches (1220 mm) when sheathing material is applied to one side.  Doubled-sided applications shall be permitted to be considered two braced wall  panels. 
    3. Braced wall panels shall be permitted to be constructed  of Methods ABW, PFH, PFG, and CS-PF in accordance with Section R602.10.4. 
    4. Exterior braced wall panels, other than the methods  listed in Item 3 above shall have a finish material installed on the interior.  The finish material shall consist of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board or  equivalent and shall be permitted to be omitted where the required length of  bracing, as determined in Section R602.12.4, is multiplied by 1.40, unless  otherwise required by Section R302.6. 
    5. Vertical sheathing joints shall occur over and be  fastened to common studs. 
    6. Horizontal sheathing joints shall be edge nailed to  1–1/2 inch (38 mm) minimum thick common blocking. 
           | Table R602.12.2Braced Wall Panel Lengths [
 a] | 
       | [ Adjacent opening or clear opening height    (inches)Location ] | [ Minimum Panel Length (inches)] | 
       | Wall Height (feet) | 
       | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 
       |   | [ Minimum Panel Length (inches) ]  | 
       | [ GarageAdjacent garage ] door    [openingbof one-story garagea ] | 24 | 27 | 30 | 33 | 36 | 
       | [ Adjacent all other openingsb  |   |   |   |   |   | 
       | [ Clear opening height (inches) ] ≤    64 | 24 | 27 | 30 | 33 | 36 | 
       | [ Clear opening height (inches) ] ≤    72 | 27 | 27 | 30 | 33 | 36 | 
       | [ Clear opening height (inches) ] ≤    80 | 30 | 30 | 30 | 33 | 36 | 
       | [ Clear opening height (inches) ] > 80 | 36 | 36 | 36 | 40 | 40  | 
       | For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. a. [ Interpolation shall be permitted for    openings greater than 64 inches (1626 mm) and less than 80 inches (2032 mm);    extrapolation shall be prohibited. b.] Braced wall panels [of    a one-story garage located on each side of the garage door opening and]    supporting a gable end wall or roof load only.
 [ b. Interpolation shall be permitted. ] | 
  
    R602.12.3 Circumscribed rectangle. Required length of  bracing shall be determined by circumscribing one or more rectangles around the  entire building or portions thereof as shown in Figure R602.12.3. Rectangles  shall surround all enclosed offsets and projections such as sunrooms and  attached garages. Chimneys, partial height projections, and open structures,  such as carports and decks, shall be excluded from the rectangle. Each  rectangle shall have no side greater than 80 feet (24 384 mm) with a maximum 3:1  ratio between the long and short side. Rectangles shall be permitted to be  skewed to accommodate angled projections as shown in Figure R602.12.4.3. 
     
    
     
    [ R602.12.3.1 Townhouses. Rectangles shall be  circumscribed around individual townhouses. ] 
    R602.12.4 Required length of bracing. The required length  of bracing for each side of a circumscribed rectangle shall be determined using  Table R602.12.4. Where multiple rectangles share a common side or sides, the  required length of bracing shall equal the sum of the required lengths from all  shared rectangle sides. 
           | Table R602.12.4Required Length of Bracing Along Each Side of a Circumscribed Rectanglea,b,c    [
 ,d] | 
       | Wind Speed | Eave-to-Ridge Height    (feet) | Number of Floor Levels    Abovee,f | Required Length of Bracing    on Front/Rear Side (feet) | Required Length of Bracing    on Left/Right Side (feet) | 
       | Length of Left/Right Side (feet) | Length of Front/Rear Side (feet) | 
       | 10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50 | 60 | 70 | 80 | 10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50 | 60 | 70 | 80 | 
       | 90 | 10 | 0 | 2.0 | 3.5 | 5.0 | 6.0 | 7.5 | 9.0 | 10.5 | 12.0 | 2.0 | 3.5 | 5.0 | 6.0 | 7.5 | 9.0 | 10.5 | 12.0 | 
       | 1 [ d ] | 3.5 | 6.5 | 9.0 | 12.0 | 14.5 | 17.0 | 19.8 | 22.6 | 3.5 | 6.5 | 9.0 | 12.0 | 14.5 | 17.0 | 19.8 | 22.6 | 
       | 2 [ d ] | 5.0 | 9.5 | 13.5 | 17.5 | 21.5 | 25.0 | 29.2 | 33.4 | 5.0 | 9.5 | 13.5 | 17.5 | 21.5 | 25.0 | 29.2 | 33.4 | 
       | 15 | 0 | 2.6 | 4.6 | 6.5 | 7.8 | 9.8 | 11.7 | 13.7 | 15.7 | 2.6 | 4.6 | 6.5 | 7.8 | 9.8 | 11.7 | 13.7 | 15.7 | 
       | 1 [ d ] | 4.0 | 7.5 | 10.4 | 13.8 | 16.7 | 19.6 | 22.9 | 26.2 | 4.0 | 7.5 | 10.4 | 13.8 | 16.7 | 19.6 | 22.9 | 26.2 | 
       | 2 [ d ] | 5.5 | 10.5 | 14.9 | 19.3 | 23.7 | 27.5 | 32.1 | 36.7 | 5.5 | 10.5 | 14.9 | 19.3 | 23.7 | 27.5 | 32.1 | 36.7 | 
       | 20 | 0 | 2.9 | 5.2 | 7.3 | 8.8 | 11.1 | 13.2 | 15.4 | 17.6 | 2.9 | 5.2 | 7.3 | 8.8 | 11.1 | 13.2 | 15.4 | 17.6 | 
       | 1 [ d ] | 4.5 | 8.5 | 11.8 | 15.6 | 18.9 | 22.1 | 25.8 | 29.5 | 4.5 | 8.5 | 11.8 | 15.6 | 18.9 | 22.1 | 25.8 | 29.5 | 
       | 2 [ d ] | 6.2 | 11.9 | 16.8 | 21.8 | 27.3 | 31.1 | 36.3 | 41.5 | 6.2 | 11.9 | 16.8 | 21.8 | 27.3 | 31.1 | 36.3 | 41.5 | 
       | 100 | 10 | 0 | 2.5 | 4.0 | 6.0 | 7.5 | 9.5 | 11.0 | 12.8 | 14.6 | 2.5 | 4.0 | 6.0 | 7.5 | 9.5 | 11.0 | 12.8 | 14.6 | 
       | 1 [ d ] | 4.5 | 8.0 | 11.0 | 14.5 | 18.0 | 21.0 | 24.5 | 28.0 | 4.5 | 8.0 | 11.0 | 14.5 | 18.0 | 21.0 | 24.5 | 28.0 | 
       | 2 [ d ] | 6.0 | 11.5 | 16.5 | 21.5 | 26.5 | 31.0 | 36.2 | 41.4 | 6.0 | 11.5 | 16.5 | 21.5 | 26.5 | 31.0 | 36.2 | 41.4 | 
       | 15 | 0 | 3.4 | 5.2 | 7.8 | 9.8 | 12.4 | 14.3 | 16.7 | 19.1 | 3.4 | 5.2 | 7.8 | 9.8 | 12.4 | 14.3 | 16.7 | 19.1 | 
       | 1 [ d ] | 5.2 | 9.2 | 12.7 | 16.7 | 20.7 | 24.2 | 28.2 | 32.2 | 5.2 | 9.2 | 12.7 | 16.7 | 20.7 | 24.2 | 28.2 | 32.2 | 
       | 2 [ d ] | 6.6 | 12.7 | 18.2 | 23.7 | 29.2 | 34.1 | 39.8 | 45.5 | 6.6 | 12.7 | 18.2 | 23.7 | 29.2 | 34.1 | 39.8 | 45.5 | 
       | 20 | 0 | 3.8 | 5.9 | 8.8 | 11.1 | 14.0 | 16.2 | 18.9 | 21.6 | 3.8 | 5.9 | 8.8 | 11.1 | 14.0 | 16.2 | 18.9 | 21.6 | 
       | 1 [ d ] | 5.9 | 10.4 | 14.4 | 18.9 | 23.4 | 27.3 | 31.8 | 36.3 | 5.9 | 10.4 | 14.4 | 18.9 | 23.4 | 27.3 | 31.8 | 36.3 | 
       | 2 [ d ] | 7.5 | 14.4 | 20.6 | 26.8 | 33.0 | 38.5 | 44.9 | 51.3 | 7.5 | 14.4 | 20.6 | 26.8 | 33.0 | 38.5 | 44.9 | 51.3 | 
       | For SI: 1 ft = 304.8 mm. a. Interpolation shall be permitted; extrapolation shall    be prohibited. b. For Exposure Category C, multiply the required length    of bracing by a factor of 1.20 for a one-story building, 1.30 for a two-story    building, and 1.40 for a three-story building. c. For wall height adjustments multiply the required    length of bracing by the following factors: 0.90 for 8 feet (2438 mm), 0.95    for 9 feet (2743 mm), 1.0 for 10 feet (3048 mm), 1.05 for 11 feet (3353 mm),    and 1.10 for 12 feet (3658 mm). d. Where braced wall panels [ supporting    stories above ] have been sheathed in wood structural panels with    edge fasteners spaced at 4 inches (102 mm) on center, multiply the required    length of bracing by 0.83. e. A floor level, habitable or otherwise, contained    wholly within the roof rafters or trusses shall not be considered a floor    level for purposes of determining the required length of bracing. f. A rectangle side with differing number of floor levels    above shall use the greatest number when determining the required length of    bracing. | 
  
    R602.12.4.1 Braced wall panel assignment to rectangle  sides. Braced wall panels shall be assigned to the applicable rectangle side  and contribute to its required length of bracing. Panels shall be assigned as  specified below and as shown in Figure R602.12.4.1. 
    1. Exterior braced wall panels shall be assigned to the  parallel rectangle side on which they are located or in which they face. 
    2. Interior braced wall panels shall be assigned to the  parallel rectangle side on which they are located or in which they face up to 4  feet (1220 mm) away. Interior braced wall panels more than 4 feet (1220 mm)  away from a parallel rectangle side shall not contribute. 
    3. The projections of angled braced wall panels shall be  assigned to the adjacent rectangle sides. 
    
    R602.12.4.2 Contributing length. The cumulative  contributing length of braced wall panels assigned to a rectangle side shall be  greater than or equal to the required length of bracing as determined in  Section R602.12.4. The contributing length of a braced wall panel shall be as  specified below. When applying contributing length to angled braced wall  panels, apply the requirements below to each projection: 
    1. Exterior braced wall panels shall contribute their  actual length. 
    2. Interior braced wall panels shall contribute one-half of  their actual length. 
    3. The contributing length of Methods ABW, PFH, PFG, and  CS-PF shall be in accordance with Table R602.10.5. 
    R602.12.4.3 Common sides with skewed rectangles. Braced  wall panels located on a common wall where skewed rectangles intersect, as  shown in Figure R602.12.4.3, shall be permitted to be assigned to the parallel  rectangle side, and their projections shall be permitted to be assigned to the  adjacent skewed rectangle sides. 
    
    R602.12.5 Cripple walls and framed walls of walk-out  basements. For rectangle sides with cripple walls having a maximum height of 48  inches (1220 mm), the required length of bracing shall be as determined in  Section R602.12.4. For rectangle sides with cripple walls having a height greater  than 48 inches (1220 mm) at any location or framed walls of a walk-out  basement, the required length of bracing shall be determined using Table  R602.12.4. Braced wall panels within cripple walls and walls of walk-out  basements shall comply with Item 4 of Section R602.12.2. 
    R602.12.6 Distribution of braced wall panels. Braced wall  panels shall be distributed in accordance with the following requirements as  shown in Figure R602.12.6. 
    1. The edge of a braced wall panel shall be no more than 12  feet (3658 mm) from any building corner or rectangle corner. 
    2. The distance between adjacent edges of braced wall  panels shall be no more than 20 feet (6096 mm). 
    3. Segments of exterior walls greater than 8 feet (2438 mm)  in length shall have a minimum of one braced wall panel. 
    4. Segments of exterior wall 8 feet (2438 mm) or less in  length shall be permitted to have no braced wall panels. 
    
    R602.12.6.1 Panels adjacent to balloon framed walls. Braced  wall panels shall be placed on each side of each story adjacent to balloon  framed walls designed in accordance with Section R602.3 with a maximum height  of two stories. 
    R602.12.7 Braced wall panel connection. Braced wall panels  shall be connected to other structural elements in accordance with Section  R602.10.8. 
    R602.12.8 Braced wall panel support. Braced wall panels  shall be supported in accordance with Section R602.10.9. 
    53. Change Section R612.2 to read:
    R612.2 Window sills. In dwelling units, where the opening  of an operable window is located more than 72 inches (1829 mm) above the  finished grade or surface below, the lowest part of the clear opening of the  window shall be a minimum of 18 inches (457 mm) above the finished floor of the  room in which the window is located. Operable sections of windows shall not  permit openings that allow passage of a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere where  such openings are located within 18 inches (457 mm) of the finished floor.
    Exceptions:
    1. Windows whose openings will not allow a 4-inch-diameter  (102 mm) sphere to pass through the opening when the opening is in its largest  opened position.
    2. Openings that are provided with window fall prevention  devices that comply with Section R612.3.
    3. Openings that are provided with fall protection devices  that comply with ASTM F 2090.
    4. Windows that are provided with opening limiting devices  that comply with Section R612.4.
    54. Change Section R703.7 to read:
    R703.7 Stone and masonry veneer, general. Stone and masonry  veneer shall be installed in accordance with this chapter, Table R703.4 and  Figure R703.7. These veneers installed over a backing of wood or cold-formed  steel shall be limited to the first story above-grade and shall not exceed five  inches (127 mm) in thickness. See Tables R602.10.3(3) and R602.10.3(4) for wall  bracing requirements for masonry veneer for wood framed construction and  Section R603.9.5 for wall bracing requirements for masonry veneer for  cold-formed steel construction.
    Exceptions:
    1. For all buildings in Seismic Design Categories A, B and  C, exterior stone or masonry veneer, as specified in Table R703.7(1), with a  backing of wood or steel framing shall be permitted to the height specified in  Table R703.7(1) above a noncombustible foundation.
    2. For detached one-family or two-family dwellings in  Seismic Design Categories D0, D1 and D2,  exterior stone or masonry veneer, as specified in Table R703.7(2), with a  backing of wood framing shall be permitted to the height specified in Table  R703.7(2) above a noncombustible foundation.
    55. Delete the reference to footnote "f" and the  footnote itself in Figure R802.11.
    [ 66. Change the indicated rows of Table R802.4(1) to  read: 
           | Ceiling Joist Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 5 psf | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 
       | Maximum ceiling joist spans | 
       | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS Southern Pine #1 Southern Pine #2 Southern Pine #3 | 12-11 12-5 11-10 10-1 | 20-3 19-6 18-8 14-11 | Note a 25-8 24-7 18-9 | Note a Note a Note a 22-9 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS Southern Pine #1 Southern Pine #2 Southern Pine #3 | 11–9 11–3 10-9 8-9 | 18-5 17-8 16-11 12-11 | 24-3 23–4 21–7 16-3 | Note a Note a 25-7 19-9 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS Southern Pine #1 Southern Pine #2 Southern Pine #3 | 11–0 10-7 10-2 8-0 | 17-4 16-8 15-7 11–9 | 22-10 22-0 19-8 14-10 | Note a Note a 23–5 18-0 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS Southern Pine #1 Southern Pine #2 Southern Pine #3 | 10-3 9-10 9-3 7-2 | 16-1 15-6 13-11 10-6 | 21–2 20–5 17-7 13-3 | Note a 24-0 20–11 16-1 | 
  
    67. Change the indicated rows of Table R802.4(2) to read:  
           | Ceiling Joist Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 psf | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 
       | Maximum ceiling joist spans | 
       | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS Southern Pine #1 Southern Pine #2 Southern Pine #3 | 10-3 9-10 9-3 7-2 | 16-1 15-6 13-11 10-6 | 21–2 20–5 17-7 13-3 | Note a 24-0 20–11 16-1 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS Southern Pine #1 Southern Pine #2 Southern Pine #3 | 9-4 8-11 8-0 6-2 | 14-7 14-0 12-0 9-2 | 19-3 17-9 15-3 11–6 | 24-7 20–9 18-1 14-0 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS Southern Pine #1 Southern Pine #2 Southern Pine #3 | 8-9 8-5 7-4 5-8 | 13-9 12-9 11-0 8-4 | 18-2 16-2 13-11 10-6 | 23–1 18-11 16-6 12-9 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS Southern Pine #1 Southern Pine #2 Southern Pine #3 | 8-1 7-8 6-7 5-1 | 12-9 11–5 9-10 7-5 | 16-10 14-6 12-6 9-5 | 21–6 16-11 14-9 11–5 | 
  
    68. Change the indicated rows of  Table R802.5.1(1) to read: 
           | Rafter Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 psf | Dead Load = 20 psf | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum rafter spansa | 
       | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 11–3 | 17-8 | 23–4 | Note b | Note b | 11–3 | 17-8 | 23–4 | Note b | Note b | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 10-10 | 17-0 | 22-5 | Note b | Note b | 10-6 | 15-8 | 19-10 | 23–2 | Note b | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 10-4 | 15-7 | 19-8 | 23–5 | Note b | 9-0 | 13-6 | 17-1 | 20–3 | 23–10 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 8-0 | 11–9 | 14-10 | 18-0 | 21–4 | 6-11 | 10-2 | 12-10 | 15-7 | 18-6 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 10-3 | 16-1 | 21–2 | Note b | Note b | 10-3 | 16-1 | 21–2 | 25-7 | Note b | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 9-10 | 15-6 | 19-10 | 23–2 | Note b | 9-1 | 13-7 | 17-2 | 20–1 | 23–10 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 9-0 | 13-6 | 17-1 | 20–3 | 23–10 | 7-9 | 11–8 | 14-9 | 17-6 | 20–8 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-11 | 10-2 | 12-10 | 15-7 | 18-6 | 6-0 | 8-10 | 11–2 | 13-6 | 16-0 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 9-8 | 15-2 | 19-11 | 25-5 | Note b | 9-8 | 15-2 | 19-7 | 23–4 | Note b | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 9-3 | 14-3 | 18-1 | 21–2 | 25-2 | 8-4 | 12-4 | 15-8 | 18-4 | 21–9 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 8-2 | 12-3 | 15-7 | 18-6 | 21–9 | 7-1 | 10-8 | 13-6 | 16-0 | 18-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-4 | 9-4 | 11–9 | 14-3 | 16-10 | 5-6 | 8-1 | 10-2 | 12-4 | 14-7 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 8-11 | 14-1 | 18-6 | 23–8 | Note b | 8-11 | 13-10 | 17-6 | 20–10 | 24-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-7 | 12-9 | 16-2 | 18-11 | 22-6 | 7-5 | 11–1 | 14-0 | 16-5 | 19-6 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 7-4 | 11–0 | 13-11 | 16-6 | 19-6 | 6-4 | 9-6 | 12-1 | 14-4 | 16-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-8 | 8-4 | 10-6 | 12-9 | 15-1 | 4-11 | 7-3 | 9-1 | 11–0 | 13-1 | 
  
    69. Change the indicated rows of  Table R802.5.1(2) to read: 
           | Rafter Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 psf | Dead Load = 20 psf | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum rafter spansa | 
       | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 10-3 | 16-1 | 21–2 | Note b | Note b | 10-3 | 16-1 | 21–2 | Note b | Note b | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 9-10 | 15-6 | 20–5 | Note b | Note b | 9-10 | 15-6 | 19-10 | 23–2 | Note b | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 9-5 | 14-9 | 19-6 | 23–5 | Note b | 9-0 | 13-6 | 17-1 | 20–3 | 23–10 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 8-0 | 11–9 | 14-10 | 18-0 | 21–4 | 6-11 | 10-2 | 12-10 | 15-7 | 18-6 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 9-4 | 14-7 | 19-3 | 24-7 | Note b | 9-4 | 14-7 | 19-3 | 24-7 | Note b | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-11 | 14-1 | 18-6 | 23–2 | Note b | 8-11 | 13-7 | 17-2 | 20–1 | 23–10 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 8-7 | 13-5 | 17-1 | 20–3 | 23–10 | 7-9 | 11–8 | 14-9 | 17-6 | 20–8 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-11 | 10-2 | 12-10 | 15-7 | 18-6 | 6-0 | 8-10 | 11–2 | 13-6 | 16-0 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 8-9 | 13-9 | 18-2 | 23–1 | Note b | 8-9 | 13-9 | 18-2 | 23–1 | Note b | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-5 | 13-3 | 17-5 | 21–2 | 25-2 | 8-4 | 12-4 | 15-8 | 18-4 | 21–9 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 8-1 | 12-3 | 15-7 | 16-6 | 21–9 | 7-1 | 10-8 | 13-6 | 16-0 | 18-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-4 | 9-4 | 11–9 | 14-3 | 16-10 | 5-6 | 8-1 | 10-2 | 12-4 | 14-7 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 8-1 | 12-9 | 16-10 | 21–6 | Note b | 8-1 | 12-9 | 16-10 | 20–10 | 24-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 7-10 | 12-3 | 16-2 | 18-11 | 22-6 | 7-6 | 11–1 | 14-0 | 16-5 | 19-6 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 7-4 | 11–0 | 13-11 | 16-6 | 19-6 | 6-4 | 9-6 | 12-1 | 14-4 | 16-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-8 | 8-4 | 10-6 | 12-9 | 15-1 | 4-11 | 7-3 | 9-1 | 11–0 | 13-1 | 
  
    70. Change  the indicated rows of Table R802.5.1(3) to read: 
           | Rafter Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 psf | Dead Load = 20 psf | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum rafter spansa | 
       | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 9-10 | 15-6 | 20–5 | Note b | Note b | 9-10 | 15-6 | 20–5 | 25-4 | Note b | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 9-6 | 14-10 | 19-0 | 22-3 | Note b | 9-0 | 13-5 | 17-0 | 19-11 | 23–7 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 8-7 | 12-11 | 16-4 | 19-5 | 22-10 | 7-8 | 11–7 | 14-8 | 17-4 | 20–5 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-7 | 9-9 | 12-4 | 15-0 | 17-9 | 5-11 | 8-9 | 11–0 | 13-5 | 15-10 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 8-11 | 14-1 | 18-6 | 23–8 | Note b | 8-11 | 14-1 | 18-5 | 21–11 | 25-11 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-7 | 13-0 | 16-6 | 19-3 | 22-10 | 7-10 | 11–7 | 14-9 | 17-3 | 20–5 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 7-6 | 11–2 | 14-2 | 16-10 | 19-10 | 6-8 | 10-0 | 12-8 | 15-1 | 17-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-9 | 8-6 | 10-8 | 13-0 | 15-4 | 5-2 | 7-7 | 9-7 | 11–7 | 13-9 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 8-5 | 13-3 | 17-5 | 22-3 | Note b | 8-5 | 13-3 | 16-10 | 20–0 | 23–7 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-0 | 11–10 | 15-1 | 17-7 | 20–11 | 7-1 | 10-7 | 13-5 | 15-9 | 18-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-10 | 10-2 | 12-11 | 15-4 | 18-1 | 6-1 | 9-2 | 11–7 | 13-9 | 16-2 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-3 | 7-9 | 9-9 | 11–10 | 14-0 | 4-8 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 7-10 | 12-3 | 16-2 | 20–0 | 23–7 | 7-10 | 11–10 | 15-0 | 17-11 | 21–2 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 7-1 | 10-7 | 13-5 | 15-9 | 18-8 | 6-4 | 9-6 | 12-0 | 14-1 | 16-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-1 | 9-2 | 11–7 | 13-9 | 16-2 | 5-5 | 8-2 | 10-4 | 12-3 | 14-6 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-8 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 4-2 | 6-2 | 7-10 | 9-6 | 11–2 | 
  
    71. Change the indicated rows of  Table R802.5.1(4) to read: 
           | Rafter Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 psf | Dead Load = 20 psf | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum rafter spansa | 
       | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 8-4 | 13-1 | 17-2 | 21–11 | Note b | 8-4 | 13-1 | 17-2 | 21–5 | 25-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-0 | 12-3 | 15-6 | 18-2 | 21–7 | 7-7 | 11–4 | 14-5 | 16-10 | 20–0 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 7-0 | 10-6 | 13-4 | 15-10 | 18-8 | 6-6 | 9-9 | 12-4 | 14-8 | 17-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-5 | 8-0 | 10-1 | 12-3 | 14-6 | 5-0 | 7-5 | 9-4 | 11–4 | 13-5 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 7-6 | 11–10 | 15-7 | 19-11 | 23–7 | 7-6 | 11–10 | 15-7 | 18-6 | 21–10 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 7-1 | 10-7 | 13-5 | 15-9 | 18-8 | 6-7 | 9-10 | 12-5 | 14-7 | 17-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-1 | 9-2 | 11–7 | 13-9 | 16-2 | 5-8 | 8-5 | 10-9 | 12-9 | 15-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-8 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 4-4 | 6-5 | 8-1 | 9-10 | 11–7 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 7-1 | 11–2 | 14-8 | 18-3 | 21–7 | 7-1 | 11–2 | 14-2 | 16-11 | 20–0 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 6-6 | 9-8 | 12-3 | 14-4 | 17-1 | 6-0 | 9-0 | 11–4 | 13-4 | 15-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 5-7 | 8-4 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 14-9 | 5-2 | 7-9 | 9-9 | 11–7 | 13-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-3 | 6-4 | 8-0 | 9-8 | 11–5 | 4-0 | 5-10 | 7-4 | 8-11 | 10-7 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 6-7 | 10-4 | 13-8 | 16-4 | 19-3 | 6-7 | 10-0 | 12-8 | 15-2 | 17-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 5-10 | 8-8 | 11–0 | 12-10 | 15-3 | 5-5 | 8-0 | 10-2 | 11–11 | 14-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 5-0 | 7-5 | 9-5 | 11–3 | 13-2 | 4-7 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-5 | 12-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 3-10 | 5-8 | 7-1 | 8-8 | 10-3 | 3-6 | 5-3 | 6-7 | 8-0 | 9-6 | 
  
    72. Change the indicated rows of  Table R802.5.1(5) to read: 
           | Rafter Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 psf | Dead Load = 20 psf | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum rafter spansa | 
       | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 8-11 | 14-1 | 18-6 | 23–8 | Note b | 8-11 | 14-1 | 18-6 | 23–8 | Note b | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-7 | 13-6 | 17-10 | 22-3 | Note b | 8-7 | 13-5 | 17-0 | 19-11 | 23–7 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 8-3 | 12-11 | 16-4 | 19-5 | 22-10 | 7-8 | 11–7 | 14-8 | 17-4 | 20–5 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-7 | 9-9 | 12-4 | 15-0 | 17-9 | 5-11 | 8-9 | 11–0 | 13-5 | 15-10 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 8-1 | 12-9 | 16-10 | 21–6 | Note b | 8-1 | 12-9 | 16-10 | 21–6 | 25-11 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 7-10 | 12-3 | 16-2 | 19-3 | 22-10 | 7-10 | 11–7 | 14-9 | 17-3 | 20–5 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 7-6 | 11–2 | 14-2 | 16-10 | 19-10 | 6-8 | 10-0 | 12-8 | 15-1 | 17-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-9 | 8-6 | 10-8 | 13-0 | 15-4 | 5-2 | 7-7 | 9-7 | 11–7 | 13-9 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 7-8 | 12-0 | 15-10 | 20-2 | 24-7 | 7-8 | 12-0 | 15-10 | 20–0 | 23–7 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 7-4 | 11–7 | 15-1 | 17-7 | 20–11 | 7-1 | 10-7 | 13-5 | 15-9 | 18-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-10 | 10-2 | 12-11 | 15-4 | 18-1 | 6-1 | 9-2 | 11–7 | 13-9 | 16-2 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-3 | 7-9 | 9-9 | 11–10 | 14-0 | 4-8 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 7-1 | 11–2 | 14-8 | 18-9 | 22-10 | 7-1 | 11–2 | 14-8 | 17-11 | 21–2 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 6-10 | 10-7 | 13-5 | 15-9 | 18-8 | 6-4 | 9-6 | 12-0 | 14-1 | 16-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-1 | 9-2 | 11–7 | 13-9 | 16-2 | 5-5 | 8-2 | 10-4 | 12-3 | 14-6 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-8 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 4-2 | 6-2 | 7-10 | 9-6 | 11–2 | 
  
    73. Change the indicated rows of  Table R802.5.1(6) to read: 
           | Rafter Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 psf | Dead Load = 20 psf | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum rafter spansa | 
       | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 7-6 | 11–0 | 15-7 | 19-11 | 24-3 | 7-6 | 11–10 | 15-7 | 19-11 | 24-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 7-3 | 11–5 | 15-0 | 18-2 | 21–7 | 7-3 | 11–4 | 14-5 | 16-10 | 20–0 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-11 | 10-6 | 13-4 | 15-10 | 18-8 | 6-6 | 9-9 | 12-4 | 14-8 | 17-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-5 | 8-0 | 10-1 | 12-3 | 14-6 | 5-0 | 7-5 | 9-4 | 11–4 | 13-5 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 6-10 | 10-9 | 14-2 | 18-1 | 22-0 | 6-10 | 10-9 | 14-2 | 18-1 | 21–10 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 6-7 | 10-4 | 13-5 | 15-9 | 18-8 | 6-7 | 9-10 | 12-5 | 14-7 | 17-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-1 | 9-2 | 11–7 | 13-9 | 16-2 | 5-8 | 8-5 | 10-9 | 12-9 | 15-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-8 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 4-4 | 6-5 | 8-1 | 9-10 | 11–7 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 6-5 | 10-2 | 13-4 | 17-0 | 20–9 | 6-5 | 10-2 | 13-4 | 16-11 | 20–0 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 6-2 | 9-8 | 12-3 | 14-4 | 17-1 | 6-0 | 9-0 | 11–4 | 13-4 | 13-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 5-7 | 8-4 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 14-9 | 5-2 | 7-9 | 9-9 | 11–7 | 15-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-3 | 6-4 | 8-0 | 9-8 | 11–5 | 4-0 | 5-10 | 7-4 | 8-11 | 10-7 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 6-0 | 9-5 | 12-5 | 15-10 | 19-3 | 6-0 | 9-5 | 12-5 | 15-2 | 17-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 5-9 | 8-8 | 11–0 | 12-10 | 15-3 | 5-5 | 8-0 | 10-2 | 11–11 | 14-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 5-0 | 7-5 | 9-5 | 11–3 | 13-2 | 4-7 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-5 | 12-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 3-10 | 5-8 | 7-1 | 8-8 | 10-3 | 3-6 | 5-3 | 6-7 | 8-0 | 9-6 | 
  
    74. Change the indicated rows of  Table R802.5.1(7) to read: 
           | Rafter Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 psf | Dead Load = 20 psf | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum rafter spansa | 
       | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 7-5 | 11–8 | 15-4 | 19-7 | 23–7 | 7-5 | 11–8 | 15-4 | 18-10 | 22-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 7-1 | 10-7 | 13-5 | 15-9 | 18-8 | 6-9 | 10-0 | 12-8 | 14-10 | 17-7 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-1 | 9-2 | 11–7 | 13-9 | 16-2 | 5-9 | 8-7 | 10-11 | 12-11 | 15-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-8 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 4-5 | 6-6 | 8-3 | 10-0 | 11–10 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 6-9 | 10-7 | 14-0 | 17-4 | 20–5 | 6-9 | 10-7 | 13-9 | 16-4 | 19-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 6-2 | 9-2 | 11–8 | 13-8 | 16-2 | 5-10 | 8-8 | 11–0 | 12-10 | 15-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 5-3 | 7-11 | 10-0 | 11–11 | 14-0 | 5-0 | 7-5 | 9-5 | 11–3 | 13-2 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-1 | 6-0 | 7-7 | 9-2 | 10-10 | 3-10 | 5-8 | 7-1 | 8-8 | 10-3 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 6-4 | 10-0 | 13-2 | 15-10 | 18-8 | 6-4 | 9-10 | 12-6 | 14-11 | 17-7 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 5-8 | 8-5 | 10-8 | 12-5 | 14-9 | 5-4 | 7-11 | 10-0 | 11–9 | 13-11 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 4-10 | 7-3 | 9-2 | 10-10 | 12-9 | 4-6 | 6-10 | 8-8 | 10-3 | 12-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 3-8 | 5-6 | 6-11 | 8-4 | 9-11 | 3-6 | 5-2 | 6-6 | 7-11 | 9-4 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 5-11 | 9-3 | 11–11 | 14-2 | 16-8 | 5-11 | 8-10 | 11–2 | 13-4 | 15-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 5-0 | 7-6 | 9-6 | 11–1 | 13-2 | 4-9 | 7-1 | 9-0 | 10-6 | 12-5 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 4-4 | 6-5 | 8-2 | 9-9 | 11–5 | 4-1 | 6-1 | 7-9 | 9-2 | 10-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 3-4 | 4-11 | 6-2 | 7-6 | 8-10 | 3-1 | 4-7 | 5-10 | 7-1 | 8-4 | 
  
    75. Change the indicated rows of  Table R802.5.1(8) to read: 
           | Rafter Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 psf | Dead Load = 20 psf | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum rafter spansa | 
       | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | (feet-inches) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 6-9 | 10-7 | 14-0 | 17-10 | 21–8 | 6-9 | 10-7 | 14-0 | 17-10 | 21–8 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 6-6 | 10-2 | 13-5 | 15-9 | 18-8 | 6-6 | 10-0 | 12-8 | 14-10 | 17-7 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-1 | 9-2 | 11–7 | 13-9 | 16-2 | 5-9 | 8-7 | 10-11 | 12-11 | 15-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-8 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 4-5 | 6-6 | 8-3 | 10-0 | 11–10 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 6-1 | 9-7 | 12-8 | 16-2 | 19-8 | 6-1 | 9-7 | 12-8 | 16-2 | 19-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 5-11 | 9-2 | 11–8 | 13-8 | 16-2 | 5-10 | 8-8 | 11–0 | 12-10 | 15-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 5-3 | 7-11 | 10-0 | 11–11 | 14-0 | 5-0 | 7-5 | 9-5 | 11–3 | 13-2 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-1 | 6-0 | 7-7 | 9-2 | 10-10 | 3-10 | 5-8 | 7-1 | 8-8 | 10-3 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 5-9 | 9-1 | 11–11 | 15-3 | 18-6 | 5-9 | 9-1 | 11–11 | 14-11 | 17-7 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 5-6 | 8-5 | 10-8 | 12-5 | 14-9 | 5-4 | 7-11 | 10-0 | 11–9 | 13-11 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 4-10 | 7-3 | 9-2 | 10-10 | 12-9 | 4-6 | 6-10 | 8-8 | 10-3 | 12-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 3-8 | 5-6 | 6-11 | 8-4 | 9-11 | 3-6 | 5-2 | 6-6 | 7-11 | 9-4 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 5-4 | 8-5 | 11–1 | 14-2 | 16-8 | 5-4 | 8-5 | 11–1 | 13-4 | 15-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 5-0 | 7-6 | 9-6 | 11–1 | 13-2 | 4-9 | 7-1 | 9-0 | 10-6 | 12-5 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 4-4 | 6-5 | 8-2 | 9-9 | 11–5 | 4-1 | 6-1 | 7-9 | 9-2 | 10-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 3-4 | 4-11 | 6-2 | 7-6 | 8-10 | 3-1 | 4-7 | 5-10 | 7-1 | 8-4 | 
  
         
           
     
    44. 76. ] Change Section R807.1 to read: 
    R807.1 Attic access. Buildings with combustible ceiling or  roof construction shall have an attic access opening to attic areas 30 square  feet (2.8 m2) or larger having a vertical height of not less than 30 inches  (762 mm). The vertical height shall be measured from the top of the ceiling  framing members to the underside of the roof framing members. 
    The rough-framed opening shall not be less than 22 inches  by 30 inches (559 mm by 762 mm) and shall be located in a hallway or other  readily accessible location. When located in a wall, the opening shall be a  minimum of 22 inches wide by 30 inches high (559 mm wide by 762 mm high). When  the access is located in a ceiling, minimum unobstructed headroom in the attic  space shall be 30 inches (762 mm) at some point above the access measured  vertically from the bottom of ceiling framing members. See Section M1305.1.3  for access requirements where mechanical equipment is located in attics. 
    [ 45. 77. ] Delete Section R905.2.8.5. 
    [ 46. 78. ] Change Section R1001.8 to read: 
    R1001.8 Smoke chamber. Smoke chamber walls shall be  constructed of solid masonry units, hollow masonry units grouted solid, stone,  or concrete. The total minimum thickness of front, back, and side walls shall  be 8 inches (203 mm) of solid masonry. When the inside surface of the smoke  chamber is formed by corbelled masonry, the inside surface shall be parged  smooth. When a lining of firebrick at least 2 inches (51 mm) thick, or a lining  of vitrified clay at least 5/8 inch (16 mm) thick, is provided, the total  minimum thickness of front, back, and side walls shall be 6 inches (152 mm) of  solid masonry, including the lining. Firebrick shall conform to ASTM C 1261 and  shall be laid with medium duty refractory mortar conforming to ASTM C 199.  Vitrified clay linings shall conform to ASTM C 315. 
    56. [ 47. 79. ] Delete Section N1101.9 N1101.16  (R401.16).
    [ 48. 80. ] Change the ceiling R-value and wood  frame wall R-value categories for climate zone "4 except Marine" in  Table N1102.1.1 (R402.1.1) to read: 
           | Ceiling R-Value | Wood Frame Wall R-Value | 
       | 38 | 15 or 13 + 1h | 
  
    [ 49. 81. ] Change the  ceiling U-factor and frame wall U-factor categories for climate zone "4  except Marine" in Table N1102.1.3 (R402.1.3) to read: 
           | Ceiling U-Factor | Frame Wall U-Factor | 
       | 0.030 | 0.079 | 
  
    [ 50. 82. ] Change Sections  N1102.2.1 (R402.2.1) and N1102.2.4 (R402.2.4) to read: 
    N1102.2.1 (R402.2.1) Ceilings with attic spaces. When  Section N1102.1.1 would require R-38 in the ceiling, installing R-30 over 100%  of the ceiling area shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement for R-38  wherever the full height of uncompressed R-30 insulation extends over the wall  top plate at the eaves. Similarly, when Section N1102.1.1 would require R-49 in  the ceiling, installing R-38 over 100% of the ceiling area shall be deemed to  satisfy the requirement for R-49 wherever the full height of uncompressed R-38  insulation extends over the wall top plate at the eaves. This reduction shall  not apply to the U-factor alternative approach in Section N1102.1.3 and the  total UA alternative in Section N1102.1.4. 
    N1102.2.4 (R402.2.4) Access hatches and doors. Access doors  from conditioned spaces to unconditioned spaces (e.g., attics and crawl spaces)  shall be weatherstripped and insulated in accordance with the following values:  
    1. Hinged vertical doors shall have a minimum overall R-5  insulation value; 
    2. Hatches and scuttle hole covers shall be insulated to a  level equivalent to the insulation on the surrounding surfaces; and 
    3. Pull down stairs shall have a minimum of 75% of the  panel area having R-5 rigid insulation. 
    Access shall be provided to all equipment that prevents  damaging or compressing the insulation. A wood framed or equivalent baffle or  retainer is required to be provided when loose fill insulation is installed,  the purpose of which is to prevent the loose fill insulation from spilling into  the living space when the attic access is opened, and to provide a permanent  means of maintaining the installed R-value of the loose fill insulation. 
    [ 51. 83. ] Delete Section  N1102.3.6 (R402.3.6) and change Sections N1102.4 (R402.4) and N1102.4.1.1 (R402.4.1.1)  to read: 
    N1102.4 (R402.4) Air leakage. The building thermal envelope  shall be constructed to limit air leakage in accordance with the requirements  of Sections N1102.4.1 through N1102.4.4. 
    N1102.4.1.1 (R402.4.1.1) Installation (Mandatory). The  components of the building thermal envelope as listed in Table N1102.4.1.1  shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the  criteria listed in Table N1102.4.1.1, as applicable to the method of  construction. Where required by the code official, an approved third party  shall inspect all components and verify compliance. 
    [ 52. 84. ] Change the title  of the "Criteria" category of Table N1102.4.1.1 (R402.4.1.1); change  the "Walls," "Shower/tub on exterior wall," and  "Fireplace" categories of Table N1102.4.1.1 (R402.4.1.1), and add  footnotes "b" and "c" to Table N1102.4.1.1 (R402.4.1.1) to  read: 
           | Component | Criteriaa,b | 
       | Walls | Cavities within corners and headers shall be insulated by    completely filling the cavity with a material having a minimum thermal    resistance of R-3 per inch. The junction of the foundation and sill plate shall be    sealed. The junction of the top plate and top of exterior walls    shall be sealed. Exterior thermal envelope insulation for framed walls    shall be installed in substantial contact and continuous alignment with the    air barrier. Knee walls shall be sealed. | 
       | Shower/tub on exterior wallc | Exterior walls adjacent to showers and tubs shall be    insulated, and an air barrier shall be installed on the interior side of the    exterior wall, adjacent to the shower or tub. | 
       | Fireplace | An air barrier shall be installed on fireplace walls.    Fireplaces shall have gasketed doors or tight-fitting flue dampers. | 
       | b. Structural integrity of headers shall be in accordance    with the applicable building code.c. Air barriers used behind showers and tubs on exterior walls shall be of    a permeable material that does not cause the entrapment of moisture in the    stud cavity.
 | 
  
    [ 53. 85. ] Change Section  N1102.4.1.2 (R402.4.1.2) and add Sections N1102.4.1.2.1 (R402.4.1.2.1),  N1102.4.1.2.2 (R402.4.1.2.2), and N1102.4.1.3 (R402.4.1.3) to read: 
    N1102.4.1.2 (R402.4.1.2) Air sealing. Building envelope air  tightness shall be demonstrated to comply with either Section N1102.4.1.2.1 or  N1102.4.1.2.2. 
    N1102.4.1.2.1 (R402.4.1.2.1) Testing option. The building  or dwelling unit shall be tested for air leakage. Testing shall be conducted  with a blower door at a pressure of 0.2 inches [ water gauge  (w.g.) (50 Pascals (Pa)) w.g. (50 Pa) ]. Where required  by the building official, testing shall be conducted by an approved third  party. A written report of the results of the test shall be signed by the party  conducting the test and provided to the building official. Testing shall be  performed at any time after creation of all penetrations of the building  thermal envelope. 
    During testing: 
    1. Exterior windows and doors and fireplace and stove doors  shall be closed, but not sealed beyond the intended weatherstripping or other  infiltration control measures; 
    2. Dampers, including exhaust, intake, makeup air,  backdraft, and flue dampers shall be closed, but not sealed beyond intended  infiltration control measures; 
    3. Interior doors, if installed at the time of the test,  shall be open; 
    4. Exterior doors for continuous ventilation systems and  heat recovery ventilators shall be closed and sealed; 
    5. Heating and cooling systems, if installed at the time of  the test, shall be turned off; and 
    6. Supply and return registers, if installed at the time of  the test, shall be fully open. 
    N1102.4.1.2.2 (R402.4.1.2.2) Visual inspection option.  Building envelope tightness shall be considered acceptable when the items  listed in Table N1102.4.1.1, applicable to the method of construction, are  field verified. Where required by the building official, an approved party,  independent from the installer, shall inspect the air barrier. [ When  this option is chosen, whole-house mechanical ventilation shall be provided in  accordance with Section M1507.3. ] 
    N1102.4.1.3 (R402.4.1.3) Leakage rate (Prescriptive). The  building or dwelling unit shall have an air leakage rate not exceeding 5  changes per hour as verified in accordance with Section N1102.4.1.2. 
    [ 54. 86. ] Change Section  N1103.1.1 (R403.1.1) to read: 
    N1103.1.1 (R403.1.1) Programmable thermostat. The  thermostat controlling the primary heating or cooling system of the dwelling  unit shall be capable of controlling the heating and cooling system on a daily  schedule to maintain different temperature set points at different times of the  day. This thermostat shall include the capability to set back or temporarily  operate the system to maintain zone temperatures down to 55°F (13°C) or up to  85°F (29°C). The thermostat shall initially be programmed with a heating  temperature set point no higher than 70°F (21°C) and a cooling temperature set  point no lower than 78°F (26°C). 
    57. [ 55.  87. ] Change Section N1103.2.2 (R403.2.2) to read: 
    N1103.2.2 (R403.2.2) Sealing (Mandatory). All  ducts Ducts, air handlers, and filter boxes and building  cavities used as ducts shall be sealed. Joints and seams shall comply with  Section M1601.4.1 of [ the ] International Residential Code  this code. Verification of compliance with this section shall be in  accordance with either Section N1103.2.2.1 or Section N1103.2.2.2. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Air-impermeable spray foam products shall be permitted  to be applied without additional joint seals. 
    2. Where a duct connection is made that is partially  inaccessible, three screws or rivets shall be equally spaced on the exposed  portion of the joint so as to prevent a hinge effect. 
    3. Continuously welded and locking-type longitudinal joints  and seams in ducts operating at static pressures less than 2 inches of water  column (500 Pa) pressure classification shall not require additional closure  systems. 
    58. Add [ 56. 88. ] Change  Section N1103.2.2.1 (R403.2.2.1) to read: 
    N1103.2.2.1 (R403.2.2.1) Testing option. Duct tightness  shall be verified by either of the following: 
    1. Post-construction test: Leakage to outdoors Total  leakage shall be less than or equal to eight 6 cfm (3.78  L/s) (169.9 L/min) per 100 ft2 square feet  (9.29 m2) of conditioned floor area or a total leakage less than  or equal to 12 cfm (5.66 L/s) per 100 ft2 (9.29m2) of  conditioned floor area when tested at a pressure differential of 0.1 inch  w.g. (25 Pa) across the entire system, including the manufacturer's air handler  end closure enclosure. All register boots shall be taped or  otherwise sealed during the test. 
    2. Rough-in test: Total leakage shall be less than or equal to  six 5 cfm (2.83 L/s) (141.5 L/min) per 100 ft2  square feet (9.29 m2) of conditioned floor area when tested  at a pressure differential of 0.1 inch w.g. (25 Pa) across the roughed in  system, including the manufacturer's air handler enclosure. All register boots  shall be taped or otherwise sealed during the test. If the air handler is not  installed at the time of the test, total leakage shall be less than or equal to  4 5 cfm (1.89 L/s) (141.5 L/min) per 100 ft2  square feet (9.29 m2) of conditioned floor area. 
    Exception: Duct tightness The total leakage test  is not required if the for ducts and air handler and all ducts  are handlers located entirely within conditioned space  the building thermal envelope. 
    When this option is chosen, testing shall be performed by  approved qualified individuals, testing agencies or contractors. Testing and  results shall be as prescribed in Section N1103.2.2 and approved recognized  industry standards. 
    59. [ 57. 89. ] Add  Section N1103.2.2.2 (R403.2.2.2) to read: 
    N1103.2.2.2 (R403.2.2.2) Visual inspection option. In  addition to the inspection of ducts otherwise required by this code, when the  air handler and all ducts are not within conditioned space and this option is  chosen to verify duct tightness, duct tightness shall be considered acceptable  when the requirements of Section N1103.2.2 are field verified. 
    [ 58. 90. ] Add Section  N1103.2.2.3 (R403.2.2.3) to read: 
    N1103.2.2.3 (R403.2.2.1) Sealed air handler. Air handlers  shall have a manufacturer's designation for an air leakage of no more than 2.0%  of the design air flow rate when tested in accordance with ASHRAE 193. 
    [ 59. 91. ] Change Section  N1103.4.2 (R403.4.2) to read: 
    N1103.4.2 (R403.4.2) Hot water pipe insulation  (Prescriptive). Insulation for hot water pipe with a minimum thermal resistance  (R-value) of R-3 shall be applied to the following: 
    1. Piping larger than 3/4 inch nominal diameter. 
    2. Piping serving more than one dwelling unit. 
    3. Piping located outside the conditioned space. 
    4. Piping from the water heater to a distribution manifold.  
    5. Piping located under a floor slab. 
    6. Buried piping. 
    7. Supply and return piping in recirculation systems other  than demand recirculation systems. 
    [ 60. 92. ] Delete Table  N1103.4.2 (R403.4.2). 
    [ 93. Change Section N1103.6 (R403.6) to read: 
    N1103.6 (R403.6) Equipment and appliance sizing. Heating  and cooling equipment and appliances shall be sized in accordance with ACCA  Manual S or other approved sizing methodologies based on building loads  calculated in accordance with ACCA Manual J or other approved heating and  cooling calculation methodologies. 
    Exception: Heating and cooling equipment and appliance sizing  shall not be limited to the capacities determined in accordance with Manual S  or other approved sizing methodologies where any of the following conditions  apply: 
    1. The specified equipment or appliance utilizes  multi-stage technology or variable refrigerant flow technology and the loads  calculated in accordance with the approved heating and cooling methodology fall  within the range of the manufacturer's published capacities for that equipment  or appliance. 
    2. The specified equipment or appliance manufacturer's  published capacities cannot satisfy both the total and sensible heat gains  calculated in accordance with the approved heating and cooling methodology and  the next larger standard size unit is specified. 
    3. The specified equipment or appliance is the lowest  capacity unit available from the specified manufacturer. 
    61. 94. ] Change Section N1104.1  (R404.1) to read: 
    N1104.1 (R404.1) Lighting equipment (Mandatory). A minimum  of 50% of the lamps in permanently installed luminaires shall be high-efficacy  lamps, or a minimum of 50% of the permanently installed luminaires shall  contain only high-efficacy lamps. 
    Exception: Low-voltage lighting shall not be required to  utilize high-efficiency lamps. 
    [ 62. 95. ] Change the  "Glazing" and "Air exchange rate" categories of Table  N1105.5.2(1) (Table R405.5.2(1)) [ and add footnote  "b-1" ] to read: 
           | Building Component | Standard Reference Design | Proposed Design | 
       | Glazinga | Total areab is 15% of the conditioned floor    area. | As proposed | 
       | Glazinga | Orientation: equally distributed to four cardinal compass    orientations (North, East, South & West). | As proposed | 
       | Glazinga | U-factor: from Table [ R402.1.3N1102.1.3 (R402.1.3) ]. | As proposed | 
       | Glazinga | SHGC: From Table [ R402.1.1N1102.1.1 (R402.1.1) ] except that for climates with no    requirement (NR) SHGC = 0.40 shall be used. | As proposed | 
       | Glazinga | Interior shade fraction: [ Summer (all hours when cooling is required) =    0.70. Winter (all hours when heating is required) = 0.85b-10.92-(0.21 x SHGC for the standard reference design) ].
 | [ Same as standard referenced designb-10.92-(0.21 x SHGC as proposed) ] | 
       | Glazinga | External shading: none. | As proposed | 
       | Air exchange rate | Air leakage rate of 5 air changes per hour at a pressure    of 0.2 inches w.g (50 Pa). The mechanical ventilation rate shall be in    addition to the air leakage rate and the same as in the proposed design, but    no greater than 0.01 × CFA + 7.5 × (Nbr + 1) where: CFA = conditioned floor area Nbr = number of bedrooms Energy recovery shall not be assumed for mechanical    ventilation. | For residences that are not tested, the same air leakage    rate as the standard reference design. For tested residences, the measured    air exchange ratec. The mechanical ventilation rated    shall be in addition to the air leakage rate and shall be as proposed. | 
       | [ b-1. For fenestrations facing within 15 degrees    (0.26 rad) of true south that are directly coupled to thermal storage mass,    the winter interior shade fraction shall be permitted to be increased to .095    in the proposed design.] | 
  
    60. Change Section M1502.4.4.1 to read:
    M1502.4.4.1 Specified length. The maximum length of the  exhaust duct shall be 35 feet (10 668 mm) from the connection to the transition  duct from the dryer to the outlet terminal. Where fittings are used the maximum  length of the exhaust duct shall be reduced in accordance with Table  M1502.4.4.1.
    [ 96. Change Section M1401.3 to read: 
    M1401.3 Equipment and appliance sizing. Heating and cooling  equipment and appliances shall be sized in accordance with ACCA Manual S or  other approved sizing methodologies based on building loads calculated in  accordance with ACCA Manual J or other approved heating and cooling calculation  methodologies. 
    Exception: Heating and cooling equipment and appliance  sizing shall not be limited to the capacities determined in accordance with  Manual S or other approved sizing methodologies where any of the following  conditions apply: 
    1. The specified equipment or appliance utilizes  multi-stage technology or variable refrigerant flow technology and the loads  calculated in accordance with the approved heating and cooling methodology fall  within the range of the manufacturer's published capacities for that equipment  or appliance. 
    2. The specified equipment or appliance manufacturer's  published capacities cannot satisfy both the total and sensible heat gains  calculated in accordance with the approved heating and cooling methodology, and  the next larger standard size unit is specified. 
    3. The specified equipment or appliance is the lowest  capacity unit available from the specified manufacturer. 
    97. Add Section M1501.2 to read: 
    M1501.2 Transfer air. Air transferred from occupiable  spaces other than kitchens, baths, and toilet rooms shall not be prohibited  from serving as makeup air for exhaust systems. Transfer openings between  spaces shall be of the same cross-sectional area as the free area of the makeup  air openings. Where louvers and grilles are installed, the required size of  openings shall be based on the net free area of each opening. Where the design  and free area of louvers and grilles are not known, it shall be assumed that  wood louvers will have 25% free area and metal louvers and grilles will have 75%  free area. 
    98. Change Section M1503.4 and add Section M1503.4.1 to  read: 
    M1503.4 Makeup air required. Exhaust hood systems capable  of exhausting more than 400 cubic feet per minute (0.19 m3/s) shall  be provided with makeup air at a rate approximately equal to the exhaust air  rate in excess of 400 cubic feet per minute (0.19 m3/s). Such makeup  air systems shall be equipped with a means of closure and shall be  automatically controlled to start and operate simultaneously with the exhaust  system. 
    Exception: Intentional openings for makeup air are not  required for kitchen exhaust systems capable of exhausting not greater than 600  cubic feet per minute (0.28 m3/s) provided that one of the following  conditions is met: 
    1. Where the floor area within the air barrier of a  dwelling unit is at least 1500 square feet (139.35 m2), and where  natural draft or mechanical draft space-heating or water-heating appliances are  not located within the air barrier. 
    2. Where the floor area within the air barrier of a  dwelling unit is at least 3000 square feet (278.71 m2), and where  natural draft space-heating or water-heating appliances are not located within  the air barrier. 
    M1503.4.1 Location. Kitchen exhaust makeup air shall be  provided in the same room as the exhaust system or in a room or duct system  communicating through one or more permanent openings with the room in which  such exhaust system is located. Permanent openings shall be at least of the  same net cross-sectional area as the required area of the makeup air openings. ]  
    61. [ 63. 99. ] Add  Section M1801.1.1 to read: 
    M1801.1.1 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement or new  installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing buildings,  an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to ensure that the connected  vent or chimney systems comply with the following: 
    1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with this  code. 
    2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any obstruction  or blockages, defects or deterioration and are in operable condition. 
    Where not inspected by the local building department, persons  performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building official  that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met. 
    62. [ 64. 100. ] Add  Section G2425.1.1 to read: 
    G2425.1.1 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement or new  installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing buildings,  an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to ensure that the connected  vent or chimney systems comply with the following: 
    1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with this  code. 
    2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any obstruction  or blockages, defects, or deterioration and are in operable condition. 
    Where not inspected by the local building department, persons  performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building official  that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met. 
    63. [ 65. 101. ] Change  Section P2601.2 to read: 
    P2601.2 Connections. Plumbing fixtures, drains and appliances  used to receive or discharge liquid wastes or sewage shall be directly  connected to the sanitary drainage system of the building or premises, in  accordance with the requirements of this code. This section shall not be construed  to prevent indirect waste systems. 
    Exception: Bathtubs, showers, lavatories, clothes washers and  laundry trays are shall not be required to discharge to  the sanitary drainage system where those such fixtures discharge  to an approved nonpotable gray water or rain water recycling  system in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections P2909,  P2910, and P2911. 
    64. [ 66. 102. ] Change  Section P2602.1 to read:
    P2602.1 General. The water and drainage system of any building  or premises where plumbing fixtures are installed shall be connected to a  public or private water supply and a public or private sewer system. As  provided for in Section [ 103.11 103.10 ] of Part I of  the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code (13VAC5-63) for functional design,  water supply sources and sewage disposal systems are regulated and approved by  the Virginia Department of Health and the Virginia Department of Environmental  Quality. 
    Note: See also the Memorandums of Agreement in the  "Related Laws Package," which is available from the Virginia  Department of Housing and Community Development. 
    [ 67. 103. ] Add Section  [ P2901.1 P2901.1.1 ] to read: 
     [ P2901.1 P2901.1.1 ] Nonpotable  fixtures and outlets. Nonpotable water shall be permitted to serve nonpotable  type fixtures and outlets in accordance with the applicable provisions of  Sections P2909, P2910, and P2911. 
    65. [ 68. 104. ] Change  Section P2903.5 to read: 
    P2903.5 Water hammer. The flow velocity of the water  distribution system shall be controlled to reduce the possibility of water  hammer. A water-hammer arrestor shall be installed where quick-closing valves  are utilized, unless otherwise approved. Water hammer arrestors shall be  installed in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. Water hammer arrestors  shall conform to ASSE 1010. 
    66. [ 69. 105. ] Add  Section P3002.2.1 to read [ as follows and delete Section P3009 in its  entirety ]: 
    P3002.2.1 Tracer wire. Nonmetallic sanitary sewer piping that  discharges to public systems shall be locatable. An insulated copper tracer  wire, 18 AWG minimum in size and suitable for direct burial or an equivalent  product, shall be utilized. The wire shall be installed in the same trench as  the sewer within 12 inches (305 mm) of the pipe and shall be installed from  within five feet of the building wall to the point where the building sewer  intersects with the public system. At a minimum, one end of the wire shall  terminate above grade in an accessible location that is resistant to physical  damage, such as with a cleanout or at the building wall. 
    [ 70.  106. ] Add an exception to Section P3301.1 to read: 
    Exception: Rainwater nonpotable water systems shall be  permitted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections P2909 and  2911. 
    [ 71. 107. ] Add Section  P2909 Nonpotable Water Systems. 
    [ 72. 108. ] Add Sections  P2909.1 through P2909.18, including subsections, to read: 
    P2909.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall govern  the materials, design, construction, and installation of nonpotable water  systems subject to this code. 
    P2909.1.1 Design of nonpotable water systems. All portions  of nonpotable water systems subject to this code shall be constructed using the  same standards and requirements for the potable water systems or drainage  systems as provided for in this code unless otherwise specified in this section  or Section P2910 or P2911, as applicable. 
    P2909.2 Makeup water. Makeup water shall be provided for  all nonpotable water supply systems. The makeup water system shall be designed  and installed to provide supply of water in the amounts and at the pressures  specified in this code. The makeup water supply shall be potable and be  protected against backflow in accordance with the applicable requirements of  Section P2902. 
    P2909.2.1 Makeup water sources. Nonpotable water shall be  permitted to serve as makeup water for gray water and rainwater systems. 
    P2909.2.2 Makeup water supply valve. A full-open valve  shall be provided on the makeup water supply line. 
    P2909.2.3 Control valve alarm. Makeup water systems shall  be fitted with a warning mechanism that alerts the user to a failure of the  inlet control valve to close correctly. The alarm shall activate before the  water within the storage tank begins to discharge into the overflow system. 
    P2909.3 Sizing. Nonpotable water distribution systems shall  be designed and sized for peak demand in accordance with approved engineering  practice methods that comply with the applicable provisions of this chapter. 
    P2909.4 Signage required. All nonpotable water outlets,  other than water closets and urinals, such as hose connections, open ended  pipes, and faucets shall be identified at the point of use for each outlet with  signage that reads as follows: "Nonpotable water is utilized for (insert  application name). Caution: nonpotable water. DO NOT DRINK." The words  shall be legibly and indelibly printed on a tag or sign constructed of  corrosion-resistant waterproof material or shall be indelibly printed on the  fixture. The letters of the words shall be not less than 0.5 inches (12.7 mm)  in height and in colors in contrast to the background on which they are  applied. The pictograph shown in Figure P2909.4 shall appear on the signage  required by this section. 
           | 
 | 
  
    P2909.5 Potable water supply system connections. Where a  potable water supply system is connected to a nonpotable water system, the  potable water supply shall be protected against backflow in accordance with the  applicable provisions of Section P2902. 
    P2909.6 Nonpotable water system connections. Where a  nonpotable water system is connected and supplies water to another nonpotable  water system, the nonpotable water system that supplies water shall be  protected against backflow in accordance with the applicable provisions of  Section P2902. 
    P2909.7 Approved components and materials. Piping, plumbing  components, and materials used in the nonpotable water drainage and  distribution systems shall be approved for the intended application and  compatible with the water and any disinfection or treatment systems used. 
    P2909.8 Insect and vermin control. Nonpotable water systems  shall be protected to prevent the entrance of insects and vermin into storage  and piping systems. Screen materials shall be compatible with system material  and shall not promote corrosion of system components. 
    P2909.9 Freeze protection. Nonpotable water systems shall  be protected from freezing in accordance with the applicable provisions of  Chapter 26. 
    P2909.10 Nonpotable water storage tanks. Nonpotable water  storage tanks shall be approved for the intended application and comply with  Sections P2909.10.1 through P2909.10.12. 
    P2909.10.1 Sizing. The holding capacity of storage tanks  shall be sized for the intended use. 
    P2909.10.2 Inlets. Storage tank inlets shall be designed to  introduce water into the tank and avoid agitating the contents of the storage  tank. The water supply to storage tanks shall be controlled by fill valves or  other automatic supply valves designed to stop the flow of incoming water  before the tank contents reach the overflow pipes. 
    P2909.10.3 Outlets. Outlets shall be located at least 4  inches (102 mm) above the bottom of the storage tank and shall not skim water  from the surface. 
    P2909.10.4 Materials and location. Storage tanks shall be  constructed of material compatible with treatment systems used to treat water.  Above grade storage vessels shall be constructed using opaque, UV-resistant  materials such as tinted plastic, lined metal, concrete, or wood or painted to  prevent algae growth. Above grade storage tanks shall be protected from direct  sunlight unless their design specifically incorporates the use of the sunlight  heat transfer. Wooden storage tanks shall be provided with a flexible liner.  Storage tanks and their manholes shall not be located directly under soil or  waste piping or sources of contamination. 
    P2909.10.5 Foundation and supports. Storage tanks shall be  supported on a firm base capable of withstanding the storage tank's weight when  filled to capacity. Storage tanks shall be supported in accordance with the  applicable provisions of the IBC. 
    P2909.10.5.1 Ballast. Where the soil can become saturated,  an underground storage tank shall be ballasted, or otherwise secured, to  prevent the effects of buoyancy. The combined weight of the tank and hold down  ballast shall meet or exceed the buoyancy force of the tank. Where the  installation requires a foundation, the foundation shall be flat and shall be  designed to support the storage tank weight when full, consistent with the  bearing capability of adjacent soil. 
    P2909.10.5.2 Structural support. Where installed below  grade, storage tank installations shall be designed to withstand earth and  surface structural loads without damage. 
    P2909.10.6 Overflow. The storage tank shall be equipped  with an overflow pipe having a diameter not less than that shown in Table  P2909.10.6. The overflow outlet shall discharge at a point not less than 6  inches (152 mm) above the roof or roof drain, floor or floor drain, or over an  open water-supplied fixture. The overflow outlet shall terminate through a  check valve. Overflow pipes shall not be directed on walkways. The overflow  drain shall not be equipped with a shutoff valve. A minimum of one cleanout  shall be provided on each overflow pipe in accordance with the applicable  provisions of Section P3005.2. 
           | [ Table P2909.10.6Size of Drain Pipes for Water Tanks
 | 
            | Tank Capacity     (gallons)
 | Drain Pipe (inches)
   | 
          | Up to 750
 | 1
 | 
       | 751–1500
 | 1–1/2
 | 
       | 1501–3000
 | 2
 | 
       | 3001–5000
 | 2-1/2 
 | 
       | 5001–7500
 | 3
 | 
       | Over 7500
 | 4
 | 
  
     
           | Table P2909.10.6Sizes for Overflow Pipes for Water Supply Tanks
 | 
       | Maximum Capacity of Water Supply Line to Tank (gpm) | Diameter of Overflow Pipe (inches) | 
       | 0 – 50 | 2 | 
       | 50 – 150 | 2-1/2 | 
       | 150 – 200 | 3 | 
       | 200 – 400 | 4 | 
       | 400 – 700 | 5 | 
       | 700 – 1,000 | 6 | 
       | Over 1,000 | 8 | 
       | For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785    L/m. ] | 
  
    P2909.10.7 Access. A minimum of one access opening shall be  provided to allow inspection and cleaning of the tank interior. Access openings  shall have an approved locking device or other approved method of securing  access. Below grade storage tanks, located outside of the building, shall be  provided with either a manhole not less than 24 inches (610 mm) square or a  manhole with an inside diameter not less than 24 inches (610 mm). The design  and installation of access openings shall prohibit surface water from entering  the tank. Each manhole cover shall have an approved locking device or other  approved method of securing access. 
    Exception: Storage tanks under 800 gallons (3028 L) in  volume installed below grade shall not be required to be equipped with a manhole,  but shall have an access opening not less than 8 inches (203 mm) in diameter to  allow inspection and cleaning of the tank interior. 
    P2909.10.8 Venting. Storage tanks shall be vented. Vents  shall not be connected to the sanitary drainage system. Vents shall be at least  equal in size to the internal diameter of the drainage inlet pipe or pipes  connected to the tank. Where installed at grade, vents shall be protected from  contamination by means of a U-bend installed with the opening directed  downward. Vent outlets shall extend a minimum of 12 inches (304.8 mm) above  grade, or as necessary to prevent surface water from entering the storage tank.  Vent openings shall be protected against the entrance of vermin and insects.  Vents serving gray water tanks shall terminate in accordance with the  applicable provisions of Sections P3103 and P2909.8. 
    P2909.10.9 Drain. Where drains are provided, they shall be  located at the lowest point of the storage tank. The tank drain pipe shall  discharge as required for overflow pipes and shall not be smaller in size than  specified in Table P2909.10.6. A minimum of one cleanout shall be provided on  each drain pipe in accordance with Section P3005.2. 
    P2909.10.10 Labeling and signage. Each nonpotable water  storage tank shall be labeled with its rated capacity and the location of the  upstream bypass valve. Underground and otherwise concealed storage tanks shall  be labeled at all access points. The label shall read: "CAUTION:  NONPOTABLE WATER – DO NOT DRINK." Where an opening is provided that could  allow the entry of personnel, the opening shall be marked with the words:  "DANGER – CONFINED SPACE." Markings shall be indelibly printed on a  tag or sign constructed of corrosion-resistant waterproof material mounted on  the tank or shall be indelibly printed on the tank. The letters of the words  shall be not less than 0.5 inches (12.7 mm) in height and shall be of a color  in contrast with the background on which they are applied. 
    P2909.10.11 Storage tank tests. Storage tanks shall be tested  in accordance with the following: 
    1. Storage tanks shall be filled with water to the overflow  line prior to and during inspection. All seams and joints shall be left exposed  and the tank shall remain water tight without leakage for a period of 24 hours.  
    2. After 24 hours, supplemental water shall be introduced  for a period of 15 minutes to verify proper drainage of the overflow system and  verify that there are no leaks. 
    3. Following a successful test of the overflow system, the  water level in the tank shall be reduced to a level that is at 2 inches (50.8  mm) below the makeup water offset point. The tank drain shall be observed for  proper operation. The makeup water system shall be observed for proper  operation, and successful automatic shutoff of the system at the refill  threshold shall be verified. Water shall not be drained from the overflow at  any time during the refill test. 
    4. Air tests shall be permitted in lieu of water testing as  recommended by the tank manufacturer or the tank standard. 
    P2909.10.12 Structural strength. Storage tanks shall meet  the applicable structural strength requirements of the IBC. 
    P2909.11 Trenching requirements for nonpotable water system  piping. Underground nonpotable water system piping shall be horizontally  separated from the building sewer and potable water piping by 5 feet (1524 m)  of undisturbed or compacted earth. Nonpotable water system piping shall not be  located in, under, or above sewage systems cesspools, septic tanks, septic tank  drainage fields, or seepage pits. Buried nonpotable water system piping shall  comply with the requirements of this code for the piping material installed. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. The required separation distance shall not apply where  the bottom of the nonpotable water pipe within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the sewer is  equal to or greater than 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the highest point  of the sewer and the pipe materials conforms to Table P3002.2. 
    2. The required separation distance shall not apply where  the bottom of the potable water service pipe within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the  nonpotable water pipe is a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the  highest point of the nonpotable water pipe and the pipe materials comply with  the requirements of Table P2905.5. 
    3. Nonpotable water pipe is permitted to be located in the  same trench with building sewer piping, provided that such sewer piping is  constructed of materials that comply with the requirements of Table P3002.1(2).  
    4. The required separation distance shall not apply where a  nonpotable water pipe crosses a sewer pipe, provided that the pipe is sleeved  to at least 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally from the sewer pipe centerline on  both sides of such crossing with pipe materials that comply with Table  P3002.1(2). 
    5. The required separation distance shall not apply where a  potable water service pipe crosses a nonpotable water pipe provided that the  potable water service pipe is sleeved for a distance of at least 5 feet (1524  mm) horizontally from the centerline of the nonpotable pipe on both sides of  such crossing with pipe materials that comply with Table P3002.1(2). 
    P2909.12 Outdoor outlet access. Sillcocks, hose bibs, wall  hydrants, yard hydrants, and other outdoor outlets that are supplied by  nonpotable water shall be located in a locked vault or shall be operable only  by means of a removable key. 
    P2909.13 Drainage and vent piping and fittings. Nonpotable  drainage and vent pipe and fittings shall comply with the applicable material  standards and installation requirements in accordance with provisions of  Chapter 30. 
    P2909.13.1 [ . ] Labeling  and marking. Identification of nonpotable drainage and vent piping shall not be  required. 
    P2909.14 Pumping and control system. Mechanical equipment,  including pumps, valves, and filters, shall be accessible and removable in  order to perform repair, maintenance, and cleaning. The minimum flow rate and  flow pressure delivered by the pumping system shall be designed for the  intended application in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section  P2903. 
    P2909.15 Water-pressure reducing valve or regulator. Where  the water pressure supplied by the pumping system exceeds 80 psi (552 kPa)  static, a pressure-reducing valve shall be installed to reduce the pressure in  the nonpotable water distribution system piping to 80 psi (552 kPa) static or  less. Pressure-reducing valves shall be specified and installed in accordance  with the applicable provisions of Section P2903.3.1. 
    P2909.16 Distribution pipe. Distribution piping utilized in  nonpotable water stems shall comply with Sections P2909.16.1 through  P2909.16.4. 
    P2909.16.1 Materials, joints, and connections. Distribution  piping and fittings shall comply with the applicable material standards and  installation requirements in accordance with applicable provisions of Chapter  29. 
    P2909.16.2 Design. Distribution piping shall be designed  and sized in accordance with the applicable provisions of Chapter 29. 
    P2909.16.3 Labeling and marking. Distribution piping  labeling and marking shall comply with Section P2901.1. 
    P2909.16.4 Backflow prevention. Backflow preventers shall  be installed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section P2902. 
    P2909.17 Tests and inspections. Tests and inspections shall  be performed in accordance with Sections P2909.17.1 through P2909.17.5. 
    P2909.17.1 Drainage and vent pipe test. Drain, waste, and  vent piping used for gray water and rainwater nonpotable water systems shall be  tested in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section P2503. 
    P2909.17.2 Storage tank test. Storage tanks shall be tested  in accordance with the Section P2909.10.11. 
    P2909.17.3 Water supply system test. Nonpotable  distribution piping shall be tested in accordance with Section P2503.7. 
    P2909.17.4 Inspection and testing of backflow prevention  assemblies. The testing of backflow preventers and backwater valves shall be  conducted in accordance with Section P2503.8. 
    P2909.17.5 Inspection of vermin and insect protection.  Inlets and vent terminations shall be visually inspected to verify that each  termination is installed in accordance with Section P2909.10.8. 
    P2909.18 Operation and maintenance manuals. Operations and  maintenance materials for nonpotable water systems shall be provided as  prescribed by the system component manufacturers and supplied to the owner to  be kept in a readily accessible location. 
    [ 73. 109. ] Add Section P2910  Gray Water Nonpotable Water Systems. 
    [ 74. 110. ] Add Sections  P2910.1 through P2910.6, including subsections, to read: 
    P2910.1 Gray water nonpotable water systems. This code is  applicable to the plumbing fixtures, piping or piping systems, storage tanks,  drains, appurtenances, and appliances that are part of the distribution system  for gray water within buildings and to storage tanks and associated piping that  are part of the distribution system for gray water outside of buildings. This  code does not regulate equipment used for, or the methods of, processing,  filtering, or treating gray water, which may be regulated by the Virginia  Department of Health or the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality. 
    P2910.1.1 Separate systems. Gray water nonpotable water  systems, unless approved otherwise under the permit from the Virginia  Department of Health, shall be separate from the potable water system of a  building with no cross connections between the two systems except as permitted  by the Virginia Department of Health. 
    P2910.2 Water quality. Each application of gray water reuse  shall meet the minimum water quality requirements set forth in Sections  P2910.2.1 through P2910.2.4 unless otherwise superseded by other state  agencies. 
    P2910.2.1 Disinfection. Where the intended use or reuse  application for nonpotable water requires disinfection or other treatment or  both, it shall be disinfected as needed to ensure that the required water  quality is delivered at the point of use or reuse. 
    P2910.2.2 Residual disinfectants. Where chlorine is used  for disinfection, the nonpotable water shall contain not more than 4 parts per  million (4 mg/L) of free chlorine, combined chlorine, or total chlorine. Where  ozone is used for disinfection, the nonpotable water shall not exceed 0.1 parts  per million (by volume) of ozone at the point of use. 
    P2910.2.3 Filtration. Water collected for reuse shall be  filtered as required for the intended end use. Filters shall be accessible for  inspection and maintenance. Filters shall utilize a pressure gauge or other  approved method to indicate when a filter requires servicing or replacement.  Shutoff valves installed immediately upstream and downstream of the filter  shall be included to allow for isolation during maintenance. 
    P2910.2.4 Filtration required. Gray water utilized for  water closet and urinal flushing applications shall be filtered by a 100 micron  or finer filter. 
    P2910.3 Storage tanks. Storage tanks utilized in gray water  nonpotable water systems shall comply with Section P2909.10. 
    P2910.4 Retention time limits. Untreated gray water shall  be retained in storage tanks for a maximum of 24 hours. 
    P2910.5 Tank [ Location location ].  Storage tanks shall be located with a minimum horizontal distance between  various elements as indicated in Table P2910.5.1. 
           | Table P2910.5.1Location of Nonpotable Gray Water Reuse Storage Tanks
 | 
            | Element | Minimum Horizontal Distance     from Storage Tank (feet) | 
          | Lot line adjoining private    lots | 5 | 
       | Sewage systems | 5 | 
       | Septic tanks | 5 | 
       | Water wells | 50 | 
       | Streams and lakes | 50 | 
       | Water service | 5 | 
       | Public water main | 10 | 
  
    P2910.6 Valves. Valves shall be supplied on gray water  nonpotable water drainage systems in accordance with Sections P2910.6.1 and  P2910.6.2. 
    P2910.6.1 Bypass valve. One three-way diverter valve  certified to NSF 50 or other approved device shall be installed on collection  piping upstream of each storage tank, or drainfield, as applicable, to divert  untreated gray water to the sanitary sewer to allow servicing and inspection of  the system. Bypass valves shall be installed downstream of fixture traps and vent  connections. Bypass valves shall be labeled to indicate the direction of flow,  connection, and storage tank or drainfield connection. Bypass valves shall be  provided with access for operation and maintenance. Two shutoff valves shall  not be installed to serve as a bypass valve. 
    P2910.6.2 Backwater valve. Backwater valves shall be  installed on each overflow and tank drain pipe to prevent unwanted water from  draining back into the storage tank. If the overflow and drain piping  arrangement is installed to physically not allow water to drain back into the  tank, such as in the form of an air gap, backwater valves shall not be  required. Backwater valves shall be constructed and installed in accordance  with Section P3008. 
    [ 75. 111. ] Add Section  P2911 Rainwater Nonpotable Water Systems. 
    [ 76. 112. ] Add Sections  P2911.1 through P2911.10, including subsections, to read: 
    P2911.1 General. The provisions of this section shall  govern the design, construction, installation, alteration, and repair of  rainwater nonpotable water systems for the collection, storage, treatment, and  distribution of rainwater for nonpotable applications. 
    P2911.2 Water quality. Each application of rainwater reuse  shall meet the minimum water quality requirements set forth in Sections  P2911.2.1 through P2911.2.4 unless otherwise superseded by other state  agencies. 
    P2911.2.1 Disinfection. Where the intended use or reuse  application for nonpotable water requires disinfection or other treatment or  both, it shall be disinfected as needed to ensure that the required water  quality is delivered at the point of use or reuse. 
    P2911.2.2 Residual disinfectants. Where chlorine is used  for disinfection, the nonpotable water shall contain not more than 4 parts per  million (4 mg/L) of free chlorine, combined chlorine, or total chlorine.  Where ozone is used for disinfection, the nonpotable water shall not exceed 0.1  parts per million (by volume) of ozone at the point of use. 
    P2911.2.3 Filtration. Water collected for reuse shall be  filtered as required for the intended end use. Filters shall be accessible for  inspection and maintenance. Filters shall utilize a pressure gauge or other  approved method to indicate when a filter requires servicing or replacement.  Shutoff valves installed immediately upstream and downstream of the filter  shall be included to allow for isolation during maintenance. 
    P2911.2.4 Filtration required. Rainwater utilized for water  closet and urinal flushing applications shall be filtered by a 100 micron or  finer filter. 
    P2911.3 Collection surface. Rainwater shall be collected  only from aboveground impervious roofing surfaces constructed from approved  materials. Overflow or discharge piping from appliances or equipment or both,  including but not limited to evaporative coolers, water heaters, and solar  water heaters shall not discharge onto rainwater collection surfaces. 
    P2911.4 Collection surface diversion. At a minimum, the  first 0.04 inches (1.016 mm) of each rain event of 25 gallons  (94.6 L) per 1000 square feet (92.9 m2) shall be diverted from  the storage tank by automatic means and not require the operation of manually  operated valves or devices. Diverted water shall not drain onto other  collection surfaces that are discharging to the rainwater system or to the  sanitary sewer. Such water shall be diverted from the storage tank and  discharged in an approved location. 
    P2911.5 Pre-tank filtration. Downspouts, conductors, and  leaders shall be connected to a pre-tank filtration device. The filtration  device shall not permit materials larger than 0.015 inches (0.4 mm). 
    P2911.6 Roof gutters and downspouts. Gutters and downspouts  shall be constructed of materials that are compatible with the collection  surface and the rainwater quality for the desired end use. Joints shall be made  watertight. 
    P2911.6.1 Slope. Roof gutters, leaders, and rainwater  collection piping shall slope continuously toward collection inlets. Gutters  and downspouts shall have a slope of not less than 1 unit in 96 units along  their entire length, and shall not permit the collection or pooling of water at  any point. 
    P2911.6.2 Size. Gutters and downspouts shall be installed  and sized in accordance with local rainfall rates. 
    P2911.6.3 Cleanouts. Cleanouts or other approved openings  shall be provided to permit access to all filters, flushes, pipes, and  downspouts. 
    P2911.7 Storage tanks. Storage tanks utilized in rainwater  nonpotable water systems shall comply with Section P2909.10. 
    P2911.8 Location. Storage tanks shall be located with a  minimum horizontal distance between various elements as indicated in Table  P2911.8.1. 
           | Table P2911.8.1Location of Rainwater Storage Tanks
 | 
       | Element | Minimum Horizontal Distance from Storage Tank (feet) | 
       | Lot line adjoining private lots | 5 | 
       | Sewage systems | 5 | 
       | Septic tanks | 5 | 
  
    P2911.9 Valves. Valves shall be installed in collection and  conveyance drainage piping of rainwater nonpotable water systems in accordance  with Sections P2911.9.1 and P2911.9.2. 
    P2911.9.1 Influent diversion. A means shall be provided to  divert storage tank influent to allow maintenance and repair of the storage  tank system. 
    P2911.9.2 Backwater valve. Backwater valves shall be  installed on each overflow and tank drain pipe to prevent unwanted water from  draining back into the storage tank. If the overflow and drain piping  arrangement is installed to physically not allow water to drain back into the  tank, such as in the form of an air gap, backwater valves shall not be  required. Backwater valves shall be constructed and installed in accordance  with Section P3008. 
    P2911.10 Tests and inspections. Tests and inspections shall  be performed in accordance with Sections P2911.10.1 through P2911.10.2. 
    P2911.10.1 Roof gutter inspection and test. Roof gutters  shall be inspected to verify that the installation and slope is in accordance  with Section P2911.6.1. Gutters shall be tested by pouring a minimum of one  gallon of water into the end of the gutter opposite the collection point. The  gutter being tested shall not leak and shall not retain standing water. 
    P2911.10.2 Collection surface diversion test. A collection  surface diversion test shall be performed by introducing water into the gutters  or onto the collection surface area. Diversion of the first quantity of water  in accordance with the requirements of Section P2911.4 shall be verified. 
    67. [ 77. 113. ] Add  Section E3601.8 to read: 
    E3601.8 Energizing service equipment. The building official  shall give permission to energize the electrical service equipment of a one- or  two-family dwelling unit when all of the following requirements have been  approved: 
    1. The service wiring and equipment, including the meter  socket enclosure, shall be installed and the service wiring terminated. 
    2. The grounding electrode system shall be installed and  terminated. 
    3. At least one receptacle outlet on a ground fault protected  circuit shall be installed and the circuit wiring terminated. 
    4. Service equipment covers shall be installed. 
    5. The building roof covering shall be installed. 
    6. Temporary electrical service equipment shall be suitable  for wet locations unless the interior is dry and protected from the weather. 
    68. [ 78. 114. ] Change  Section E3802.4 to read: 
    E3802.4 In unfinished basements. Where type Type  SE or NM cable is run at angles with joists in unfinished basements, cable  assemblies containing two or more conductors of sizes 6 AWG and larger and  assemblies containing three or more conductors of sizes 8 AWG and larger shall  not require additional protection where attached directly to the bottom of the  joists. Smaller cables shall be run either through bored holes in joists or on  running boards. Type NM or SE cable installed on the wall of an  unfinished basement shall be permitted to be installed in a listed conduit or  tubing or shall be protected in accordance with Table E3802.1. Conduit or  tubing shall be provided with a suitable insulating bushing or adapter at the  point the where cable enters the raceway. The sheath of the Type NM or  SE cable sheath shall extend through the conduit or tubing and into the  outlet or device box not less than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm). The cable shall be  secured within 12 inches (305 mm) of the point where the cable enters the  conduit or tubing. Metal conduit, tubing, and metal outlet boxes shall be  connected to an equipment grounding conductor complying with Section  E3908.13. 
    69. [ 79. 115. ] Change  Section E3902.11 E3902.12 to read: 
    E3902.11 E3902.12 Arc-fault protection of  bedroom outlets. All branch circuits that supply 120-volt, single phase,  15-ampere and 20-ampere outlets installed in bedrooms shall be protected by a  combination type arc-fault circuit interrupter installed to provide protection  of the branch circuit. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Where a combination an outlet branch-circuit Type  AFCI is installed at the first outlet to provide protection for the remaining  portion of the branch circuit, the portion of the branch circuit between the  branch-circuit overcurrent device and such the first outlet shall  be wired installed with metal outlet and junction boxes and RMC,  IMC, EMT, Type MC or steel armored cable, Type AC cables  meeting the requirements of Section E3908.8. 
    2. Where an outlet branch-circuit Type AFCI is installed at  the first outlet to provide protection for the remaining portion of the branch  circuit, the portion of the branch circuit between the branch-circuit  overcurrent device and the first outlet shall be installed with metal or  nonmetallic conduit or tubing that is encased in not less than 2 inches (51 mm)  of concrete. 
    3. AFCI protection is not required for a an  individual branch circuit supplying only a fire alarm system where the  branch circuit is wired with metal outlet and junction boxes and RMC, IMC, EMT  or steel steel-sheathed armored cable Type AC, or Type MC  meeting the requirements of Section E3908.8. 
    [ 80. 116. ] Add the  following referenced standards to Chapter 44: 
           | Standard Reference Number | Title | Referenced in Code Section Number | 
       | ICC ISPSC-12 | International Swimming Pool and Spa Code | R325.1 | 
       | NFPA 13R-10 | Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential    Occupancies Up to and Including Four Stories in Height | R310.1 | 
       | [ NSF/ANSINSF ] 50-09 | Equipment for Swimming Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs and Other    Recreational Water Facilities | P2910.6.1 | 
  
    [ S. T. ] Add  "Marinas" to the list of occupancies in Section 312.1 of the IBC. 
    13VAC5-63-220. Chapter 4 Special detailed requirements based on  use and occupancy. 
    A. Delete Section 403.4.4 of the IBC.
    B. Add Change Section 407.10 to 407.4.1.1  of the IBC to read:
    407.10 407.4.1.1 Special locking arrangement.  Means of egress doors shall be permitted to contain locking devices restricting  the means of egress in areas in which the clinical needs of the patients  require restraint of movement, where all of the following conditions are met:
    1. The locks release upon activation of the fire alarm system  or the loss of power.
    2. The building is equipped with an approved automatic  sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
    3. A manual release device is provided at a nursing station  responsible for the area.
    4. A key-operated switch or other manual device is provided  adjacent to each door equipped with the locking device. Such switch or other  device, when operated, shall result in direct interruption of power to the lock  -- independent of the control system electronics.
    5. All staff shall have keys or other means to unlock the  switch or other device or each door provided with the locking device.
    C. Add Section 407.11 to the IBC to read:
    407.11 Emergency power systems. Emergency power shall be  provided for medical life support equipment, operating, recovery, intensive  care, emergency rooms, fire detection and alarm systems in any Group I-2  occupancy licensed by the Virginia Department of Health as a hospital, nursing  home or hospice facility.
    [ D. Add Section 408.2.1 to the IBC to read: 
    408.2.1 Short-term holding areas. Short-term holding areas  shall be permitted to comply with Section 427. 
    D. E. ] Change the title Section  408.6 of the IBC Section 410 to read:
    Stages, Platforms and Technical Production Areas.
    E. Delete the following  definitions in IBC Section 410.2:
    Fly gallery.
    Gridiron.
    F. Add the following definition to IBC Section 410.2 to  read:
    Technical production area. Open elevated areas or spaces  intended for entertainment technicians to walk on and occupy for servicing and  operating entertainment technology systems and equipment. Galleries, including  fly and lighting galleries, gridirons, catwalks and similar areas are designed  for these purposes.
    G. Delete Section 410.5.3 of the IBC, add new Section  410.6 to the IBC and renumber Sections 410.6 and 410.7 of the IBC to Sections  410.7 and 410.8 respectively.
    410.6 Means of egress. Except as modified or as provided  for in this section, the provisions of Chapter 10 shall apply.
    410.6.1 Arrangement. Where two or more exits or exit access  doorways are required per Section 1015.1 from the stage, at least one exit or  exit access doorway shall be provided on each side of the stage.
    410.6.2 Stairway and ramp enclosure. Stairways and ramps  provided from stages, platforms and technical production areas are not required  to be enclosed.
    410.6.3 Technical production areas. Technical production  areas shall be provided with means of egress and means of escape in accordance  with Section 410.6.3.1 through 410.6.3.5.
    410.6.3.1 Means of egress. At least one means of egress  shall be provided from technical production areas.
    410.6.3.2 Travel distance. The maximum length of exit  access travel shall not exceed 300 feet (91 440 mm) for buildings without a  sprinkler system and 400 feet (121 920 mm) for buildings equipped throughout  with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
    410.6.3.3 Two means of egress. Where two means of egress  are required, the common path of travel shall not exceed 100 feet (30 480 mm).
    Exception: A means of egress to a roof in place of a second  means of egress is permitted.
    410.6.3.4 Path of egress travel. The following exit access  components are permitted when serving technical production areas:
    1. Stairways.
    2. Ramps.
    3. Spiral stairways.
    4. Catwalks.
    5. Alternating tread devices.
    6. Permanent ladders.
    410.6.3.5 Width. The path of egress travel within and from  technical production areas shall be a minimum of 22 inches (559 mm).
    408.6 Smoke barrier. Occupancies classified as Group I-3  shall have smoke barriers complying with Sections 408.8 and 709 to divide every  story occupied by residents for sleeping, or any other story having an occupant  load of 50 or more persons, into no fewer than two smoke compartments. 
    [ E. F. ] Change Section  408.9 of the IBC and add Sections 408.9.1 through 408.9.3 to the IBC to read:  
    408.9 Smoke control. Smoke control for each smoke  compartment shall be in accordance with Sections 408.9.1 through 408.9.3. 
    Exception: Smoke compartments with operable windows or  windows that are readily breakable. 
    408.9.1 Locations. An engineered smoke control system shall  comply with Section 909 and shall be provided in the following locations: 
    1. Dormitory areas. 
    2. Celled areas. 
    3. General housing areas. 
    4. Intake areas. 
    5. Medical celled or medical dormitory areas. 
    6. Interior recreation areas. 
    408.9.2 Compliance. The engineered smoke control system  shall provide and maintain a tenable environment in the area of origin and  shall comply with all of the following: 
    1. Shall facilitate the timely evacuation and relocation of  occupants from the area of origin. 
    2. Shall be independent of exhaust systems under Chapter 5  of the IMC. 
    3. Duration of operation in accordance with Section  909.4.6. 
    4. The pressurization method shall be permitted and shall  provide a minimum of 24 air changes per hour of exhaust, and 20 air changes per  hour of makeup, and shall comply with Section 909.6. If the pressurization  method is not utilized, the exhaust method shall be provided and shall comply  with Section 909.8. 
    408.9.3 Corridors. Egress corridors within smoke  compartments shall be kept free and clear of smoke. 
    [ G. Add Section 414.1.1.1 to the IBC to read: 
    414.1.1.1 Amendments. The following changes shall be made  to the IFC for the use of this section: 
    1. Change Section 2306.8.1 of the IFC and add Section  2306.8.6 to the IFC to read: 
    2306.8.1 Listed. Dispensers shall be listed in accordance  with UL 87A. Hoses, nozzles, breakaway fittings, swivels, flexible connectors  or dispenser emergency shutoff valves, vapor recovery systems, leak detection  devices, and pumps used in alcohol-blended fuel-dispensing systems shall be  listed for the specific purpose. 
    2306.8.6 Compatibility. Dispensers shall only be used with  the fuels for which they have been listed, which are marked on the product.  Field installed components including hose assemblies, breakaway couplings,  swivel connectors, and hose nozzle valves shall be provided in accordance with  the listing and the marking on the unit. 
    2. Add the following reference standard to Chapter 80 of  the IFC: 
           | Standard reference number | Title | Referenced in code section    number | 
       | UL 87A-12 | Outline of Investigation for Power-Operated Dispensing    Devices for Gasoline and Gasoline/Ethanol Blends with Nominal Ethanol    Concentrations up to 85% | 2306.8.1 | 
  
    H. Add Section 414.6.2 to the IBC to read: 
    414.6.2 Other regulations. The installation, repair,  upgrade, and closure of underground and aboveground storage tanks subject to  the Virginia State Water Control Board regulations 9VAC25-91 and 9VAC25-580  shall be governed by those regulations, which are hereby incorporated by  reference to be an enforceable part of this code. Where differences occur  between the provisions of this code and the incorporated provisions of the  State Water Control Board regulations, the provisions of the State Water  Control Board regulations shall apply. Provisions of the International Fire  Code addressing closure of such tanks that are subject to the Virginia State  Water Control Board regulations 9VAC25-91 and 9VAC25-580 shall not be  applicable. ] 
    H. [ F. Add Section 415.1.1 to the IBC  to read: 
    415.1.1 Flammable and combustible liquids. ] Notwithstanding  the provisions of this chapter, [ Construction associated with  the storage, handling, processing, and transporting of flammable and  combustible liquids shall be in accordance with the mechanical code and the  fire code listed in Chapter 35 of this code ]. Regulations  [ and regulations governing the installation, repair, upgrade,  and closure of underground and aboveground storage tanks under the Virginia  State Water Control Board regulations 9VAC25-91 and 9VAC25-580, which  are hereby adopted and incorporated by reference to be an enforceable  part of this code. Where differences occur between the provisions of this code  and the ] incorporated [ provisions of ] the  [ such State Water Control Board regulations, the provisions of  the State Water Control Board regulations shall apply. 
    G. I. ] Change the title of  Section 420 and change Sections 420.1 and 420.4 of the IBC to read: 
    Section 420 Groups I-1, R-1, R-2, R-3, and R-4. 
    420.1 General. Occupancies in Groups I-1, R-1, R-2, R-3,  and R-4 shall comply with the provisions of Sections 420.1 through 420.6 and  other applicable provisions of this code. 
    420.4 Smoke barriers in Group I-1 Condition 2. Smoke  barriers shall be provided in Group I-1 Condition 2 to subdivide every story  used by persons receiving care or treatment or sleeping and to divide other  stories, with an occupant load of 50 or more persons, into no fewer than two  smoke compartments. Such stories shall be divided into smoke compartments with  an area of not more than 22,500 square feet (2092 m2) and the travel  distance from any point in a smoke compartment to a smoke barrier door shall  not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm). The smoke barrier shall be in accordance with Section  709. 
    [ H. J. ] Add Section  420.4.1 to the IBC to read: 
    420.4.1 Refuge area. Refuge areas shall be provided within  each smoke compartment. The size of the refuge area shall accommodate the  occupants and care recipients from the adjoining smoke compartment. Where a  smoke compartment is adjoined by two or more smoke compartments, the minimum  area of the refuge area shall accommodate the largest occupant load of the  adjoining compartments. The size of the refuge area shall provide the  following: 
    1. Not less than 15 net square feet (1.4 m2) for  each care recipient. 
    2. Not less than 6 net square feet (0.56 m2) for  other occupants. 
    Areas or spaces permitted to be included in the calculation  of the refuge area are corridors, lounge, or dining areas and other low hazard  areas. 
    [ I. K. ] Change Section  420.5 of the IBC and add Section 420.6 to the IBC to read: 
    420.5 Automatic sprinkler system. Group R occupancies shall  be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with  Section 903.2.8. Group I-1 occupancies shall be equipped throughout with an  automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.2.6. Quick response  or residential automatic sprinklers shall be installed in accordance with  Section 903.3.2. 
    420.6 Fire alarm systems and smoke alarms. Fire alarm  systems and smoke alarms shall be provided in Groups I-1, R-1, R-2, and R-4  occupancies in accordance with Sections 907.2.6, 907.2.8, 907.2.9, and  907.2.10, respectively. Single-station or multiple-station smoke alarms shall  be provided in Groups I-1, R-2, R-3, and R-4 in accordance with Section  907.2.11. 
    I. [ J. L. ] Add IBC  Section 424 425 Manufactured Homes and Industrialized Buildings. 
    J. [ K. M. ] Add  Section 424.1 425.1 to the IBC to read: 
    424.1 425.1 General. The provisions of this  section shall apply to the installation or erection of manufactured homes  subject to the Virginia Manufactured Home Safety Regulations (13VAC5-95) and  industrialized buildings subject to the Virginia Industrialized Building Safety  Regulations (13VAC5-91). 
    [ Note: Local building departments are also  responsible for the enforcement of certain provisions of the Virginia  Manufactured Home Safety Regulations (13VAC5-95) and the Virginia  Industrialized Building Safety Regulations (13VAC5-91) as set out in those  regulations. ] 
    K. [ L. N. ] Add  Section 424.2 425.2 to the IBC to read: 
    424.2 425.2 Site work for manufactured homes. The  aspects for the installation and set up of a new manufactured home covered by  this code rather than the Virginia Manufactured Home Safety Regulations  (13VAC5-95) include, but are not limited to, footings, foundations systems,  anchoring of the home, exterior, interior close-up, and additions and  alterations done during initial installation. Such aspects shall be subject to  and shall comply with the manufacturer's installation instructions provided by  the manufacturer of the home. To the extent that the manufacturer's  installation instructions do not address any aspect enumerated above or when  the manufacturer's installation instructions are not available, such aspects  shall be subject to and comply with 24 CFR Part 3285 – Model Manufactured Home  Installation Standards. To the extent that the manufacturer's installation  instructions and 24 CFR Part 3285 do not address any aspect enumerated above,  the installer must first attempt to obtain Design Approval Primary Inspection  Agency (DAPIA) as defined in 24 CFR Part 3285.5, approved designs and  instructions prepared by the manufacturer; or if designs and instructions are  not available from the manufacturer, obtain an alternate design prepared and  certified by an RDP that is consistent with the manufactured home design,  conforms to the requirements of the Manufactured Housing Consensus Committee  (MHCSS) as defined in 24 CFR Part 3285.5, and has been approved by the  manufacturer and the DAPIA. Stoops, decks, porches and used manufactured homes  Footing design, basements, grading, drainage, decks, stoops, porches and  utility connections shall comply with the [ applicable ]  provisions of this code, which shall include the option of using the IRC for  the technical requirements for the installation and set up of the home and the  use of Appendix E of the IRC for additions, alterations and repairs to the home  [ applicable to Group R-5 occupancies ]. Additionally, all  applicable provisions of Chapter 1 of this code, including but not limited to  requirements for permits, inspections, certificates of occupancy and requiring  compliance, are applicable to the installation and set up set-up  of a manufactured home. Where the installation or erection of a manufactured  home utilizes components that are to be concealed, the installer shall notify  the building official that an inspection is necessary and assure that an  inspection is performed and approved prior to concealment of such components,  unless the building official has agreed to an alternative method of  verification. 
    [ M. O. ]  Add Section 425.2.1 to the IBC to read: 
    425.2.1 Relocated manufactured homes. Installation, set-up,  and site work for relocated manufactured homes shall comply with the provisions  of this code and shall include the option of using the manufacturer's  installations instructions or the federal Model Manufactured Home Installation  Standards (24 CFR Part 3285) for the technical requirements. 
    [ N. P. ] Add Section  425.2.2 to the IBC to read: 
    425.2.2 Alterations and repairs to manufactured homes.  Alterations and repairs to manufactured homes shall either be in accordance  with federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards (24 CFR Part  3280) or in accordance with the alteration and repair provisions this code.  
    [ O. Q. ] Add Section  425.2.3 to the IBC to read: 
    425.2.3 Additions to manufactured homes. Additions to  manufactured homes shall comply with this code and shall be structurally  independent of the manufactured home, or when not structurally independent,  shall be evaluated by an RDP to determine that the addition does not cause the  manufactured home to become out of compliance with federal Manufactured Home  Construction and Safety Standards (24 CFR Part 3280). 
    L. [ P. R. ] Add  Section 424.3 425.3 to the IBC to read: 
    424.3 425.3 Wind load requirements for  manufactured homes. Manufactured homes shall be anchored to withstand the wind  loads established by the federal regulation for the area in which the  manufactured home is installed. For the purpose of this code, Wind Zone II of  the federal regulation shall include the cities of Chesapeake, Norfolk,  Portsmouth, and Virginia Beach. 
    M. [ Q. S. ] Add  Section 424.4 425.4 to the IBC to read: 
    424.4 425.4 Skirting requirements for  manufactured homes. As used in this section, "skirting" means a  weather-resistant material used to enclose the space from the bottom of the  manufactured home to grade. In accordance with § 36-99.8 of the Code of  Virginia, manufactured homes installed or relocated shall have skirting  installed within 60 days of occupancy of the home. Skirting materials shall be  durable, suitable for exterior exposures and installed in accordance with the  manufacturer's installation instructions. Skirting shall be secured as  necessary to ensure stability, to minimize vibrations, to minimize  susceptibility to wind damage and to compensate for possible frost heave. Each  manufactured home shall have a minimum of one opening in the skirting providing  access to any water supply or sewer drain connections under the home. Such  openings shall be a minimum of 18 inches (457 mm) in any dimension and not less  than three square feet (.28 m2) in area. The access panel or door  shall not be fastened in a manner requiring the use of a special tool to open  or remove the panel or door. On-site fabrication of the skirting by the owner  or installer of the home shall be acceptable, provided that the material meets  the requirements of this code. In addition, as a requirement of this code,  skirting for the installation and set-up of a new manufactured home shall also  comply with the requirements of 24 CFR Part 3285 – Model Manufactured Home  Installation Standards. 
    N. [ R. T. ] Add  Section 424.5 425.5 to the IBC to read: 
    424.5 425.5 Site work for industrialized  buildings. Site work for the erection and installation of an industrialized  building shall comply with the manufacturer's installation instructions. To the  extent that any aspect of the erection or installation of an industrialized  building is not covered by the manufacturer's installation instructions, this  code shall be applicable, including the use of the IRC for any construction  work where the industrialized building would be classified as a Group R-5  building. In addition, all administrative requirements of this code for  permits, inspections, and certificates of occupancy are also applicable.  Further, the building official may require the submission of plans and  specifications for details of items needed to comprise the finished building  that are not included or specified in the manufacturer's instructions,  including, but not limited to, footings, foundations, supporting structures,  proper anchorage, and the completion of the plumbing, mechanical, and  electrical systems. Where the installation or erection of an industrialized  building utilizes components that are to be concealed, the installer shall  notify the building official that an inspection is necessary and assure that an  inspection is performed and approved prior to concealment of such components,  unless the building official has agreed to an alternative method of  verification. 
    Exception: Temporary family health care structures installed  pursuant to § 15.2-2292.1 of the Code of Virginia shall not be required or  permitted to be placed on a permanent foundation, but shall otherwise remain  subject to all pertinent provisions of this section. 
    O. [ S. U. ] Add  Section 424.6 425.6 to the IBC to read: 
    424.6 425.6 Relocated industrialized buildings;  alterations and additions. Industrialized buildings constructed prior to  January 1, 1972, shall be subject to Section 117 when relocated. Alterations  and additions to any existing industrialized buildings shall be subject to  pertinent provisions of this code. Building officials shall be permitted to  require the submission of plans and specifications for the model to aid in the  evaluation of the proposed alteration or addition. Such plans and  specifications shall be permitted to be submitted in electronic or other  available format acceptable to the building official. 
    [ T. V. ] Add Section 425.7  to the IBC to read: 
    425.7 Change of occupancy of industrialized buildings.  Change of occupancy of industrialized buildings is regulated by the Virginia  Industrialized Building Safety Regulations (13VAC5-91). When the industrialized  building complies with those regulations for the new occupancy, the building  official shall issue a new certificate of occupancy under the USBC. 
    P. [ U. W. ] Add IBC  Section 425 426 Aboveground Liquid Fertilizer Tanks. 
    Q. [ V. X. ] Add  Sections 425.1 426.1 through 425.6 426.6 to the IBC  to read: 
    425.1 426.1 General. This section shall apply to  the construction of ALFSTs and shall supersede any conflicting requirements in  other provisions of this code. ALFSTs shall also comply with any applicable non-conflicting  nonconflicting requirements of this code. 
    425.1.1 426.1.1 When change of occupancy rules  apply. A change of occupancy to use a tank as an ALFST occurs when there is a  change in the use of a tank from storing liquids other than liquid fertilizers  to a use of storing liquid fertilizer and when the type of liquid fertilizer  being stored has a difference of at least 20% of the specific gravity or operating  temperature, or both, or a significant change in the material's compatibility. 
    425.2 426.2 Standards. Newly constructed welded  steel ALFSTs shall comply with API 650 and TFI RMIP, as applicable. Newly  constructed ALFSTs constructed of materials other than welded steel shall be  constructed in accordance with accepted engineering practice to prevent the  discharge of liquid fertilizer and shall be constructed of materials that are  resistant to corrosion, puncture or cracking. In addition, newly constructed  ALFSTs constructed of materials other than welded steel shall comply with TFI  RMIP, as applicable. For the purposes of this code, the use of TFI RMIP shall  be construed as mandatory and any language in TFI RMIP, such as, but not  limited to, the terms "should" or "may" which indicate that  a provision is only a recommendation or a guideline shall be taken as a  requirement. ALFSTs shall be placarded in accordance with NFPA 704. 
    Exception: Sections 4.1.4, 4.2.5, 5.1.2, 5.2.8, 5.3 and  8.1(d)(i) of TFI RMIP shall not be construed as mandatory. 
    425.3 426.3 Secondary containment. When ALFSTs  are newly constructed and when there is a change of occupancy to use a tank as  an ALFST, a secondary containment system designed and constructed to prevent  any liquid fertilizer from reaching the surface water, groundwater or adjacent  land before cleanup occurs shall be provided. The secondary containment system  may include dikes, berms or retaining walls, curbing, diversion ponds, holding  tanks, sumps, vaults, double-walled tanks, liners external to the tank, or  other approved means and shall be capable of holding up to 110% of the capacity  of the ALFST as certified by an RDP. 
    425.4 426.4 Repair, alteration and  reconstruction of ALFSTs. Repair, alteration and reconstruction of ALFSTs shall  comply with applicable provisions of API 653 and TFI RMIP. 
    425.5 426.5 Inspection. Applicable inspections  as required by and in accordance with API 653 and TFI RMIP shall be performed  for repairs and alterations to ALFSTS, the reconstruction of ALFSTs and when  there is a change of occupancy to use a tank as an ALFST. When required by API  653 or TFI RMIP, such inspections shall occur prior to the use of the ALFST. 
    425.6 426.6 Abandoned ALFSTs. Abandoned ALFSTs  shall comply with applicable provisions of Section 3404.2.13.2 5704.2.13.2  of the IFC. 
    [ Y. Add IBC Section 427 Short-term Holding Areas.  
    Z. Add Section 427.1 to the IBC to read: 
    427.1 General. In all groups other than Group E, short-term  holding areas shall be permitted to be classified as the main occupancy,  provided all of the following are met: 
    1. Provisions are made for the release of all restrained or  detained occupants of short-term holding areas at all times. 
    2. Aggregate area of short-term holding areas shall not  occupy more than 10% of the building area of the story in which they are  located and shall not exceed the tabular values for building area in Table 503,  without building area increases. 
    3. Restrained or detained occupant load of each short-term  holding area shall not exceed 20. 
    4. Aggregate restrained or detained occupant load in  short-term holding areas per building shall not exceed 80. 
    5. Compliance with Sections 408.3.7, 408.3.8, 408.4, and  408.7, as would be applicable to I-3 occupancies. 
    6. Requirements of the main occupancy in which short-term  holding areas are located shall be met. 
    7. Fire areas containing short-term holding areas shall be  provided with a fire alarm system and automatic smoke detection system  complying with Section 907.2.6.3, as would be applicable to I-3 occupancies.  
    8. Where each fire area containing short-term holding areas  exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m2), such fire areas shall be  provided with an automatic sprinkler system complying with Section 903.3. 
    9. Short-term holding areas shall be separated from other  short-term holding areas and adjacent spaces by smoke partitions complying with  Section 710. ] 
    13VAC5-63-225. Chapter 5 General building heights and areas.  
    A. Change Section 504.2 of the IBC to read: 
    504.2 Automatic sprinkler system increase. Where a building  is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in  accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the value specified in Table 503 for maximum  building height is increased by 20 feet (6096 mm) and the maximum number of  stories is increased by one. These increases are permitted in addition to the  building area increase in accordance with Sections 506.2 and 506.3. For Group R  buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in  accordance with Section 903.3.1.2, the value specified in Table 503 for maximum  building height is increased by 20 feet (6096 mm) and the maximum number of  stories is increased by one, but shall not exceed 60 feet (18 288 mm) or four  stories, respectively. 
    Exception: The use of an automatic sprinkler system to  increase building heights shall not be permitted for the following conditions:  
    1. Buildings, or portions of buildings, classified as Group  I-1 Condition 2, of Type IIB, III, IV, or V construction or Group I-2  occupancies of Type IIB, III, IV, or V construction. 
    2. Buildings, or portions of buildings, classified as a  Group H-1, H-2, H-3, or H-5 occupancy. 
    3. Buildings where an automatic sprinkler system is  substituted for fire-resistance rated construction in accordance with Table  601, Note d. 
    B. Change Section 508.2.3 of the IBC to read:
    508.2.3 Allowable building area and height. The allowable  building area and height of the building containing accessory occupancies shall  be based on the allowable building area and height for the main occupancy in  accordance with Section 503.1. The building area of the accessory occupancies  shall be in accordance with Section 508.2.1. 
    13VAC5-63-230. Chapter 7 Fire-resistant-rated construction  Fire and smoke protection features. 
    A. Change Section 703.6 703.7 of the IBC to  read: 
    703.6 703.7 Fire-resistance assembly marking. Concealed  Where there is a concealed floor, floor-ceiling, or attic space, the  fire walls, vertical fire separation assemblies, fire barriers, fire  partitions and, smoke barriers, or any other wall required to  have protected openings or penetrations shall be designated above ceilings  and on the inside of all ceiling access doors which that provide  access to such fire rated assemblies by signage having letters no smaller than  one inch (25.4 mm) in height. Such signage shall indicate the fire-resistance  rating of the assembly and the type of assembly and be provided at horizontal  intervals of no more than eight feet (2438 mm).
    Note: An example of suggested formatting for the signage would  be "ONE HOUR FIRE PARTITION."
    B. Change the exceptions to  Section 705.2 of the IBC to read:
    705.2 Projections. Except for decks and open porches of  buildings in Groups R-3 and R-4, cornices, eave overhangs, exterior balconies  and similar projections extending beyond the exterior wall shall conform to the  requirements of this section and Section 1406. Exterior egress balconies and  exterior exit stairways shall also comply with Sections 1019 and 1026,  respectively. Projections shall not extend beyond the distance determined by  the following three methods, whichever results in the lesser projection:
    1. A point one-third the distance from the exterior face of  the wall to the lot line where protected openings or a combination of protected  and unprotected openings are required in the exterior wall.
    2. A point one-half the distance from the exterior face of  the wall to the lot line where all openings in the exterior wall are permitted  to be unprotected or the building is equipped throughout with an automatic  sprinkler system installed under the provisions of Section 705.8.2.
    3. More than 12 inches (305 mm) into areas where openings  are prohibited.
    Exceptions: 
    1. Buildings on the same lot and considered as portions  of one building in accordance with Section 705.3 are not required to comply  with this section. 
    2. Decks and open porches of buildings of Groups R-3 and  R-4. 
    C. Add Exception 4 to Section 706.5.2 of the IBC to read: 
    4. Decks and open porches of buildings in Groups R-3 and R-4. 
    D. Change Section 709.5 of the IBC to read: 
    709.5 Openings. Openings in a smoke barrier shall be  protected in accordance with Section 716. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. In Group I-1 Condition 2, Group I-2, and ambulatory care  facilities where doors are installed across corridors, a pair of  opposite-swinging doors without a center mullion shall be installed having  vision panels with fire-protection-rated glazing materials in fire-protection-rated  frames, the area of which shall not exceed that tested. The doors shall be  close fitting within operational tolerances and shall not have undercuts in  excess of 3/4-inch, louvers, or grilles. The doors shall have head and jamb  stops, astragals, or rabbets at meeting edges and shall be automatic-closing by  smoke detection in accordance with Section 716.5.9.3. Where permitted by the  door manufacturer's listing, positive-latching devices are not required. 
    2. In Group I-1 Condition 2, Group I-2, and ambulatory care  facilities, horizontal sliding doors installed in accordance with Section  1008.1.4.3 and protected in accordance with Section 716. 
    E. Delete Sections 708.14.1 through 708.14.2.11  713.14.1 and 713.14.1.1.
    E. F. Change Section 716.5.3 716.5.3.1  of the IBC to read:
    716.5.3 Penetrations of shaft enclosures. Shaft enclosures  that are permitted to be penetrated by ducts and air transfer openings shall be  protected with approved fire and smoke dampers installed in accordance with  their listing.
    Exceptions:
    1. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where steel  exhaust subducts extend at least 22 inches (559 mm) vertically in exhaust  shafts provided there is a continuous airflow upward to the outside.
    2. Fire dampers are not required where penetrations are  tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 as part of the fire-resistance rated  assembly.
    3. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where ducts are  used as part of an approved smoke-control system in accordance with Section  909.
    4. Fire and smoke dampers are not required where the  penetrations are in parking garage exhaust or supply shafts that are separated  from other building shafts by not less than two-hour fire-resistance-rated  construction.
    5. Smoke dampers are not required where the building is equipped  throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section  903.3.1.1.
    716.5.3.1 Smoke and draft control. Fire door assemblies  located in smoke barrier walls shall also meet the requirements for a smoke and  draft control door assembly tested in accordance with UL 1784. The air leakage  rate of the door assembly shall not exceed 3.0 cubic feet per minute per square  foot (0.01524 m3/s ∙ m2) of door opening at  0.10 inch (24.9 Pa) of water for both the ambient temperature and elevated temperature  tests. Louvers shall be prohibited. Installation of smoke doors shall be in  accordance with NFPA 105. 
    13VAC5-63-235. Chapter 8 Interior finishes. 
    Change Section 806.1.2 of the IBC to read: 
    806.1.2 Combustible decorative materials. The permissible  amount of decorative materials meeting the flame propagation performance  criteria of NFPA 701 shall not exceed 10% of the specific wall or ceiling area  to which it is attached. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. In auditoriums or similar types of spaces in Group A, the  permissible amount of decorative material meeting the flame propagation  performance criteria of NFPA 701 shall not exceed 75% of the aggregate wall  area where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler  system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and where the material is installed  in accordance with Section 803.11. 
    2. In auditoriums or similar types of spaces in Group A,  the permissible amount of decorative materials suspended from the ceiling,  located no more than 12 inches (305 mm) from the wall, not supported by the  floor, and meeting the flame propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701,  shall not exceed 75% of the aggregate wall area when the building is equipped  throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section  903.3.1.1. 
    3. The amount of fabric partitions suspended from the  ceiling and not supported by the floor in Groups B and M occupancies shall not  be limited. 
    13VAC5-63-240. Chapter 9 Fire protection systems. 
    A. Add the following definitions to the list of  terms in Section 902 902.1 of the IBC to read: 
    Emergency communication equipment. Emergency communication  equipment, includes but is not limited to, two-way radio communications, signal  booster, bi-directional amplifiers, radiating cable systems or internal  multiple antenna, or a combination of the foregoing.
    Emergency public safety personnel. Emergency public safety  personnel includes firefighters, emergency medical personnel, law-enforcement  officers and other emergency public safety personnel routinely called upon to  provide emergency assistance to members of the public in a wide variety of  emergency situations, including, but not limited to, fires, medical  emergencies, violent crimes and terrorist attacks.
    B. Change the following definition in Section 902 of the  IBC to read:
    Automatic fire-extinguishing system. An approved system of  devices and equipment which automatically detects a fire and discharges an  approved fire-extinguishing agent onto or in the area of a fire and shall  include among other systems an automatic sprinkler system, unless otherwise  expressly stated.
    C. B. Change Section 903.2.1.2 of the IBC to  read: 
    903.2.1.2 Group A-2. An automatic sprinkler system shall be  provided for Group A-2 occupancies where one of the following conditions  exists: 
    1. The fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet (464.5m2);  
    2. The fire area has an occupant load of 100 or more in night  clubs or 300 or more in other Group A-2 occupancies; or 
    3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a level of  exit discharge serving such occupancies. 
    D. C. Change Item 2 of Section 903.2.1.3 of the  IBC to read: 
    2. In Group A-3 occupancies other than churches places  of religious worship, the fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more; or  
    E. D. Change Section 903.2.3 of the IBC to  read: 
    903.2.3 Group E. An automatic sprinkler system shall be  provided for Group E occupancies as follows: 
    1. Throughout all Group E fire areas greater than 20,000  square feet (1858 m2) in area. 
    2. Throughout every portion of educational buildings below the  lowest level of exit discharge serving that portion of the building. 
    Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is not required in  any area below the lowest level of exit discharge serving that area where every  classroom throughout the building has at least one exterior exit door at ground  level. 
    [ E. Add Exception 5 to Section 903.2.6 to read: 
    5. An automatic sprinkler system shall not be required for  open-sided or chain link-sided buildings and overhangs over exercise yards 200 square  feet (18.58 m2) or less in Group I-3 facilities, provided such  buildings and overhangs are of noncombustible construction.
    F. E. ]  Change Section 903.2.7 of the IBC to read: 
    903.2.7 Group M. An automatic sprinkler system shall be  provided throughout buildings containing a Group M occupancy where one of the  following conditions exists: 
    1. A Group M fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m2).  
    2. A Group M fire area is located more than three stories  above grade plane. 
    3. The combined area of all Group M fire areas on all floors,  including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000 square feet (2230 m2). 
    [ G. F. ] Change Section Sections  903.2.8, 903.2.8.1, and 908.2.8.2 of the IBC to read: 
    903.2.7 903.2.8 Group R. An automatic sprinkler  system installed in accordance with Section 903.3 shall be provided throughout  all buildings with a Group R fire area, except in the following for  Group R-2 occupancies listed in the exceptions to this section when the  necessary water pressure or volume, or both, for the system is not available: 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Buildings which Group R-2 occupancies that do  not exceed two stories, including basements which that are not  considered as a story above grade, and with a maximum of 16 dwelling units per  fire area. Each dwelling unit shall have at least one door opening to an  exterior exit access that leads directly to the exits required to serve that  dwelling unit. 
    2. Buildings Group R-2 occupancies where all  dwelling units are not more than two stories above the lowest level of exit  discharge and not more than one story below the highest level of exit discharge  of exits serving the dwelling unit and a two-hour fire barrier is provided  between each pair of dwelling units. Each bedroom of a dormitory or boarding  house shall be considered a dwelling unit under this exception. 
    903.2.8.1 Group R-3. An automatic sprinkler system  installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3 shall be permitted in Group R-3.
    903.2.8.2 Group R-4 Condition 1. An automatic sprinkler  system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3 shall be permitted in  Group R-4 Condition 1.
    [ G. H. ] Add Sections  903.2.8.3, 903.2.8.3.1, 903.2.8.3.2, and 903.2.8.4 to the IBC to read: 
    903.2.8.3 Group R-4 Condition 2. An automatic sprinkler  system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2 shall be permitted in  Group R-4 Condition 2. Attics shall be protected in accordance with Section  903.2.8.3.1 or 903.2.8.3.2. 
    903.2.8.3.1 Attics used for living purposes, storage, or  fuel fired equipment. Attics used for living purposes, storage, or fuel fired  equipment shall be protected throughout with automatic sprinkler system  installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2. 
    903.2.8.3.2 Attics not used for living purposes, storage,  or fuel fired equipment. Attics not used for living purposes, storage, or fuel  fired equipment shall be protected in accordance with one of the following: 
    1. Attics protected throughout by a heat detector system  arranged to activate the building fire alarm system in accordance with Section  907.2.10. 
    2. Attics constructed of noncombustible materials. 
    3. Attics constructed of fire-retardant-treated wood  framing complying with Section 2303.2. 
    4. The automatic fire sprinkler system shall be extended to  provide protection throughout the attic space. 
    903.2.8.4 Care facilities. An automatic sprinkler system  installed in accordance with 903.3.1.3 shall be permitted in care facilities  with 5 or fewer individuals in a single-family dwelling. 
    H. Add Item 6 to Section 903.3.1.1.1 of the IBC to read:
    6. Elevator machine rooms and elevator machine spaces for  occupant evacuation elevators.
    [ I. H. ] Add Section 903.3.1.2.2 to  the IBC to read: 
    903.3.1.2.2 Attics. Sprinkler protection shall be provided for  attics in buildings of Type III, IV or V construction in Group R-2 occupancies  that are designed or developed and marketed to senior citizens 55 years of age  or older and in Group I-1 occupancies in accordance with Section [ 6.7.2  7.2 ] of NFPA 13R.
    [ I. J. ] Change Section  903.3.1.3 of the IBC to read: 
    903.3.1.3 NFPA 13D sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler  systems installed in one-family and two-family dwellings, Group R-3, Group R-4  Condition 1 and townhouses shall be permitted to be installed throughout in  accordance with NFPA 13D. 
    [ J. K. ] Change Section 903.4.2 of  the IBC to read: 
    903.4.2 Alarms. Approved audible devices shall be connected to  every automatic sprinkler system. Such sprinkler water-flow alarm devices shall  be activated by water flow equivalent to the flow of a single sprinkler of the  smallest orifice size installed in the system. Alarm devices shall be provided  on the exterior of the building in an approved location. Where a fire alarm  system is installed, actuation of the automatic sprinkler system shall actuate  the building fire alarm system. Group R-2 occupancies that contain 16 or more  dwelling units or sleeping units, any dwelling unit or sleeping unit two or  more stories above the lowest level of exit discharge, or any dwelling unit or  sleeping unit more than one story below the highest level of exit discharge of  exits serving the dwelling unit or sleeping unit shall provide a manual fire  alarm box at an approved location to activate the suppression system alarm. 
    [ K. L. ] Add an exception to Section  905.2 of the IBC to read: 
    Exception: The residual pressure of 100 psi for 2-1/2 inch  hose connection and 65 psi for 1-1/2 inch hose connection is not required in  buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance  with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and where the highest floor level is not  more than 150 feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access. 
    [ L. M. ] Change Item 1 of Section  906.1 of the IBC to read: 
    1. In Group Groups A, B, E, F, H, I, M, R-1,  R-4, and S occupancies. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. In Group Groups A, B, and E occupancies  equipped throughout with quick response sprinklers, portable fire extinguishers  shall be required only in locations specified in Items 2 through 6. 
    2. In Group I-3 occupancies, portable fire extinguishers shall  be permitted to be located at staff locations and the access to such  extinguishers shall be permitted to be locked. 
    [ M. N. ] Change Section 907.2.1.1 of  the IBC to read: 
    907.2.1.1 System initiation in Group A occupancies with a  occupant load of 1,000 or more and in certain night clubs. Activation of the  fire alarm in Group A occupancies with an occupant load of 1,000 or more and in  night clubs with an occupant load of 300 or more shall initiate a signal using  an emergency voice and alarm communications system in accordance with Section  907.5.2.2. 
    Exception: Where approved, the prerecorded announcement is  allowed to be manually deactivated for a period of time, not to exceed three  minutes, for the sole purpose of allowing a live voice announcement from an  approved, constantly attended location. 
    [ N. O. ]  Change Section 907.2.3 of the IBC to read: 
    907.2.3 Group E. A manual fire alarm system that activates  the occupant notification system meeting the requirements of Section 907.5 and  installed in accordance with Section 907.6 shall be installed in Group E  occupancies. When automatic sprinkler systems or smoke detectors are installed,  such systems or detectors shall be connected to the building fire alarm system.  
    Exceptions: 
    1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in Group E  occupancies with an occupant load of 50 or less. 
    2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required in Group E  occupancies where all of the following apply: 
    2.1. Interior corridors are protected by smoke detectors. 
    2.2. Auditoriums, cafeterias, gymnasiums, and similar areas  are protected by heat detectors or other approved detection devices. 
    2.3. Shops and laboratories involving dusts or vapors are  protected by heat detectors or other approved detection devices. 
    3. Manual fire alarm boxes shall not be required in Group E  occupancies where the building is equipped throughout with an approved  automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, the  occupant notification system will activate on sprinkler water flow and manual  activation is provided from a normally occupied location. 
    [ O. P. ] Change Section  907.2.6.1 of the IBC to read: 
    907.2.6.1 Group I-1. In Group I-1 occupancies, an automatic  smoke detection system shall be installed in corridors, waiting areas open to  corridors, and habitable spaces other than sleeping units and kitchens. The  system shall be activated in accordance with Section 907.5. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. For Group I-1 Condition 1, smoke detection in habitable  spaces is not required where the facility is equipped throughout with an  automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. 
    2. Smoke detection is not required for exterior balconies. 
    [ P. Q. ] Add an exception to  Section 907.5.2.1.1 of the IBC to read: 
    Exception: Sound pressure levels in Group I-3 occupancies  shall be permitted to be limited to only the notification of occupants in the  affected smoke compartment. 
    O. Add Sections 908.7, 908.7.1  and 908.7.2 to the IBC to read:
    908.7 Carbon monoxide alarms. Carbon monoxide alarms shall  be provided in new buildings and structures in accordance with this section.
    908.7.1 Alarm requirements. Carbon monoxide alarms shall be  single station, hard wired, plug-in or battery type, listed as complying with  UL 2034, and shall be installed in accordance with this code and the  manufacturer's installation instructions.
    908.7.2 Where required. Carbon monoxide alarms shall be  installed outside of each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of  the bedrooms in dwelling units and outside of, but in the immediate vicinity  of, each sleeping unit in all Group R occupancies located within buildings  containing fuel-fired appliances or where a dwelling unit or sleeping unit in a  Group R occupancy is attached to a Group U private garage.
    [ R. Change Sections 908.7 and 908.7.1 of the IBC and  add Sections 908.7.2 and 908.7.3 to the IBC to read: 
    908.7 Carbon monoxide alarms. Carbon monoxide alarms shall  comply with this section. 
    908.7.1 Group I or R. Group I or R occupancies located in a  building containing a fuel-burning appliance or in a building which has an  attached garage shall be equipped with single-station carbon monoxide alarms.  The carbon monoxide alarms shall be listed as complying with UL 2034 and be  installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA 720 and the manufacturer’s  instructions. An open parking garage, as defined in Chapter 2, or an enclosed  parking garage ventilated in accordance with Section 404 of the IMC shall not  be considered an attached garage. 
    Exception: Sleeping units or dwelling units which do not  themselves contain a fuel-burning appliance or have an attached garage, but  which are located in a building with a fuel-burning appliance or an attached  garage, need not be equipped with single-station carbon monoxide alarms  provided that: 
    1. The sleeping unit or dwelling unit is located more than  one story above or below any story which contains a fuel-burning appliance or  an attached garage; 
    2. The sleeping unit or dwelling unit is not connected by  duct work or ventilation shafts to any room containing a fuel-burning appliance  or to an attached garage; and 
    3. The building is equipped with a common area carbon  monoxide alarm system. 
    908.7.2 Group E. Classrooms in E occupancies located in a  building containing a fuel-burning appliance or in a building which has an  attached garage or small engine or vehicle shop shall be equipped with  single-station carbon monoxide alarms. The carbon monoxide alarms shall be  listed as complying with UL 2034 and be installed and maintained in accordance  with NFPA 720 and the manufacturer's instructions. An open parking garage, as  defined in Chapter 2, or an enclosed parking garage ventilated in accordance with  Section 404 of the IMC shall not be considered an attached garage. 
    Exception: Classrooms which do not themselves contain a  fuel-burning appliance or have an attached garage, but which are located in a  building with a fuel-burning appliance or an attached garage, need not be  equipped with single-station carbon monoxide alarms provided that: 
    1. The classroom is located more than 100 feet from the  fuel burning appliance or attached garage or located more than one story above  or below any story which contains a fuel-burning appliance or attached garage;  and 
    2. The classroom is not connected by duct work or  ventilation shafts to any room containing a fuel-burning appliance. 
    908.7.3 Carbon monoxide detection systems. Carbon monoxide  detection systems, which include carbon monoxide detectors and audible  notification appliances, installed and maintained in accordance with this  section for carbon monoxide alarms and NFPA 720 shall be permitted. The carbon  monoxide detectors shall be listed as complying with UL 2075. ] 
    P. [ Q.  S. ] Change Section 909.6 of the IBC to read: 
    909.6 Pressurization method. When approved by the building  official, the means of controlling smoke shall be permitted by pressure  differences across smoke barriers. Maintenance of a tenable environment is not  required in the smoke-control zone of fire origin. 
    Q. [ R. T. ] Change  Section 911.1.3 of the IBC to read: 
    911.1.3 Size. The fire command center shall be a minimum of 96  square feet (9 m2) in area with a minimum dimension of eight feet (2438  mm). 
    Exception: Where it is determined by the building official,  after consultation with the fire chief, that specific building characteristics  require a larger fire command center, the building official may increase the  minimum required size of the fire command center up to 200 square feet (19 m2)  in area with a minimum dimension of up to 10 feet (3048 mm). 
    R. [ S. U. ] Change the  title of IBC Section 915 to read: 
    In-Building Emergency Communications Coverage. 
    S. [ T. V. ] Change  Section 915.1 of the IBC to read: 
    915.1 General. For localities utilizing public safety wireless  communications, dedicated infrastructure to accommodate and perpetuate  continuous in-building emergency communication equipment to allow emergency public  safety personnel to send and receive emergency communications shall be provided  in new buildings and structures in accordance with this section. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Buildings of Use Groups A-5, I-4, within dwelling units of  R-2, R-3, R-4, R-5, and U. 
    2. Buildings of Type Types IV and V construction  without basements, that are not considered unlimited area buildings in  accordance with Section 507. 
    3. Above grade single story buildings of less than 20,000  square feet. 
    4. Buildings or leased spaces occupied by federal, state, or  local governments, or the contractors thereof, with security requirements where  the building official has approved an alternative method to provide emergency  communication equipment for emergency public safety personnel. 
    5. Where the owner provides technological documentation from a  qualified individual that the structure or portion thereof does not impede  emergency communication signals. 
    T. [ U. W. ] Add  Sections 915.1.1, 915.1.2 and 915.1.3 to the IBC to read: 
    915.1.1 Installation. The building owner shall install  radiating cable, such as coaxial cable or equivalent. The radiating cable shall  be installed in dedicated conduits, raceways, plenums, attics, or roofs,  compatible for these specific installations as well as other applicable  provisions of this code. The locality shall be responsible for the installation  of any additional communication equipment required for the operation of the  system. 
    915.1.2 Operations. The locality will assume all  responsibilities for the operation and maintenance of the emergency  communication equipment. The building owner shall provide sufficient  operational space within the building to allow the locality access to and the  ability to operate in-building emergency communication equipment. 
    915.1.3 Inspection. In accordance with Section 113.3, all  installations shall be inspected prior to concealment. 
    U. [ V. X. ] Add  Section 915.2 to the IBC to read: 
    915.2 Acceptance test. Upon completion of installation, after  providing reasonable notice to the owner or their representative, emergency  public safety personnel shall have the right during normal business hours, or  other mutually agreed upon time, to enter onto the property to conduct field  tests to verify that the required level of radio coverage is present at no cost  to the owner. Any noted deficiencies in the installation of the radiating cable  or operational space shall be provided in an inspection report to the owner or  the owner's representative. 
    13VAC5-63-245. Chapter 10 Means of egress. 
    A. Delete Section 1001.4 of the IBC. 
    B. Change Section 1004.3 of the IBC to read: 
    1004.3 Posting of occupant load. Every room or space that is  an assembly occupancy and where the occupant load of that room or space is 50  or more shall have the occupant load of the room or space posted in a  conspicuous place, near the main exit or exit access doorway from the room or  space. Posted signs shall be of an approved legible permanent design and shall  be maintained by the owner or authorized agent. 
    B. C. Change the exception to Section 1005.1  1005.3.1 of the IBC to read: 
    1005.1 Minimum required egress width. The means of egress  width shall not be less than required by this section. The total width of means  of egress in inches (mm) shall not be less than the total occupant load served  by the means of egress multiplied by 0.3 inches (7.62 mm) per occupant for  stairways and by 0.2 inches (5.08 mm) per occupant for other egress components.  The width shall not be less than specified elsewhere in this code. Multiple  means of egress shall be sized such that the loss of any one means of egress  shall not reduce the available capacity to less than 50% of the required  capacity. The maximum capacity required from any story of a building shall be  maintained to the termination of the means of egress.
    Exceptions Exception: 
    1. Means of egress complying with Section 1028.
    2. For occupancies other than Groups H-1,  H-2, H-3, H-4 Groups H and I-2 occupancies, the capacity,  in inches (mm), of means of egress stairways shall be calculated by multiplying  the occupant load served by such stairway by a means of egress capacity factor  of 0.2 inch (5.1 mm) per occupant in buildings equipped with an automatic  sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2,  the total width of means of egress in inches (mm) shall not be less than the  total occupant load served by the means of egress multiplied by 0.2 inches  (5.08 mm) per occupant for stairways and by 0.15 inches (3.81 mm) per occupant  for other egress components. 
    C. D. Change the exception to Section 1007.2  1005.3.2 of the IBC to read: 
    1007.2 Continuity and components. Each required accessible  means of egress shall be continuous to a public way and shall consist of one or  more of the following components:
    1. Accessible routes complying with Section 1104.
    2. Interior exit stairways complying with Sections 1007.3  and 1022.
    3. Exterior exit stairways complying with Sections 1007.3  and 1026 and serving levels other than the level of exit discharge.
    4. Elevators complying with Section 1007.4.
    5. Platform lifts complying with Section 1007.5.
    6. Horizontal exits complying with Section 1025.
    7. Ramps complying with Section 1010.
    8. Areas of refuge complying with Section 1007.6.
    9. Exterior area for assisted rescue complying with Section  1007.7 serving exits at the level of exit discharge.
    Exception: For other than Groups H and I-2 occupancies, the  capacity, in inches (mm), of means of egress components other than stairways  shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such [ stairway  component ] by a means of egress capacity factor of 0.15 inch (3.8  mm) per occupant in buildings equipped with an automatic sprinkler system  installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. 
    D. E. Change Section 1007.6.2 of the IBC to  read: 
    1007.6.2 Separation. Each area of refuge shall be separated  from the remainder of the story by a smoke barrier complying with Section 709  or a horizontal exit complying with Section 1025. Each area of refuge shall be  designed to minimize the intrusion of smoke. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Areas of refuge located within an exit enclosure. 
    2. Areas of refuge where the area of refuge and areas served  by the area of refuge are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system  installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. 
    E. Change Section 1007.7, including subsections, of the  IBC to read:
    1007.7 Exterior area for assisted rescue. The exterior area  for assisted rescue shall be an area provided on the exterior landing serving  an exit door on an accessible route. The exterior area of assisted rescue shall  meet the size and access requirements of Section 1007.6.1.
    1007.7.1 Separation. Exterior walls separating the exterior  area of assisted rescue from the interior of the building shall have a minimum  fire resistance rating of one hour, rated for exposure to fire from the inside.  The fire resistance rated exterior wall construction shall extend horizontally  10 feet (3048 mm) beyond the landing on either side of the landing or  equivalent fire resistance rated construction is permitted to extend out  perpendicular to the exterior wall four feet (1220 mm) minimum on the side of  the landing. The fire resistance rated construction shall extend vertically  from the ground to a point 10 feet (3048 mm) above the floor level of the area  for assisted rescue or to the roof line, whichever is lower. Openings within  such fire resistance rated exterior walls shall be protected in accordance with  Section 715.
    1007.7.2 Openness. The exterior area for assisted rescue  shall be at least 50% open, and the open area above the guards shall be so  distributed as to minimize the accumulation of smoke or toxic gases.
    1007.7.3 Exterior stairway. Exterior stairways that are  part of the means of egress for the exterior area for assisted rescue shall  provide a clear width of 48 inches (1219 mm) between handrails.
    F. Change Item 2 of Section 1008.1.9.3 of the IBC to read: 
    2. In buildings in occupancy Groups B, F, M and S, the main  exterior door or doors are permitted to be equipped with key-operated locking  devices from the egress side provided: 
    2.1. The locking device is readily distinguishable as locked. 
    2.2. A readily visible durable sign is posted on the egress  side on or adjacent to the door stating: THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN  BUILDING IS OCCUPIED. The sign shall be in letters one inch (25 mm) high on a  contrasting background. 
    2.3. The use of the key-operated locking device is revokable  by the building official for due cause. 
    G. Delete Section 1008.1.9.6 of the IBC. 
    H. Change [ Section Sections ]  1008.1.9.7 [ and 1008.1.9.8 ] of the IBC to read: 
    1008.1.9.7 Delayed egress locks. [ Approved In  other than Groups A, E, and H, approved ], listed, delayed egress  locks shall be permitted to be installed on doors [ serving any  occupancy including Group A-3, airport facilities, except Group A, E and H  occupancies ] in buildings which are equipped throughout with an automatic  sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or an approved automatic  smoke or heat detection system installed in accordance with Section 907,  provided that the doors unlock in accordance with Items 1 through 6 below. A  building occupant shall not be required to pass through more than one door  equipped with a delayed egress lock before entering an exit. 
    1. The doors unlock upon actuation of the automatic sprinkler  system or automatic fire detection system. 
    2. The doors unlock upon loss of power controlling the lock or  lock mechanism. 
    3. The door locks shall have the capability of being unlocked  by a signal from the fire command center. 
    4. The initiation of an irreversible process which will  release the latch in not more than 15 seconds when a force of not more than 15  pounds (67 N) is applied for 1 second to the release device. Initiation of the  irreversible process shall activate an audible signal in the vicinity of the  door. Once the door lock has been released by the application of force to the  releasing device, relocking shall be by manual means only. 
    Exception: Where approved, a delay of not more than 30 seconds  is permitted. 
    5. A sign shall be provided on the door located above and  within 12 inches (305 mm) of the release device reading: PUSH UNTIL ALARM  SOUNDS. DOOR CAN BE OPENED IN 15 SECONDS. 
    Exception: Where approved, such sign shall read: PUSH UNTIL  ALARM SOUNDS. DOOR CAN BE OPENED IN 30 SECONDS. 
    6. Emergency lighting shall be provided at the door. 
    [ Exception: Approved, listed, delayed egress locks  shall be permitted to be installed on doors serving Group A-3 airport  facilities, provided they are installed in accordance with this section. 
    1008.1.9.8 Sensor release of electronically locked egress  doors. The electric locks on sensor released doors located in a means of egress  in buildings with an occupancy in Group A, B, E, I-1, I-2, I-4, M, R-1, or R-2  and entrance doors to tenant spaces in occupancies in Group A, B, E, I-1, I-2,  I-4, M, R-1, or R-2 are permitted where installed and operated in accordance  with all of the following criteria: 
    1. The sensor shall be installed on the egress side  arranged to detect an occupant approaching the doors. The doors shall be  arranged to unlock by a signal from or loss of power to the sensor. 
    2. Loss of power to the lock or locking system shall  automatically unlock the doors. 
    3. The doors shall be arranged to unlock from a manual  unlocking device located 40 inches to 48 inches (1016 mm to 1219 mm) vertically  above the floor and within five feet (1524 mm) of the secured doors. Ready  access shall be provided to the manual unlocking device and the device shall be  clearly identified by a sign that reads "PUSH TO EXIT." When  operated, the manual unlocking device shall result in direct interruption of  power to the lock–independent of locking system electronics–and the doors shall  remain unlocked for not less than 30 seconds. 
    4. Activation of the building fire alarm system, if  provided, shall automatically unlock the doors, and the doors shall remain  unlocked until the fire alarm system has been reset. 
    5. Activation of the building automatic sprinkler or fire  detection system, if provided, shall automatically unlock the doors. The doors  shall remain unlocked until the fire alarm system has been reset. 
    6. The door locking system units shall be listed in  accordance with UL 294. ] 
    I. Delete the exception in Section 1008.1.10 of the IBC. 
    J. Add Section 1008.1.11 to the IBC to read: 
    1008.1.11 Locking certain residential sliding doors. In  dwelling units of Group R-2 buildings, exterior sliding doors which are one  story or less above grade, or shared by two dwelling units, or are otherwise  accessible from the outside, shall be equipped with locks. The mounting screws  for the lock case shall be inaccessible from the outside. The lock bolt shall  engage the strike in a manner that will prevent it from being disengaged by  movement of the door. 
    Exception: Exterior sliding doors which are equipped with  removable metal pins or charlie bars. 
    K. Add Section 1008.1.12 to the IBC to read: 
    1008.1.12 Door viewers in certain residential buildings.  Entrance doors to dwelling units of Group R-2 buildings shall be equipped with  door viewers with a field of vision of not less than 180 degrees. 
    Exception: Entrance doors having a vision panel or side vision  panels. 
    L. Change Exception 5 of Section 1009.4.2 1009.7.2  of the IBC to read: 
    5. In Group R-3 occupancies; within dwelling units in Group  R-2 occupancies; and in Group U occupancies that are accessory to a Group R-3  occupancy or accessory to individual dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies;  the maximum riser height shall be 8.25 inches (210 mm); the minimum tread depth  shall be 9 inches (229 mm); the minimum winder tread depth at the walk line  shall be 10 inches (254 mm); and the minimum winder tread depth shall be 6  inches (152 mm). A nosing not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) but not more than  1.25 inches (32 mm) shall be provided on stairways with solid risers where the  tread depth is less than 11 inches (279 mm). 
    M. Add Exception 3 to Change Section 1009.7  1013.8 of the IBC to read: 
    3. Spiral stairways used as a means of egress from  technical production areas. 1013.8 Window sills. In Occupancy Groups R-2  and R-3, one-family and two-family and multiple-family dwellings, where the  opening of the sill portion of an operable window is located more than 72  inches (1829 mm) above the finished grade or other surface below, the lowest  part of the clear opening of the window shall be at a height not less than 18  inches (457 mm) above the finished floor surface of the room in which the  window is located. Operable sections of windows shall not permit openings that  allow passage of a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere where such openings are  located within 18 inches (457 mm) of the finished floor. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Operable windows where the sill portion of the opening  is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the finished grade or other  surface below and that are provided with window fall prevention devices that  comply with ASTM F 2006. 
    2. Windows whose openings will not allow a 4-inch diameter  (102 mm) sphere to pass through the opening when the window is in its largest opened  position. 
    3. Openings that are provided with window fall prevention  devices that comply with ASTM F 2090. 
    4. Windows that are provided with window opening control  devices that comply with Section 1013.8.1. 
    N. Add Exception 3 to Item 4 of Section 1014.2 of the IBC to  read: 
    3. A maximum of one exit access is permitted to pass through  kitchens, store rooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes provided  such a space is not the only means of exit access. 
    O. Change Exception 1 in Item 1 of Section 1015.1 of the  IBC to read: 
    1. In Groups R-2 and R-3 occupancies, one means of egress  is permitted within and from individual dwelling units with a maximum occupant  load of 20 where the dwelling unit is equipped throughout with an automatic  sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. This  exception shall also apply to Group R-2 occupancies where Section 903.2.8,  Exception 1 or 2 is applicable. 
    P. Change Table 1015.1  of the IBC to read: 
           | Table    1015.1Spaces With One Exit or Exit Access Doorway
 | 
       | Occupancy | Maximum    Occupant Load | 
       | A,    B, E [ a], F, M, U | 50 | 
       | H-1, H-2, H-3 | 3 | 
       | H-4, H-5, I-1, I-3, I-4, R | 10 | 
       | S | 29 | 
       | [ a. Day care maximum    occupant load is 10.] | 
  
    P. Q. Change Exception 2 of Section 1015.2.1 of  the IBC to read: 
    2. Where a building is equipped throughout with an automatic  sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, the  separation distance of the exit doors or exit access doorways shall not be less  than one-fourth of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the  area served. 
    Q. Delete Sections 1015.6 and 1015.6.1 of the IBC.
    [ R. Add Section 1016.2.2 to the IBC to read: 
    1016.2.2 Group F-1 and S-1 increase. The maximum exit  access travel distance shall be 400 feet (122 m) in Group F-1 or S-1  occupancies where all of the following are met: 
    1. The portion of the building classified as Group F-1 or  S-1 is limited to one story in height; 
    2. The minimum height from the finished floor to the bottom  of the ceiling or roof slab or deck is 24 feet (7315 mm); and 
    3. The building is equipped throughout with an automatic  fire sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. 
    S. Add the following text to footnote "a" of Table  1016.2 of the IBC to read: 
    Section 1016.2.2: For increase distance limitation in Group  F-1 and Group S-1. 
    R. T. ] Change Exception 2 of Section  1018.1 of the IBC to read: 
    2. A fire-resistance rating is not required for corridors  contained within a dwelling or sleeping unit in an occupancy in Group I-1 and  Group R. 
    [ S. U. ] Change Table 1018.1  of the IBC to read:
           | Table 1018.1Corridor Fire-Resistance Rating
 | 
       | Occupancy | Occupant Load Served By    Corridor | Required Fire-Resistance Rating    (hours) | 
       | Without sprinkler system | With sprinkler systemb | 
       | H-1, H-2, H-3 | All | Not Permitted | 1 | 
       | H-4, H-5 | Greater than 30 | Not Permitted | 1 | 
       | A, B, E, F, M, S, U | Greater than 30 | 1 | 0 | 
       | R | Greater than 10 | 1 | 0.5 | 
       | I-2a, I-4 | All | Not Permitted | 0 | 
       | I-1, I-3 | All | Not Permitted | 0 | 
       | a. For requirements for    occupancies in Group I-2, see Sections 407.2 and 407.3. b. Buildings equipped    throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with SectionsSection 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 where allowed. | 
  
    S. [ T. V. ] Add Exception  7 to Section an additional row to Table 1018.2 of the IBC to read: 
    7. Forty-four inches (1118 mm) – In corridors of Group I-2  assisted living facilities serving areas with wheelchair, walker and gurney  traffic where residents are capable of self-preservation or where resident  rooms have a means of egress door leading directly to the outside.
           | Occupancy | Width (minimum) | 
       | In corridors of Group I-2 assisted living facilities    licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services serving areas with    wheelchair, walker, and gurney traffic where residents are capable of    self-preservation or where resident rooms have a means of egress [ ,]    door leading directly to the outside. | 44 inches | 
  
    T. [ U. W. ] Change the  first row in Table 1021.2 1021.2(2) to read:
           | Table 1021.2[Table 1021.2(2)]
 Stories With One Exit
 | 
       | Story
 | Occupancy
 | Maximum Occupants (or Dwelling Units) Per Floor and    Travel Distance
 | 
       | First story or basement
 | A, Bd, Ee, Fd, M, U, Sd
 | 50 occupants and 75 feet travel distance
 | 
       | H-2, H-3
 | 3 occupants and 25 feet travel distance
 | 
       | H-4, H-5, I, R
 | 10 occupants and 75 feet travel distance
 | 
       | Sa
 | 29 occupants and 100 feet travel distance
 | 
       | Second story
 | Bb, F, M, Sa
 | 29 occupants and 75 feet travel distance
 | 
       | R-2
 | 4 dwelling units and 50 feet travel distance
 | 
       | Third story
 | R-2c
 | 4 dwelling units and 50 feet travel distance
 | 
       | For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm
 a. For the required number of exits for parking    structures, see Section 1021.1.2.
 b. For the required number of exits for air traffic    control towers, see Section 412.3.
 c. Buildings classified as Group R-2 equipped throughout    with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or    903.3.1.2 and provided with emergency escape and rescue openings in    accordance with Section 1029.
 d. Group B, F and S occupancies in buildings equipped    throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section    903.3.1.1 shall have a maximum travel distance of 100 feet.
 e. Day care occupancies shall have a maximum occupant    load of 10.
 | 
  
     
           | Story | Occupancy | Maximum Occupants per Story | Maximum Exit Access Travel Distance | 
       | First story or basement | A, Bb, E, Fb, M, U, Sb | 50 occupants | 75 feet | 
  
    U. Change Exception 6 of Section 1022.1 of the IBC to  read:
    6. Means of egress stairways as provided for in Section  410.6.2 are not required to be enclosed.
    [ V. X. ] Change Section 1022.8  1022.9 of the IBC to read: 
    1022.8 1022.9 Floor identification signs. A sign  shall be provided at each floor landing in exit enclosures connecting more than  three stories designating the floor level, the terminus of the top and bottom  of the exit enclosure and the identification of the stair or ramp by  designation with a letter of the alphabet. The signage shall also state the  story of, and the direction to, the exit discharge and the availability of roof  access from the enclosure for the fire department. The sign shall be located  five feet (1524 mm) above the floor landing in a position that is readily  visible when the doors are in the open and closed positions. Floor level  identification signs in tactile characters complying with ICC A117.1 shall be  located at each floor level landing adjacent to the door leading from the  enclosure into the corridor to identify the floor level. 
    [ W. Y. ] Change Section 1024.1 of  the IBC to read: 
    1024.1 General. Approved luminous egress path markings  delineating the exit path shall be provided in buildings of Groups A, B, E, I,  M and R-1 having occupied floors located more than 420 feet (128 016 mm) above  the lowest level of fire department vehicle access in accordance with Sections  1024.1 through 1024.5. 
    Exceptions 1. Exception: Luminous egress path  markings shall not be required on the level of exit discharge in lobbies that  serve as part of the exit path in accordance with Section 1027.1, Exception 1. 
    2. Luminous egress path markings shall not be required in  areas of open parking garages that serve as part of the exit path in accordance  with Section 1027.1, Exception 3.
    13VAC5-63-250. Chapter 11 Accessibility. 
    A. Add an exception to Section 1101.2 of the IBC to read: 
    Exception: Wall-mounted visible alarm notification appliances  in Group I-3 occupancies shall be permitted to be a maximum of 120 inches (3048  mm) above the floor or ground, measured to the bottom of the appliance. Such  appliances shall otherwise comply with all applicable requirements. 
    B. Add Section 1103.2.16 to  the IBC to read: 
    1103.2.16 Raised and lowered areas in places of religious  worship. Raised or lowered areas in places of religious worship are not  required to be accessible or to be served by an accessible route provided such  areas are used exclusively for the performance of religious ceremonies and are  located within an accessible story or mezzanine. 
    C. Change Section 1106.1 of the IBC and replace Table  1106.1 of the IBC with Tables 1106.1(1) and 1106.1(2) to read: 
    1106.1 Required. Where parking is provided, accessible  parking spaces shall be provided in compliance with Tables 1106.1(1) and  1106.1(2), as applicable, except as required by Sections 1106.2 through 1106.4.  Where more than one parking facility is provided on a site, the number of  parking spaces required to be accessible shall be calculated separately for  each parking facility. 
    Exception: This section does not apply to parking spaces  used exclusively for buses, trucks, other delivery vehicles, law-enforcement  vehicles, or vehicular impound and motor pools where lots accessed by the  public are provided with an accessible passenger loading zone. 
           | Table 1106.1(1)Accessible Parking Spaces for Groups A, B, E, M, R-1, R-2, and Ia
 | 
       | Total Parking Spaces Provided | Required Minimum Number of Accessible Spaces | 
       | 1 - 25 | 1 | 
       | 26 - 50 | 2 | 
       | 51 - 75 | 3 | 
       | 76 - 100 | 4 | 
       | 101 - 125 | 5 | 
       | 126 - 150 | 6 | 
       | 151 - 200 | 7 | 
       | 201 - 300 | 8 | 
       | 301 - 400 | 9 | 
       | 401 - 500 | 10 | 
       | 501 - 1,000 | 2.33% of total | 
       | 1,001 and over | 23, plus one for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1,000 | 
       | a. Condominium parking in    Group R-2 occupancies where parking is part of the unit purchase shall be in    accordance with Table 1106.1(2). | 
  
     
           | Table 1106.1(2)Accessible Parking Spaces for Groups F, S, H, R-3, R-4, and U
 | 
       | Total Parking Spaces Provided | Required Minimum Number of Accessible Spaces | 
       | 1 - 25 | 1 | 
       | 26 - 50 | 2 | 
       | 51 - 75 | 3 | 
       | 76 - 100 | 4 | 
       | 101 - 150 | 5 | 
       | 151 - 200 | 6 | 
       | 201 - 300 | 7 | 
       | 301 - 400 | 8 | 
       | 401 - 500 | 9 | 
       | 501 - 1,000 | 2.0% of total | 
       | 1,001 and over | 20, plus one for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1,000 | 
  
    D. Add Section 1106.8 to the IBC to read: 
    1106.8 Identification of accessible parking spaces. In  addition to complying with applicable provisions of this chapter, all  accessible parking spaces shall be identified by above grade signs. A sign or  symbol painted or otherwise displayed on the pavement of a parking space shall  not constitute an above grade sign. All above grade parking space signs shall  have the bottom edge of the sign no lower than four feet (1219 mm) nor higher  than seven feet (2133 mm) above the parking surface. All disabled parking signs  shall include the following language: PENALTY, $100-500 Fine, TOW-AWAY ZONE.  Such language may be placed on a separate sign and attached below existing  above grade disabled parking signs, provided that the bottom edge of the  attached sign is no lower than four feet above the parking surface. 
    D. E. Add Sections 1109.16 and 1109.16.1 to the IBC  to read: 
    1109.16 Dwellings containing universal design features for  accessibility. Group R-5 occupancies not subject to Section R320.1 of the IRC  and Group R-3 occupancies not subject to Section 1107.6.3 may comply with this  section and be approved by the local building department as dwellings  containing universal design features for accessibility. 
    1109.16.1 Standards for dwellings containing universal  design features for accessibility. When the following requirements are met,  approval shall be issued by the local building department indicating that a  dwelling has been constructed in accordance with these standards and is deemed  to be a dwelling containing universal design features for accessibility. 
    1. The dwelling must comply with the requirements for Type  C units under Section 1005 of ICC A117.1 with the following changes to the  those requirements: 
    1.1. That at least one bedroom be added to the interior  spaces required by Section 1005.4 of ICC A117.1. 
    1.2. In the toilet room or bathroom required by Section  1005 of ICC A117.1, in addition to the lavatory and water closet, a shower or  bathtub complying with Section 1004.11.3.2.3 of ICC A117.1 shall be provided  and shall include reinforcement for future installation of grab bars in  accordance with Section 1004.11.1 of ICC A117.1. 
    1.3. That the exception to Section 1005.4 of ICC A117.1 is  not applicable. 
    1.4. That there be a food preparation area complying with  Section 1005.7 of ICC A117.1 on the entrance level. 
    1.5. That any thermostat for heating or cooling on the  entrance level comply with Section 1005.8 of ICC A117.1. 
    F. Change Item 1 of Section 1110.1 of the IBC to read:
    1. Accessible parking spaces required by Section 1106.1.
    13VAC5-63-260. Chapter 12 Interior environment. 
    A. Add the following definitions to the list of  terms in Section 1202.1 of the IBC: 
    Day-night average sound level (Ldn). A 24-hour energy  average sound level expressed in dBA, with a 10 decibel penalty applied to  noise occurring between 10 p.m. and 7 a.m. 
    Sound transmission class (STC) rating. A single number  characterizing the sound reduction performance of a material tested in  accordance with ASTM E90-90, "Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound  Transmission Loss of Building Partitions." 
    B. Add Section 1203.4.4 to the IBC to read: 
    1203.4.4 Insect screens in occupancies other than Group R.  Every door, window and other outside opening for natural ventilation serving  structures classified as other than a residential group containing habitable  rooms, food preparation areas, food service areas, or any areas where products  to be included or utilized in food for human consumption are processed,  manufactured, packaged, or stored, shall be supplied with approved tightly  fitting screens of not less than 16 mesh per inch (16 mesh per 25 mm) and every  screen door used for insect control shall have a self-closing device. 
    Exception: Screen doors shall not be required for out swinging  doors or other types of openings which make screening impractical, provided  other approved means, such as air curtains or insect repellent fans are  provided. 
    C. Add Section 1203.4.5 to the IBC to read: 
    1203.4.5 Insect screens in Group R occupancies. Every door,  window and other outside opening required for natural ventilation purposes  which serves a structure classified as a residential group shall be supplied  with approved tightly fitted screens of not less than 16 mesh per inch (16 mesh  per 25 mm) and every screen door used for insect control shall have a self-closing  device. 
    [ D. Add Section 1203.6 to the IBC to read: 
    1203.6 Smoking areas in restaurants. Smoking areas in  restaurants, as defined in § 15.2-2820 of the Code of Virginia, shall  comply with the following: 
    1. The area where smoking may be permitted shall be  structurally separated from the portion of the restaurant in which smoking is  prohibited. For the purposes of this section, structurally separated means a  stud wall covered with drywall or other building material or like barrier,  which, when completed, extends from the floor to the ceiling, resulting in a  physically separated room. Such wall or barrier may include portions that are  glass or other gas-impervious building material and shall be permitted to have  a door leading to areas in which smoking is prohibited, provided the door is  capable of being closed at all times. 
    2. The area where smoking may be permitted shall be  separately vented to prevent the recirculation of air from such area to the  area of the restaurant where smoking is prohibited. 
    Exception: The above requirements do not apply if a  restaurant is exempt from, or meets any of the exceptions to, the Virginia  Indoor Clean Air Act (Chapter 28.2 of Title 15.2 (§ 15.2-2820 et seq.) of  the Code of Virginia). 
    D. E. ] Change Section 1207.1 of the IBC  to read: 
    1207.1 Scope. Sections 1207.2 and 1207.3 shall apply to common  interior walls, partitions and floor/ceiling assemblies between adjacent  dwelling units or between dwelling units and adjacent public areas such as  halls, corridors, stairs or service areas. Section 1207.4 applies to the  construction of the exterior envelope of Group R occupancies within airport  noise zones and to the exterior envelope of Group A, B, E, I and M occupancies  in any locality in whose jurisdiction, or adjacent jurisdiction, is located a  United States Master Jet Base, a licensed airport or United States government  or military air facility, when such requirements are enforced by a locality  pursuant to § 15.2-2295 of the Code of Virginia. 
    [ E. F. ] Add Section 1207.4 to the  IBC to read: 
    1207.4 Airport noise attenuation standards. Where the Ldn is  determined to be 65 dBA or greater, the minimum STC rating of structure  components shall be provided in compliance with Table 1207.4. As an alternative  to compliance with Table 1207.4, structures shall be permitted to be designed  and constructed so as to limit the interior noise level to no greater than 45  Ldn. Exterior structures, terrain and permanent plantings shall be permitted to  be included as part of the alternative design. The alternative design shall be  certified by an RDP. 
    [ F. G. ] Add Table 1207.4 to the IBC  to read: 
           | Table 1207.4 [ .]Airport Noise Attenuation Standards [
 .] | 
       | Ldn | STC of exterior walls and roof/ceiling assemblies | STC of doors and windows | 
       | 65-69 | 39 | 25 | 
       | 70-74 | 44 | 33 | 
       | 75 or greater | 49 | 38 | 
  
    13VAC5-63-264. Chapter 13 Energy efficiency.
    Add Section 1301.1.1.1 to the IBC to read: 
    1301.1.1.1 Changes to the International Energy Conservation  Code (IECC) IECC. The following change changes shall  be made to the IECC: 
    1. Add Exception 3 to Section C402.4.5.2 to read: 
    3. Any grease duct serving a Type I hood installed in  accordance with IMC Section 506.3 shall not be required to have a motorized or  gravity damper. 
    2. Change Section C402.4.8 to read: 
    C402.4.8 Recessed lighting. Recessed luminaires installed  in the building thermal envelope shall be sealed to limit air leakage between  conditioned and unconditioned spaces. All recessed luminaires shall be IC-rated  and labeled as having an air leakage rate or not more 2.0 cfm (0.944 L/s) when  tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at a 1.57 psf (75 Pa) pressure  differential. All recessed luminaires installed in the thermal envelope shall  be sealed with a gasket or caulk between the housing and interior wall or  ceiling covering. 
    3. Add Exception 4 to Section C403.2.4.4 to read: 
    4. Any grease duct serving a Type I hood installed in  accordance with IMC Section 506.3 shall not be required to have a motorized or  gravity damper. 
    4. Change the exception to Section C405.1 to read: 
    Exception: Dwelling units within commercial buildings shall  not be required to comply with Sections C405.2 through C405.5, provided that  not less than 75% of the permanently installed luminaires, other than  low-voltage lighting, shall be fitted for, and contain only, high-efficacy  lamps. 
    5. Change Section C405.6 to  read: 
    C405.6 Exterior lighting (Mandatory). All exterior  lighting, other than low-voltage landscape lighting, shall comply with Sections  C405.6.1 and C405.6.2. 
    Exception: Where approved because of historical, safety,  signage, or emergency considerations. 
    6. Delete Section 401.3 R401.3.
    7. Change the ceiling R-value and wood frame wall R-value  categories for climate zone "4 except Marine" in Table R402.1.1 to  read: 
           | Ceiling R-Value | Wood Frame Wall R-Value | 
       | 38 | 15 or 13 + 1h | 
  
    8. Change the ceiling U-factor and frame wall U-factor  categories for climate zone "4 except Marine" in Table R402.1.3 to  read: 
           | Ceiling U-Factor | Frame Wall U-Factor | 
       | 0.030 | 0.079 | 
  
    9. Change Sections R402.2.1 and R402.2.4 to read: 
    R402.2.1 Ceilings with attic spaces. When Section R402.1.1  would require R-38 in the ceiling, installing R-30 over 100% of the ceiling  area shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement for R-38 wherever the full  height of uncompressed R-30 insulation extends over the wall top plate at the  eaves. Similarly, when Section R402.1.1 would require R-49 in the ceiling,  installing R-38 over 100% of the ceiling area shall be deemed to satisfy the  requirement for R-49 wherever the full height of uncompressed R-38 insulation  extends over the wall top plate at the eaves. This reduction shall not apply to  the U-factor alternative approach in Section R402.1.3 and the total UA  alternative in Section R402.1.4. 
    R402.2.4 Access hatches and doors. Access doors from  conditioned spaces to unconditioned spaces (e.g., attics and crawl spaces)  shall be weatherstripped and insulated in accordance with the following values:  
    1. Hinged vertical doors shall have a minimum overall R-5  insulation value; 
    2. Hatches and scuttle hole covers shall be insulated to a  level equivalent to the insulation on the surrounding surfaces; and 
    3. Pull down stairs shall have a minimum of 75% of the  panel area having R-5 rigid insulation. 
    Access shall be provided to all equipment that prevents  damaging or compressing the insulation. A wood framed or equivalent baffle or  retainer is required to be provided when loose fill insulation is installed,  the purpose of which is to prevent the loose fill insulation from spilling into  the living space when the attic access is opened and to provide a permanent  means of maintaining the installed R-value of the loose fill insulation. 
    10. Delete Section R402.3.6 and change Sections R402.4 and  R402.4.1.1 to read: 
    R402.4 Air leakage. The building thermal envelope shall be  constructed to limit air leakage in accordance with the requirements of  Sections R402.4.1 through R402.4.4. 
    R402.4.1.1 Installation (Mandatory). The components of the  building thermal envelope as listed in Table R402.4.1.1 shall be installed in  accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the criteria listed in  Table R402.4.1.1, as applicable to the method of construction. Where required  by the code official, an approved third party shall inspect all components and  verify compliance. 
    11. Change the title of the "Criteria" category  of Table R402.4.1.1; change the "Walls," "Shower/tub on exterior  wall" and "Fireplace" categories of Table R402.4.1.1, and add  footnotes "b" and "c" to Table R402.4.1.1 to read: 
           | Component | Criteriaa,b | 
       | Walls | Cavities within corners and headers shall be insulated by    completely filling the cavity with a material having a minimum thermal    resistance of R-3 per inch.The junction of the foundation and sill plate shall be sealed.
 The junction of the top plate and top of exterior walls shall be sealed.
 Exterior thermal envelope insulation for framed walls shall be installed    in substantial contact and continuous alignment with the air barrier.
 Knee walls shall be sealed.
 | 
       | Shower or tub on exterior wallc | Exterior walls adjacent to showers and tubs shall be    insulated and an air barrier installed on the interior side of the exterior    wall, adjacent to the shower or tub. | 
       | Fireplace | An air barrier shall be installed on fireplace walls.    Fireplaces shall have gasketed doors or tight-fitting flue dampers. | 
       | b. Structural integrity of headers shall be in accordance    with the applicable building code. c. Air barriers used behind showers and tubs on exterior    walls shall be of a permeable material that does not cause the entrapment of    moisture in the stud cavity. | 
  
    12. Change Section  R402.4.1.2 and add Sections R402.4.1.2.1, R402.4.1.2.2, and R402.4.1.3 to read:  
    R402.4.1.2 Air sealing. Building envelope air tightness  shall be demonstrated to comply with either Section R402.4.1.2.1 or  R402.4.1.2.2. 
    R402.4.1.2.1 Testing option. The building or dwelling unit  shall be tested for air leakage. Testing shall be conducted with a blower door  at a pressure of 0.2 inches w.g. (50 Pascals). Where required by the building  official, testing shall be conducted by an approved third party. A written  report of the results of the test shall be signed by the party conducting the  test and provided to the building official. Testing shall be performed at any  time after creation of all penetrations of the building thermal envelope. 
    During testing: 
    1. Exterior windows and doors and fireplace and stove doors  shall be closed, but not sealed beyond the intended weatherstripping or other  infiltration control measures; 
    2. Dampers, including exhaust, intake, makeup air,  backdraft, and flue dampers, shall be closed, but not sealed beyond intended  infiltration control measures; 
    3. Interior doors, if installed at the time of the test,  shall be open; 
    4. Exterior doors for continuous ventilation systems and  heat recovery ventilators shall be closed and sealed; 
    5. Heating and cooling systems, if installed at the time of  the test, shall be turned off; and 
    6. Supply and return registers, if installed at the time of  the test, shall be fully open. 
    R402.4.1.2.2 Visual inspection option. Building envelope  tightness shall be considered acceptable when the items listed in Table  R402.4.1.1, applicable to the method of construction, are field verified. Where  required by the building official, an approved party, independent from the  installer, shall inspect the air barrier. [ When this option is  chosen, the dwelling unit shall be ventilated by mechanical means in accordance  with Section 403 of the IMC. ] 
    R402.4.1.3 Leakage rate (Prescriptive). The building or  dwelling unit shall have an air leakage rate not exceeding 5 changes per hour  as verified in accordance with Section R402.4.1.2. 
    13. Change Section R403.1.1  to read: 
    R403.1.1 Programmable thermostat. The thermostat controlling  the primary heating or cooling system of the dwelling unit shall be capable of  controlling the heating and cooling system on a daily schedule to maintain  different temperature set points at different times of the day. This thermostat  shall include the capability to set back or temporarily operate the system to  maintain zone temperatures down to 55°F (13°C) or up to 85°F (29°C). The  thermostat shall initially be programmed with a heating temperature set point  no higher than 70°F (21°C) and a cooling temperature set point no lower than  78°F (26°C). 
    2. 14. Change Section 403.2.2 R403.2.2  to read: 
    403.2.2 R403.2.2 Sealing (Mandatory). All  ducts Ducts, air handlers, and filter boxes and building  cavities used as ducts shall be sealed. Joints and seams shall comply with Section  M1601.4.1 of either the IMC or the International Residential Code  IRC, as applicable. Verification of compliance with this section shall  be in accordance with either Section 403.2.2.1 R403.2.2.1 or  Section 403.2.2.2 R403.2.2.2. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Air-impermeable spray foam products shall be permitted  to be applied without additional joint seals. 
    2. Where a duct connection is made that is partially  inaccessible, three screws or rivets shall be equally spaced on the exposed  portion of the joint so as to prevent a hinge effect. 
    3. Continuously welded and locking-type longitudinal joints  and seams in ducts operating at static pressures less than 2 inches of water  column (500 Pa) pressure classification shall not require additional closure  systems. 
    3. 15. Add Change Section 403.2.2.1  R403.2.2.1 to read: 
    403.2.2.1 R403.2.2.1 Testing option. Duct  tightness shall be verified by either of the following: 
    1. Post-construction test: Leakage to outdoors Total  leakage shall be less than or equal to 8 6 cfm (3.78 L/s)  (169.9 L/min) per 100 ft2 square feet (9.29 m2)  of conditioned floor area or a total leakage less than or equal to 12 cfm  (5.66 L/s) per 100 ft2 (9.29m2) of conditioned floor area  when tested at a pressure differential of 0.1 inch w.g. (25 Pa) across the  entire system, including the manufacturer's air handler end closure enclosure.  All register boots shall be taped or otherwise sealed during the test. 
    2. Rough-in test: Total leakage shall be less than or equal to  6 5 cfm (2.83 L/s) (141.5 L/min) per 100 ft2  square feet (9.29 m2) of conditioned floor area when tested  at a pressure differential of 0.1 inch w.g. (25 Pa) across the roughed in  system, including the manufacturer's air handler enclosure. All register boots  shall be taped or otherwise sealed during the test. If the air handler is not  installed at the time of the test, total leakage shall be less than or equal to  4 5 cfm (1.89 L/s) (141.5 L/min) per 100 ft2  square feet (9.29 m2) of conditioned floor area. 
    Exception: Duct tightness The total leakage test  is not required if the for ducts and air handler and all ducts  are handlers located entirely within conditioned space  the building thermal envelope. 
    When this option is chosen, testing shall be performed by  approved qualified individuals, testing agencies or contractors. Testing and  results shall be as prescribed in Section 403.2.2 R403.2.2 and  approved recognized industry standards. 
    4. 16. Add Section 403.2.2.2 R403.2.2.2  to read: 
    403.2.2.2 R403.2.2.2 Visual inspection option.  In addition to the inspection of ducts otherwise required by this code, when  the air handler and all ducts are not within conditioned space and this option  is chosen to verify duct tightness, duct tightness shall be considered  acceptable when the requirements of Section 403.2.2 R403.2.2 are  field verified.
    17. Add Section R403.2.2.3 to read: 
    R403.2.2.3 Sealed air handler. Air handlers shall have a  manufacturer's designation for an air leakage of no more than 2.0% of the  design air flow rate when tested in accordance with ASHRAE 193. 
    18. Change Section R403.4.2 to read: 
    R403.4.2 Hot water pipe insulation (Prescriptive).  Insulation for hot water pipe with a minimum thermal resistance (R-value) of  R-3 shall be applied to the following: 
    1. Piping larger than 3/4 inch nominal diameter. 
    2. Piping serving more than one dwelling unit. 
    3. Piping located outside the conditioned space. 
    4. Piping from the water heater to a distribution manifold.  
    5. Piping located under a floor slab. 
    6. Buried piping. 
    7. Supply and return piping in recirculation systems other  than demand recirculation systems. 
    19. Delete Table R403.4.2. 
    [ 20. Change Section R403.6 to read: 
    R403.6 Equipment and appliance sizing. Heating and cooling  equipment and appliances shall be sized in accordance with ACCA Manual S or  other approved sizing methodologies based on building loads calculated in  accordance with ACCA Manual J or other approved heating and cooling calculation  methodologies. 
    Exception: Heating and cooling equipment and appliance  sizing shall not be limited to the capacities determined in accordance with  Manual S or other approved sizing methodologies where any of the following  conditions apply: 
    1. The specified equipment or appliance utilizes  multi-stage technology or variable refrigerant flow technology and the loads  calculated in accordance with the approved heating and cooling methodology fall  within the range of the manufacturer's published capacities for that equipment  or appliance. 
    2. The specified equipment or appliance manufacturer's  published capacities cannot satisfy both the total and sensible heat gains  calculated in accordance with the approved heating and cooling methodology and  the next larger standard size unit is specified. 
    3. The specified equipment or appliance is the lowest  capacity unit available from the specified manufacturer. 
    20. 21. ] Change Section R404.1  to read: 
    R404.1 Lighting equipment (Mandatory). A minimum of 50% of  the lamps in permanently installed luminaires shall be high-efficacy lamps or a  minimum of 50% of the permanently installed luminaires shall contain only  high-efficacy lamps. 
    Exception: Low-voltage lighting shall not be required to  utilize high-efficiency lamps. 
    [ 21. 22. ] Change the  "Glazing" and "Air exchange rate" categories of Table  R405.5.2(1) [ and add footnote "b-1" ] to  read: 
           | Building Component | Standard Reference Design | Proposed Design | 
       | Glazinga | Total areab is 15% of the conditioned floor    area. | As proposed | 
       | Glazinga | Orientation: equally distributed to four cardinal compass    orientations(North, East, South & West).
 | As proposed | 
       | Glazinga | U-factor: from Table R402.1.3 | As proposed | 
       | Glazinga | SHGC: From Table R402.1.1 except that for climates with    no requirement (NR) SHGC = 0.40 shall be used. | As proposed | 
       | Glazinga | Interior shade fraction:[
 Summer (all hours when cooling is required) = 0.70
 Winter (all hours when heating is required) = 0.85b-10.92-(0.21 x SHGC for the standard reference design) ] | [ Same as standard    referenced designb-10.92-(0.21 x SHGC as proposed) ] | 
       | Glazinga | External shading: none. | As proposed | 
       | Air exchange rate | Air leakage rate of 5 air changes per hour at a pressure    of 0.2 inches w.g (50 Pa). The mechanical ventilation rate shall be in    addition to the air leakage rate and the same as in the proposed design, but    no greater than 0.01 × CFA + 7.5 × (Nbr + 1) where: CFA = conditioned floor areaNbr = number of bedrooms
 Energy recovery shall not be assumed for mechanical ventilation.
 | For residences that are not tested, the same air leakage    rate as the standard reference design. For tested residences, the measured    air exchange ratec. The mechanical ventilation rated    shall be in addition to the air leakage rate and shall be as proposed. | 
       | [ b-1. For    fenestrations facing within 15 degrees (0.26 rad) of true south that are    directly coupled to thermal storage mass, the winter interior shade fraction    shall be permitted to be increased to .095 in the proposed design.] | 
  
    13VAC5-63-267. [ Chapter 14 Exterior walls. (Repealed.)  
    A. ] Change [ Delete  Section ] 1405.13.2 [ 1403.5 of the IBC. ] to  read:
    1405.13.2 Window sills. In Occupancy Groups R-2 and R-3,  one- and two-family and multiple-family dwellings, where the opening of the  sill portion of an operable window is located more than 72 inches (1829 mm)  above the finished grade or other surface below, the lowest part of the clear  opening of the window shall be at a height not less than 18 inches (457 mm)  above the finished floor surface of the room in which the window is located.  Glazing between the floor and a height of 18 inches (457 mm) shall be fixed or  have openings through which a 4-inch (102 mm) diameter sphere cannot pass.
    Exception: Openings that are provided with window guards  that comply with ASTM F2006 or F2090. 
    [ B. Add Section 1403.8 to the IBC to read: 
    1403.8 Air barriers. The exterior wall envelope shall be  designed and constructed by providing air barriers that comply with the IECC.  
    C. Change Section 1407.10.4 of the IBC to read: 
    1407.10.4 Full-scale test. The MCM system shall be tested  in accordance with, and comply with, the acceptance criteria of NFPA 285. Such  testing shall be performed on the MCM system with the MCM in the maximum  thickness intended for use. Where noncombustible materials or combustible  materials permitted by Sections 603, 803, 806, or 1406 differ from assembly to  assembly or within an assembly, multiple tests shall not be required. 
    Exception: The MCM system is not required to be tested in  accordance with, and comply with, acceptance criteria of NFPA 285 in buildings  equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with  Section 903.3.1.1. ] 
    13VAC5-63-270. Chapter 16 Structural design. 
    A. Change Section 1609.3 of the IBC to read: 
    1609.3 Basic wind speed. The basic ultimate design  wind speed, Vult, in miles per hour (mph), for  the determination of the wind loads shall be determined by Figure 1609 Figures  1609A, 1609B, and 1609C. Wind The ultimate design wind speed, Vult,  for use in the design of Risk Category II buildings and structures shall be  obtained from Figure 1609A. The ultimate design wind speed, Vult,  for use in the design of Risk Categories III and IV buildings and structures  shall be obtained from Figure 1609B. The ultimate design wind speed, Vult,  for use in the design of Risk Category I buildings and structures shall be  obtained from Figure 1609C. The ultimate design wind speeds for localities  in special wind regions, near mountainous terrains, and near gorges shall be  based on elevation. Areas at 4,000 feet in elevation or higher shall use 110  142 V mph (48.4 m/s) (62.5 m/s) and areas under 4,000 feet  in elevation shall use 90 116 V mph (39.6 m/s) (51 m/s).  Gorge areas shall be based on the highest recorded speed per locality or in  accordance with local jurisdiction requirements determined in accordance with  Section 6.5.4 26.5.1 of ASCE 7. 
    In nonhurricane-prone regions, when the basic ultimate  design wind speed, Vult, is estimated from regional  climatic data, the basic ultimate design wind speed, Vult,  shall be not less than the wind speed associated with an annual probability  of 0.02 (50-year mean recurrence interval), and the estimate shall be adjusted  for equivalence to a three-second gust wind speed at 33 feet (10 m) above  ground in exposure Category C. The data analysis shall be performed determined  in accordance with Section 6.5.4.2 26.5.3 of ASCE 7. 
    B. Add Section 1612.1.1 to the IBC to read:
    1612.1.1 Elevation of manufactured homes. New or replacement  manufactured homes to be located in any flood hazard zone shall be placed in  accordance with the applicable elevation requirements of this code.
    Exception: Manufactured homes installed on sites in an existing  manufactured home park or subdivision shall be permitted to be placed so that  the manufactured home chassis is supported by reinforced piers or other  foundation elements of at least equivalent strength that are no less than 36  inches (914 mm) above grade in lieu of being elevated at or above the base  flood elevation provided no manufactured home at the same site has sustained  flood damage exceeding 50% of the market value of the home before the damage  occurred. 
    13VAC5-63-280. Chapter 17 [ Structural tests and  special Special ] inspections [ and tests ]. 
    A. Change Section 1703.1 of the IBC to read: 
    1703.1 Approved agency. An approved agency responsible for  laboratory testing or special inspections, or both, must comply with the  qualification, certification and experience requirements of ASTM E329 or the  alternatives listed herein. 
    B. Change Section 1703.1.1 of the IBC to read: 
    1703.1.1 Independent Independence. An approved  agency shall be objective and competent. The agency shall also disclose possible  conflicts of interest so that objectivity can be confirmed. The special  inspector and their agents shall be independent from the person, persons or  contractor responsible for the physical construction of the project requiring  special inspections. 
    C. Change Section 1703.1.3 of the IBC to read: 
    1703.1.3 Personnel. An approved agency shall employ  experienced personnel educated in conducting, supervising and evaluating tests  or inspections, or both. Upon request by the building official, documentation  shall be provided demonstrating the applicable agency's accreditation as noted  in ASTM E329 and individuals' resumes indicating pertinent training,  certifications and other qualifications for special inspection personnel  associated with the proposed construction requiring special inspections. The  building official may prescribe the manner of qualification documentation and  frequency of updating information regarding agency or individual inspector  approval. 
    Firms providing special inspection services or individual  inspectors seeking approval of alternative certifications or qualifications, or  both, listed in ASTM E329 may submit documentation demonstrating equivalency.  This documentation may include evidence of meeting other recognized standards  or alternative certifications to demonstrate that the minimum qualifications,  certification and experience intended by ASTM E329 have been met. The building  official may, if satisfied that equivalency has been demonstrated, approve the  credentials of the firm or individual. 
    D. Change Section 1704.1 1704.2 of the IBC to  read: 
    1704.1. General 1704.2 Special inspections.  Where application is made for construction as described in this section, the  owner shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspections during  construction on the types of work listed under Section 1704. All individuals or  agents performing special inspection functions shall operate under the direct  supervision of an RDP in responsible charge of special inspection activities,  also known as the "special inspector." The special inspector shall  ensure that the individuals under their charge are performing only those  special inspections or laboratory testing that are consistent with their  knowledge, training and certification for the specified inspection or  laboratory testing. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Special inspections are not required for work of a minor  nature or as warranted by conditions in the jurisdiction as approved by the  building official. 
    2. Special inspections are not required for building components  unless the design involves the practice of professional engineering or  architecture as defined by the laws of this Commonwealth and regulations  governing the professional registration and certification of engineers and  architects. 
    3. Unless otherwise required by the building official, special  inspections are not required for occupancies in Groups R-3, R-4 or R-5 and  occupancies in Group U that are accessory to a residential occupancy including,  but not limited to, those listed in Section 312.1. 
    E. Change Section 1704.1.1  1704.2.3 of the IBC to read: 
    1704.1.1 1704.2.3 Statement of special  inspections. The permit applicant shall submit a statement of special  inspections prepared by the RDP in responsible charge in accordance with Section  111.1. This statement shall be in accordance with Section 1705 1704.3.  
    Exceptions: 
    1. A statement of special inspections is not required for  structures designed and constructed in accordance with the conventional  construction provisions of Section 2308. 
    2. The statement of special inspections is permitted to be  prepared by a qualified person approved by the building official for  construction not designed by a registered design professional. 
    F. Change category "12" of Table 1704.4 1705.3  of the IBC to read:
     
         
                 | Verification and inspection | Continuous | Periodic | Referenced Standard [ a ] | IBC Reference | 
       | 12. Inspect formwork for shape, location and dimensions of    the concrete member being formed, shoring and reshoring. | -- | X | ACI 318: 6.1, 6.26.1.1 | 1906--
 | 
  
    [ G. Delete Sections 1705.16, 1705.16.1, and  1705.16.2 of the IBC. ] 
    13VAC5-63-295. Chapter 23 Wood. 
    [ A. ] Change Item 3.2 of Section 2308.2  of the IBC to read: 
    3.2. Live loads shall not exceed 40 psf (1916 N/m2)  for floors. 
    Exception: Concrete slab-on-grade live load limited only  by allowable soil bearing pressure. 
    [ B. Change the indicated rows of Table 2308.8(1) of  the IBC to read: 
           | Joist Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 pounds per square foot | Dead Load = 20 pounds per square foot | 
       | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum floor joist spans | 
       | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 12-3 | 16-2 | 20–8 | 25-1 | 12-3 | 16-2 | 20–8 | 25-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 11–10 | 15-7 | 19-10 | 24-2 | 11–10 | 15-7 | 18-7 | 22-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 11–3 | 14-11 | 18-1 | 21-4 | 10-9 | 13-8 | 16-2 | 19-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 9-2 | 11–6 | 14-0 | 16-6 | 8-2 | 10-3 | 12-6 | 14-9 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 11–2 | 14-8 | 18-9 | 22-10 | 11–2 | 14-8 | 18-9 | 22-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 10-9 | 14-2 | 18-0 | 21-4 | 10-9 | 13-9 | 16-1 | 19-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 10-3 | 13-3 | 15-8 | 18-6 | 9-4 | 11–10 | 14-0 | 16-6 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 7-11 | 10-0 | 12-1 | 14-4 | 7-1 | 8-11 | 10-10 | 12-10 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 10-6 | 13-10 | 17-8 | 21-6 | 10-6 | 13-10 | 17-8 | 21-6 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 10-1 | 13-4 | 16-5 | 19-6 | 9-11 | 12-7 | 14-8 | 17-5 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 9-6 | 12-1 | 14-4 | 16-10 | 8-6 | 10-10 | 12-10 | 15-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 7-3 | 9-1 | 11–0 | 13-1 | 6-5 | 8-2 | 9-10 | 11–8 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 9-9 | 12-10 | 16-5 | 19-11 | 9-9 | 12-10 | 16-5 | 19-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 9-4 | 12-4 | 14-8 | 17-5 | 8-10 | 11–3 | 13-1 | 15-7 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 8-6 | 10-10 | 12-10 | 15-1 | 7-7 | 9-8 | 11–5 | 13-6 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-5 | 8-2 | 9-10 | 11–8 | 5-9 | 7-3 | 8-10 | 10-5 | 
  
    C. Change the indicated rows of Table 2308.8(2) of the IBC  to read: 
           | Joist Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 pounds per square foot | Dead Load = 20 pounds per square foot | 
       | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum floor joist spans | 
       | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SSSouthern Pine #1
 Southern Pine #2
 Southern Pine #3
 | 11–210-9
 10-3
 8-2
 | 14-814-2
 13-6
 10-3
 | 18-918-0
 16-2
 12-6
 | 22-1021-11
 19-1
 14-9
 | 11–210-9
 9-10
 7-5
 | 14-814-2
 12-6
 9-5
 | 18-916-11
 14-9
 11–5
 | 22-1020–1
 17-5
 13-6
 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SSSouthern Pine #1
 Southern Pine #2
 Southern Pine #3
 | 10-29-9
 9-4
 7-1
 | 13-412-10
 11–10
 8-11
 | 17-016-1
 14-0
 10-10
 | 20–919-1
 16-6
 12-10
 | 10-29-9
 8-6
 6-5
 | 13-412-7
 10-10
 8-2
 | 17-014-8
 12-10
 9-10
 | 20–917-5
 15-1
 11–8
 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SSSouthern Pine #1
 Southern Pine #2
 Southern Pine #3
 | 9-69-2
 8-6
 6-5
 | 12-712-1
 10-10
 8-2
 | 16-014-8
 12-10
 9-10
 | 19-617-5
 15-1
 11–8
 | 9-69-0
 7-9
 5-11
 | 12-711–5
 9-10
 7-5
 | 16-013-5
 11–8
 9-0
 | 19-615-11
 13-9
 10-8
 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SSSouthern Pine #1
 Southern Pine #2
 Southern Pine #3
 | 8-108-6
 7-7
 5-9
 | 11–811–3
 9-8
 7-3
 | 14-1113-1
 11–5
 8-10
 | 18-115-7
 13-6
 10-5
 | 8-108-1
 7-0
 5-3
 | 11–810-3
 8-10
 6-8
 | 14-1112-0
 10-5
 8-1
 | 18-014-3
 12-4
 9-6
 | 
  
    D. Change the title and footnote "b" of Table  2308.9.5 of the IBC to read:
    Table 2308.9.5
    Header and Girder Spansa,b for Exterior Bearing  Walls 
    (Maximum Spans for Douglas Fir-Larch, Hem-Fir, Southern  Pine, and Spruce-Pine-Fir and Required Number of Jack Studs) 
    b. Spans are based on minimum design properties for No. 2  Grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, and spruce-pine-fir. No. 1 or  better grade lumber shall be used for southern pine. 
    E. Change the title and footnote "b" of Table  2308.9.6 of the IBC to read: 
    Table 2308.9.6 
    Header and Girder Spansa,b for Interior Bearing  Walls 
    (Maximum Spans for Douglas Fir-Larch, Hem-Fir, Southern  Pine, and Spruce-Pine-Fir and Required Number of Jack Studs) 
    b. Spans are based on minimum design properties for No. 2  Grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, and spruce-pine-fir. No. 1 or  better grade lumber shall be used for southern pine. 
     
    F. Change  the indicated rows of Table 2308.10.2(1) of the IBC to read: 
           | Ceiling Joist Spacing | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 5 pounds per    square foot | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 
       | Maximum ceiling joist spans | 
       | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SSSouthern Pine #1
 Southern Pine #2
 Southern Pine #3
 | 12-1112-5
 11–10
 10-1
 | 20–319-6
 18-8
 14-11
 | 26-025-8
 24-7
 18-9
 | 26-026-0
 26-0
 22-9
 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SSSouthern Pine #1
 Southern Pine #2
 Southern Pine #3
 | 11–911–3
 10-9
 8-9
 | 18-517-8
 16-11
 12-11
 | 24-323–4
 21-7
 16-3
 | 26-026-0
 25-7
 19-9
 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SSSouthern Pine #1
 Southern Pine #2
 Southern Pine #3
 | 11–010-7
 10-2
 8-0
 | 17-416-8
 15-7
 11–9
 | 22-1022-0
 19-8
 14-10
 | 26-026-0
 23–5
 18-0
 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SSSouthern Pine #1
 Southern Pine #2
 Southern Pine #3
 | 10-39-10
 9-3
 7-2
 | 16-115-6
 13-11
 10-6
 | 21-220–5
 17-7
 13-3
 | 26-024-0
 20–11
 16-1
 | 
  
    G. Change the indicated rows of Table 2308.10.2(2) of the  IBC to read: 
           | Ceiling Joist Spacing | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 pounds per square foot | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 
       | Maximum ceiling joist spans | 
       | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SSSouthern Pine #1
 Southern Pine #2
 Southern Pine #3
 | 10-39-10
 9-3
 7-2
 | 16-115-6
 13-11
 10-6
 | 21-220–5
 17-7
 13-3
 | 26-024-0
 20–11
 16-1
 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SSSouthern Pine #1
 Southern Pine #2
 Southern Pine #3
 | 9-48-11
 8-0
 6-2
 | 14-714-0
 12-0
 9-2
 | 19-317-9
 15-3
 11–6
 | 24-720–9
 18-1
 14-0
 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SSSouthern Pine #1
 Southern Pine #2
 Southern Pine #3
 | 8-98-5
 7-4
 5-8
 | 13-912-9
 11–0
 8-4
 | 18-216-2
 13-11
 10-6
 | 23–118-11
 16-6
 12-9
 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SSSouthern Pine #1
 Southern Pine #2
 Southern Pine #3
 | 8-17-8
 6-7
 5-1
 | 12-911–5
 9-10
 7-5
 | 16-1014-6
 12-6
 9-5
 | 21-616-11
 14-9
 11–5
 | 
  
    H. Change the indicated rows of Table 2308.10.3(1) of the  IBC to read: 
           | Rafter Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 pounds per    square foot | Dead Load = 20 pounds per    square foot | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum rafter spans | 
       | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 11-3 | 17-8 | 23-4 | 26-0 | 26-0 | 11–3 | 17-8 | 23-4 | 26-0 | 26-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 10-10 | 17-0 | 22-5 | 26-0 | 26-0 | 10-6 | 15-8 | 19-10 | 23-2 | 26-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 10-4 | 15-7 | 19-8 | 23-5 | 26-0 | 9-0 | 13-6 | 17-1 | 20–3 | 23-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 8-0 | 11-9 | 14-10 | 18-0 | 21-4 | 6-11 | 10-2 | 12-10 | 15-7 | 18-6 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 10-3 | 16-1 | 21-2 | 26-0 | 26-0 | 10-3 | 16-1 | 21-2 | 25-7 | 26-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 9-10 | 15-6 | 19-10 | 23–2 | 26-0 | 9-1 | 13-7 | 17-2 | 20-1 | 23-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 9-0 | 13-6 | 17-1 | 20–3 | 23-10 | 7-9 | 11-8 | 14-9 | 17-6 | 20–8 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-11 | 10-2 | 12-10 | 15-7 | 18-6 | 6-0 | 8-10 | 11-2 | 13-6 | 16-0 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 9-8 | 15-2 | 19-11 | 25-5 | 26-0 | 9-8 | 15-2 | 19-7 | 23-4 | 26-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 9-3 | 14-3 | 18-1 | 21-2 | 25-2 | 8-4 | 12-4 | 15-8 | 18-4 | 21-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 8-2 | 12-3 | 15-7 | 18-6 | 21-9 | 7-1 | 10-8 | 13-6 | 16-0 | 18-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-4 | 9-4 | 11-9 | 14-3 | 16-10 | 5-6 | 8-1 | 10-2 | 12-4 | 14-7 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 8-11 | 14-1 | 18-6 | 23-8 | 26-0 | 8-11 | 13-10 | 17-6 | 20-10 | 24-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-7 | 12-9 | 16-2 | 18-11 | 22-6 | 7-5 | 11-1 | 14-0 | 16-5 | 19-6 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 7-4 | 11–0 | 13-11 | 16-6 | 19-6 | 6-4 | 9-6 | 12-1 | 14-4 | 16-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-8 | 8-4 | 10-6 | 12-9 | 15-1 | 4-11 | 7-3 | 9-1 | 11-0 | 13-1 | 
       |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
  
    I. Change the indicated  rows of Table 2308.10.3(2) of the IBC to read: 
           | Rafter Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 pounds per square foot | Dead Load = 20 pounds per square foot | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum rafter spans | 
       | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 10-3 | 16-1 | 21-2 | 26-0 | 26-0 | 10-3 | 16-1 | 21-2 | 26-0 | 26-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 9-10 | 15-6 | 20–5 | 26-0 | 26-0 | 9-10 | 15-6 | 19-10 | 23-2 | 26-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 9-5 | 14-9 | 19-6 | 23-5 | 26-0 | 9-0 | 13-6 | 17-1 | 20-3 | 23-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 8-0 | 11-9 | 14-10 | 18-0 | 21-4 | 6-11 | 10-2 | 12-10 | 15-7 | 18-6 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 9-4 | 14-7 | 19-3 | 24-7 | 26-0 | 9-4 | 14-7 | 19-3 | 24-7 | 26-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-11 | 14-1 | 18-6 | 23-2 | 26-0 | 8-11 | 13-7 | 17-2 | 20–1 | 23-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 8-7 | 13-5 | 17-1 | 20-3 | 23-10 | 7-9 | 11-8 | 14-9 | 17-6 | 20-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-11 | 10-2 | 12-10 | 15-7 | 18-6 | 6-0 | 8-10 | 11–2 | 13-6 | 16-0 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 8-9 | 13-9 | 18-2 | 23-1 | 26-0 | 8-9 | 13-9 | 18-2 | 23–1 | 26-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-5 | 13-3 | 17-5 | 21-2 | 25-2 | 8-4 | 12-4 | 15-8 | 18-4 | 21-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 8-1 | 12-3 | 15-7 | 16-6 | 21-9 | 7-1 | 10-8 | 13-6 | 16-0 | 18-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-4 | 9-4 | 11-9 | 14-3 | 16-10 | 5-6 | 8-1 | 10-2 | 12-4 | 14-7 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 8-1 | 12-9 | 16-10 | 21-6 | 26-0 | 8-1 | 12-9 | 16-10 | 20-10 | 24-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 7-10 | 12-3 | 16-2 | 18-11 | 22-6 | 7-6 | 11-1 | 14-0 | 16-5 | 19-6 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 7-4 | 11-0 | 13-11 | 16-6 | 19-6 | 6-4 | 9-6 | 12-1 | 14-4 | 16-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-8 | 8-4 | 10-6 | 12-9 | 15-1 | 4-11 | 7-3 | 9-1 | 11-0 | 13-1 | 
  
    J. Change the indicated  rows of Table 2308.10.3(3) of the IBC to read:
           | Rafter Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 pounds per square foot | Dead Load = 20 pounds per square foot | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum rafter spans | 
       | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 9-10 | 15-6 | 20-5 | 26-0 | 26-0 | 9-10 | 15-6 | 20-5 | 25-4 | 26-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 9-6 | 14-10 | 19-0 | 22-3 | 26-0 | 9-0 | 13-5 | 17-0 | 19-11 | 23-7 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 8-7 | 12-11 | 16-4 | 19-5 | 22-10 | 7-8 | 11-7 | 14-8 | 17-4 | 20-5 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-7 | 9-9 | 12-4 | 15-0 | 17-9 | 5-11 | 8-9 | 11-0 | 13-5 | 15-10 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 8-11 | 14-1 | 18-6 | 23–8 | 26-0 | 8-11 | 14-1 | 18-5 | 21-11 | 25-11 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-7 | 13-0 | 16-6 | 19-3 | 22-10 | 7-10 | 11-7 | 14-9 | 17-3 | 20-5 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 7-6 | 11-2 | 14-2 | 16-10 | 19-10 | 6-8 | 10-0 | 12-8 | 15-1 | 17-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-9 | 8-6 | 10-8 | 13-0 | 15-4 | 5-2 | 7-7 | 9-7 | 11-7 | 13-9 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 8-5 | 13-3 | 17-5 | 22-3 | 26-0 | 8-5 | 13-3 | 16-10 | 20-0 | 23-7 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-0 | 11–10 | 15-1 | 17-7 | 20–11 | 7-1 | 10-7 | 13-5 | 15-9 | 18-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-10 | 10-2 | 12-11 | 15-4 | 18-1 | 6-1 | 9-2 | 11-7 | 13-9 | 16-2 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-3 | 7-9 | 9-9 | 11–10 | 14-0 | 4-8 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 7-10 | 12-3 | 16-2 | 20-0 | 23-7 | 7-10 | 11-10 | 15-0 | 17-11 | 21-2 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 7-1 | 10-7 | 13-5 | 15-9 | 18-8 | 6-4 | 9-6 | 12-0 | 14-1 | 16-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-1 | 9-2 | 11–7 | 13-9 | 16-2 | 5-5 | 8-2 | 10-4 | 12-3 | 14-6 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-8 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 4-2 | 6-2 | 7-10 | 9-6 | 11-2 | 
  
    K. Change the indicated  rows of Table 2308.10.3(4) of the IBC to read:
           | Rafter Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 pounds per square foot | Dead Load = 20 pounds per square foot | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum rafter spans | 
       | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 8-4 | 13-1 | 17-2 | 21-11 | 26-0 | 8-4 | 13-1 | 17-2 | 21-5 | 25-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-0 | 12-3 | 15-6 | 18-2 | 21-7 | 7-7 | 11-4 | 14-5 | 16-10 | 20-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 7-0 | 10-6 | 13-4 | 15-10 | 18-8 | 6-6 | 9-9 | 12-4 | 14-8 | 17-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-5 | 8-0 | 10-1 | 12-3 | 14-6 | 5-0 | 7-5 | 9-4 | 11-4 | 13-5 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 7-6 | 11-10 | 15-7 | 19-11 | 23-7 | 7-6 | 11-10 | 15-7 | 18-6 | 21-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 7-1 | 10-7 | 13-5 | 15-9 | 18-8 | 6-7 | 9-10 | 12-5 | 14-7 | 17-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-1 | 9-2 | 11–7 | 13-9 | 16-2 | 5-8 | 8-5 | 10-9 | 12-9 | 15-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-8 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 4-4 | 6-5 | 8-1 | 9-10 | 11-7 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 7-1 | 11-2 | 14-8 | 18-3 | 21-7 | 7-1 | 11–2 | 14-2 | 16-11 | 20-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 6-6 | 9-8 | 12-3 | 14-4 | 17-1 | 6-0 | 9-0 | 11-4 | 13-4 | 15-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 5-7 | 8-4 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 14-9 | 5-2 | 7-9 | 9-9 | 11–7 | 13-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-3 | 6-4 | 8-0 | 9-8 | 11–5 | 4-0 | 5-10 | 7-4 | 8-11 | 10-7 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 6-7 | 10-4 | 13-8 | 16-4 | 19-3 | 6-7 | 10-0 | 12-8 | 15-2 | 17-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 5-10 | 8-8 | 11-0 | 12-10 | 15-3 | 5-5 | 8-0 | 10-2 | 11-11 | 14-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 5-0 | 7-5 | 9-5 | 11-3 | 13-2 | 4-7 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-5 | 12-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 3-10 | 5-8 | 7-1 | 8-8 | 10-3 | 3-6 | 5-3 | 6-7 | 8-0 | 9-6 | 
  
    L. Change the indicated rows of Table 2308.10.3(5) of the  IBC to read:
           | Rafter Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade
 | Dead Load = 10 pounds per    square foot | Dead Load = 20 pounds per    square foot | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum rafter spans | 
       | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 8-11 | 14-1 | 18-6 | 23–8 | 26-0 | 8-11 | 14-1 | 18-6 | 23–8 | 26-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 8-7 | 13-6 | 17-10 | 22-3 | 26-0 | 8-7 | 13-5 | 17-0 | 19-11 | 23–7 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 8-3 | 12-11 | 16-4 | 19-5 | 22-10 | 7-8 | 11–7 | 14-8 | 17-4 | 20-5 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 6-7 | 9-9 | 12-4 | 15-0 | 17-9 | 5-11 | 8-9 | 11–0 | 13-5 | 15-10 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 8-1 | 12-9 | 16-10 | 21-6 | 26-0 | 8-1 | 12-9 | 16-10 | 21-6 | 25-11 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 7-10 | 12-3 | 16-2 | 19-3 | 22-10 | 7-10 | 11–7 | 14-9 | 17-3 | 20–5 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 7-6 | 11-2 | 14-2 | 16-10 | 19-10 | 6-8 | 10-0 | 12-8 | 15-1 | 17-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-9 | 8-6 | 10-8 | 13-0 | 15-4 | 5-2 | 7-7 | 9-7 | 11-7 | 13-9 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 7-8 | 12-0 | 15-10 | 20–2 | 24-7 | 7-8 | 12-0 | 15-10 | 20–0 | 23-7 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 7-4 | 11-7 | 15-1 | 17-7 | 20-11 | 7-1 | 10-7 | 13-5 | 15-9 | 18-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-10 | 10-2 | 12-11 | 15-4 | 18-1 | 6-1 | 9-2 | 11–7 | 13-9 | 16-2 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-3 | 7-9 | 9-9 | 11-10 | 14-0 | 4-8 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 7-1 | 11-2 | 14-8 | 18-9 | 22-10 | 7-1 | 11–2 | 14-8 | 17-11 | 21-2 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 6-10 | 10-7 | 13-5 | 15-9 | 18-8 | 6-4 | 9-6 | 12-0 | 14-1 | 16-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-1 | 9-2 | 11-7 | 13-9 | 16-2 | 5-5 | 8-2 | 10-4 | 12-3 | 14-6 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-8 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 4-2 | 6-2 | 7-10 | 9-6 | 11–2 | 
       |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 
  
    M. Change the indicated rows of Table 2308.10.3(6) of the  IBC to read: 
           | Rafter Spacing (inches) | Species and Grade | Dead Load = 10 pounds per    square foot | Dead Load = 20 pounds per    square foot | 
       | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 2x4 | 2x6 | 2x8 | 2x10 | 2x12 | 
       | Maximum rafter spans | 
       | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | (ft.-in.) | 
       | 12 | Southern Pine SS | 7-6 | 11-0 | 15-7 | 19-11 | 24-3 | 7-6 | 11-10 | 15-7 | 19-11 | 24-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 7-3 | 11-5 | 15-0 | 18-2 | 21-7 | 7-3 | 11-4 | 14-5 | 16-10 | 20–0 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-11 | 10-6 | 13-4 | 15-10 | 18-8 | 6-6 | 9-9 | 12-4 | 14-8 | 17-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 5-5 | 8-0 | 10-1 | 12-3 | 14-6 | 5-0 | 7-5 | 9-4 | 11–4 | 13-5 | 
       | 16 | Southern Pine SS | 6-10 | 10-9 | 14-2 | 18-1 | 22-0 | 6-10 | 10-9 | 14-2 | 18-1 | 21-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 6-7 | 10-4 | 13-5 | 15-9 | 18-8 | 6-7 | 9-10 | 12-5 | 14-7 | 17-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 6-1 | 9-2 | 11–7 | 13-9 | 16-2 | 5-8 | 8-5 | 10-9 | 12-9 | 15-0 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-8 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 4-4 | 6-5 | 8-1 | 9-10 | 11–7 | 
       | 19.2 | Southern Pine SS | 6-5 | 10-2 | 13-4 | 17-0 | 20–9 | 6-5 | 10-2 | 13-4 | 16-11 | 20–0 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 6-2 | 9-8 | 12-3 | 14-4 | 17-1 | 6-0 | 9-0 | 11–4 | 13-4 | 15-9 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 5-7 | 8-4 | 10-7 | 12-6 | 14-9 | 5-2 | 7-9 | 9-9 | 11–7 | 13-8 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 4-3 | 6-4 | 8-0 | 9-8 | 11–5 | 4-0 | 5-10 | 7-4 | 8-11 | 10-7 | 
       | 24 | Southern Pine SS | 6-0 | 9-5 | 12-5 | 15-10 | 19-3 | 6-0 | 9-5 | 12-5 | 15-2 | 17-10 | 
       | Southern Pine #1 | 5-9 | 8-8 | 11–0 | 12-10 | 15-3 | 5-5 | 8-0 | 10-2 | 11-11 | 14-1 | 
       | Southern Pine #2 | 5-0 | 7-5 | 9-5 | 11–3 | 13-2 | 4-7 | 6-11 | 8-9 | 10-5 | 12-3 | 
       | Southern Pine #3 | 3-10 | 5-8 | 7-1 | 8-8 | 10-3 | 3-6 | 5-3 | 6-7 | 8-0 | 9-6 ] | 
  
         
          [ 13VAC5-63-298. Chapter 26 Plastic.
    Change Section 2603.5.5 of the IBC to read: 
    2603.5.5 Vertical and lateral fire propagation. Exterior  wall assemblies shall be tested in accordance with, and comply with, acceptance  criteria of NFPA 285. Where noncombustible materials or combustible materials  permitted by Sections 603, 803, 806 or 1406 differ from assembly to assembly or  within an assembly, multiple tests shall not be required. 
    Exception: Exterior wall assemblies are not required to be  tested in accordance with, and comply with, acceptance criteria of NFPA 285  where any of the following conditions are met: 
    1. One-story buildings complying with Section 2603.4.1.4.  
    2. Wall assemblies where the foam plastic insulation is  covered on each face by a minimum of 1-inch (25 mm) thickness of masonry or  concrete complying with either of the following: 
    2.1. There is no air space between the insulation and the  concrete or masonry; or 
    2.2. The insulation has a flame spread index of not more  than 25 as determined in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL  723 and the  maximum air space between the insulation and the concrete or masonry is not  more than 1 inch (25 mm). 
    3. Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic  sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1. ] 
    13VAC5-63-300. Chapter 27 Electrical. 
    A. Change Section 2701.1 of the IBC to read: 
    2701.1 Scope. This chapter governs the electrical components,  equipment and systems used in buildings and structures covered by this code.  Electrical components, equipment and systems shall be designed and constructed  in accordance with the provisions of this code and NFPA 70. 
    B. Add Section 2701.1.1 to the IBC to read: 
    2701.1.1 Changes to NFPA 70. The following change shall be  made to NFPA 70: 
    1. Change Sections 334.10(2) and 334.10(3) of NFPA 70 to read:  
    (2) Multifamily dwellings not exceeding four floors above  grade and multifamily dwellings of any height permitted to be of Types III, IV  and V construction except in any case as prohibited in 334.12. 
    (3) Other structures not exceeding four floors above grade and  other structures of any height permitted to be of Types III, IV and V  construction except in any case as prohibited in 334.12. In structures  exceeding four floors above grade, cables shall be concealed within walls,  floors or ceilings that provide a thermal barrier of material that has at least  a 15-minute finish rating as identified in listings of fire-rated assemblies. 
    For the purpose of Items 2 and 3 above, the first floor of a  building shall be that floor that has 50% or more of the exterior wall surface  area level with or above finished grade. One additional level that is the first  level and not designed for human habitation and used only for vehicle parking,  storage or similar use shall be permitted. 
    2. Change Exception 2 to  Section 700.12(F) of NFPA 70 to read: 
    [ 2. Exception No. 2 ] Where  the normal power branch circuits that supply [ luminaries  luminaires ] providing illumination immediately on the inside and  outside of exit doors are supplied by the same service or feeder, the remote  heads providing emergency illumination for the exterior of an exit door shall  be permitted to be supplied by the unit equipment serving the area immediately  inside the exit door. 
    C. Add Section 2701.1.2 to the  IBC to read: 
    2701.1.2 Temporary connection to dwelling units. The building  official shall give permission to energize the electrical service equipment of  a one- or two-family dwelling unit when all of the following requirements have  been approved: 
    1. The service wiring and equipment, including the meter  socket enclosure, shall be installed and the service wiring terminated. 
    2. The grounding electrode system shall be installed and  terminated. 
    3. At least one receptacle outlet on a ground fault protected  circuit shall be installed and the circuit wiring terminated. 
    4. Service equipment covers shall be installed. 
    5. The building roof covering shall be installed. 
    6. Temporary electrical service equipment shall be suitable  for wet locations unless the interior is dry and protected from the weather. 
    D. Add Section 2701.1.3 to the IBC to read:
    2701.1.3 Assisted living facility generator requirements.  Generators installed to comply with regulations for assisted living facilities  licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services shall be permitted to be  optional standby systems.
    E. Change Section 2702.2.17 of the IBC to read:
    2702.2.17 Group I-2 and I-3 occupancies. Emergency power shall  be provided in accordance with Section 407.11 for Group I-2 occupancies  licensed by the Virginia Department of Health as a hospital, nursing or hospice  facility. Emergency power shall be provided for doors in Group I-3 occupancies  in accordance with Section 408.4.2. 
    13VAC5-63-310. Chapter 28 Mechanical systems. 
    A. Change Section 2801.1 of the IBC to read: 
    2801.1 Scope. Mechanical appliances, equipment and systems  shall be constructed and installed in accordance with this chapter, the International  Mechanical Code IMC and the International Fuel Gas Code IFGC.  Masonry chimneys, fireplaces and barbecues shall comply with the International  Mechanical Code IMC and Chapter 21 of this code. 
    Exception: This code shall not govern the construction of  water heaters, boilers and pressure vessels to the extent which they are  regulated by the Virginia Boiler and Pressure Vessel Regulations (16VAC25-50).  However, the building official may require the owner of a structure to submit  documentation to substantiate compliance with those regulations. 
    B. Add Section 2801.1.1 to the IBC to read: 
    2801.1.1 Required heating in dwelling units. Heating  facilities shall be required in every dwelling unit or portion thereof which is  to be rented, leased or let on terms, either expressed or implied, to furnish  heat to the occupants thereof. The heating facilities shall be capable of  maintaining the room temperature at 65°F (18°C) during the period from October  15 to May 1 during the hours between 6:30 a.m. and 10:30 p.m. of each day and  not less than 60°F (16°C) during other hours when measured at a point three  feet (914 mm) above the floor and three feet (914 mm) from the exterior walls.  The capability of the heating system shall be based on the outside design  temperature required for the locality by this code. 
    C. Add Section 2801.1.2 to the IBC to read: 
    2801.1.2 Required heating in nonresidential structures.  Heating facilities shall be required in every enclosed occupied space in  nonresidential structures. The heating facilities shall be capable of producing  sufficient heat during the period from October 1 to May 15 to maintain a  temperature of not less than 65°F (18°C) during all working hours. The required  room temperature shall be measured at a point three feet (914 mm) above the  floor and three feet (914 mm) from the exterior walls. 
    Processing, storage and operation areas that require cooling  or special temperature conditions and areas in which persons are primarily  engaged in vigorous physical activities are exempt from these requirements. 
    D. Add Section 2801.1.3 to the  IBC to read: 
    2801.1.3 Changes to the International Mechanical Code (IMC)  IMC. The following changes shall be made to the IMC: 
    1. Change Section 403.3 of the IMC to read: 
    403.3 Outdoor airflow rate. Ventilation systems shall be  designed to have the capacity to supply the minimum outdoor airflow rate  determined in accordance with this section. The occupant load utilized for  design of the ventilation system shall not be less than the number determined  from the estimated maximum occupant load rate indicated in Table 403.3.  Ventilation rates for occupancies not represented in Table 403.3 shall be those  for a listed occupancy classification that is most similar in terms of occupant  density, activities and building construction; or shall be determined by an  approved engineering analysis. The ventilation system shall be designed to  supply the required rate of ventilation air continuously during the period the  building is occupied, except as otherwise stated in other provisions of the  code. 
    With the exception of smoking lounges and other designated  areas where smoking is permitted, the ventilation rates in Table 403.3 are  based on the absence of smoking in occupiable spaces. 
    Exception: The occupant load is not required to be determined  based on the estimated maximum occupant load rate indicated in Table 403.3  where approved statistical data document the accuracy of an alternate  anticipated occupant density. 
    2. Add the following areas to Table 403.3 of the IMC in the  occupancy classifications shown: 
         
                 | OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION | People Outdoor Airflow Rate in Breathing Zone
 Cfm/personOccupant Density #/1000 ft2    [ a ]
 | AreaPeople Outdoor Airflow Rate in Breathing    Zone,
 Rapcfm/ft2acfm/person | Default Occupant Density
 #/1000 ft2aArea Outdoor Airflow Rate in    Breathing Zone, Ra cfm/ft2a
 | Exhaust Airflow Rate Cfm/ft2a | 
       | Food and beverage service |   |   |   |   | 
       | Bars or cocktail lounges designated as an area whenwhere    smoking is permittedb | 30100
 | -30
 | 100-
 | - | 
       | Cafeteria or fast food designated as an area whenwhere    smoking is permittedb | 20100
 | -20
 | 100-
 | - | 
       | Dining rooms designated as an area whenwhere    smoking is permittedb | 2070
 | -20
 | 70-
 | - | 
       | Public spaces |   |   |   |   | 
       | Lounges designated as an area where smoking is permittedb | 30100
 | -30
 | 100-
 | - | 
  
         
           
     
    3. Add Change Section 505.1 of the IMC to read: 
    505.1 Domestic systems. Where domestic range hoods and  domestic appliances equipped with downdraft exhaust are provided, such hoods  and appliances shall discharge to the outdoors through sheet metal ducts  constructed of galvanized steel, stainless steel, aluminum, or copper. Such  ducts shall have smooth inner walls, shall be air tight, shall be equipped with  a backdraft damper, and shall be independent of all other exhaust systems. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. In Group R buildings, where installed in accordance with  the manufacturer's installation instructions and where mechanical or natural  ventilation is otherwise provided in accordance with Chapter 4, listed and  labeled ductless range hoods shall not be required to discharge to the  outdoors. 
    2. Ducts for domestic kitchen cooking appliances equipped  with downdraft exhaust systems shall be permitted to be constructed of Schedule  40 PVC pipe and fittings provided that the installation complies with all of  the following: 
    2.1. The PVC duct shall be installed under a concrete slab  poured on grade. 
    2.2. The underfloor trench in which the PVC duct is  installed shall be completely backfilled with sand or gravel. 
    2.3. The PVC duct shall extend not more than 1 inch (25 mm)  above the indoor concrete floor surface. 
    2.4. The PVC duct shall extend not more than 1 inch (25 mm)  above grade outside of the building. 
    2.5. The PVC duct shall be solvent cemented. 
    4. Add Section 505.3 to the IMC to read: 
    505.3 Other than Group R. In other than Group R  occupancies, where electric domestic cooking appliances are utilized for  domestic purposes, such appliances shall be provided with domestic range hoods.  Hoods and exhaust systems for such electric domestic cooking appliances shall  be in accordance with Sections 505.1 and 505.2. In other than Group R  occupancies, where fuel-fired domestic cooking appliances are utilized for  domestic purposes, a Type I or Type II hood shall be provided as required for  the type of appliances and processes in accordance with Section 507.2. 
    5. Change Section 507.2.3 of the IMC to read: 
    507.2.3 Domestic cooking appliances used for commercial  purposes. Domestic cooking appliances utilized for commercial purposes shall be  provided with a Type I or Type II hood as required for the type of appliances  and processes in accordance with Sections 507.2, 507.2.1, and 507.2.2. Domestic  cooking appliances utilized for domestic purposes shall comply with Section  505. 
    6. Change Section 801.1.1 to 908.5 of the  IMC to read: 
    801.1.1 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement or new  installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing buildings,  an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to ensure that the connected  vent or chimney systems comply with the following:
    1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with  this code.
    2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any  obstruction or blockages, defects or deterioration and are in operable  condition.
    Where not inspected by the local building department,  persons performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building  official that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met.
    908.5 Water supply. Cooling towers, evaporative coolers,  and fluid coolers shall be provided with an approved water supply and sized for  peak demand. The quality of the water shall be provided in accordance the  equipment manufacturer's recommendations. The piping system and protection of  the potable water supply shall be installed as required by the IPC. 
    4. 7. Change Item 4 of Section 1101.10  928.1 of the IMC to read: 
    1101.10 Locking access port caps. Refrigerant circuit  access ports located outdoors shall be fitted with locking-type  tamper-resistant caps or shall be otherwise secured to prevent unauthorized  access.
    4. Be provided with an approved water supply and sized for  peak demand. The quality of the water shall be provided in accordance the  equipment manufacturer's recommendations. The piping system and protection of  the potable water supply shall be installed as required by the IPC. 
    E. Add Section 2801.1.4 to the IBC to read: 
    2801.1.4 Changes to the International Fuel Gas Code IFGC.  The following changes shall be made to the International Fuel Gas Code IFGC:  
    1. Change Section 301.1 of the International Fuel Gas Code  IFGC to read: 
    301.1 Scope. This code shall apply to the installation of fuel  gas piping systems, fuel gas utilization equipment, and related accessories as  follows: 
    1. Coverage of piping systems shall extend from the point of  delivery to the connections with gas utilization equipment. (See "point of  delivery.") 
    2. Systems with an operating pressure of 125 psig (862 kPa  gauge) or less. 
    Piping systems for gas-air mixtures within the flammable range  with an operating pressure of 10 psig (69 kPa gauge) or less. 
    LP-Gas piping systems with an operating pressure of 20 psig  (140 kPa gauge) or less. 
    3. Piping systems requirements shall include design,  materials, components, fabrication, assembly, installation, testing and  inspection. 
    4. Requirements for gas utilization equipment and related  accessories shall include installation, combustion and ventilation air and  venting. 
    This code shall not apply to the following: 
    1. Portable LP-Gas equipment of all types that are not  connected to a fixed fuel piping system. 
    2. Installation of farm equipment such as brooders, dehydrators,  dryers, and irrigation equipment. 
    3. Raw material (feedstock) applications except for piping to  special atmosphere generators. 
    4. Oxygen-fuel gas cutting and welding systems. 
    5. Industrial gas applications using gases such as acetylene  and acetylenic compounds, hydrogen, ammonia, carbon monoxide, oxygen, and  nitrogen. 
    6. Petroleum refineries, pipeline compressor or pumping  stations, loading terminals, compounding plants, refinery tank farms, and  natural gas processing plants. 
    7. Integrated chemical plants or portions of such plants where  flammable or combustible liquids or gases are produced by chemical reactions or  used in chemical reactions. 
    8. LP-Gas installations at utility gas plants. 
    9. Liquefied natural gas (LNG) installations. 
    10. Fuel gas piping in power and atomic energy plants. 
    11. Proprietary items of equipment, apparatus, or instruments  such as gas generating sets, compressors, and calorimeters. 
    12. LP-Gas equipment for vaporization, gas mixing, and gas  manufacturing. 
    13. Temporary LP-Gas piping for buildings under construction  or renovation that is not to become part of the permanent piping system. 
    14. Installation of LP-Gas systems for railroad switch  heating. 
    15. Installation of LP-Gas and compressed natural gas (CNG)  systems on vehicles. 
    16. Except as provided in Section 401.1.1, gas piping, meters,  gas pressure regulators, and other appurtenances used by the serving gas  supplier in the distribution of gas, other than undiluted LP-Gas. 
    17. Building design and construction, except as specified  herein. 
    2. Add Section 404.9.3 404.11.3 to the International  Fuel Gas Code IFGC to read: 
    404.9.3 404.11.3 Coating application. Joints in  gas piping systems shall not be coated prior to testing and approval. 
    3. Add Section 501.1.1 to the International Fuel Gas Code  to read:
    501.1.1 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement or new  installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing buildings,  an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to ensure that the connected  vent or chimney systems comply with the following:
    1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with  this code.
    2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any  obstruction or blockages, defects or deterioration and are in operable  condition.
    Where not inspected by the local building department,  persons performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building  official that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met.
    13VAC5-63-320. Chapter 29 Plumbing systems. 
    A. Change Section 2901.1 of the IBC to read: 
    2901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter and the International  Plumbing Code (IPC) IPC shall govern the design and installation of  all plumbing systems and equipment, except that as provided for in Section  [ 103.11 103.10 ] for functional design, water supply  sources and sewage disposal systems are regulated and approved by the Virginia  Department of Health and the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality. The  approval of pumping and electrical equipment associated with such water supply  sources and sewage disposal systems shall, however, be the responsibility of  the building official. 
    Note: See also the Memorandum of Agreement in the  "Related Laws Package," which is available from DHCD. 
    B. Add Section 2901.1.1 to the IBC to read: 
    2901.1.1 Use of Appendix C of the IPC for gray water and  rain water recycling systems. In addition to other applicable provisions of the  IPC, gray water recycling systems and rain water recycling systems shall comply  with the provisions in Appendix C of the IPC. In the use of Appendix C of the  IPC for rain water recycling systems, the term "rain water" shall be  substituted for the term "gray water." Gray water recycling systems  and rain water recycling systems shall be separate systems and shall not be  interconnected.
    C. B. Add Section 2901.1.2 2901.1.1  to the IBC to read: 
    2901.1.2 2901.1.1 Changes to the IPC. The  following changes shall be made to the IPC: 
    1. Add the following  definitions to the IPC to read: 
    Nonpotable fixtures and outlets. Fixtures and outlets that  are not dependent on potable water for the safe operation to perform their  intended use. Such fixtures and outlets may include, but are not limited to  water closets, urinals, irrigation, mechanical equipment, and hose connections  to perform operations, such as vehicle washing and lawn maintenance. 
    Nonpotable water systems. Water systems for the collection,  treatment, storage, distribution, and use or reuse of nonpotable water.  Nonpotable systems include reclaimed water, rainwater, and gray water systems. 
    Rainwater. Natural precipitation, including snow melt, from  roof surfaces only. 
    Reclaimed water. Reclaimed water means water resulting from  the treatment of domestic, municipal, or industrial wastewater that is suitable  for a water reuse that would not otherwise occur. Specifically excluded from  this definition is "gray water." 
    Stormwater. Precipitation that is discharged across the  land surface or through conveyances to one or more waterways and that may  include stormwater runoff, snow melt runoff, and surface runoff and drainage. 
    2. Change the following definition in the IPC to read: 
    Gray water. Water discharged from lavatories, bathtubs,  showers, clothes washers, and laundry trays. 
    3. Change the exception to Section 301.3 of the  IPC to read: 
    301.3 Connections to drainage system. All plumbing  fixtures, drains, appurtenances and appliances used to receive or discharge  liquid wastes or sewage shall be directly connected to the sanitary drainage system  of the building or premises, in accordance with the requirements of this code.  This section shall not be construed to prevent indirect waste systems required  by Chapter 8.
    Exception: Bathtubs, showers, lavatories, clothes washers and  laundry trays shall not be required to discharge to the sanitary drainage  system where such fixtures discharge to an approved nonpotable gray  water system or rain water system for flushing of water closets and urinals  or for subsurface landscape irrigation in accordance with the applicable  provisions of Chapter 13. 
    2. 4. Delete Sections 311 and 311.1 of the IPC. 
    3. Change 5. Modify  the Group A-5 "Description" category of Table 403.1 of the IPC to  read: 
           | Stadiums, amusement parks, pools, bleachers, and    grandstands for outdoor sporting events and activitiesh | 
  
    6. Add footnote  "h" to Table 403.1 of the IPC to read: 
    h. The occupant load for pools shall be in accordance with  the "Skating rinks, swimming pools" category of Table 1004.1.2 of the  IBC. 
    7. Add Section 403.1.3 and Table 403.1.3 to the IPC to  read: 
    403.1.3 Marina fixtures. Notwithstanding any provision to  the contrary, plumbing fixtures shall be provided for marinas in the minimum  number shown in Table 403.1.3. Fixtures shall be located within 500 feet  walking distance from the shore end of any dock they serve. Separate facilities  shall be provided for each sex with an equal number of fixtures of each type in  each facility, except that separate facilities are not required where the  number of slips is less than 25. Urinals may be substituted for up to 50% of  water closets. 
           | Table 403.1.3Minimum Number of Required Plumbing Fixtures for Marinas
 | 
       | Number of Slips | Plumbing Fixtures | 
       | Water Closets | Lavatories | Showers | 
       | 1 - 24 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 
       | 25 - 49 | 4 | 4 | 2 | 
       | 50 - 99 | 6 | 4 | 2 | 
       | 100 - 149 | 8 | 6 | 4 | 
       | 150 - 199 | 10 | 8 | 4 | 
       | 200 - 249 | 12 | 10 | 6 | 
       | 250 or greater | Two additional fixtures of each type for each 100    additional slips. | 
  
    8. Change Section 403.3.3 of the IPC to read: 
    403.3.3 Location of toilet facilities in occupancies other  than malls. In occupancies other than covered and open mall buildings, the  required public and employee toilet facilities shall be located not more than  one story above or below the space required to be provided with toilet  facilities, and the path of travel to such facilities shall not exceed a  distance of 500 feet (152 m). 
    Exceptions: 
    1. The location and maximum travel distances to required  employee facilities in factory and industrial occupancies are permitted to  exceed that required by this section, provided that the location and maximum  travel distance are approved. 
    2. The location and maximum travel distances to the  required public facilities located on cemetery property are permitted to exceed  that required by this section, provided that the location and maximum travel  distance are located on the same property and approved. 
    9. Change Section 405.3.2 of the IPC to read: 
    405.3.2 Public lavatories. In employee and public toilet  rooms, the required lavatory shall be located in the same room as the required  water closet. 
    Exception: In educational use occupancies, the required  lavatory shall be permitted to be located adjacent to the room or space  containing the water closet provided that not more than one operational door is  between the water closet and the lavatory. 
    10. Add Section 602.1 of 602.2.1 [ to ]  the IPC to read: 
    602.1 General. Every structure equipped with plumbing  fixtures and utilized for human occupancy or habitation shall be provided with  a potable supply of water in the amounts and at the pressures specified in this  chapter. This shall not prohibit the use of reclaimed water distribution  systems installed in accordance with this code and the Virginia Water  Reclamation and Reuse Regulation (9VAC25-740).
    602.2.1 Nonpotable fixtures and outlets. Nonpotable water  shall be permitted to serve nonpotable type fixtures and outlets in accordance  with Chapter 13. 
    4. Change Section 604.1 of the IPC to read:
    604.1 General. The design of the water distribution system,  including any reclaimed water distribution systems governed by the Virginia  Water Reclamation and Reuse Regulation (9VAC25-740), shall conform to accepted  engineering practice. Methods utilized to determine pipe sizes shall be  approved.
    5. Add an exception to Section 608.8 of the IPC to read:
    Exception: Reclaimed water supply systems shall be  identified in accordance with the provisions of the Virginia Water Reclamation  and Reuse Regulation (9VAC25-740).
    6. Change Section 608.8.2 of the IPC to read:
    608.8.2 Color. The color of the pipe identification shall  be discernable and consistent throughout the building. The color purple shall  be used to identify rain and gray water distribution systems.
    [ 11. Change Section  608.16.10 of the IPC to read: 
    608.16.10 Coffee machines and noncarbonated beverage  dispensers. The water supply connection to coffee machines and noncarbonated  beverage dispensers shall be protected against backflow by a backflow preventer  conforming to ASSE 1022 or 1024, or by an air gap. ]
    7. [ 11. 12. ] Delete  Section 701.9 of the IPC. 
    8. [ 12. 13. ] Add  Section 703.6 [ of to ] the IPC to read: 
    703.6 Tracer wire. Nonmetallic sanitary sewer piping that  discharges to public systems shall be locatable. An insulated copper tracer  wire, 18 AWG minimum in size and suitable for direct burial or an equivalent  product, shall be utilized. The wire shall be installed in the same trench as  the sewer within 12 inches (305 mm) of the pipe and shall be installed to  within five feet (1524 mm) of the building wall to the point where the building  sewer intersects with the public system. At a minimum, one end of the wire  shall terminate above grade in an accessible location that is resistant to  physical damage, such as with a cleanout or at the building wall. 
    [ 13. 14. ] Add an exception  to Section 1101.2 of the IPC to read: 
    Exception. Rainwater nonpotable water systems shall be  permitted in accordance with Chapter 13. 
    [ 14. Add 15. Change the title of ]  Chapter 13 [ entitled of the IPC to ] "Nonpotable  Water [ Systems" to the IPC. Systems." ]
    [ 15. Add Section 1301 entitled "General"  to the IPC.  ] 
    16. [ Add Change ] Sections  1301.1 through [ 1301.18 1301.12 and add Sections  1301.13 through 1301.18 ], including subsections, to the IPC to  read: 
    1301.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 13 shall govern the  materials, design, construction, and installation of nonpotable water systems  subject to this code. In addition to the applicable provision of this section,  reclaimed water shall comply with the requirements of Section 1304. 
    1301.1.1 Design of nonpotable water systems. All portions  of nonpotable water systems subject to this code shall be constructed using the  same standards and requirements for the potable water systems or drainage systems  as provided for in this code unless otherwise specified in this chapter. 
    1301.2 Makeup water. Makeup water shall be provided for all  nonpotable water supply systems. The makeup water system shall be designed and  installed to provide supply of water in the amounts and at the pressures  specified in this code. The makeup water supply shall be potable and be  protected against backflow in accordance with the applicable requirements of  Section 608. 
    1301.2.1 Makeup water sources. Potable water shall be provided  as makeup water for reclaimed water systems. Nonpotable water shall be  permitted to serve as makeup water for gray water and rainwater systems. 
    1301.2.2 Makeup water supply valve. A full-open valve shall  be provided on the makeup water supply line. 
    1301.2.3 Control valve alarm. Makeup water systems shall be  fitted with a warning mechanism that alerts the user to a failure of the inlet  control valve to close correctly. The alarm shall activate before the water  within the storage tank begins to discharge into the overflow system. 
    1301.3 Sizing. Nonpotable water distribution systems shall  be designed and sized for peak demand in accordance with approved engineering  practice methods that comply with the applicable provisions of Chapter 6. 
    1301.4 Signage required. All nonpotable water outlets,  other than water closets and urinals, such as hose connections, open-ended  pipes, and faucets shall be identified at the point of use for each outlet with  signage that reads as follows: "Nonpotable water is utilized for (insert  application name). Caution: nonpotable water. DO NOT DRINK." The words  shall be legibly and indelibly printed on a tag or sign constructed of  corrosion-resistant waterproof material or shall be indelibly printed on the  fixture. The letters of the words shall be not less than 0.5 inches (12.7 mm)  in height and in colors in contrast to the background on which they are  applied. The pictograph shown in Figure 1301.4 shall appear on the signage  required by this section. 
        1301.5 Potable water supply system connections. Where a  potable water supply system is connected to a nonpotable water system, the  potable water supply shall be protected against backflow in accordance with the  applicable provisions of Section 608. 
    1301.6 Nonpotable water system connections. Where a  nonpotable water system is connected and supplies water to another nonpotable  water system, the nonpotable water system that supplies water shall be  protected against backflow in accordance with the applicable provisions of  Section 608. 
    1301.7 Approved components and materials. Piping, plumbing  components, and materials used in the nonpotable water drainage and  distribution systems shall be approved for the intended application and  compatible with the water and any disinfection or treatment systems used. 
    1301.8 Insect and vermin control. Nonpotable water systems  shall be protected to prevent the entrance of insects and vermin into storage  and piping systems. Screen materials shall be compatible with system material  and shall not promote corrosion of system components. 
    1301.9 Freeze protection. Nonpotable water systems shall be  protected from freezing in accordance with the applicable provisions of Chapter  3. 
    1301.10 Nonpotable water storage tanks. Nonpotable water  storage tanks shall be approved for the intended application and comply with  Sections 1301.10.1 through 1301.10.12. 
    1301.10.1 Sizing. The holding capacity of storage tanks  shall be sized for the intended use. 
    1301.10.2 Inlets. Storage tank inlets shall be designed to  introduce water into the tank and avoid agitating the contents of the storage  tank. The water supply to storage tanks shall be controlled by fill valves or  other automatic supply valves designed to stop the flow of incoming water before  the tank contents reach the overflow pipes. 
    1301.10.3 Outlets. Outlets shall be located at least 4  inches (102 mm) above the bottom of the storage tank and shall not skim water  from the surface. 
    1301.10.4 Materials and location. Storage tanks shall be constructed  of material compatible with treatment systems used to treat water. Above grade  storage vessels shall be constructed using opaque, UV-resistant materials such  as tinted plastic, lined metal, concrete, or wood or painted to prevent algae  growth. Above grade storage tanks shall be protected from direct sunlight  unless their design specifically incorporates the use of the sunlight heat  transfer. Wooden storage tanks shall be provided with a flexible liner. Storage  tanks and their manholes shall not be located directly under soil or waste  piping or sources of contamination. 
    1301.10.5 Foundation and supports. Storage tanks shall be  supported on a firm base capable of withstanding the storage tank's weight when  filled to capacity. Storage tanks shall be supported in accordance with the  applicable provisions of the IBC. 
    1301.10.5.1 Ballast. Where the soil can become saturated,  an underground storage tank shall be ballasted, or otherwise secured, to  prevent the effects of buoyancy. The combined weight of the tank and hold down  ballast shall meet or exceed the buoyancy force of the tank. Where the  installation requires a foundation, the foundation shall be flat and shall be  designed to support the storage tank weight when full, consistent with the  bearing capability of adjacent soil. 
    1301.10.5.2 Structural support. Where installed below  grade, storage tank installations shall be designed to withstand earth and  surface structural loads without damage. 
    1301.10.6 Overflow. The storage tank shall be equipped with  an overflow pipe having a diameter not less than that shown in Table 606.5.4.  The overflow outlet shall discharge at a point not less than 6 inches (152 mm)  above the roof or roof drain, floor or floor drain, or over an open  water-supplied fixture. The overflow outlet shall terminate through a check  valve. Overflow pipes shall not be directed on walkways. The overflow drain  shall not be equipped with a shutoff valve. A minimum of one cleanout shall be  provided on each overflow pipe in accordance with the applicable provisions of  Section 708. 
    1301.10.7 Access. A minimum of one access opening shall be  provided to allow inspection and cleaning of the tank interior. Access openings  shall have an approved locking device or other approved method of securing access.  Below grade storage tanks, located outside of the building, shall be provided  with either a manhole not less than 24 inches (610 mm) square or a manhole with  an inside diameter not less than 24 inches (610 mm). The design and  installation of access openings shall prohibit surface water from entering the  tank. Each manhole cover shall have an approved locking device or other  approved method of securing access. 
    Exception: Storage tanks under 800 gallons (3028 L) in  volume installed below grade shall not be required to be equipped with a  manhole, but shall have an access opening not less than 8 inches (203 mm) in  diameter to allow inspection and cleaning of the tank interior. 
    1301.10.8 Venting. Storage tanks shall be vented. Vents  shall not be connected to sanitary drainage system. Vents shall be at least  equal in size to the internal diameter of the drainage inlet pipe or pipes  connected to the tank. Where installed at grade, vents shall be protected from  contamination by means of a U-bend installed with the opening directed  downward. Vent outlets shall extend a minimum of 12 inches (304.8 mm) above  grade, or as necessary to prevent surface water from entering the storage tank.  Vent openings shall be protected against the entrance of vermin and insects. Vents  serving gray water tanks shall terminate in accordance with the applicable  provisions of Sections 903 and 1301.8. 
    1301.10.9 Drain. Where drains are provided they shall be  located at the lowest point of the storage tank. The tank drain pipe shall discharge  as required for overflow pipes and shall not be smaller in size than specified  in Table 606.5.7. A minimum of one cleanout shall be provided on each drain  pipe in accordance with Section 708. 
    1301.10.10 Labeling and signage. Each nonpotable water storage  tank shall be labeled with its rated capacity and the location of the upstream  bypass valve. Underground and otherwise concealed storage tanks shall be  labeled at all access points. The label shall read: "CAUTION: NONPOTABLE  WATER – DO NOT DRINK." Where an opening is provided that could allow the  entry of personnel, the opening shall be marked with the words: "DANGER –  CONFINED SPACE." Markings shall be indelibly printed on a tag or sign  constructed of corrosion-resistant waterproof material mounted on the tank or  shall be indelibly printed on the tank. The letters of the words shall be not  less than 0.5 inches (12.7 mm) in height and shall be of a color in contrast  with the background on which they are applied. 
    1301.10.11 Storage tank tests. Storage tanks shall be  tested in accordance with the following: 
    1. Storage tanks shall be filled with water to the overflow  line prior to and during inspection. All seams and joints shall be left exposed  and the tank shall remain watertight without leakage for a period of 24 hours. 
    2. After 24 hours, supplemental water shall be introduced  for a period of 15 minutes to verify proper drainage of the overflow system and  verify that there are no leaks. 
    3. Following a successful test of the overflow, the water  level in the tank shall be reduced to a level that is at 2 inches (50.8 mm)  below the makeup water offset point. The tank drain shall be observed for  proper operation. The makeup water system shall be observed for proper  operation, and successful automatic shutoff of the system at the refill  threshold shall be verified. Water shall not be drained from the overflow at  any time during the refill test. 
    4. Air tests shall be permitted in lieu of water testing as  recommended by the tank manufacturer or the tank standard. 
    1301.10.12 Structural strength. Storage tanks shall meet  the applicable structural strength requirements of the IBC. 
    1301.11 Trenching requirements for nonpotable water system  piping. Underground nonpotable water system piping shall be horizontally  separated from the building sewer and potable water piping by 5 feet (1524 m)  of undisturbed or compacted earth. Nonpotable water system piping shall not be  located in, under, or above sewage systems cesspools, septic tanks, septic tank  drainage fields, or seepage pits. Buried nonpotable system piping shall comply  with the requirements of this code for the piping material installed. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. The required separation distance shall not apply where  the bottom of the nonpotable water pipe within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the sewer is  equal to or greater than 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the highest point  of the sewer and the pipe materials conforms to Table 702.3. 
    2. The required separation distance shall not apply where  the bottom of the potable water service pipe within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the  nonpotable water pipe is a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) above the top of the  highest point of the nonpotable water pipe and the pipe materials comply with  the requirements of Table 605.4. 
    3. Nonpotable water pipe is permitted to be located in the  same trench with building sewer piping, provided that such sewer piping is  constructed of materials that comply with the requirements of Table 702.2. 
    4. The required separation distance shall not apply where a  nonpotable water pipe crosses a sewer pipe, provided that the pipe is sleeved  to at least 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally from the sewer pipe centerline on  both sides of such crossing with pipe materials that comply with Table 702.2. 
    5. The required separation distance shall not apply where a  potable water service pipe crosses a nonpotable water pipe provided that the  potable water service pipe is sleeved for a distance of at least 5 feet (1524  mm) horizontally from the centerline of the nonpotable pipe on both sides of  such crossing with pipe materials that comply with Table 702.2. 
    1301.12 Outdoor outlet access. Sillcocks, hose bibs, wall  hydrants, yard hydrants, and other outdoor outlets that are supplied by  nonpotable water shall be located in a locked vault or shall be operable only  by means of a removable key. 
    1301.13 Drainage and vent piping and fittings. Nonpotable  drainage and vent pipe and fittings shall comply with the applicable material  standards and installation requirements in accordance with provisions of  Chapter 7. 
    1301.13.1. Labeling and marking. Identification of  nonpotable drainage and vent piping shall not be required. 
    1301.14 Pumping and control system. Mechanical equipment,  including pumps, valves, and filters, shall be accessible and removable in  order to perform repair, maintenance, and cleaning. The minimum flow rate and  flow pressure delivered by the pumping system shall be designed for the  intended application in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section  604. 
    1301.15 Water-pressure reducing valve or regulator. Where  the water pressure supplied by the pumping system exceeds 80 psi (552 kPa)  static, a pressure-reducing valve shall be installed to reduce the pressure in  the nonpotable water distribution system piping to 80 psi (552 kPa) static or  less. Pressure-reducing valves shall be specified and installed in accordance  with the applicable provisions of Section 604.8. 
    1301.16 Distribution pipe. Distribution piping utilized in  nonpotable water stems shall comply with Sections 1301.16.1 through 1301.16.4. 
    1301.16.1 Materials, joints, and connections. Distribution  piping and fittings shall comply with the applicable material standards and  installation requirements in accordance with applicable provisions of Chapter  6. 
    1301.16.2 Design. Distribution piping shall be designed and  sized in accordance with the applicable provisions of Chapter 6. 
    1301.16.3 Labeling and marking. Distribution piping  labeling and marking shall comply with Section 608.8. 
    1301.16.4 Backflow prevention. Backflow preventers shall be  installed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 608. 
    1301.17 Tests and inspections. Tests and inspections shall  be performed in accordance with Sections 1301.17.1 through 1301.17.5. 
    1301.17.1 Drainage and vent pipe test. Drain, waste, and  vent piping used for gray water and rainwater nonpotable water systems shall be  tested in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 312. 
    1301.17.2 Storage tank test. Storage tanks shall be tested  in accordance with the Section 1301.10.11. 
    1301.17.3 Water supply system test. Nonpotable distribution  piping shall be tested in accordance with Section 312.5. 
    1301.17.4 Inspection and testing of backflow prevention  assemblies. The testing of backflow preventers and backwater valves shall be  conducted in accordance with Section 312.10. 
    1301.17.5 Inspection of vermin and insect protection.  Inlets and vent terminations shall be visually inspected to verify that each  termination is installed in accordance with Section 1301.10.8. 
    1301.18 Operation and maintenance manuals. Operations and  maintenance materials for nonpotable water systems shall be provided as  prescribed by the system component manufacturers and supplied to the owner to  be kept in a readily accessible location. 
    17. [ Add Change the title of ]  Section 1302 [ entitled of the IPC to ] "Gray  Water Nonpotable Water [ Systems" to the IPC.  Systems." ]
    18. [ Add Change ] Sections  1302.1 through 1302.6, including subsections, [ to of ]  the IPC to read: 
    1302.1 Gray water nonpotable water systems. This code is  applicable to the plumbing fixtures, piping or piping systems, storage tanks,  drains, appurtenances, and appliances that are part of the distribution system  for gray water within buildings and to storage tanks and associated piping that  are part of the distribution system for gray water outside of buildings. This  code does not regulate equipment used for, or the methods of, processing, filtering,  or treating gray water, that may be regulated by the Virginia Department of  Health or the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality. 
    1302.1.1 Separate systems. Gray water nonpotable water  systems, unless approved otherwise under the permit from the Virginia  Department of Health, shall be separate from the potable water system of a  building with no cross connections between the two systems except as permitted  by the Virginia Department of Health. 
    1302.2 Water quality. Each application of gray water reuse  shall meet the minimum water quality requirements set forth in Sections  1302.2.1 through 1302.2.4 unless otherwise superseded by other state agencies. 
    1302.2.1 Disinfection. Where the intended use or reuse  application for nonpotable water requires disinfection or other treatment or  both, it shall be disinfected as needed to ensure that the required water  quality is delivered at the point of use or reuse. 
    1302.2.2 Residual disinfectants. Where chlorine is used for  disinfection, the nonpotable water shall contain not more than 4 parts per  million (4 mg/L) of free chlorine, combined chlorine, or total chlorine. Where  ozone is used for disinfection, the nonpotable water shall not exceed 0.1 parts  per million (by volume) of ozone at the point of use. 
    1302.2.3 Filtration. Water collected for reuse shall be  filtered as required for the intended end use. Filters shall be accessible for  inspection and maintenance. Filters shall utilize a pressure gauge or other  approved method to indicate when a filter requires servicing or replacement.  Shutoff valves installed immediately upstream and downstream of the filter  shall be included to allow for isolation during maintenance. 
    1302.2.4 Filtration required. Gray water utilized for water  closet and urinal flushing applications shall be filtered by a 100 micron or  finer filter. 
    1302.3 Storage tanks. Storage tanks utilized in gray water  nonpotable water systems shall comply with Section 1301.10. 
    1302.4 Retention time limits. Untreated gray water shall be  retained in storage tanks for a maximum of 24 hours. 
    1302.5 Tank Location. Storage tanks shall be located with a  minimum horizontal distance between various elements as indicated in Table  1302.5.1. 
                | Table 1302.5.1Location of Nonpotable Gray Water Reuse Storage Tanks
 | 
         | Element | Minimum Horizontal     Distancefrom Storage Tank (feet)
 | 
          | Lot line adjoining private lots | 5 | 
       | Sewage systems | 5 | 
       | Septic tanks | 5 | 
       | Water wells | 50 | 
       | Streams and lakes | 50 | 
       | Water service | 5 | 
       | Public water main | 10 | 
  
    1302.6 Valves. Valves shall be supplied on gray water  nonpotable water drainage systems in accordance with Sections 1302.6.1 and  1302.6.2. 
    1302.6.1 Bypass valve. One three-way diverter valve  certified to NSF 50 or other approved device shall be installed on collection  piping upstream of each storage tank, or drainfield, as applicable, to divert  untreated gray water to the sanitary sewer to allow servicing and inspection of  the system. Bypass valves shall be installed downstream of fixture traps and  vent connections. Bypass valves shall be labeled to indicate the direction of  flow, connection, and storage tank or drainfield connection. Bypass valves  shall be provided with access for operation and maintenance. Two shutoff valves  shall not be installed to serve as a bypass valve. 
    1302.6.2 Backwater valve. Backwater valves shall be  installed on each overflow and tank drain pipe to prevent unwanted water from  draining back into the storage tank. If the overflow and drain piping  arrangement is installed to physically not allow water to drain back into the  tank, such as in the form of an air gap, backwater valves shall not be  required. Backwater valves shall be constructed and installed in accordance  with Section 715. 
    19. [ Add Change the title of ]  Section 1303 [ entitled of the IPC to ] "Rainwater  Nonpotable Water [ Systems" to the IPC.  Systems." ]
    20. [ Add Change ] Sections  1303.1 through 1303.10 [ and add Section 1303.11 ],  including subsections, to the IPC to read: 
    1303.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern  the design, construction, installation, alteration, and repair of rainwater  nonpotable water systems for the collection, storage, treatment, and  distribution of rainwater for nonpotable applications. 
    1303.2 Water quality. Each application of rainwater reuse  shall meet the minimum water quality requirements set forth in Sections  1303.2.1 through 1303.2.4 unless otherwise superseded by other state agencies. 
    1303.2.1 Disinfection. Where the intended use or reuse  application for nonpotable water requires disinfection or other treatment or  both, it shall be disinfected as needed to ensure that the required water  quality is delivered at the point of use or reuse. 
    1303.2.2 Residual disinfectants. Where chlorine is used for  disinfection, the nonpotable water shall contain not more than 4 parts per  million (4 mg/L) of free chlorine, combined chlorine, or total chlorine. Where  ozone is used for disinfection, the nonpotable water shall not exceed 0.1 parts  per million (by volume) of ozone at the point of use. 
    1303.2.3 Filtration. Water collected for reuse shall be  filtered as required for the intended end use. Filters shall be accessible for  inspection and maintenance. Filters shall utilize a pressure gauge or other  approved method to indicate when a filter requires servicing or replacement.  Shutoff valves installed immediately upstream and downstream of the filter  shall be included to allow for isolation during maintenance. 
    1303.2.4 Filtration required. Rainwater utilized for water  closet and urinal flushing applications shall be filtered by a 100 micron or  finer filter. 
    1303.3 Collection surface. Rainwater shall be collected  only from aboveground impervious roofing surfaces constructed from approved  materials. Overflow or discharge piping from appliances or equipment, or both,  including but not limited to evaporative coolers, water heaters, and solar  water heaters shall not discharge onto rainwater collection surfaces. 
    1303.4 Collection surface diversion. At a minimum, the  first 0.04 inches (1.016 mm) of each rain event of 25 gallons (94.6 L) per 1000  square feet (92.9 m2) shall be diverted from the storage tank by  automatic means and not require the operation of manually operated valves or  devices. Diverted water shall not drain onto other collection surfaces that are  discharging to the rainwater system or to the sanitary sewer. Such water shall  be diverted from the storage tank and discharged in an approved location. 
    1303.5 Pre-tank filtration. Downspouts, conductors, and  leaders shall be connected to a pre-tank filtration device. The filtration  device shall not permit materials larger than 0.015 inches (0.4 mm). 
    1303.6 Roof gutters and downspouts. Gutters and downspouts  shall be constructed of materials that are compatible with the collection  surface and the rainwater quality for the desired end use. Joints shall be made  watertight. 
    1303.6.1 Slope. Roof gutters, leaders, and rainwater  collection piping shall slope continuously toward collection inlets. Gutters  and downspouts shall have a slope of not less than 1 unit in 96 units along  their entire length and shall not permit the collection or pooling of water at  any point. 
    Exception: Siphonic roof drainage systems installed in  accordance with Chapter 11 shall not be required to have slope. 
    1303.6.2 Size. Gutters and downspouts shall be installed  and sized in accordance with Section 1106.6 and local rainfall rates. 
    1303.6.3 Cleanouts. Cleanouts or other approved openings  shall be provided to permit access to all filters, flushes, pipes, and  downspouts. 
    1303.7 Storage tanks. Storage tanks utilized in rainwater  nonpotable water systems shall comply with Section 1301.10. 
    1303.8 Location. Storage tanks shall be located with a  minimum horizontal distance between various elements as indicated in Table  1303.8.1.
           | Table 1303.8.1Location of Rainwater Storage Tanks
 | 
       | Element | Minimum Horizontal Distancefrom Storage Tank (feet)
 | 
       | Lot line adjoining private lots | 5 | 
       | Sewage systems | 5 | 
       | Septic tanks | 5 | 
  
    1303.9 Valves. Valves shall be installed in collection and  conveyance drainage piping of rainwater nonpotable water systems in accordance  with Sections 1303.9.1 and 1303.9.2. 
    1303.9.1 Influent diversion. A means shall be provided to  divert storage tank influent to allow maintenance and repair of the storage  tank system. 
    1303.9.2 Backwater valve. Backwater valves shall be  installed on each overflow and tank drain pipe to prevent unwanted water from  draining back into the storage tank. If the overflow and drain piping  arrangement is installed to physically not allow water to drain back into the  tank, such as in the form of an air gap, backwater valves shall not be  required. Backwater valves shall be constructed and installed in accordance  with Section 715. 
    1303.10 Tests and inspections. Tests and inspections shall  be performed in accordance with Sections 1303.10.1 through 1303.10.2. 
    1303.10.1 Roof gutter inspection and test. Roof gutters  shall be inspected to verify that the installation and slope is in accordance  with Section 1303.6.1. Gutters shall be tested by pouring a minimum of one  gallon of water into the end of the gutter opposite the collection point. The  gutter being tested shall not leak and shall not retain standing water. 
    1303.10.2 Collection surface diversion test. A collection  surface diversion test shall be performed by introducing water into the gutters  or onto the collection surface area. Diversion of the first quantity of water  in accordance with the requirements of Section 1303.4 shall be verified. 
    21. Add Section 1304 entitled "Reclaimed Water  Systems" to the IPC. 
    22. Add Sections 1304.1 and 1304.2 to the IPC to read: 
    1304.1 General. Reclaimed water, water reclamation systems,  reclaimed water distribution systems, and allowable nonpotable reuses of  reclaimed water are as defined or specified in and governed by the Virginia  Water Reclamation and Reuse Regulation (9VAC25-740). Permits from the Virginia  State Water Control Board are required for such systems and reuses. The  provisions of Section 1304 shall govern the design, construction, installation,  alterations, and repair of plumbing fixtures, piping or piping systems, storage  tanks, drains, appurtenances, and appliances that are part of the distribution  system for reclaimed water within buildings and to storage tanks for reclaimed  water as defined in the Virginia Water Reclamation and Reuse Regulation  (9VAC25-740) and associated piping outside of buildings that deliver reclaimed  water into buildings. Where conflicts occur between this code and the Virginia  Water Reclamation and Reuse Regulation (9VAC25-740), the provisions of the  Virginia Water Reclamation and Reuse Regulation (9VAC25-740) shall apply unless  determined otherwise by the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality and  DHCD through a memorandum of agreement. 
    1304.2 Design of reclaimed water systems. The design of  reclaimed water systems shall conform to applicable requirements of Section  1301. 
    Exception: The design of reclaimed water systems shall  conform to applicable requirements of the Virginia Water Reclamation and Reuse  Regulation (9VAC25-740) for the following: 
    1. Identification, labeling, and posting of signage for  reclaimed water systems in lieu of signage requirements described in Section  1301.4. 
    2. Sizing of system storage as defined in the Virginia  Water Reclamation and Reuse Regulation (9VAC25-740), in addition to storage  sizing requirements described in Section 1301.10.1. 
    3. Signage and labeling for reclaimed water storage in  addition to labeling and signage requirements described in Section 1301.10.10. 
    4. Minimum separation distances and configurations for  in-ground reclaimed water distribution piping in lieu of trenching requirements  for nonpotable water systems described in Section 1301.11. 
    23. Add the following referenced standard to Chapter 14 of  the IPC: 
           | Standard Reference Number | Title | Referenced in Code Section Number | 
       | [ NSF/ANSINSF ] 50-09 | Equipment for Swimming Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs and Other    Recreational Water Facilities | 1302.6.1 | 
  
    C. Modify the Group A-5  "Description" category of Table 2902.1 of the IBC to read: 
           | Stadiums, amusement parks, pools, bleachers, and    grandstands for outdoor sporting events and activitiesh | 
  
    D. Add footnote "h" to Table 2902.1 of the IBC  to read: 
    h. The occupant load for pools shall be in accordance with  the "Skating rinks, swimming pools" category of Table 1004.1.2. 
    13VAC5-63-330. Chapter 30 Elevators and conveying systems. 
    A. Change Section 3002.4 of the IBC to read: 
    3002.4 Elevator car to accommodate ambulance stretcher. Where  elevators are provided in buildings four or more stories above, or four or more  stories below, grade plane, at least one elevator shall be provided for fire  department emergency access to all floors. The elevator car shall be of such a  size and arrangement to accommodate an ambulance stretcher 24 inches by 84  inches (610 mm by 2134 mm) with not less than five-inch (127 mm) radius  corners, in the horizontal, open position and shall be identified by the  international symbol for emergency medical services (star of life). The symbol  shall not be less than three inches (76 mm) high and shall be placed inside on  both sides of the hoistway door frame on the designated and alternate landing  floors required to be established by ASME A17.1. 
    Exception: Elevators in multistory dwelling units or guest  rooms. 
    B. Add Change Section 3003.2.1 to 3003.3  of the IBC to read: 
    3003.2.1 Standardized fire 3003.3 Fire service  elevator keys. Where a key is required to operate the emergency function of  an elevator, the key shall be All elevators shall be equipped to operate  with either a standardized or non-standardized fire service elevator  key in accordance with the Virginia Statewide Fire Prevention Code  (13VAC5-51) IFC. 
    C. Change Section 3006.4 of the IBC to read: 
    3006.4 Machine [ and control ] rooms [ ,  control spaces, ] and machinery spaces. Elevator machine rooms, rooms  [ and spaces ] housing elevator controllers, and machinery  spaces shall be enclosed with fire barriers constructed in accordance with  Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 712  711, or both. The fire-resistance rating shall not be less than the  required rating of the hoistway enclosure [ served by the machinery ].  Openings in the fire barriers shall be protected with assemblies having a fire  protection rating not less than that required for the hoistway enclosure doors.  
    [ Exceptions Exception: 1. Where machine  rooms, rooms housing elevator controllers, and machinery spaces do not abut and  have no openings to the hoistway enclosure they serve, the fire barriers  constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed  in accordance with Section ] 712 [ 711, or both,  shall be permitted to be reduced to a one-hour fire-resistance rating. 2. ]  In buildings four stories or less above grade plane when [ elevator ]  machine rooms, rooms [ and spaces ] housing elevator  controllers, and machinery [ rooms spaces ] do not abut  and have no openings to the hoistway enclosure they serve, the [ elevator ]  machine [ room, room rooms, rooms and spaces ] housing  elevator controllers, and machinery spaces are not required to be  fire-resistance rated. 
    D. Add Section 3006.7 to the  IBC to read: 
    3006.7 Machine-room-less designs. Where machine-room-less  designs are utilized they shall comply with the provisions of ASME A17.1 and  incorporate the following: 
    1. Where the elevator car-top will be used as a work platform,  it shall be equipped with permanently installed guards on all open sides.  Guards shall be permitted to be of collapsible design, but otherwise must  conform to all applicable requirements of this code for guards. 
    2. Where the equipment manufacturer's procedures for machinery  removal and replacement depend on overhead structural support or lifting  points, such supports or lifting points shall be permanently installed at the  time of initial equipment installation. 
    3. Where the structure that the elevator will be located in is  required to be fully sprinklered by this code, the hoistway that the elevator  machine is located in shall be equipped with a fire suppression system as a  machine room in accordance with NFPA 13. Smoke detectors for the automatic  initiation of Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, and heat detectors or other  approved devices that automatically disconnect the main line power supply to  the elevators, shall be installed within the hoistway. 
    E. Change Section 3008.1 of the IBC to read: 
    3008.1 General. Where elevators in buildings greater than 420  feet (128 016 mm) in building height are to be used for occupant  self-evacuation during fires, all passenger elevators for general public use  shall comply with this section. 
    [ 13VAC5-63-335. 13VAC5-63-336. Chapter  31 ] Special construction. 
    A. Change the title of IBC Section 3109 to read: 
    Swimming Pools, Swimming Pool Enclosures, and Aquatic  Recreational Facilities. 
    B. Change Section 3109.1 of the IBC to read as follows  [ :, ] add Section 3109.1.1 to the IBC to  read as follows [ , ] and delete the remainder of  Section 3109 of the IBC: 
    3109.1 General. Swimming pools, swimming pool enclosures,  and aquatic recreational facilities, as that term is defined in the ISPSC,  shall comply with applicable provisions of the ISPSC. 
    3109.1.1 Changes to the ISPSC. The following changes shall  be made to the ISPSC: 
    1. Add Section 410.2 and related subsections to the ISPSC  to read: 
    410.2 Showers. Showers shall be in accordance with Sections  410.2.1 through 410.2.5. 
    410.2.1 Deck hand shower or shower spray unit. Not less  than one and not greater than half of the total number of showers required by  Section 410.1 shall be a hand shower or spray shower unit located on the deck  of or at the entrance of each pool. 
    410.2.2 Anti-scald device. Where heated water is provided  to the showers, the shower water supply shall be controlled by an anti-scald  device. 
    401.2.3 Water heater and mixing valve. Bather access to  water heaters and thermostatically controlled mixing valves for showers shall  be prohibited. 
    401.2.4 Flow rate. Each showerhead shall have a water flow  of not less than 2 gallons per minute (7.6 lpm). 
    401.2.5 Temperature. At each showerhead, the heated shower  water temperature shall not exceed 120oF (49oC) and shall  not be less than 90oF (32oC). 
    2. Change the title of Section 609 of the ISPSC to read: 
    Dressing and Sanitary Facilities.
    3. Change Section 609.3.1 of  the ISPSC to read: 
    609.3.1 Deck hand shower or shower spray unit. Not less  than one and not greater than half of the total number of showers required by  Section 609.2 shall be a hand shower or shower spray unit located on the deck  of or at the entrance of each pool. 
    13VAC5-63-350. Chapter 34 Existing structures. 
    A. Change Section 3401.1 of the IBC to read: Delete  Chapter 34 of the IBC in its entirety. 
    3401.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter and the  applicable requirements of Chapter 1 shall control the alteration, repair,  addition and change of occupancy of existing structures. 
    B. Delete IBC Sections 3401.2, 3401.3, 3401.4, and 3401.5.  
    C. Delete IBC Sections 3403, 3404, 3405, and 3406. 
    D. Change Section 3407.1 of the IBC to read: 
    3407.1 Standards for replacement glass. In accordance with  § 36-99.2 of the Code of Virginia, any replacement glass installed in buildings  constructed prior to the first edition of the USBC shall meet the quality and  installation standards for glass installed in new buildings as are in effect at  the time of installation. In addition, as a requirement of this code, the  installation or replacement of glass in buildings constructed under any edition  of the USBC shall be as required for new installations. 
    E. Delete IBC Section 3408. 
    F. Delete IBC Section 3410. 
    G. Change Section 3412.2 of the IBC to read: 
    3412.2 Applicability. When specifically requested by an  owner or an owner's agent in structures where there is work involving  additions, alterations or changes of occupancy, the provisions in Sections  3412.2.1 through 3412.2.5 shall apply to existing occupancies that will  continue to be, or are proposed to be, in Groups A, B, E, F, M, R, S and U.  These provisions shall not apply to buildings with occupancies in Group H or I.  
    H. Add an exception to Section 3412.2.1 of the IBC to  read: 
    Exception: Plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems in  buildings undergoing a change of occupancy shall be subject to any applicable  requirements of Section 103.3 of this code. 
    I. Change Section 3412.2.5 of the IBC to read:
    3412.2.5 Accessibility requirements. All portions of the  buildings proposed for change of occupancy and all alterations to existing  buildings shall conform to the applicable accessibility provisions of Section  3411.
    J. Add IBC Section 3413 Retrofit Requirements. 
    K. Add Section 3413.1 to the IBC to read: 
    3413.1 Scope. In accordance with Section 103.7 and as  setout herein, the following buildings are required to be provided with certain  fire protection equipment or systems or other retrofitted components. 
    L. Add Section 3413.2 to the IBC to read: 
    3413.2 Smoke detectors in colleges and universities. In  accordance with Section 36-99.3 of the Code of Virginia, college and university  buildings containing dormitories for sleeping purposes shall be provided with  battery-powered or AC-powered smoke detector devices installed therein in  accordance with this code in effect on July 1, 1982. All public and private  college and university dormitories shall have installed such detectors  regardless of when the building was constructed. The chief administrative  office of the college or university shall obtain a certificate of compliance  with the provisions of this subsection from the building official of the  locality in which the college or university is located or in the case of  state-owned buildings, from the Director of the Virginia Department of General  Services. The provisions of this section shall not apply to any dormitory at a  state-supported military college or university which is patrolled 24 hours a  day by military guards. 
    M. Add Section 3413.3 to the IBC to read: 
    3413.3 Smoke detectors in certain juvenile care facilities.  In accordance with § 36-99.4 of the Code of Virginia, battery-powered or  AC-powered smoke detectors shall be installed in all local and regional  detention homes, group homes, and other residential care facilities for  children and juveniles which are operated by or under the auspices of the  Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice, regardless of when the building was  constructed, by July 1, 1986, in accordance with the provisions of this code  that were in effect on July 1, 1984. Administrators of such homes and  facilities shall be responsible for the installation of the smoke detector  devices. 
    N. Add Section 3413.4 to the IBC to read: 
    3413.4 Smoke detectors for the deaf and hearing-impaired.  In accordance with Section 36-99.5 of the Code of Virginia, smoke detectors  providing an effective intensity of not less than 100 candela to warn a deaf or  hearing-impaired individual shall be provided, upon request by the occupant to  the landlord or proprietor, to any deaf or hearing-impaired occupant of any of  the following occupancies, regardless of when constructed: 
    1. All dormitory buildings arranged for the shelter and  sleeping accommodations of more than 20 individuals; 
    2. All multiple-family dwellings having more than two  dwelling units, including all dormitories, boarding and lodging houses arranged  for shelter and sleeping accommodations of more than five individuals; or 
    3. All buildings arranged for use of one-family or  two-family dwelling units. 
    A tenant shall be responsible for the maintenance and  operation of the smoke detector in the tenant's unit. 
    A hotel or motel shall have available no fewer than one  such smoke detector for each 70 units or portion thereof, except that this  requirement shall not apply to any hotel or motel with fewer than 35 units. The  proprietor of the hotel or motel shall post in a conspicuous place at the  registration desk or counter a permanent sign stating the availability of smoke  detectors for the hearing impaired. Visual detectors shall be provided for all  meeting rooms for which an advance request has been made. 
    O. Add Sections 3413.5, 3413.5.1, and 3413.5.2 to the IBC  to read: 
    3413.5 Assisted living facilities (formerly known as adult  care residences or homes for adults). Existing assisted living facilities  licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services shall comply with this  section. 
    3413.5.1 Fire protective signaling system and fire  detection system. A fire protective signaling system and an automatic fire detection  system meeting the requirements of the USBC, Volume I, 1987 Edition, Third  Amendment, shall be installed in assisted living facilities by August 1, 1994. 
    Exception: Assisted living facilities that are equipped  throughout with a fire protective signaling system and an automatic fire  detection system. 
    3413.5.2 Single and multiple station smoke detectors.  Battery or AC-powered single and multiple station smoke detectors meeting the  requirements of the USBC, Volume I, 1987 Edition, Third Amendment, shall be  installed in assisted living facilities by August 1, 1994. 
    Exception: Assisted living facilities that are equipped  throughout with single and multiple station smoke detectors. 
    P. Add Section 3413.6 to the IBC to read: 
    3413.6 Smoke detectors in buildings containing dwelling  units. AC-powered smoke detectors with battery backup or an equivalent device  shall be required to be installed to replace a defective or inoperative  battery-powered smoke detector located in buildings containing one or more dwelling  units or rooming houses offering to rent overnight sleeping accommodations,  when it is determined by the building official that the responsible party of  such building or dwelling unit fails to maintain battery-powered smoke  detectors in working condition. 
    Q. Add Section 3413.7 to the IBC to read: 
    3413.7 Fire suppression, fire alarm and fire detection  systems in nursing homes and facilities. Fire suppression systems as required  by the edition of this code in effect on October 1, 1990, shall be installed in  all nursing facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of Health by January  1, 1993, regardless of when such facilities or institutions were constructed.  Units consisting of certified long-term care beds located on the ground floor  of general hospitals shall be exempt from the requirements of this section. 
    Fire alarm or fire detector systems, or both, as required  by the edition of this code in effect on October 1, 1990, shall be installed in  all nursing homes and nursing facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of  Health by August 1, 1994. 
    R. Add Section 3413.8 to the IBC to read: 
    3413.8 Fire suppression systems in hospitals. Fire  suppression systems shall be installed in all hospitals licensed by the  Virginia Department of Health as required by the edition of this code in effect  on October 1, 1995, regardless of when such facilities were constructed. 
    S. Add Section 3413.9 to the IBC to read: 
    3413.9 Identification of handicapped parking spaces by  above grade signs. All parking spaces reserved for the use of handicapped  persons shall be identified by above grade signs, regardless of whether  identification of such spaces by above grade signs was required when any  particular space was reserved for the use of handicapped persons. A sign or symbol  painted or otherwise displayed on the pavement of a parking space shall not  constitute an above grade sign. Any parking space not identified by an above  grade sign shall not be a parking space reserved for the handicapped within the  meaning of this section. All above grade handicapped parking space signs shall  have the bottom edge of the sign no lower than four feet (1219 mm) nor higher  than seven feet (2133 mm) above the parking surface. Such signs shall be  designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 11 of  this code. All disabled parking signs shall include the following language:  PENALTY, $100-500 Fine, TOW-AWAY ZONE. Such language may be placed on a  separate sign and attached below existing above grade disabled parking signs,  provided that the bottom edge of the attached sign is no lower than four feet  above the parking surface. 
    T. Add Section 3413.10 to the IBC to read: 
    3413.10 Smoke detectors in hotels and motels. Smoke  detectors shall be installed in hotels and motels as required by the edition of  VR 394-01-22, USBC, Volume II, in effect on March 1, 1990, by the dates  indicated, regardless of when constructed. 
    U. Add Section 3413.11 to the IBC to read: 
    3413.11 Sprinkler systems in hotel and motels. By September  1, 1997, an automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in hotels and motels  as required by the edition of VR 394-01-22, USBC, Volume II, in effect on March  1, 1990, regardless of when constructed. 
    V. Add Section 3413.12 to the IBC to read: 
    3413.12 Fire suppression systems in dormitories. An  automatic fire suppression system shall be provided throughout all buildings  having a Group R-2 fire area which are more than 75 feet (22,860 mm) or six  stories above the lowest level of exit discharge and which are used, in whole  or in part, as a dormitory to house students by any public or private  institution of higher education, regardless of when such buildings were  constructed, in accordance with the edition of this code in effect on August  20, 1997, and the requirements for sprinkler systems under the edition of the  NFPA 13 standard referenced by that code. The automatic fire suppression system  shall be installed by September 1, 1999. The chief administrative office of the  college or university shall obtain a certificate of compliance from the  building official of the locality in which the college or university is located  or in the case of state-owned buildings, from the Director of the Virginia  Department of General Services. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Buildings equipped with an automatic fire suppression  system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or the 1983 or later editions of  NFPA 13. 
    2. Any dormitory at a state-supported military college or  university which is patrolled 24 hours a day by military guards. 
    3. Application of the requirements of this section shall be  modified in accordance with the following: 
    3.1. Building systems, equipment or components other than  the fire suppression system shall not be required to be added or upgraded  except as necessary for the installation of the fire suppression system and  shall only be required to be added or upgraded where the installation of the  fire suppression system creates an unsafe condition. 
    3.2. Residential sprinklers shall be used in all sleeping  rooms. Other sprinklers shall be quick response or residential unless deemed  unsuitable for a space. Standard response sprinklers shall be used in elevator  hoist ways and machine rooms. 
    3.3. Sprinklers shall not be required in wardrobes in  sleeping rooms that are considered part of the building construction or in  closets in sleeping rooms, when such wardrobes or closets (i) do not exceed 24  square feet (2.23 m2) in area, (ii) have the smallest dimension less  than 36 inches (914 mm), and (iii) comply with all of the following: 
    3.3.1. A single station smoke detector monitored by the  building fire alarm system is installed in the room containing the wardrobe or  closet that will activate the general alarm for the building if the single  station smoke detector is not cleared within five minutes after activation. 
    3.3.2. The minimum number of sprinklers required for  calculating the hydraulic demand of the system for the room shall be increased  by two and the two additional sprinklers shall be corridor sprinklers where the  wardrobe or closet is used to divide the room. Rooms divided by a wardrobe or  closet shall be considered one room for the purpose of this requirement. 
    3.3.3. The ceiling of the wardrobe, closet or room shall  have a fire resistance rating of not less than 1/2 hour. 
    3.4. Not more than one sprinkler shall be required in  bathrooms within sleeping rooms or suites having a floor area between 55 square  feet (5.12 m2) and 120 square feet (11.16 m2) provided  the sprinkler is located to protect the lavatory area and the plumbing fixtures  are of a noncombustible material. 
    3.5. Existing standpipe residual pressure shall be  permitted to be reduced when the standpipe serves as the water supply for the  fire suppression system provided the water supply requirements of NFPA 13-94  are met. 
    3.6. Limited service controllers shall be permitted for  fire pumps when used in accordance with their listing. 
    3.7. Where a standby power system is required, a source of  power in accordance with Section 701-11 (d) or 701-11 (e) of NFPA 70—96 shall  be permitted. 
    W. Add Section 3413.13 to the IBC to read: 
    3413.13 Fire extinguishers and smoke detectors in SRCF's.  SRCF's shall be provided with at least one approved type ABC portable fire  extinguisher with a minimum rating of 2A10BC installed in each kitchen. In  addition, SRCF's shall provide at least one approved and properly installed  battery operated smoke detector outside of each sleeping area in the vicinity  of bedrooms and bedroom hallways and on each additional floor. 
    X. Add Section 3413.14 to the IBC to read: 
    3413.14 Smoke detectors in adult day care centers.  Battery-powered or AC-powered smoke detector devices shall be installed in all  adult day care centers licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services,  regardless of when the building was constructed. The location and installation  of the smoke detectors shall be determined by the provisions of this code in  effect on October 1, 1990. The licensee shall obtain a certificate of  compliance from the building official of the locality in which the center is  located, or in the case of state-owned buildings, from the Director of the  Virginia Department of General Services. 
    Y. Add Section 3413.15 to the IBC to read: 
    3413.15 Posting of occupant load. Every room or space that  is an assembly occupancy, and where the occupant load of that room or space is  50 or more, shall have the occupant load of the room or space as determined by  the building official posted in a conspicuous place, near the main exit or exit  access doorway from the room or space. Posted signs shall be of an approved  legible permanent design and shall be maintained by the owner or authorized  agent.
    Z. Add Section 3413.16 to the IBC to read:
    3413.16 ALFSTs. Existing ALFSTs, regardless of when  constructed, shall by October 1, 2011, meet the applicable requirements of API  653 and TFI RMIP for suitability for service and inspections and shall provide  a secondary containment system complying with Section 425.3.
    13VAC5-63-360. Chapter 35 Referenced standards. 
    Change the referenced standards in Chapter 35 of the IBC as  follows (standards not shown remain the same):
           | Standard reference number | Title | Referenced in code section number | 
       | ASTM E329-02 | Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing    and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction | 1703.1, 1703.1.3 | 
       | API 650-09 | Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage | 425.2426.2
 | 
       | API 653-09 | Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration and Reconstruction | 425.4, 425.5, 3413.16426.4, 426.5
 | 
       | ASME A17.1/CSA B44-2007ASME A17.1-2010/CSA B44-10
 | Safety Code for Elevators and    Escalators with 2008 and 2009 Addenda | 907.3.3, 911.1.5, 1007.4, 1607.8.1,    1613.6.5,1607.9.1, 3001.2, 3001.4, 3002.5, 3003.2, 3007.1,3008.3,    3008.12, 3008.14.1, 3411.8.23007.2, 3008.2, 3008.2.1, 3008.7.6m,    3008.8.1 | 
       | ASME A18.1-2011 | Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts | 1109.8, 2702.2.6 | 
       | NFPA 704-07
 | Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency    Response
 | 425.2
 | 
       | ISPSC-12 | International Swimming Pool and Spa Code | 202, 3109.1, 3109.1.1 | 
       | TFI RMIP-09 | Aboveground Storage Tanks Containing Liquid Fertilizer,    Recommended Mechanical Integrity Practices | 425.2, 425.4, 425.5, 3413.16 
 426.2, 426.4, 426.5 | 
       | UL 2034-08
 | Standard for Single- and Multiple-station Carbon Monoxide    Alarms
 | 908.7.1
 | 
       | [ UL 294-10 | Access Control System Units | 1008.1.9.8 | 
       | UL 2075-13 | Standard for Gas and Vapor Detectors and Sensors | 908.7.3 ]  | 
  
    13VAC5-63-390. Appendix I Patio covers. 
    The following provisions from Appendix I of the IBC are  shall be part of this code:. 
    I101 through I104 (Includes all provisions.) 
    Part II 
  Rehabilitation 
    13VAC5-63-400. Chapter 1 Administration; Section 101 General. 
    A. Section 101.1 Short title. The Virginia Uniform Statewide  Building Code, Part II, Rehabilitation, may be cited as the "Virginia  Rehabilitation Code," or as the "VRC." 
    B. Section 101.2 Incorporation by reference. Chapters 2 - 15  16 of the 2009 2012 International Existing Building Code,  published by the International Code Council, Inc., are adopted and incorporated  by reference to be an enforceable part of the Virginia Rehabilitation Code  VRC. The term "IEBC" means the 2009 2012  International Existing Building Code, published by the International Code  Council, Inc. Any codes and standards referenced in the IEBC are also  considered to be part of the incorporation by reference, except that such codes  and standards are used only to the prescribed extent of each such reference. 
    C. Section 101.3 Numbering system. A dual numbering system is  used in the Virginia Rehabilitation Code VRC to correlate the  numbering system of the Virginia Administrative Code with the numbering system  of the IEBC. IEBC numbering system designations are provided in the catch-lines  of the Virginia Administrative Code sections and cross references between  sections or chapters of the Virginia Rehabilitation Code VRC use  only the IEBC numbering system designations. The term "chapter" is  used in the context of the numbering system of the IEBC and may mean a chapter  in the Virginia Rehabilitation Code VRC, a chapter in the IEBC or  a chapter in a referenced code or standard, depending on the context of the use  of the term. The term "chapter" is not used to designate a chapter of  the Virginia Administrative Code, unless clearly indicated. 
    D. Section 101.4 Arrangement of code provisions. The Virginia  Rehabilitation Code VRC is comprised of the combination of (i) the  provisions of Chapter 1, Administration, which are established herein, (ii)  Chapters 2 - 15 16 of the IEBC, which are incorporated by  reference in Section 101.2, and (iii) the changes to the text of the  incorporated chapters of the IEBC that are specifically identified,  including any new chapters added. The terminology "changes to the text  of the incorporated chapters of the IEBC that are specifically identified, including  any new chapters added" shall also be referred to as the "state  amendments to the IEBC." Such state amendments to the IEBC are set out  using corresponding chapter and section numbers of the IEBC numbering system.  In addition, since Chapter 1 of the IEBC is not incorporated as part of the Virginia  Rehabilitation Code VRC, any reference to a provision of Chapter 1  of the IEBC in the provisions of Chapters 2 - 15 16 of the IEBC  is generally invalid. However, where the purpose of such a reference would  clearly correspond to a provision of Chapter 1 established herein, then the  reference may be construed to be a valid reference to such corresponding  Chapter 1 provision. 
    E. Section 101.5 Use of terminology and notes. The term  "this code," or "the code," where used in the provisions of  Chapter 1, in Chapters 2 - 15 16 of the IEBC, or in the  state amendments to the IEBC, means the Virginia Rehabilitation Code  VRC, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The term "this  code," or "the code," where used in a code or standard  referenced in the IEBC, means that code or standard, unless the context  clearly indicates otherwise. The term "USBC" where used in this code,  means Part I of the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code, also  known as the "Virginia Construction Code VCC,"  unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. In addition, where the phrase  "of the International Building Code under which the building was  constructed" is used in the IEBC, it shall be construed to mean the USBC  or other code that was in effect when the building was built. Further, the use  of notes in Chapter 1 is to provide information only and shall not be construed  as changing the meaning of any code provision. Notes in the IEBC, in the codes  and standards referenced in the IEBC and in the state amendments to the IEBC,  may modify the content of a related provision and shall be considered to be a  valid part of the provision, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. 
    F. Section 101.6 Order of precedence. The provisions of this  code shall be used as follows: 
    1. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede  any conflicting provisions of Chapters 2 - 15 16 of the  IEBC and that address the same subject matter and impose differing  requirements. 
    2. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede  any conflicting provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the  IEBC that address the same subject matter and impose differing requirements.  In addition, the 
    3. The state amendments to the IEBC supersede any conflicting  provisions of Chapters 2 - 15 16 of the IEBC and that  address the same subject matter and impose differing requirements. 
    4. The state amendments to the IEBC supersede any conflicting  provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IEBC that address  the same subject matter and impose differing requirements. Further, the  
    5. The provisions of Chapters 2 - 15 16  of the IEBC supersede any conflicting provisions of the codes and  standards referenced in the IEBC that address the same subject matter and  impose differing requirements. 
    G. Section 101.7 Administrative provisions. The provisions of  Chapter 1 establish administrative requirements, which include but are not  limited to provisions relating to the scope and enforcement of the code. Any  provisions of Chapters 2 - 15 16 of the IEBC or any provisions of  the codes and standards referenced in the IEBC that address the same subject  matter to a lesser or greater extent are deleted and replaced by the provisions  of Chapter 1. Further, any administrative requirements contained in the state  amendments to the IEBC shall be given the same precedence as the provisions of  Chapter 1. Notwithstanding the above, where administrative requirements of  Chapters 2 - 15 16 of the IEBC or of the codes and standards referenced  in the IEBC are specifically identified as valid administrative requirements in  Chapter 1 of this code or in the state amendments to the IEBC, then such  requirements are not deleted and replaced. 
    Note: The purpose of this provision is to eliminate overlap,  conflicts and duplication by providing a single standard for administrative,  procedural and enforcement requirements of this code. 
    H. Section 101.8 Definitions. The definitions of terms used  in this code are contained in Chapter 2 along with specific provisions  addressing the use of definitions. Terms may be defined in other chapters or  provisions of the code and such definitions are also valid. 
    13VAC5-63-410. Section 102 Purpose and scope. 
    A. Section 102.1 Purpose. In accordance with § 36-99.01 of  the Code of Virginia, the General Assembly of Virginia has declared that (i)  there is an urgent need to improve the housing conditions of low and moderate  income individuals and families, many of whom live in substandard housing,  particularly in the older cities of the Commonwealth; (ii) there are large  numbers of older residential buildings in the Commonwealth, both occupied and  vacant, which are in urgent need of rehabilitation and must be rehabilitated if  the state's citizens are to be housed in decent, sound, and sanitary  conditions; and (iii) the application of those building code requirements  currently in force to housing rehabilitation has sometimes led to the  imposition of costly and time-consuming requirements that result in a  significant reduction in the amount of rehabilitation activity taking place. 
    The General Assembly further declares that (i) there is an  urgent need to improve the existing condition of many of the Commonwealth's  stock of commercial properties, particularly in older cities; (ii) there are  large numbers of older commercial buildings in the Commonwealth, both occupied  and vacant, that are in urgent need of rehabilitation and that must be  rehabilitated if the citizens of the Commonwealth are to be provided with  decent, sound and sanitary work spaces; and (iii) the application of the  existing building code to such rehabilitation has sometimes led to the  imposition of costly and time-consuming requirements that result in a  significant reduction in the amount of rehabilitation activity taking place. 
    B. Section 102.2 Scope. In accordance with Section 103.6  of the USBC, this code shall be an acceptable alternative to compliance with  the Virginia Construction Code for the rehabilitation of existing buildings and  structures. The provisions of this code shall control the  rehabilitation, reconstruction, alteration, repair, and change of occupancy of  existing buildings and structures in occupancies other than Group R-5 and shall  be permitted to be used as an alternative to compliance with the VCC for  additions to buildings in any occupancy classification and for reconstruction,  alteration or repair in Group R-5 occupancies. 
    Exception: The use of this code shall not be permitted for  change of occupancy involving Group I-2 or I-3. 
    13VAC5-63-420. Section 103 Application of code. 
    A. Section 103.1 General. The provisions of this code  shall control the rehabilitation, alteration, repair, addition and change of  occupancy of existing buildings and structures when this code is chosen as an  alternative to compliance with the Virginia Construction Code. All  administrative provisions of the Virginia Construction Code VCC,  including but not limited to, requirements for permits, inspections and  approvals by the local building department, provisions for appeals from  decisions of the local building department and the issuance of modifications,  are applicable to the use of this code, except where this code sets out  differing requirements. Where there is a conflict between a general requirement  and a specific requirement in the IEBC, the specific requirement shall govern. 
    Exception: the use of this code shall not be permitted for  change of occupancy involving Group I-2 or Group I-3. 
    B. Section 103.1.1 Use of performance code. Compliance with  the provisions of a nationally recognized performance code when approved as a  modification shall be considered to constitute compliance with this code. All  documents submitted as part of such consideration shall be retained in the  permanent records of the local building department. 
    C. Section 103.1.2 Preliminary meeting. When requested by a  prospective permit applicant or when determined necessary by the code official,  the code official shall meet with the prospective permit applicant prior to the  application for a permit to discuss plans for the proposed work or change of  occupancy in order to establish the specific applicability of the provisions of  this code. 
    D. Section 103.2 Change of occupancy. No change of  occupancy shall be made in any structure when the current USBC requires a  greater degree of accessibility, structural strength, fire protection, means of  egress, ventilation, or sanitation. When such a greater degree is required, the  owner or the owner's agent shall make written application to the local building  department for a new certificate of occupancy and shall obtain the new  certificate of occupancy prior to the new use of the structure. 
    When impractical to achieve compliance with this code for  the new occupancy classification, the building official shall consider  modifications upon application and as provided for in Section 106.3 of the VCC.  
    E. Section 103.3 Retrofit requirements. In accordance with  Section 103.7 of the VCC, the local building department shall enforce the  provisions of Section 1701 that require certain existing buildings to be  retrofitted with fire protection systems and other safety equipment.  Retroactive fire protection system requirements contained in the IFC shall not  be applicable unless required for compliance with the provisions of Section  1701. 
    F. Section 103.4 Nonrequired equipment. The following  criteria for nonrequired equipment is in accordance with § 36-103 of the Code  of Virginia. Building owners may elect to install partial or full fire alarms  or other safety equipment that was not required by the edition of the VCC in  effect at the time a building was constructed without meeting current  requirements of the code, provided the installation does not create a hazardous  condition. Permits for installation shall be obtained in accordance with the  VCC. In addition, as a requirement of this code, when such nonrequired  equipment is to be installed, the building official shall notify the  appropriate fire official or fire chief. 
    G. Section 103.4.1 Reduction in function or discontinuance  of nonrequired fire protection systems. When a nonrequired fire protection  system is to be reduced in function or discontinued, it shall be done in such a  manner so as not to create a false sense of protection. Generally, in such  cases, any features visible from interior areas shall be removed, such as  sprinkler heads, smoke detectors, or alarm panels or devices, but any wiring or  piping hidden within the construction of the building may remain. Approval of  the proposed method of reduction or discontinuance shall be obtained from the  building official. 
    H. Section 103.5 Equipment changes. Upon the replacement  or new installation of any fuel-burning appliances or equipment in existing  buildings, an inspection or inspections shall be conducted to ensure that the  connected vent or chimney systems comply with the following: 
    1. Vent or chimney systems are sized in accordance with  either the IRC, the IMC, or the IFGC, depending on which is applicable based on  the fuel source and the occupancy classification of the structure. 
    2. Vent or chimney systems are clean, free of any  obstruction or blockages, defects, or deterioration, and are in operable  condition. 
    Where not inspected by the local building department,  persons performing such changes or installations shall certify to the building  official that the requirements of Items 1 and 2 of this section are met. 
    I. Section 103.6 Requirements relating to maintenance.  Any requirements of the IEBC requiring the maintenance of existing buildings or  structures are invalid. 
    Note: Requirements for the maintenance of existing buildings  and structures and for unsafe conditions are contained in Part III of  the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building Code, also known as the  "Virginia Maintenance Code VMC." 
    E. J. Section 103.3 103.7 Use of  Appendix A. Appendix A of the IEBC provides guidelines for the seismic retrofit  of existing buildings. The use of this appendix is not mandatory but shall be  permitted to be utilized at the option of an owner, the owner's agent or the  RDP involved in a rehabilitation project. However, in no case shall the use of  Appendix A be construed to authorize the lowering of existing levels of health  or safety in buildings or structures being rehabilitated. 
    F. K. Section 103.4 103.8 Use of  Appendix B. Appendix B of the IEBC provides supplementary accessibility  requirements for existing buildings and facilities. All applicable requirements  of Appendix B shall be met in buildings and structures being rehabilitated. 
    G. L. Section [ 103.5 103.9 ]  Use of Resource A. Resource A of the IEBC provides guidelines for the  evaluation of fire resistance ratings of archaic materials and may be used in  conjunction with rehabilitation projects. 
    13VAC5-63-430. Chapter 2 Definitions. 
    A. Change Section 201.3 of the IEBC to read: 
    201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not  defined in this code and are defined in the other International Codes, such  terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in those codes, except that  terms that are not defined in this code and that are defined in the Virginia  Construction Code VCC shall take precedence over other definitions. 
    B. Change the following definition in Section 202 of the IEBC  to read: 
    Existing building. A building for which a legal certificate of  occupancy has been issued under any edition of the USBC and that has been  occupied for its intended use; or, a building built prior to the initial  edition of the USBC. 
    13VAC5-63-434. Chapter 7 8 Alterations -- Level  2. 
    A. Change Exception 2 of Section 705.2 805.2 to  read: 
    2. Means of egress conforming to the requirements of the  building code under which the building was constructed shall be considered  compliant means of egress. 
    B. Change Item 7 of Section 705.3.1.1 805.3.1.1  of the IEBC to read: 
    7. In Group Groups R-2, H-4, H-5 and I  occupancies and in rooming houses and childcare centers, a single exit is  permitted in a one-story building with a maximum occupant load of 10 and the  exit access travel distance does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm). In dwelling  units within Group R-2 buildings, an occupant load of 12 shall be permitted to  be substituted for the occupant load established above and, in addition, staff  of such family day homes shall not be counted for the purposes of establishing  occupant loads. 
    13VAC5-63-438. Chapter 11 12 Historic buildings. 
    Change Section 1101.2 1201.2  of the IEBC to read: 
    1101.2 1201.2 Report. The code official shall be  permitted to require that an historic building undergoing repair, alteration or  change of occupancy be investigated and evaluated by an RDP or other qualified  person or agency as a condition of determining compliance with this code. 
    13VAC5-63-440. Chapter 13 14 Performance  compliance methods. 
    A. Change Section 1301.2 1401.2 of the IEBC to  read: 
    1301.2 1401.2 Applicability. Work involving  rehabilitation, additions, alterations or changes of occupancy shall be made to  conform to the requirements of this chapter or the provisions of Chapters 4  5 through 12 13. The provisions in Sections 1301.2.1  1401.2.1 through 1301.2.5 1401.2.5 shall apply to existing  occupancies that will continue to be, or are proposed to be, in Groups A, B, E,  F, M, R, S and U. These provisions shall not apply to buildings with  occupancies in Group H or I. 
    B. Add an exception to Section 1301.2.1 1401.2.1  of the IEBC to read: 
    Exception: Plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems in  buildings undergoing a change of occupancy shall be subject to any applicable  requirements of Section 103.3 of the Virginia Construction Code Chapter  10. 
    C. Change Section 1301.2.5 1401.2.5 of the IEBC  to read: 
    1301.2.5 1401.2.5 Accessibility requirements.  All portions of the buildings proposed for change of occupancy and all  alterations to existing buildings shall conform to the applicable accessibility  provisions of Section 310 410. 
    [ 13VAC5-63-443. Chapter 16 Referenced standards.
    Change the referenced standards in Chapter 16 of the IEBC  as follows (standards not shown remain the same):
           | Standard reference number | Title | Referenced in code section number | 
       | API 653-09 | Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration and Reconstruction | 1701.16 | 
       | TFI RMIP-09 | Aboveground Storage Tanks Containing Liquid Fertilizer,    Recommended Mechanical Integrity Practices | 1701.16 ]  | 
  
    13VAC5-63-445. Chapter 17 Retrofit requirements.
    A. Add IEBC Section 1701  General. 
    B. Add Section 1701.1 to  the IEBC to read: 
    1701.1 Scope. In accordance with Section 103.7 of the VCC  and as set out herein, the following buildings are required to be provided with  certain fire protection equipment or systems or other retrofitted components. 
    C. Add Section 1701.2 to the IEBC to read: 
    1701.2 Smoke detectors in colleges and universities. In  accordance with § 36-99.3 of the Code of Virginia, college and university  buildings containing dormitories for sleeping purposes shall be provided with  battery-powered or AC-powered smoke detector devices installed therein in  accordance with this code in effect on July 1, 1982. All public and private  college and university dormitories shall have installed such detectors  regardless of when the building was constructed. The chief administrative  office of the college or university shall obtain a certificate of compliance  with the provisions of this subsection from the building official of the  locality in which the college or university is located or, in the case of  state-owned buildings, from the Director of the Virginia Department of General  Services. The provisions of this section shall not apply to any dormitory at a  state-supported military college or university that is patrolled 24 hours a day  by military guards. 
    D. Add Section 1701.3 to the IEBC to read: 
    1701.3 Smoke detectors in certain juvenile care facilities.  In accordance with § 36-99.4 of the Code of Virginia, battery-powered or  AC-powered smoke detectors shall be installed in all local and regional  detention homes, group homes, and other residential care facilities for  children and juveniles that are operated by or under the auspices of the  Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice, regardless of when the building was  constructed, by July 1, 1986, in accordance with the provisions of this code  that were in effect on July 1, 1984. Administrators of such homes and  facilities shall be responsible for the installation of the smoke detector  devices. 
    E. Add Section 1701.4 to the IEBC to read: 
    1701.4 Smoke detectors for the deaf and hearing-impaired.  In accordance with § 36-99.5 of the Code of Virginia, smoke detectors providing  an effective intensity of not less than 100 candela to warn a deaf or  hearing-impaired individual shall be provided, upon request by the occupant to  the landlord or proprietor, to any deaf or hearing-impaired occupant of any of  the following occupancies, regardless of when constructed: 
    1. All dormitory buildings arranged for the shelter and  sleeping accommodations of more than 20 individuals; 
    2. All multiple-family dwellings having more than two  dwelling units, including all dormitories and boarding and lodging houses  arranged for shelter and sleeping accommodations of more than 5 individuals; or  
    3. All buildings arranged for use as one-family or  two-family dwelling units. 
    A tenant shall be responsible for the maintenance and  operation of the smoke detector in the tenant's unit. 
    A hotel or motel shall have available no fewer than one  such smoke detector for each 70 units or portion thereof, except that this  requirement shall not apply to any hotel or motel with fewer than 35 units. The  proprietor of the hotel or motel shall post in a conspicuous place at the  registration desk or counter a permanent sign stating the availability of smoke  detectors for the hearing impaired. Visual detectors shall be provided for all  meeting rooms for which an advance request has been made. 
    F. Add Sections 1701.5, 1701.5.1, and 1701.5.2 to the IEBC  to read: 
    1701.5 Assisted living facilities (formerly known as adult  care residences or homes for adults). Existing assisted living facilities  licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services shall comply with this  section. 
    1701.5.1 Fire protective signaling system and fire  detection system. A fire protective signaling system and an automatic fire  detection system meeting the requirements of the USBC, Volume I, 1987 Edition,  Third Amendment, shall be installed in assisted living facilities by August 1,  1994. 
    Exception: Assisted living facilities that are equipped  throughout with a fire protective signaling system and an automatic fire  detection system. 
    1701.5.2 Single-station and multiple-station smoke  detectors. Battery or AC-powered single-station and multiple-station smoke  detectors meeting the requirements of the USBC, Volume I, 1987 Edition, Third  Amendment, shall be installed in assisted living facilities by August 1, 1994. 
    Exception: Assisted living facilities that are equipped  throughout with single-station and multiple-station smoke detectors. 
    G. Add Section 1701.6 to the IEBC to read: 
    1701.6 Smoke detectors in buildings containing dwelling  units. AC-powered smoke detectors with battery backup or an equivalent device  shall be required to be installed to replace a defective or inoperative  battery-powered smoke detector located in buildings containing one or more  dwelling units or rooming houses offering to rent overnight sleeping  accommodations when it is determined by the building official that the  responsible party of such building or dwelling unit fails to maintain  battery-powered smoke detectors in working condition. 
    H. Add Section 1701.7 to  the IEBC to read: 
    1701.7 Fire suppression, fire alarm, and fire detection  systems in nursing homes and facilities. Fire suppression systems as required  by the edition of this code in effect on October 1, 1990, shall be installed in  all nursing facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of Health by January  1, 1993, regardless of when such facilities or institutions were constructed.  Units consisting of certified long-term care beds located on the ground floor  of general hospitals shall be exempt from the requirements of this section. 
    Fire alarm or fire detector systems, or both, as required  by the edition of this code in effect on October 1, 1990, shall be installed in  all nursing homes and nursing facilities licensed by the Virginia Department of  Health by August 1, 1994. 
    I. Add Section 1701.8 to the IEBC to read: 
    1701.8 Fire suppression systems in hospitals. Fire  suppression systems shall be installed in all hospitals licensed by the  Virginia Department of Health as required by the edition of this code in effect  on October 1, 1995, regardless of when such facilities were constructed. 
    J. Add Section 1701.9 to the IEBC to read: 
    1701.9 Identification of disabled parking spaces by above  grade signage. All parking spaces reserved for the use of persons with  disabilities shall be identified by above grade signs, regardless of whether  identification of such spaces by above grade signs was required when any  particular space was reserved for the use of persons with disabilities. A sign  or symbol painted or otherwise displayed on the pavement of a parking space  shall not constitute an above grade sign. Any parking space not identified by  an above grade sign shall not be a parking space reserved for the disabled  within the meaning of this section. All above grade disabled parking space  signs shall have the bottom edge of the sign no lower than 4 feet (1219 mm) nor  higher than 7 feet (2133 mm) above the parking surface. Such signs shall be  designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 11 of  this code. All disabled parking signs shall include the following language:  "PENALTY, $100-500 Fine, TOW-AWAY ZONE." Such language may be placed  on a separate sign and attached below existing above grade disabled parking  signs, provided that the bottom edge of the attached sign is no lower than 4  feet above the parking surface. 
    K. Add Section 1701.10 to the IEBC to read: 
    1701.10 Smoke detectors in hotels and motels. Smoke  detectors shall be installed in hotels and motels as required by the edition of  VR 394-01-22, USBC, Volume II, in effect on March 1, 1990, by the dates indicated,  regardless of when constructed. 
    L. Add Section 1701.11 to the IEBC to read: 
    1701.11 Sprinkler systems in [ hotel  hotels ] and motels. By September 1, 1997, an automatic sprinkler  system shall be installed in hotels and motels as required by the edition of VR  394-01-22, USBC, Volume II, in effect on March 1, 1990, regardless of when  constructed. 
    M. Add Section 1701.12 to the IEBC to read: 
    1701.12 Fire suppression systems in dormitories. An  automatic fire suppression system shall be provided throughout all buildings  having a Group R-2 fire area that are more than 75 feet (22,860 mm) or 6  stories above the lowest level of exit discharge and are used, in whole or in  part, as a dormitory to house students by any public or private institution of  higher education, regardless of when such buildings were constructed, in  accordance with the edition of this code in effect on August 20, 1997, and the  requirements for sprinkler systems under the edition of the NFPA 13 standard  referenced by that code. The automatic fire suppression system shall be  installed by September 1, 1999. The chief administrative office of the college  or university shall obtain a certificate of compliance from the building  official of the locality in which the college or university is located or, in  the case of state-owned buildings, from the Director of the Virginia Department  of General Services. 
    Exceptions:
    1. Buildings equipped with an automatic fire suppression  system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 of the 1983 or later editions of  NFPA 13. 
    2. Any dormitory at a state-supported military college or  university that is patrolled 24 hours a day by military guards. 
    3. Application of the requirements of this section shall be  modified in accordance with the following: 
    3.1. Building systems, equipment, or components other than  the fire suppression system shall not be required to be added or upgraded  except as necessary for the installation of the fire suppression system and  shall only be required to be added or upgraded where the installation of the  fire suppression system creates an unsafe condition. 
    3.2. Residential sprinklers shall be used in all sleeping  rooms. Other sprinklers shall be quick response or residential unless deemed  unsuitable for a space. Standard response sprinklers shall be used in elevator  hoistways and machine rooms. 
    3.3. Sprinklers shall not be required in wardrobes in  sleeping rooms that are considered part of the building construction or in  closets in sleeping rooms when such wardrobes or closets (i) do not exceed 24  square feet (2.23 m2) in area, (ii) have the smallest dimension less  than 36 inches (914 mm), and (iii) comply with all of the following: 
    3.3.1. A single-station smoke detector monitored by the  building fire alarm system is installed in the room containing the wardrobe or  closet that will activate the general alarm for the building if the single  station smoke detector is not cleared within five minutes after activation. 
    3.3.2. The minimum number of sprinklers required for  calculating the hydraulic demand of the system for the room shall be increased  by two and the two additional sprinklers shall be corridor sprinklers where the  wardrobe or closet is used to divide the room. Rooms divided by a wardrobe or  closet shall be considered one room for the purpose of this requirement. 
    3.3.3. The ceiling of the wardrobe, closet, or room shall  have a fire resistance rating of not less than 1/2 hour. 
    3.4. Not more than one sprinkler shall be required in  bathrooms within sleeping rooms or suites having a floor area between 55 square  feet (5.12 m2) and 120 square feet (11.16 m2), provided  the sprinkler is located to protect the lavatory area and the plumbing fixtures  are of a noncombustible material. 
    3.5. Existing standpipe residual pressure shall be  permitted to be reduced when the standpipe serves as the water supply for the  fire suppression system, provided the water supply requirements of NFPA 13-94  are met. 
    3.6. Limited service controllers shall be permitted for  fire pumps when used in accordance with their listing. 
    3.7. Where a standby power system is required, a source of  power in accordance with Section 701-11 (d) or 701-11 (e) of NFPA 70-96 shall  be permitted. 
    N. Add Section 1701.13 to the IEBC to read: 
    1701.13 Fire extinguishers and smoke detectors in SRCFs.  SRCFs shall be provided with at least one approved type ABC portable fire  extinguisher with a minimum rating of 2A10BC installed in each kitchen. In  addition, SRCFs shall provide at least one approved and properly installed  battery operated smoke detector outside of each sleeping area in the vicinity  of bedrooms and bedroom hallways and on each additional floor. 
    O. Add Section 1701.14 to the IEBC to read: 
    1701.14 Smoke detectors in adult day care centers.  Battery-powered or AC-powered smoke detector devices shall be installed in all  adult day care centers licensed by the Virginia Department of Social Services,  regardless of when the building was constructed. The location and installation  of the smoke detectors shall be determined by the provisions of this code in  effect on October 1, 1990. The licensee shall obtain a certificate of  compliance from the building official of the locality in which the center is  located or, in the case of state-owned buildings, from the Director of the  Virginia Department of General Services. 
    P. Add Section 1701.15 to the IEBC to read: 
    1701.15 Posting of occupant load. Every room or space that  is an assembly occupancy, and where the occupant load of that room or space is  50 or more, shall have the occupant load of the room or space as determined by  the building official posted in a conspicuous place, near the main exit or exit  access doorway from the room or space. Posted signs shall be of an approved  legible permanent design and shall be maintained by the owner or owner's  authorized agent. 
    Q. Add Section 1701.16 to  the IEBC to read: 
    1701.16 ALFSTs. Existing ALFSTs, regardless of when constructed,  shall by October 1, 2011, meet the applicable requirements of API 653 and TFI  RMIP for suitability for service and inspections and shall provide a secondary  containment system complying with Section 425.3 of the VCC. 
    R. Add Section 1701.17 to the IEBC to read: 
    1701.17 Standards for replacement glass. In accordance with  § 36-99.2 of the Code of Virginia, any replacement glass installed in buildings  constructed prior to the first edition of the USBC shall meet the quality and  installation standards for glass installed in new buildings as are in effect at  the time of installation. In addition, as a requirement of this code, the  installation or replacement of glass in buildings constructed under any edition  of the USBC shall be as required for new installations. 
    Part III 
  Maintenance 
    13VAC5-63-450. Chapter 1 Administration; Section 101 General. 
    A. Section 101.1 Short title. The Virginia Uniform Statewide  Building Code, Part III, Maintenance, may be cited as the "Virginia  Maintenance Code," or as the "VMC." 
    B. Section 101.2 Incorporation by reference. Chapters 2 - 8  of the 2009 2012 International Property Maintenance Code,  published by the International Code Council, Inc., are adopted and incorporated  by reference to be an enforceable part of the Virginia Maintenance Code VMC.  The term "IPMC" means the 2009 2012 International  Property Maintenance Code, published by the International Code Council, Inc.  Any codes and standards referenced in the IPMC are also considered to be part  of the incorporation by reference, except that such codes and standards are  used only to the prescribed extent of each such reference. 
    C. Section 101.3 Numbering system. A dual numbering system is  used in the Virginia Maintenance Code VMC to correlate the  numbering system of the Virginia Administrative Code with the numbering system  of the IPMC. IPMC numbering system designations are provided in the catch-lines  of the [ Virginia Administrative Code VMC ] sections  and cross references between sections or chapters of the Virginia Maintenance  Code use only the IPMC numbering system designations. The term  "chapter" is used in the context of the numbering system of the IPMC  and may mean a chapter in the Virginia Maintenance Code VMC, a  chapter in the IPMC or a chapter in a referenced code or standard, depending on  the context of the use of the term. The term "chapter" is not used to  designate a chapter of the Virginia Administrative Code, unless clearly  indicated. 
    D. Section 101.4 Arrangement of code provisions. The Virginia  Maintenance Code VMC is comprised of the combination of (i) the  provisions of Chapter 1, Administration, which are established herein, (ii)  Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC, which are incorporated by reference in Section  101.2, and (iii) the changes to the text of the incorporated chapters of the  IPMC which are specifically identified. The terminology "changes to the  text of the incorporated chapters of the IPMC which are specifically  identified" shall also be referred to as the "state amendments to the  IPMC." Such state amendments to the IPMC are set out using corresponding  chapter and section numbers of the IPMC numbering system. In addition, since  Chapter 1 of the IPMC is not incorporated as part of the Virginia  Maintenance Code VMC, any reference to a provision of Chapter 1 of  the IPMC in the provisions of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC is generally invalid.  However, where the purpose of such a reference would clearly correspond to a  provision of Chapter 1 established herein, then the reference may be construed  to be a valid reference to such corresponding Chapter 1 provision. 
    E. Section 101.5 Use of terminology and notes. The term  "this code," or "the code," where used in the provisions of  Chapter 1, in Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC, or in the state amendments to  the IPMC, means the Virginia Maintenance Code VMC, unless  the context clearly indicates otherwise. The term "this code," or  "the code," where used in a code or standard referenced in the IPMC,  means that code or standard, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.  The term "USBC" where used in this code means Part I of the Virginia  Uniform Statewide Building Code, also known as the "Virginia Construction  Code," VCC unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. In  addition, the use of notes in Chapter 1 is to provide information only and  shall not be construed as changing the meaning of any code provision. Notes in  the IPMC, in the codes and standards referenced in the IPMC, and in the  state amendments to the IPMC, may modify the content of a related  provision and shall be considered to be a valid part of the provision, unless  the context clearly indicates otherwise. 
    F. Section 101.6 Order of precedence. The provisions of this  code shall be used as follows: 
    1. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede  any conflicting provisions of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC and that  address the same subject matter and impose differing requirements. 
    2. The provisions of Chapter 1 of this code supersede  any conflicting provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the  IPMC that address the same subject matter and impose differing requirements.  In addition, the 
    3. The state amendments to the IPMC supersede any conflicting  provisions of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC and that address the same subject  matter and impose differing requirements. 
    4. The state amendments to the IPMC supersede any conflicting  provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IPMC that address  the same subject matter and impose differing requirements. Further, the  
    5. The provisions of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC  supersede any conflicting provisions of the codes and standards  referenced in the IPMC that address the same subject matter and impose  differing requirements. 
    G. Section 101.7 Administrative provisions. The provisions of  Chapter 1 establish administrative requirements, which include but are not  limited to provisions relating to the scope of the code, enforcement, fees,  permits, inspections and disputes. Any provisions of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC  or any provisions of the codes and standards referenced in the IPMC which  address the same subject matter to a lesser or greater extent are deleted and  replaced by the provisions of Chapter 1. Further, any administrative  requirements contained in the state amendments to the IPMC shall be given the  same precedence as the provisions of Chapter 1. Notwithstanding the above,  where administrative requirements of Chapters 2 - 8 of the IPMC or of the codes  and standards referenced in the IPMC are specifically identified as valid  administrative requirements in Chapter 1 of this code or in the state  amendments to the IPMC, then such requirements are not deleted and replaced. 
    Note: The purpose of this provision is to eliminate overlap,  conflicts and duplication by providing a single standard for administrative,  procedural and enforcement requirements of this code. 
    H. Section 101.8 Definitions. The definitions of terms used  in this code are contained in Chapter 2 along with specific provisions  addressing the use of definitions. Terms may be defined in other chapters or  provisions of the code and such definitions are also valid. 
    Note: The order of precedence outlined in Section 101.6 may  be determinative in establishing how to apply the definitions in the IPMC and  in the referenced codes and standards. 
    13VAC5-63-460. Section 102 Purpose and scope. 
    A. Section 102.1 Purpose. In accordance with § 36-103 of  the Code of Virginia, the Virginia Board of Housing and Community Development  may adopt and promulgate as part of the Virginia Uniform Statewide Building  Code, building regulations that facilitate the maintenance, rehabilitation,  development and reuse of existing buildings at the least possible cost to  ensure the protection of the public health, safety and welfare. Further, in  accordance with § 36-99 of the Code of Virginia, the purpose of this code  is to protect the health, safety and welfare of the residents of the  Commonwealth of Virginia, provided that buildings and structures should be  permitted to be maintained at the least possible cost consistent with  recognized standards of health, safety, energy conservation and water  conservation, including provisions necessary to prevent overcrowding, rodent or  insect infestation, and garbage accumulation; and barrier-free provisions for  the physically handicapped and aged. 
    B. Section 102.2 Scope. In accordance with § 36-98 of  the Code of Virginia, the Virginia Maintenance Code VMC shall  supersede the building codes and regulations of the counties, municipalities  and other political subdivisions and state agencies. 
    C. Section 102.3 Exemptions. This code shall not regulate  those buildings and structures specifically exempt from the Virginia  Construction Code VCC, except that existing industrialized buildings  and manufactured homes shall not be exempt from this code. 
    13VAC5-63-470. Section 103 Application of code. 
    A. Section 103.1 General. This code prescribes regulations  for the maintenance of all existing buildings and structures and associated  equipment, including regulations for unsafe buildings and structures. 
    B. Section 103.2 Maintenance requirements. Buildings and  structures shall be maintained and kept in good repair in accordance with the  requirements of this code and when applicable in accordance with the USBC under  which such building or structure was constructed. No provision of this code  shall require alterations to be made to an existing building or structure or to  equipment unless conditions are present which meet the definition of an unsafe  structure or a structure unfit for human occupancy. 
    C. 103.2.1 Maintenance of nonrequired fire protection  systems. Nonrequired fire protection systems shall be maintained to function as  originally installed. If any such systems are to be reduced in function or  discontinued, approval shall be obtained from the building official in  accordance with Section 103.8.1 of the Virginia Construction Code VCC.  
    D. Section 103.3 Continued approval. Notwithstanding any  provision of this code to the contrary, alterations shall not be required to be  made to existing buildings or structures which are occupied in accordance with  a certificate of occupancy issued under any edition of the USBC. 
    E. Section 103.4 Rental Inspections. In accordance with § 36-105.1:1  of the Code of Virginia, these provisions are applicable to rental inspection  programs. For purposes of this section: 
    "Dwelling unit" means a building or structure or  part thereof that is used for a home or residence by one or more persons who  maintain a household. 
    "Owner" means the person shown on the current real  estate assessment books or current real estate assessment records. 
    "Residential rental dwelling unit" means a dwelling  unit that is leased or rented to one or more tenants. However, a dwelling unit  occupied in part by the owner thereof shall not be construed to be a  residential rental dwelling unit unless a tenant occupies a part of the  dwelling unit that has its own cooking and sleeping areas, and a bathroom,  unless otherwise provided in the zoning ordinance by the local governing body. 
    The local governing body may adopt an ordinance to inspect  residential rental dwelling units for compliance with this code and to promote  safe, decent and sanitary housing for its citizens, in accordance with the  following: 
    1. Except as provided for in subdivision 3 of this subsection,  the dwelling units shall be located in a rental inspection district established  by the local governing body in accordance with this section; and 
    2. The rental inspection district is based upon a finding by  the local governing body that (i) there is a need to protect the public health,  safety and welfare of the occupants of dwelling units inside the designated  rental inspection district; (ii) the residential rental dwelling units within  the designated rental inspection district are either (a) blighted or in the  process of deteriorating or (b) the residential rental dwelling units are in  the need of inspection by the building department to prevent deterioration,  taking into account the number, age and condition of residential dwelling  rental units inside the proposed rental inspection district; and (iii) the inspection  of residential rental dwelling units inside the proposed rental inspection  district is necessary to maintain safe, decent and sanitary living conditions  for tenants and other residents living in the proposed rental inspection  district. Nothing in this section shall be construed to authorize a one  or more locality-wide rental inspection district districts  and a local governing body shall limit the boundaries of the proposed rental  inspection district districts to such areas of the locality that  meet the criteria set out in this subsection; or 
    3. An individual residential rental dwelling unit outside of a  designated rental inspection district is made subject to the rental inspection  ordinance based upon a separate finding for each individual dwelling unit by  the local governing body that (i) there is a need to protect the public health,  welfare and safety of the occupants of that individual dwelling unit; (ii) the  individual dwelling unit is either (a) blighted or (b) in the process of  deteriorating; or (iii) there is evidence of violations of this code that  affect the safe, decent and sanitary living conditions for tenants living in  such individual dwelling unit. 
    For purposes of this section, the local governing body may  designate a local government agency other than the building department to  perform all or part of the duties contained in the enforcement authority  granted to the building department by this section. 
    Before adopting a rental inspection ordinance and  establishing a rental inspection district or an amendment to either, the  governing body of the locality shall hold a public hearing on the proposed  ordinance. Notice of the hearing shall be published once a week for two  successive weeks in a newspaper published or having general circulation in the  locality. 
    Upon adoption by the local governing body of a rental  inspection ordinance, the building department shall make reasonable efforts to  notify owners of residential rental dwelling units in the designated rental  inspection district, or their designated managing agents, and to any individual  dwelling units subject to the rental inspection ordinance, not located in a  rental inspection district, of the adoption of such ordinance, and provide  information and an explanation of the rental inspection ordinance and the  responsibilities of the owner thereunder. 
    The rental inspection ordinance may include a provision that  requires the owners of dwelling units in a rental inspection district to notify  the building department in writing if the dwelling unit of the owner is used  for residential rental purposes. The building department may develop a form for  such purposes. The rental inspection ordinance shall not include a registration  requirement or a fee of any kind associated with the written notification  pursuant to this subdivision. A rental inspection ordinance may not require  that the written notification from the owner of a dwelling unit subject to a  rental inspection ordinance be provided to the building department in less than  60 days after the adoption of a rental inspection ordinance. However, there  shall be no penalty for the failure of an owner of a residential rental  dwelling unit to comply with the provisions of this subsection, unless and  until the building department provides personal or written notice to the  property owner, as provided in this section. In any event, the sole penalty for  the willful failure of an owner of a dwelling unit who is using the dwelling  unit for residential rental purposes to comply with the written notification requirement  shall be a civil penalty of up to $50. For purposes of this subsection, notice  sent by regular first-class mail to the last known address of the owner as  shown on the current real estate tax assessment books or current real estate  tax assessment records shall be deemed compliance with this requirement. 
    Upon establishment of a rental inspection district in  accordance with this section, the building department may, in conjunction with  the written notifications as provided for above, proceed to inspect dwelling  units in the designated rental inspection district to determine if the dwelling  units are being used as a residential rental property and for compliance with  the provisions of this code that affect the safe, decent and sanitary living  conditions for the tenants of such property. 
    If a multifamily development has more than 10 dwelling units,  in the initial and periodic inspections, the building department shall inspect  only a sampling of dwelling units, of not less than two and not more than 10%  of the dwelling units, of a multifamily development, that includes all of the  multifamily buildings that are part of that multifamily development. In no  event, however, shall the building department charge a fee authorized by this  section for inspection of more than 10 dwelling units. If the building  department determines upon inspection of the sampling of dwelling units that  there are violations of this code that affect the safe, decent and sanitary  living conditions for the tenants of such multifamily development, the building  department may inspect as many dwelling units as necessary to enforce these  provisions, in which case, the fee shall be based upon a charge per dwelling  unit inspected, as otherwise provided in the fee schedule established pursuant  to this section. 
    Upon the initial or periodic inspection of a residential  rental dwelling unit subject to a rental inspection ordinance, the building  department has the authority under these provisions to require the owner of the  dwelling unit to submit to such follow-up inspections of the dwelling unit as  the building department deems necessary, until such time as the dwelling unit  is brought into compliance with the provisions of this code that affect the  safe, decent and sanitary living conditions for the tenants. 
    Except as provided for above, following the initial  inspection of a residential rental dwelling unit subject to a rental inspection  ordinance, the building department may inspect any residential rental dwelling  unit in a rental inspection district, that is not otherwise exempted in  accordance with this section, no more than once each calendar year. 
    Upon the initial or periodic inspection of a residential  rental dwelling unit subject to a rental inspection ordinance for compliance  with these provisions, provided that there are no violations of this code that  affect the safe, decent and sanitary living conditions for the tenants of such  residential rental dwelling unit, the building department shall provide, to the  owner of such residential rental dwelling unit, an exemption from the rental  inspection ordinance for a minimum of four years. Upon the sale of a  residential rental dwelling unit, the building department may perform a  periodic inspection as provided above, subsequent to such sale. If a  residential rental dwelling unit has been issued a certificate of occupancy  within the last four years, an exemption shall be granted for a minimum period  of four years from the date of the issuance of the certificate of occupancy by  the building department. If the residential rental dwelling unit becomes in  violation of this code during the exemption period, the building department may  revoke the exemption previously granted under this section. 
    A local governing body may establish a fee schedule for enforcement  of these provisions, which includes a per dwelling unit fee for the initial  inspections, follow-up inspections and periodic inspections under this section.  
    The provisions of this section shall not in any way alter the  rights and obligations of landlords and tenants pursuant to the applicable  provisions of Chapter 13 (§ 55-217 et seq.) or Chapter 13.2 (§ 55-248.2 et  seq.) of Title 55 of the Code of Virginia. 
    The provisions of this section shall not alter the duties or  responsibilities of the local building department under § 36-105 of the  Code of Virginia to enforce the USBC. 
    Unless otherwise provided for in § 36-105.1:1 of the Code of  Virginia, penalties for violation of this section shall be the same as the  penalties provided for violations of other sections of the USBC. 
    13VAC5-63-480. Section 104 Enforcement, generally. 
    A. Section 104.1 Scope of enforcement. This section  establishes the requirements for enforcement of this code in accordance with § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia. The local governing body may also inspect and  enforce the provisions of the USBC for existing buildings and structures,  whether occupied or not. Such inspection and enforcement shall be carried out  by an agency or department designated by the local governing body. 
    If the local building department receives a complaint that a  violation of this code exists that is an immediate and imminent threat to the  health or safety of the owner or, tenant, or occupants of a  residential dwelling unit any building or structure, or a the  owner, occupant, or tenant of any nearby residential dwelling unit building  or structure, and the owner, occupant, or tenant of the residential  dwelling unit building or structure that is the subject of the  complaint has refused to allow the code official or his agent to have access to  the subject dwelling building or structure, the code official or  his agent may present sworn testimony to a magistrate or court of competent  jurisdiction and request that the magistrate or court grant the code official  or his agent an inspection warrant to enable the code official or his agent to  enter the subject dwelling building or structure for the purpose  of determining whether violations of this code exist. The code official or his  agent shall make a reasonable effort to obtain consent from the owner,  occupant, or tenant of the subject dwelling building or structure  prior to seeking the issuance of an inspection warrant under this section. 
    Note: Generally, official action must be taken by the local  government to enforce the Virginia Maintenance Code VMC.  Consultation with the legal counsel of the jurisdiction when initiating or  changing such action is advised. 
    B. Section 104.1.1 Transfer of ownership. In accordance with  § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia, if the local building department has  initiated an enforcement action against the owner of a building or structure  and such owner subsequently transfers the ownership of the building or  structure to an entity in which the owner holds an ownership interest greater  than 50%, the pending enforcement action shall continue to be enforced against  the owner. 
    C. Section 104.2 Fees. In accordance with § 36-105 of  the Code of Virginia, fees may be levied by the local governing body in order  to defray the cost of enforcement and appeals. 
    D. Section 104.3 State buildings. In accordance with § 36-98.1  of the Code of Virginia, this code shall be applicable to state-owned buildings  and structures. Acting through the Division of Engineering and Buildings, the  Department of General Services shall function as the building official for  state-owned buildings. 
    E. Section 104.3.1 Certification of state enforcement  personnel. State enforcement personnel shall comply with the applicable  requirements of Sections 104.4.2 through 104.4.4 for certification, periodic  maintenance training, and continuing education. 
    F. Section 104.4 Local enforcing agency. In jurisdictions  enforcing this code, the local governing body shall designate the agency within  the local government responsible for such enforcement and appoint a code  official. The local governing body may also utilize technical assistants to  assist the code official in the enforcement of this code. A permanently  appointed code official shall not be removed from office except for cause after  having been afforded a full opportunity to be heard on specific and relevant  charges by and before the appointing authority. DHCD shall be notified by the  appointing authority within 30 days of the appointment or release of a  permanent or acting code official and within 60 days after retaining or  terminating a technical assistant. 
    Note: Code officials and technical assistants are subject to  sanctions in accordance with the VCS. 
    G. Section 104.4.1 Qualifications of code official and  technical assistants. The code official shall have at least five years of  building experience as a licensed professional engineer or architect, building,  fire or trade inspector, contractor, housing inspector or superintendent of  building, fire or trade construction or at lease least five years  of building experience after obtaining a degree in architecture or engineering,  with at least three years in responsible charge of work. Any combination of  education and experience that would confer equivalent knowledge and ability  shall be deemed to satisfy this requirement. The code official shall have  general knowledge of sound engineering practice in respect to the design and  construction of structures, the basic principles of fire prevention, the  accepted requirements for means of egress and the installation of elevators and  other service equipment necessary for the health, safety and general welfare of  the occupants and the public. The local governing body may establish additional  qualification requirements. 
    A technical assistant shall have at least three years of  experience and general knowledge in at least one of the following areas:  building construction, building, fire or housing inspections, plumbing,  electrical or mechanical trades, fire protection, elevators or property  maintenance work. Any combination of education and experience which would  confer equivalent knowledge and ability shall be deemed to satisfy this  requirement. The locality may establish additional certification requirements. 
    H. Section 104.4.2 Certification of code official and  technical assistants. An acting or permanent code official shall be certified  as a code official in accordance with the VCS within one year after being  appointed as acting or permanent code official. A technical assistant shall be  certified in the appropriate subject area within 18 months after becoming a  technical assistant. When required by a locality to have two or more  certifications, a technical assistant shall obtain the additional  certifications within three years from the date of such requirement. 
    Exception: A code official or technical assistant in place  prior to April 1, 1995, shall not be required to meet the certification  requirements in this section while continuing to serve in the same capacity in  the same locality. 
    I. Section 104.4.3 Noncertified code official. Except for a  code official exempt from certification under the exception to Section 104.4.2,  any acting or permanent code official who is not certified as a code official  in accordance with the VCS shall attend the core module of the Virginia  Building Code Academy or an equivalent course in an individual or regional code  academy accredited by DHCD within 180 days of appointment. This requirement is  in addition to meeting the certification requirement in Section 104.4.2. 
    J. Section 104.4.4 Requirements for periodic maintenance  training and education. Code officials and technical assistants shall attend  periodic maintenance training as designated by DHCD. In addition to the  periodic maintenance training required above, code officials and technical  assistants shall attend 16 hours of continuing education every two years as  approved by DHCD. If a code official or technical assistant possesses more than  one BHCD certificate, the 16 hours shall satisfy the continuing education requirement  for all BHCD certificates. 
    K. Section 104.4.5 Conflict of interest. The standards of  conduct for code officials and technical assistants shall be in accordance with  the provisions of the State and Local Government Conflict of Interests Act,  Chapter 31 (§ 2.2-3100 et seq.) of Title 2.2 of the Code of Virginia. 
    L. Section 104.4.6 Records. The local enforcing agency shall  retain a record of applications received, permits, certificates, notices and  orders issued, fees collected and reports of inspections in accordance with The  Library of Virginia's General Schedule Number Six. 
    M. Section 104.5 Powers and duties, generally. The code  official shall enforce this code as set out herein and as interpreted by the  State Review Board and shall issue all necessary notices or orders to ensure  compliance with the code. 
    N. Section 104.5.1 Delegation of authority. The code official  may delegate powers and duties except where such authority is limited by the  local government. When such delegations are made, the code official shall be  responsible for assuring that they are carried out in accordance with the  provisions of this code. 
    O. Section 104.5.2 Issuance of modifications. Upon written  application by an owner or an owner's agent, the code official may approve a modification  of any provision of this code provided the spirit and intent of the code are  observed and public health, welfare and safety are assured. The decision of the  code official concerning a modification shall be made in writing and the  application for a modification and the decision of the code official concerning  such modification shall be retained in the permanent records of the local  enforcing agency. 
    P. Section 104.5.2.1 Substantiation of modification. The code  official may require or may consider a statement from a professional engineer,  architect or other person competent in the subject area of the application as  to the equivalency of the proposed modification. 
    Q. Section 104.5.3 Inspections. The code official may inspect  buildings or structures to determine compliance with this code and shall carry  proper credentials when performing such inspections. The code official is  authorized to engage such expert opinion as deemed necessary to report upon  unusual, detailed, or complex technical issues in accordance with local  policies. 
    R. Section 104.5.3.1 Observations. When, during an  inspection, the code official or authorized representative observes an apparent  or actual violation of another law, ordinance, or code not within the  official's authority to enforce, such official shall report the findings to the  official having jurisdiction in order that such official may institute the  necessary measures. 
    S. Section 104.5.3.2 Approved inspection agencies and  individuals. The code official may accept reports of inspections or tests from  individuals or inspection agencies approved in accordance with the code  official's written policy required by Section 104.5.3.3. The individual or  inspection agency shall meet the qualifications and reliability requirements established  by the written policy. Reports of inspections by approved individuals or  agencies shall be in writing, shall indicate if compliance with the applicable  provisions of this code have been met, and shall be certified by the individual  inspector or by the responsible officer when the report is from an agency. The  code official shall review and approve the report unless there is cause to  reject it. Failure to approve a report shall be in writing within five working  days of receiving it, stating the reasons for rejection. 
    T. Section 104.5.3.3 Third-party inspectors. Each code  official charged with the enforcement of this code and [ that  who ] accepts third-party reports shall have a written policy  establishing the minimum acceptable qualifications for third-party inspectors.  The policy shall include the format and time frame required for submission of  reports, any prequalification or preapproval requirements before conducting a  third-party inspection, and any other requirements and procedures established  by the code official. 
    U. Section 104.5.3.4 Qualifications. In determining  third-party qualifications, the code official may consider such items as DHCD  inspector certification, other state or national certifications, state  professional registrations, related experience, education, and any other  factors that would demonstrate competency and reliability to conduct  inspections. 
    V. Section 104.5.4 Notices, reports and orders. Upon  findings by the code official that violations of this code exist, the code official  shall issue a correction notice or notice of violation to the owner or the  person responsible for the maintenance of the structure. Work done to correct  violations of this code subject to the permit, inspection and approval  provisions of the Virginia Construction Code VCC shall not be  construed as authorization to extend the time limits established for compliance  with this code. 
    S. W. Section 104.5.4.1 Correction notice. The  correction notice shall be a written notice of the defective conditions. The  correction notice shall require correction of the violation or violations  within a reasonable time unless an emergency condition exists as provided under  the unsafe building provisions of Section 105. Upon request, the correction  notice shall reference the code section that serves as the basis for the  defects and shall state that such defects shall be corrected and reinspected in  a reasonable time designated by the code official. 
    T. X. Section 104.5.4.2 Notice of violation. If  the code official determines there are violations of this code other than those  for unsafe structures, unsafe equipment or structures unfit for human occupancy  under Section 105, the code official may issue a notice of violation to be  communicated promptly in writing to the owner or the person responsible for the  maintenance or use of the building or structure in lieu of a correction notice  as provided for in Section 104.5.4.1. In addition, the code official shall  issue a notice of violation for any uncorrected violation remaining from a  correction notice established in Section 104.5.4.1. A notice of violation shall  be issued by the code official before initiating legal proceedings unless the  conditions violate the unsafe building conditions of Section 105 and the  provisions established therein are followed. The code official shall provide  the section numbers to the owner for any code provision cited in the notice of  violation. The notice shall require correction of the violation or violations  within a reasonable time unless an emergency condition exists as provided under  the building provisions of Section 105. The owner or person to whom the notice  of violation has been issued shall be responsible for contacting the code  official within the time frame established for any reinspections to assure the  violations have been corrected. The code official will be responsible for  making such inspection and verifying the violations have been corrected. In  addition, the notice of violation shall indicate the right of appeal by  referencing the appeals section of this code. 
    U. Y. Section 104.5.5 Coordination of  inspections. The code official shall coordinate inspections and administrative  orders with any other state or local agencies having related inspection  authority and shall coordinate those inspections required by the Virginia  Statewide Fire Prevention Code (13VAC5-51) for maintenance of fire protection  devices, equipment and assemblies so that the owners and occupants will not be  subjected to numerous inspections or conflicting orders. 
    Note: The Fire Prevention Code requires the fire official to  coordinate such inspections with the code official. 
    V. Z. Section 104.5.6 Further action when  violation not corrected. If the responsible party has not complied with the  notice of violation, the code official shall submit a written request to the  legal counsel of the locality to institute the appropriate legal proceedings to  restrain, correct or abate the violation or to require the removal or  termination of the use of the building or structure involved. In cases where  the locality so authorizes, the code official may issue or obtain a summons or  warrant. 
    W. AA. Section 104.5.7 Penalties and abatement.  Penalties for violations of this code shall be as set out in § 36-106 of the  Code of Virginia. The successful prosecution of a violation of the code shall  not preclude the institution of appropriate legal action to require correction  or abatement of a violation. 
     13VAC5-63-490. Section 105 Unsafe structures or  structures unfit for human occupancy. 
    A. Section 105.1 General. This section shall apply to  existing structures which are classified as unsafe or unfit for human  occupancy. All conditions causing such structures to be classified as unsafe or  unfit for human occupancy shall be remedied or as an alternative to correcting  such conditions, the structure may be vacated and secured against public entry  or razed and removed. Vacant and secured structures shall still be subject to  other applicable requirements of this code. Notwithstanding the above, when the  code official determines that an unsafe structure or a structure unfit for  human occupancy constitutes such a hazard that it should be razed or removed,  then the code official shall be permitted to order the demolition of such  structures in accordance with applicable requirements of this code. 
    Note: Structures which become unsafe during construction are  regulated under the Virginia Construction Code VCC. 
    B. Section 105.2 Inspection of unsafe or unfit structures.  The code official shall inspect any structure reported or discovered as unsafe  or unfit for human habitation and shall prepare a report to be filed in the  records of the local enforcing agency and a copy issued to the owner. The  report shall include the use of the structure and a description of the nature  and extent of any conditions found. 
    C. Section 105.3 Unsafe conditions not related to  maintenance. When the code official finds a condition that constitutes a  serious and dangerous hazard to life or health in a structure constructed prior  to the initial edition of the USBC and when that condition is of a cause other  than improper maintenance or failure to comply with state or local building  codes that were in effect when the structure was constructed, then the code  official shall be permitted to order those minimum changes to the design or construction  of the structure to remedy the condition. 
    D. Section 105.3.1 Limitation to requirements for  retrofitting. In accordance with Section 103.2, this code does not generally  provide for requiring the retrofitting of any structure. However, conditions  may exist in structures constructed prior to the initial edition of the USBC  because of faulty design or equipment that constitute a danger to life or  health or a serious hazard. Any changes to the design or construction required  by the code official under this section shall be only to remedy the serious  hazard or danger to life or health and such changes shall not be required to  fully comply with the requirements of the Virginia Construction Code VCC  applicable to newly constructed buildings or structures. 
    E. Section 105.4 Notice of unsafe structure or structure  unfit for human occupancy. When a structure is determined to be unsafe or unfit  for human occupancy by the code official, a written notice of unsafe structure  or structure unfit for human occupancy shall be issued by personal service to  the owner, the owner's agent or the person in control of such structure. The  notice shall specify the corrections necessary to comply with this code, or if  the structure is required to be demolished, the notice shall specify the time  period within which the demolition must occur. Requirements in Section 104.5.4  for notices of violation are also applicable to notices issued under this  section to the extent that any such requirements are not in conflict with the  requirements of this section. 
    Note: Whenever possible, the notice should also be given to  any tenants of the affected structure. 
    F. Section 105.4.1 Vacating unsafe structure. If the code  official determines there is actual and immediate danger to the occupants or  public, or when life is endangered by the occupancy of an unsafe structure, the  code official shall be authorized to order the occupants to immediately vacate  the unsafe structure. When an unsafe structure is ordered to be vacated, the  code official shall post a notice with the following wording at each entrance:  "THIS STRUCTURE IS UNSAFE AND ITS OCCUPANCY (OR USE) IS PROHIBITED BY THE  CODE OFFICIAL." After posting, occupancy [ of or ]  use of the unsafe structure shall be prohibited except when authorized to enter  to conduct inspections, make required repairs or as necessary to demolish the  structure.
    G. Section 105.5 Posting of notice. If the notice is unable  to be issued by personal service as required by Section 105.4, then the notice  shall be sent by registered or certified mail to the last known address of the  responsible party and a copy of the notice shall be posted in a conspicuous  place on the premises. 
    H. Section 105.6 Posting of placard. In the case of a  structure unfit for human habitation, at the time the notice is issued, a  placard with the following wording shall be posted at the entrance to the  structure: "THIS STRUCTURE IS UNFIT FOR HABITATION AND ITS USE OR  OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN PROHIBITED BY THE CODE OFFICIAL." In the case of an  unsafe structure, if the notice is not complied with, a placard with the above  wording shall be posted at the entrance to the structure. After a structure is  placarded, entering the structure shall be prohibited except as authorized by  the code official to make inspections, to perform required repairs or to  demolish the structure. In addition, the placard shall not be removed until the  structure is determined by the code official to be safe to occupy, nor shall  the placard be defaced. 
    I. Section 105.7 Revocation of certificate of occupancy. If a  notice of unsafe structure or structure unfit for human habitation is not  complied with within the time period stipulated on the notice, the code  official shall be permitted to request the local building department to revoke  the certificate of occupancy issued under the Virginia Construction Code  VCC. 
    J. Section 105.8 Vacant and open structures. When an unsafe  structure or a structure unfit for human habitation is open for public entry at  the time a placard is issued under Section 105.6, the code official shall be  permitted to authorize the necessary work to make such structure secure against  public entry whether or not legal action to compel compliance has been  instituted. 
    K. Section 105.9 Emergency repairs and demolition. To the  extent permitted by the locality, the code official may authorize emergency  repairs to unsafe structures or structures unfit for human habitation when it  is determined that there is an immediate danger of any portion of the unsafe  structure or structure unfit for human habitation collapsing or falling and  when life is endangered. Emergency repairs may also be authorized where there  is a code violation resulting in the immediate serious and imminent threat to  the life and safety of the occupants. The code official shall be permitted to  authorize the necessary work to make the structure temporarily safe whether or  not legal action to compel compliance has been instituted. In addition,  whenever an owner of an unsafe structure or structure unfit for human  habitation fails to comply with a notice to demolish issued under Section 105.4  in the time period stipulated, the code official shall be permitted to cause  the structure to be demolished. In accordance with §§ 15.2-906 and 15.2-1115 of  the Code of Virginia, the legal counsel of the locality may be requested to  institute appropriate action against the property owner to recover the costs  associated with any such emergency repairs or demolition and every such charge  that remains unpaid shall constitute a lien against the property on which the  emergency repairs or demolition were made and shall be enforceable in the same  manner as provided in Articles 3 (§ 58.1-3490 et seq.) and 4 (§ 58.1-3965 et  seq.) of Chapter 39 of Title 58.1 of the Code of Virginia. 
    Note: Code officials and local governing bodies should be  aware that other statutes and court decisions may impact on matters relating to  demolition, in particular whether newspaper publication is required if the  owner cannot be located and whether the demolition order must be delayed until  the owner has been given the opportunity for a hearing. In addition,  historic building demolition may be prevented by authority granted to local  historic review boards in accordance with § 15.2-2306 of the Code of Virginia unless  determined necessary by the code official. 
    L. Section 105.10 Closing of streets. When necessary for  public safety, the code official shall be permitted to order the temporary  closing of sidewalks, streets, public ways or premises adjacent to unsafe or  unfit structures and prohibit the use of such spaces.
    13VAC5-63-500. Section 106 Appeals. 
    A. Section 106.1 Establishment of appeals board. In  accordance with § 36-105 of the Code of Virginia, there shall be established  within each local enforcing agency a LBBCA. Whenever a county or a municipality  does not have such a LBBCA, the local governing body shall enter into an  agreement with the local governing body of another county or municipality or  with some other agency, or a state agency approved by DHCD for such appeals  resulting therefrom. Fees may be levied by the local governing body in order to  defray the cost of such appeals. The LBBCA for hearing appeals under the Virginia  Construction Code VCC shall be permitted to serve as the appeals  board required by this section. The locality is responsible for maintaining  a duly constituted LBBCA prepared to hear appeals within the time limits  established in this section. The LBBCA shall meet as necessary to assure a duly  constituted board, appoint officers as necessary, and receive such training on  the code as may be appropriate or necessary from staff of the locality. 
    B. Section 106.2 Membership of board. The LBBCA shall consist  of at least five members appointed by the locality for a specific term of  office established by written policy. Alternate members may be appointed to  serve in the absence of any regular members and as such, shall have the full  power and authority of the regular members. Regular and alternate members may  be reappointed. Written records of current membership, including a record of  the current chairman and secretary shall be maintained in the office of the  locality. In order to provide continuity, the terms of the members may be of  different length so that less than half will expire in any one-year period. The  LBBCA shall meet at least once annually to assure a duly constituted board,  appoint officers as necessary and receive such training on the code as may be  appropriate or necessary from staff of the locality. 
    C. Section 106.3 Officers and qualifications of members. The  LBBCA shall annually select one of its regular members to serve as chairman.  When the chairman is not present at an appeal hearing, the members present  shall select an acting chairman. The locality or the chief executive officer of  the locality shall appoint a secretary to the LBBCA to maintain a detailed  record of all proceedings. Members of the LBBCA shall be selected by the  locality on the basis of their ability to render fair and competent decisions  regarding application of the USBC and shall to the extent possible, represent  different occupational or professional fields relating to the construction  industry. At least one member should be an experienced builder; at least one  member should be an RDP, and at least one member should be an experienced  property manager. Employees or officials of the locality shall not serve as  members of the LBBCA. 
    D. Section 106.4 Conduct of members. No member shall hear an  appeal in which that member has a conflict of interest in accordance with the  State and Local Government Conflict of Interests Act (§ 2.2-3100 et seq. of the  Code of Virginia). Members shall not discuss the substance of an appeal with  any other party or their representatives prior to any hearings. 
    E. Section 106.5 Right of appeal; filing of appeal  application. Any person aggrieved by the local enforcing agency's application  of this code or the refusal to grant a modification to the provisions of this  code may appeal to the LBBCA. The applicant shall submit a written request for  appeal to the LBBCA within 14 calendar days of the receipt of the decision  being appealed. The application shall contain the name and address of the owner  of the building or structure and, in addition, the name and address of the  person appealing, when the applicant is not the owner. A copy of the code  official's decision shall be submitted along with the application for appeal  and maintained as part of the record. The application shall be marked by the  LBBCA to indicate the date received. Failure to submit an application for  appeal within the time limit established by this section shall constitute  acceptance of a code official's decision. 
    F. Section 106.6 Meetings and postponements. The LBBCA shall  meet within 30 calendar days after the date of receipt of the application for  appeal, except that a period of up to 45 calendar days shall be permitted  where the LBBCA has regularly scheduled monthly meetings. A longer time  period shall be permitted if agreed to by all the parties involved in the  appeal. A notice indicating the time and place of the hearing shall be sent to  the parties in writing to the addresses listed on the application at least 14  calendar days prior to the date of the hearing, except that a lesser time  period shall be permitted if agreed to by all the parties involved in the  appeal. When a quorum of the LBBCA is not present at a hearing to hear an  appeal, any party involved in the appeal shall have the right to request a  postponement of the hearing. The LBBCA shall reschedule the appeal within 30  calendar days of the postponement, except that a longer time period shall be  permitted if agreed to by all the parties involved in the appeal. 
    G. Section 106.7 Hearings and decision. All hearings before  the LBBCA shall be open meetings and the appellant, the appellant's  representative, the locality's representative and any person whose interests  are affected by the code official's decision in question shall be given an  opportunity to be heard. The chairman shall have the power and duty to direct the  hearing, rule upon the acceptance of evidence and oversee the record of all  proceedings. The LBBCA shall have the power to uphold, reverse or modify the  decision of the official by a concurring vote of a majority of those present.  Decisions of the LBBCA shall be final if no further appeal is made. The  decision of the LBBCA shall be by resolution signed by the chairman and  retained as part of the record of the appeal. Copies of the resolution shall be  sent to all parties by certified mail. In addition, the resolution shall  contain the following wording: 
    "Any person who was a party to the appeal may appeal to  the State Review Board by submitting an application to such Board within 21  calendar days upon receipt by certified mail of this resolution. Application  forms are available from the Office of the State Review Board, 600 East Main  Street, Richmond, Virginia 23219, (804) 371-7150." 
    H. Section 106.8 Appeals to the State Review Board. After  final determination by the LBBCA in an appeal, any person who was a party to  the appeal may further appeal to the State Review Board. In accordance with § 36-98.2 of the Code of Virginia for state-owned buildings and structures,  appeals by an involved state agency from the decision of the code official for  state-owned buildings or structures shall be made directly to the State Review  Board. The application for appeal shall be made to the State Review Board  within 21 calendar days of the receipt of the decision to be appealed. Failure  to submit an application within that time limit shall constitute an acceptance  of the code official's decision. For appeals from a LBBCA, a copy of the code  official's decision and the resolution of the LBBCA shall be submitted with the  application for appeal to the State Review Board. Upon request by the Office of  the State Review Board, the LBBCA shall submit a copy of all pertinent  information from the record of the appeal. In the case of appeals involving  state-owned buildings or structures, the involved state agency shall submit a  copy of the code official's decision and other relevant information with the  application for appeal to the State Review Board. Procedures of the State  Review Board are in accordance with Article 2 (§ 36-108 et seq.) of Chapter 6  of Title 36 of the Code of Virginia. Decisions of the State Review Board shall  be final if no further appeal is made. 
    13VAC5-63-510. Chapter 2 Definitions. 
    A. Change Section 201.3 of the IPMC to read: 
    201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not  defined in this code and are defined in the International Building Code IBC,  International Fire Code IFC, [ IFGC, ] International  Plumbing Code IPC, International Mechanical Code IMC,  International Existing Building Code, IRC, International Zoning Code or the  ICC Electrical Code NFPA 70, such terms shall have the meanings  ascribed to them [ as stated ] in those codes, except that  terms defined in the Virginia Construction Code VCC shall be used  for this code and shall take precedence over other definitions. 
    B. Add the following definitions to Section 202 of the IPMC  to read: 
    Structure unfit for human occupancy. An existing structure  determined by the code official to be dangerous to the health, safety and  welfare of the occupants of the structure or the public because (i) of the  degree to which the structure is in disrepair or lacks maintenance,  ventilation, illumination, sanitary or heating facilities or other essential  equipment, or (ii) the required plumbing and sanitary facilities are  inoperable. 
    Unsafe equipment. Unsafe equipment includes any boiler,  heating equipment, elevator, moving stairway, electrical wiring or device,  flammable liquid containers or other equipment that is in such disrepair or  condition that such equipment is determined by the code official to be  dangerous to the health, safety and welfare of the occupants of a structure or  the public. 
    Unsafe structure. An existing structure (i) determined by the  code official to be dangerous to the health, safety and welfare of the  occupants of the structure or the public, (ii) that contains unsafe equipment,  or (iii) that is so damaged, decayed, dilapidated, structurally unsafe or of  such faulty construction or unstable foundation that partial or complete  collapse is likely. A vacant existing structure unsecured or open shall be  deemed to be an unsafe structure. 
    13VAC5-63-520. Chapter 3 General requirements. 
    A. Delete Section 302.1 of the IPMC. 
    B. Change Section 302.2 of the IPMC to read: 
    302.2 Grading and drainage. All premises shall be graded and  maintained to protect the foundation walls or slab of the structure from the  accumulation and drainage of surface or stagnant water in accordance with the Virginia  Construction Code VCC. 
    C. Change Section 302.3 of the IPMC to read: 
    302.3 Sidewalks and driveways. All sidewalks, walkways,  stairs, driveways, parking spaces and similar spaces regulated under the Virginia  Construction Code VCC shall be kept in a proper state of repair, and  maintained free from hazardous conditions. Stairs shall comply with the  requirements of Sections 305 and 702. 
    D. Delete Section 302.4 of the IPMC. 
    E. Change Section 302.5 of the IPMC to read: 
    302.5 Rodent harborage. All structures and adjacent premises  shall be kept free from rodent harborage and infestation where such harborage  or infestation adversely affects the structures. 
    F. Delete Sections 302.8 and 302.9 of the IPMC. 
    G. Delete Section 304.1.1 of the IPMC. 
    H. Change Section 304.7 of the IPMC to read: 
    304.7 Roofs and drainage. The roof and flashing shall be  sound, tight and not have defects that admit rain. Roof drainage shall be  adequate to prevent dampness or deterioration in the walls or interior portion  of the structure. Roof drains, gutters and downspouts shall be maintained in  good repair and free from obstructions. Roof water shall be discharged in a  manner to protect the foundation or slab of buildings and structures from the  accumulation of roof drainage. 
    I. Change Section 304.14 of the IPMC to read: 
    304.14 Insect screens. During the period from April 1 to  December 1, every door, window and other outside opening required for  ventilation of habitable rooms, food preparation areas, food service areas or  any areas where products to be included or utilized in food for human  consumption are processed, manufactured, packaged or stored, shall be supplied  with approved tightly fitting screens of not less than 16 mesh per inch (16  mesh per 25 mm) and every screen door used for insect control shall have a  self-closing device in good working condition. 
    Exception: Screens shall not be required where other approved  means, such as mechanical ventilation, air curtains or insect repellant fans,  are used. 
    J. Delete Sections 304.18, 304.18.1, 304.18.2 and 304.18.3 of  the IPMC. 
    K. Delete Section 305.1.1 of the IPMC.
    L. Add Section 305.7 to the IPMC to read: 
    305.7 Carbon monoxide alarms. Carbon monoxide alarms shall be  maintained as approved. 
    M. Delete Section 306 of the IPMC in its entirety. 
    N. Change Section 308.1 of the IPMC to read as follows and  delete the remaining provisions of Section 308: 
    308.1 Accumulation of rubbish and garbage. The interior of  every structure shall be free from excessive accumulation of rubbish or  garbage. 
    O. Change Section 309.1 of the IPMC to read: 
    309.1 Infestation. This section shall apply to the extent that  insect and rodent infestation adversely affects a structure. All structures  shall be kept free from insect and rodent infestation. All structures in which  insects or rodents are found shall be promptly exterminated by approved  processes that will not be injurious to human health. After extermination,  proper precautions shall be taken to prevent reinfestation. 
    P. Add IPMC Section 310 Lead-Based Paint. 
    Q. Add Section 310.1 to the  IPMC to read: 
    310.1 General. Interior and exterior painted surfaces of  dwellings and child care facilities, including fences and outbuildings, that  contain lead levels equal to or greater than 1.0 milligram per square  centimeter or in excess of 0.50% lead by weight shall be maintained in a  condition free from peeling, chipping and flaking paint or removed or covered  in an approved manner. Any surface to be covered shall first be identified by  [ an ] approved warning as to the lead content of such  surface. 
    R. Add IPMC Section 311 Aboveground Liquid Fertilizer Storage  Tanks (ALFSTs). 
    S. Add Section 311.1 to the IPMC to read: 
    311.1 General. ALFSTs shall be maintained in accordance with  the requirements of Section 3413.16 1701.16 of the Virginia  Construction Code VRC and the requirements of the Virginia  Construction Code VCC applicable to such ALFSTs when newly  constructed, and the requirements of the VRC when undergoing a  change of occupancy to an ALFST and when repaired, altered or reconstructed,  including the requirements for inspections and for a secondary containment  system. 
    13VAC5-63-525. Chapter 4 Light, ventilation and occupancy  limitations. (Repealed.) 
    A. Change Section 404.4.1 of the IMPC to read:
    404.4.1 Room area. Every living room shall contain at least  120 square feet (11.2 m2) and every bedroom shall contain at least  70 square feet (6.5 m2) and every bedroom occupied by more than one  person shall contain at least 50 square feet (4.6 m2) of floor area  for each occupant thereof.
    B. Change Section 404.5 of the IPMC and add new Table  404.5 to the IPMC to read:
    404.5 Overcrowding. Dwelling units shall not be occupied by  more occupants than permitted by the minimum area requirements of Table 404.5.
           | Table 404.5Minimum Area Requirements
 | 
       | Space
 | Minimum Area in Square Feet
 | 
       | 1‑2 occupants
 | 3-5 occupants
 | 6 or more occupants
 | 
       | Living rooma,b
 | 120
 | 120
 | 150
 | 
       | Dining rooma,b
 | No requirement
 | 80
 | 100
 | 
       | Bedrooms
 | Shall comply with Section    404.4.1
 | 
       | For SI: 1 square foot =    0.093 m2
 aSee Section 404.5.2 for combined living room/dining    room spaces.
 bSee Section 404.5.1 for limitations on determining    the minimum occupancy area for sleeping purposes.
 | 
  
    C. Add Sections 404.5.1 and 404.5.2 to the IPMC to read:
    404.5.1 Sleeping area. The minimum occupancy area required  by Table 404.5 shall not be included as a sleeping area in determining the  minimum occupancy area for sleeping purposes. All sleeping areas shall comply  with Section 404.4.
    404.5.2 Combined spaces. Combined living room and dining  room spaces shall comply with the requirements of Table 404.5 if the total area  is equal to that required for separate rooms and if the space is located so as  to function as a combination living room/dining room. 
    13VAC5-63-530. Chapter 5 Plumbing facilities and fixture  requirements. 
    A. Add Section 505.5 to the IPMC to read: 
    505.5 Inspection and testing of backflow prevention  assemblies. Inspection and testing shall comply with Sections 505.5.1 and  505.5.2. 
    B. Add Section 505.5.1 to the IPMC to read: 
    505.5.1 Inspections. Inspections shall be made of all backflow  prevention assemblies and air gaps to determine whether they are operable. 
    C. Add Section 505.5.2 to the  IMPC to read: 
    505.5.2 Testing. Reduced pressure principle backflow preventer  assemblies, double check-valve assemblies, double-detector check valve  assemblies and pressure vacuum breaker assemblies shall be tested at the time  of installation, immediately after repairs or relocation and at least annually.  The testing procedure shall be performed in accordance with one of the  following standards: ASSE 5010-1013-1, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE 5010-1015-1,  Sections 1 and 2; ASSE 5010-1015-2; ASSE 5010-1015-3, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE  5010-1015-4, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE 5010-1020-1, Sections 1 and 2; ASSE  5010-1047-1, Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4; ASSE 5010-1048-1, Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4;  ASSE 5010-1048-2; ASSE 5010-1048-3, Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4; ASSE 5010-1048-4,  Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4; or CAN/CSA B64.10. 
    D. Change Section 506.3 of the IPMC to read: 
    506.3 Grease interceptors. Grease interceptors, grease  traps, and automatic grease removal devices shall be maintained in accordance  with this code and the manufacturer's installation instructions. Grease interceptors,  grease traps, and automatic grease removal devices shall be regularly serviced  and cleaned to prevent the discharge of oil, grease, and other substances  harmful or hazardous to the building drainage system, the public sewer, the  private sewage disposal system, or the sewage treatment plant or processes. All  records of maintenance, cleaning, and repairs shall be available for inspection  by the code official. 
    E. D. Change  Section 507.1 of the IPMC to read: 
    507.1 General. Drainage of roofs and paved areas, yards and  courts, and other open areas on the premises shall be discharged in a manner to  protect the buildings and structures from the accumulation of overland water  runoff. 
    13VAC5-63-540. Chapter 6 Mechanical and electrical  requirements. 
    A. Change Section 602 of the IPMC to read: 
    Section 602 Heating and Cooling Facilities. 
    B. Change Section 602.1 of the IPMC to read: 
    602.1 Facilities required. Heating and cooling facilities  shall be maintained and operated in structures as required by this section. 
    C. Change Section 602.2 of the IPMC to read: 
    602.2 Heat supply. Every owner and operator of any a  Group R-2 apartment building or other residential dwelling who  rents, leases or lets one or more dwelling unit, rooming unit, dormitory or  guestroom on terms, either expressed or implied, to furnish heat to the  occupants thereof shall supply heat during the period from October 15 to May 1  to maintain a temperature of not less than 65°F (18°C) in all habitable rooms,  bathrooms, and toilet rooms. The code official may also consider  modifications as provided in Section 104.5.2 when requested for unusual  circumstances or may issue notice approving building owners to convert shared  heating and cooling piping HVAC systems 14 calendar days before or after the  established dates when extended periods of unusual temperatures merit modifying  these dates. 
    Exception: When the outdoor temperature is below the winter  outdoor design temperature for the locality, maintenance of the minimum room  temperature shall not be required provided that the heating system is operating  at its full design capacity. The winter outdoor design temperature for the  locality shall be as indicated in Appendix D of the International Plumbing  Code IPC. 
    D. Add Section 602.2.1 to the IPMC to read: 
    602.2.1 Prohibited use. In dwelling units subject to Section  602.2, one or more unvented room heaters shall not be used as the sole source  of comfort heat in a dwelling unit. 
    E. Change Section 602.3 of the IPMC to read: 
    602.3 Occupiable work spaces. Indoor occupiable work spaces  shall be supplied with heat during the period from October 1 to May 15 to  maintain a temperature of not less than 65°F (18°C) during the period the  spaces are occupied. 
    Exceptions: 
    1. Processing, storage and operation areas that require  cooling or special temperature conditions. 
    2. Areas in which persons are primarily engaged in vigorous  physical activities. 
    F. Change Section 602.4 of the IPMC to read: 
    602.4 Cooling supply. Every owner and operator of a Group R-2  apartment building who rents, leases or lets one or more dwelling units,  rooming units or guestrooms on terms, either expressed or implied, to furnish  cooling to the occupants thereof shall supply cooling during the period from  May 15 to October 1 to maintain a temperature of not more than 80°F (27°C) in  all habitable rooms. The code official may also consider modifications as  provided in Section 104.5.2 when requested for unusual circumstances or may  issue notice approving building owners to convert shared heating and cooling  piping HVAC systems 14 calendar days before or after the established dates when  extended periods of unusual temperatures merit modifying these dates. 
    Exception: When the outdoor temperature is higher than the  summer design temperature for the locality, maintenance of the room temperature  shall not be required provided that the cooling system is operating at its full  design capacity. The summer outdoor design temperature for the locality shall  be as indicated in the International Energy Conservation Code IECC.  
    G. Change the exception to  Section 604.3.1.1 of the IPMC to read: 
    Exception: The following equipment shall be allowed to be  repaired or reused where an inspection report from the equipment manufacturer,  an approved representative of the equipment manufacturer, a third party  licensed or certified electrician, or an electrical engineer indicates that the  exposed equipment has not sustained damage that requires replacement: 
    1. Enclosed switches, rated 600 volts or less; 
    2. Busway, rated 600 volts or less; 
    3. Panelboards, rated 600 volts or less; 
    4. Switchboards, rated 600 volts or less; 
    5. Fire pump controllers, rated 600 volts or less; 
    6. Manual and magnetic motor controllers; 
    7. Motor control centers; 
    8. Alternating current high-voltage circuit breakers; 
    9. Low-voltage power circuit breakers; 
    10. Protective relays, meters and current transformers; 
    11. Low- and medium-voltage switchgear; 
    12. Liquid-filled transformers; 
    13. Cast-resin transformers; 
    14. Wire or cable that is suitable for wet locations and whose  ends have not been exposed to water; 
    15. Wire or cable, not containing fillers, that is suitable  for wet locations and whose ends have not been exposed to water; 
    16. Luminaires that are listed as submersible; 
    17. Motors; 
    18. Electronic control, signaling and communication equipment.  
    H. Change Section 606.1 to the IPMC to read: 
    606.1 General. Elevators, dumbwaiters and escalators shall be  maintained in compliance with ASME A17.1. The most current certificate of  inspection shall be on display at all times within the elevator or attached to  the escalator or dumbwaiter, be available for public inspection in the office  of the building operator or be posted in a publicly conspicuous location  approved by the code official. An annual periodic inspection and test is  required of elevators and escalators. A locality shall be permitted to require  a six-month periodic inspection and test. All periodic inspections shall be  performed in accordance with Section 8.11 of ASME A17.1. The code official may  also provide for such inspection by an approved agency or through agreement  with other local certified elevator inspectors. An approved agency includes any  individual, partnership or corporation who has met the certification  requirements established by the VCS. 
    DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (13VAC5-63) 
    International Code Council, Inc., 500 New Jersey Avenue,  NW, 6th Floor, Washington, DC 20001-2070 (http://www.iccsafe.org/):
    International Building Code - 2009 2012 Edition,  International Code Council, Inc., 500 New Jersey Avenue, NW, 6th Floor,  Washington, DC 20001-2070. 
    International Energy Conservation Code - 2009 2012  Edition, International Code Council, Inc. 
    International Existing Building Code - 2009 2012  Edition, International Code Council, Inc. 
    International Fire Code - 2009 2012 Edition,  International Code Council, Inc. 
    International Fuel Gas Code - 2009 2012 Edition,  International Code Council, Inc. 
    International Mechanical Code - 2009 2012  Edition, International Code Council, Inc. 
    International Property Maintenance Code - 2009 2012  Edition, International Code Council, Inc. 
    International Plumbing Code - 2009 2012 Edition,  International Code Council, Inc. 
    International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family  Dwellings - 2009 2012 Edition, International Code Council,  Inc. 
    International Swimming Pool and Spa Code - 2012 Edition  
    ICC/ANSI A117.1-09, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities,  Approved November 26, 2003 
    AISI S230-07 W/S2-08, Standard for Cold-Formed Steel  Framing - Prescriptive Method for One and Two Family Dwellings, 2007 Edition  with Supplement 2, American Iron and Steel Institute, 1140 Connecticut Avenue  NW, Suite 705, Washington, DC 20036.
    ANSI/AF&PA WCFM-2001, Wood Frame Construction Manual  for One- and Two-Family Dwellings, 2001 Edition, Approved October 11, 2001,  American Forest and Paper Association, 1111 19th St. NW, Suite 800, Washington,  DC 20036. 
    ANSI/NSPI-1 2003, American National Standard for Public  Swimming Pools, National Spa and Pool Institute, 2111 Eisenhower Avenue,  Alexandria, VA 22314.
    ANSI/NSPI-2 1999, American National Standard for Public  Spas, National Spa and Pool Institute, 2111 Eisenhower Avenue, Alexandria, VA  22314.
    [ Air Conditioning Contractors of America, 2800  Shirlington Road, Suite 300, Arlington, VA 22206 (https://www.acca.org/): 
    Manual J-11, Residential Load Calculation, Eighth Edition  
    Manual S-04, Residential Equipment Selection ] 
    ACI 318-11, Building Code Requirements for Structural  Concrete, American Concrete Institute, 38800 Country Club Drive, Farmington  Hills, MI 48331 (http://www.concrete.org/)
    American Petroleum Institute, 1220 L Street, NW,  Washington, DC 20005-4070 (http://www.api.org/):
    API 650-09, Welded Tanks for Oil Storage, Eleventh Edition,  June 2007 (Addendum 1, November 2008, Addendum 2, November 2009, effective May  1, 2010), American Petroleum Institute, 1220 L Street, NW, Washington, DC  20005-4070. 
    API 653-09, Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and  Reconstruction, American Petroleum Institute. 
    ASHRAE 193-2010, Method of Test for Determining the Airtightness  of HVAC Equipment, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and  Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle, NE, Atlanta, GA  30329-2305 (https://www.ashrae.org/)
    American Society of Testing Materials International, 100  Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshocken, PA 19428-2959 (http://www.astm.org/): 
    ASTM C199-84(2005), Standard Test Method for Pier Test for  Refractory Mortar 
    ASTM C315-07, Standard Specification for Clay Flue Liners  and Chimney Pots 
    ASTM C1261-07, Standard Specification for Firebox Brick for  Residential Fireplaces 
    ASTM D1557-07, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory  Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3(2700  kN-m/m3)) 
    ASTM E90-90, Standard Test Method for Laboratory  Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions 
    ASTM E283-04, Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of  Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified  Pressure Differences Across the Specimen 
    ASTM E329-02, Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in  the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction, American  Society of Testing Materials International, 100 Barr Harbor Dr., P.O. Box C700,  West Conshocken, PA 19428-2959. 
    ASTM D1557-00, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory  Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3(2,700  kN-m/m3)), ASTM International.
    ASTM E90-90, Standard Test Method for Laboratory  Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions, ASTM  International.
    ASTM F2006-10, Standard Safety Specification for Window  Fall Prevention Devices for Nonemergency Escape (Egress) and Rescue (Ingress)  Windows 
    ASTM F2090-08, Standard Specification for Window Fall  Prevention Devices with Emergency Escape (Egress) Release Mechanisms 
    CAN/CSA-B64.10-01, Manual for the Selection and Installation  of Backflow Prevention Devices/Manual for the Maintenance and Field Testing of  Backflow Prevention Devices, June 2003, National Standards of Canada.,  5060 Spectrum Way, Suite 100, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L4W5N6 (http://www.csa.ca)
    American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue,  New York, NY 10016-5990 (https://www.asme.org/):  
    ASME A17.1-2007 / CSA B44-07 ASME A17.1/CSA B44-2007  Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, American Society of Mechanical  Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990. 
    ASME A17.1a-2008 / CSA B44a-08, Addenda to ASME A17.1-2007  / CSA B44-07 ASME A17.1/CSA B44-2010, Safety Code for Elevators and  Escalators, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New  York, NY 10016-5990. 
    ASME A17.1b-2009 / CSA B44b-09, Addenda to ASME A17.1-2007  / CSA B44-07, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, American Society of  Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990. 
    ASME A18.1-2011, Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and  Stairway Chairlifts 
    ASME A90.1-97, Safety Standard for Belt Manlifts, American  Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990.
    ASME B20.1-00, Safety Standard for Conveyors and Related  Equipment, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New  York, NY 10016-5990.
    American Society of Sanitary Engineering, 901 Canterbury  Road, Suite A, Westlake, OH 44145 (http://www.asse-plumbing.org/):
    ASSE 1010-98 ASSE 1010-2004, Performance  Requirements for Water Hammer Arrestors, American Society of Sanitary  Engineering, 901 Canterbury Road, Suite A, Westlake, OH 44145. 
    [ ASSE 1022-03, Performance Requirements for Backflow  Preventer for Beverage Dispensing Equipment 
    ASSE 1024-04, Performance Requirements for Dual Check Valve  Type Backflow Preventers (for Residential Supply Service or Individual Outlets) ]  
    ASSE 5010-1013-1, Field Test Procedure for a Reduced Pressure  Principle Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge, 1991, American Society  of Sanitary Engineering. 
    ASSE 5010-1015-1, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check  Valve Assembly Using a Duplex Gauge, 1991, American Society of Sanitary  Engineering. 
    ASSE 5010-1015-2, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check  Valve Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High- and Low-Pressure  Hose Method, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering. 
    ASSE 5010-1015-3, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check  Valve Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High Pressure Hose Method,  1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering. 
    ASSE 5010-1015-4, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check  Valve Assembly Using a Site Tube, 1991, American Society of Sanitary  Engineering. 
    ASSE 5010-1020-1, Field Test Procedures for a Pressure Vacuum  Breaker Assembly, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering. 
    ASSE 5010-1047-1, Field Test Procedure for a Reduced Pressure  Detector Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge, 1991, American  Society of Sanitary Engineering. 
    ASSE 5010-1048-1, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check  Detector Assembly Using a Duplex Gauge, 1991, American Society of Sanitary  Engineering. 
    ASSE 5010-1048-2, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check  Detector Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High- and Low-Pressure  Hose Method, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering. 
    ASSE 5010-1048-3, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check  Detector Assembly Using a Differential Pressure Gauge - High-Pressure Hose  Method, 1991, American Society of Sanitary Engineering. 
    ASSE 5010-1048-4, Field Test Procedure for a Double Check  Detector Assembly Using a Site Tube, 1991, American Society of Sanitary  Engineering. 
    ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003, Accessible and Usable Buildings and  Facilities, Approved November 26, 2003, International Code Council, 500 New  Jersey Avenue, NW, 6th Floor, Washington, DC 20001-2070. 
    ICC 600-2008, Standard for Residential Construction in  High-Wind Regions, Approved August 6, 2008, International Code Council, Inc. 
    SEI/ASCE 7-05 ASCE/SEI 7-10, Minimum Design  Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, American Society of Civil  Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute, 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston,  VA 20191-4400. (http://www.asce.org/sei/)
    National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park,  Quincy, MA 02169-7471 (http://www.nfpa.org/):
    NFPA 13-10, Installation of Sprinkler Systems 
    NFPA 13R-10, Installation of Sprinkler Systems in  Residential Occupancies Up to and Including Four Stories in Height 
    NFPA 13D-07 NFPA 13D-10, Standard for the  Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and  Manufactured Homes, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park,  Quincy, MA 02269
    NFPA 70-08 NFPA 70-11, National Electrical Code,  2008 Edition, National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy,  MA 02269
    NFPA 72-10, National Fire Alarm Code 
    NFPA 105-10, Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door  Assemblies 
    [ NFPA 285-06, Standard Method of Test for the  Evaluation of Flammability Characteristics of Exterior Nonload-bearing Wall  Assemblies Containing Combustible Components ] 
    NFPA 495-01, Explosive Materials Code, National Fire  Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269
    NFPA 701-10, Standard Methods of Fire Tests for  Flame-propagation of Textiles and Films
    NFPA 704-07 NFPA 704-12, Standard System for the  Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response, National  Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269
    [ NFPA 720-09, Standard for the Installation of Carbon  Monoxide (CO) Detection and Warning Equipment 
    NSF 50-2009a, Equipment for Swimming Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs  and Other Recreational Water Facilities, NSF International, 789 Dixboro Road,  P.O. Box 130140, Ann Arbor, MI 48113 (http://nsf.org) ]  
    TFI RMIP-09, Aboveground Storage Tanks Containing Liquid  Fertilizer, Recommended Mechanical Integrity Practices, December 2009, The  Fertilizer Institute, 820 First Street, NE, Suite 430, Washington, DC 20002
    Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road,  Northbrook, IL 60062 (http://www.ul.com):
    [ UL 87A-12, Outline of Investigation for  Power-Operated Dispensing Devices for Gasoline and Gasoline/ethanol Blends with  Nominal Ethanol Concentrations up to 85 Percent 
    UL 294-2010, Access Control System Units (Fifth  Edition-with revisions through September 17, 2010) ]
    UL 1784-01, Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies, revised  July 2009
    UL 2034 UL 2034-2008, Standard for Single and  Multiple Station Carbon Monoxide Alarms, Third Edition, February 28, 2008,  including revisions through, revised February 20, 2009,  Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062.
    [ UL 2075-2013, Gas and Vapor Detectors and Sensors  (Second Edition, March 5, 2013) ] 
    Interim  Remediation Guidance for Homes with Corrosion from Problem Drywall, April 2,  2010, Joint Report, Consumer Products Safety Commission and Department of  Housing and Urban Development
    VA.R. Doc. No. R12-3159; Filed March 14, 2014, 9:58 a.m. 
TITLE 13. HOUSING
BOARD OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
Final Regulation
        REGISTRAR'S NOTICE: The  Board of Housing and Community Development is claiming an exemption from the  Administrative Process Act pursuant to § 2.2-4006 A 12 of the Code of  Virginia, which excludes regulations adopted pursuant to the Industrialized  Building Safety Law (§ 36-70 et seq. of the Code of Virginia). 
         Title of Regulation: 13VAC5-91. Virginia  Industrialized Building Safety Regulations (amending 13VAC5-91-10, 13VAC5-91-20, 13VAC5-91-40,  13VAC5-91-60, 13VAC5-91-100, 13VAC5-91-115, 13VAC5-91-120, 13VAC5-91-140  through 13VAC5-91-170, 13VAC5-91-180, 13VAC5-91-210, 13VAC5-91-220,  13VAC5-91-240, 13VAC5-91-260, 13VAC5-91-270; repealing 13VAC5-91-130). 
    Statutory Authority: § 36-73 of the Code of  Virginia.
    Effective Date: July 14, 2014. 
    Agency Contact: Stephen W. Calhoun, Regulatory  Coordinator, Department of Housing and Community Development, Main Street  Centre, 600 East Main Street, Suite 300, Richmond, VA 23219, telephone (804)  371-7000, FAX (804) 371-7090, TTY (804) 371-7089, or email  steve.calhoun@dhcd.virginia.gov.
    Summary: 
    This regulatory action incorporates the newer editions of  the model codes, which are produced by the International Code Council, into the  Virginia Industrialized Building Safety Regulations. The amendments (i)  conform the regulations to statutory provisions and updated industry standards;  (ii) coordinate the application of the regulation with the other building code  and fire code regulations of the board; (iii) delete redundant provisions or  provisions not required by law and revise or move provisions for consistency;  (iv) revise the definition of compliance assurance agency (CAA) to allow the  placement of CAAs labels on industrialized buildings in one location; (v)  clarify the right to appeal any administrator order; (vi) clarify that the  building official can require the correction of any regulatory violation before  the registered industrialized building may be occupied; (vii) require a  compliance assurance agency to make application for acceptance by the State  Building Code Office (SBCO); (viii) require that registration seals must be  purchased from the SBCO and decrease the cost of registration seals for  building constructed as R-5 (residential) from $75 to $50 per module; and (ix)  allow a partial refund of a certification seal and a deduction from the refund  of a processing fee of 25% of the refund due, not to exceed $250.
    13VAC5-91-10. Definitions.
    The following words and terms when used in this chapter shall  have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. 
    "Administrator" means the Director of DHCD or his  designee. 
    "Approved" as applied to a material, device, method  of construction, registered building, or as otherwise used in this chapter  means approved by the administrator. 
    "Building official" means the officer or other  designated authority charged with the administration and enforcement of the  USBC, or duly authorized representative. 
    "Compliance assurance agency" means an architect or  professional engineer registered in Virginia, or an organization, determined by  DHCD to be specially qualified by reason of facilities, personnel, experience,  and demonstrated reliability, to investigate, test and evaluate industrialized  buildings; to list such buildings complying with standards at least equal to  this chapter; to provide adequate follow-up services at the point of  manufacture to ensure that production units are in full compliance; and to  provide a label as evidence of compliance on each manufactured section or  module. 
    "DHCD" means the Virginia Department of Housing and  Community Development. 
    "ICC" means the International Code Council, Inc. 
    "Industrialized building" means a combination of  one or more sections or modules, subject to state regulations and including the  necessary electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, and other service  systems, manufactured off-site and transported to the point of use for  installation or erection, with or without other specified components, to  comprise a finished building. Manufactured homes defined in § 36-85.3 of  the Code of Virginia and certified under the provisions of the National  Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act (42 USC § 5401  et seq.) shall not be considered industrialized buildings for the purpose of  this law. 
    "Label," "certification label," or  "compliance assurance agency certification label" means the label  required by 13VAC5-91-210. 
    "Model" means a specific design of an  industrialized building designated by the producer of the building including  production buildings with variations and options that do not affect compliance  with the standards governing structural, plumbing, mechanical, or electrical  systems or any other items governed by this chapter. 
    "Registered" means an industrialized building which  displays a registration seal issued by DHCD in accordance with this chapter. 
    "Seal," "registration seal," or  "Virginia registration seal" means the seal required by  13VAC5-91-260. 
    "SBCAO" "SBCO" means the  State Building Code Administrative Codes Office within DHCD. 
    "State Review Board" means the Virginia State  Building Code Technical Review Board as established by § 36-108 of the Code of  Virginia. 
    "This law" means the Virginia Industrialized  Building Safety Law as embraced in Chapter 4 (§ 36-70 et seq.) of Title 36  of the Code of Virginia. 
    "USBC" means the Virginia Uniform Statewide  Building Code (13VAC5-63). 
    13VAC5-91-20. Application and compliance.
    A. In accordance with § 36-81 of the Code of Virginia,  registered industrialized buildings shall be acceptable in all localities as  meeting the requirements of the Industrialized Building Safety Law (Chapter 4  (§ 36-70 et seq.) of Title 36 of the Code of Virginia), which shall supersede  the building codes and regulations of the counties, municipalities and state  agencies. Local requirements affecting industrialized buildings, including  zoning, utility connections, preparation of the site and maintenance of the  unit shall remain in full force and effect. All building officials are  authorized to and shall enforce the provisions of the Industrialized Building  Safety Law (Chapter 4 (§ 36-70 et seq.) of Title 36 of the Code of Virginia)  and this chapter. 
    B. In accordance with § 36-78 of the Code of Virginia, no  person, firm or corporation shall offer for sale or rental, or sell or rent,  any industrialized building subject to any provisions of this chapter unless it  conforms with the applicable provisions of this chapter. 
    Further, any industrialized building constructed before  January 1, 1972, shall remain subject to the ordinances, laws or regulations in  effect at the time such industrialized building was constructed. Additionally,  as a requirement of this chapter, any industrialized building bearing the label  of a compliance assurance agency shall remain subject to the provisions of this  chapter that were effective when such building was constructed, regardless of  whether the building has been relocated. 
    C. In accordance with § 36-99 of the Code of Virginia and in  accordance with the USBC, the installation or erection of industrialized  buildings and alterations, additions, or repairs to industrialized buildings  are regulated by the USBC and not this chapter. The USBC provides for  administrative requirements for permits, inspections, and certificates [ or  of ] occupancy for such work. 
    D. Shipping Off-site manufactured intermodal  freight containers and portable on demand storage (PODS), moving  containers, and storage containers placed on site temporarily or permanently  for use as a storage container are not subject to this chapter. 
    13VAC5-91-40. Inspection and enforcement by administrator.  
    A. The SBCAO SBCO is designated as the administrator's  representative for the enforcement of this chapter and shall act as the  building official for registered industrialized buildings. It shall have  authority to make inspections during reasonable hours at the manufacturing  facilities and at building sites where industrialized buildings are being  installed. The SBCAO SBCO shall have authority to issue  inspection reports for correction of violations caused by the manufacturer and  to take such other actions as are required to enforce this chapter. 
    B. The SBCAO SBCO will maintain a list of  approved compliance assurance agencies. Each manufacturer producing registered  industrialized buildings will contract with one or more compliance assurance  agencies for required evaluation, monitoring and inspection services. The  contract will delineate the services to be provided by the compliance assurance  agency. The compliance assurance agency will notify the SBCAO SBCO  within 30 days of signing a new contract or terminating an existing contract  with any manufacturer. 
    13VAC5-91-60. Notice of violation from administrator.
    In accordance with § 36-82 of the Code of Virginia,  whenever the administrator shall find any violation of this chapter, he shall  order the person responsible therefor to bring the building into compliance  within a reasonable time, to be fixed in the order. In addition, as a  requirement of this chapter, the administrator may request assistance from the  building official for enforcement of this section. Any order issued by the  administrator pursuant to this section shall contain a statement explaining the  right of appeal of the order. 
    13VAC5-91-100. Duties and responsibilities of building  officials in the installation or erection of a registered industrialized  building.
    A. All building officials are authorized by § 36-81 of  the Code of Virginia to enforce the provisions of this chapter and shall be  responsible for and authorized to do the following:
    1. Verify through inspection that the registered  industrialized building displays the required state registration seal and the  proper label of the compliance assurance agency.
    2. Verify through inspection that the registered  industrialized building has not been damaged in transit to a degree that would  render it unsafe. If the building has been damaged, then the building official  is authorized to require tests for tightness of plumbing systems and gas piping  and an operational test to ensure that all luminaries and receptacles are  operable.
    3. Prevent the use or occupancy of a registered  industrialized building that in the opinion of the building official contains a  serious defect or imminent safety hazard and notify the SBCAO immediately. If  warranted due to the nature of any violations discovered, the building official  shall be permitted to require the correction of any violations of this chapter  before occupancy of the registered industrialized building is permitted.
    4. Notify the SBCAO SBCO of any apparent  violations of this chapter to include defects and noncompliance.
    B. In accordance with § 36-99 of the Code of Virginia and the  USBC, all site work associated with the installation or erection of an  industrialized building is subject to the USBC. In addition, under the USBC,  all administrative requirements for permits, inspections, and certificates of occupancy  are also applicable.
    13VAC5-91-115. Change of occupancy classification.
    When the occupancy classification of a registered  industrialized building is proposed to be changed, a compliance assurance  agency shall inspect the building, including any disassembly necessary, to  determine whether compliance may be achieved for a change of occupancy  classification in accordance with the USBC this chapter. If  factory plans are available, then disassembly is not required to the extent  that the factory plans can be reasonably verified to reflect the actual  construction. Once any necessary work is completed, the compliance assurance  agency shall prepare a report documenting the method utilized for the change of  occupancy and any alterations to the building to achieve compliance. When the  report is complete, the compliance assurance agency shall (i) mark the building  with a new compliance assurance agency label in accordance with 13VAC5-91-210,  which replaces the existing label; (ii) place a new manufacturer's data plate  on the building in accordance with 13VAC5-91-245, which replaces the existing  manufacturer's data plate and reflects the new occupancy classification; and  (iii) forward a copy of the report and new data plate to the SBCAO SBCO.  
    13VAC5-91-120. Unregistered industrialized buildings. 
    A. The building official shall determine whether any  unregistered industrialized building complies with this chapter and shall  require any noncomplying unregistered building to be brought into compliance  with this chapter. The building official shall enforce all applicable  requirements of this chapter including those relating to the sale, rental and  disposition of noncomplying buildings. The building official may require  submission of full plans and specifications for each building. Concealed parts  of the building may be exposed to the extent necessary to permit inspection to  determine compliance with the applicable requirements. The building official  may also accept reports of inspections and tests from individuals or agencies  deemed acceptable to the building official. 
    B. Unregistered industrialized buildings offered for sale  in this Commonwealth shall be marked by a warning sign to prospective  purchasers that the building is not registered in accordance with this chapter and  must be inspected and approved by the building official. The sign shall be of a  size and form approved by the administrator and shall be conspicuously posted  on the exterior of the unit near the main entrance door. This requirement shall  not apply to residential accessory buildings. 
    C. B. An existing unregistered industrialized  building may be registered in accordance with one of the following:
    1. Where an unregistered building was constructed under an  industrialized building program of another state and approved under such  program, a compliance assurance agency shall prepare a report based on review  of the plans and specifications and inspection of the building to determine  whether there is compliance with the construction requirements of this chapter  that were in effect on the date of manufacture of the building. If compliance  is determined, the compliance assurance agency shall (i) mark the building with  a compliance assurance agency label in accordance with 13VAC5-91-210, (ii)  place a new manufacturer's data plate on the building in accordance with  13VAC5-91-245, (iii) mark the building with a registration seal in accordance  with 13VAC5-91-260, and (iv) forward a copy of the report and new data plate to  the SBCAO SBCO.
    2. Where an unregistered building was not approved under an  industrialized building program of another state and the date of manufacture  can be verified, the compliance assurance agency shall inspect the building,  including any disassembly necessary, to determine whether there is compliance  with the construction requirements of this chapter that were in effect on the  date of manufacture of the building. When factory plans are available, then  disassembly is not required to the extent that the factory plans can be  verified to reflect the actual construction of the building. When compliance  with the construction requirements of this chapter that were in effect on the  date of manufacture of the building is achieved, the compliance assurance  agency shall prepare a report documenting compliance, outlining any changes  made to the building, and certifying the building in accordance with clauses  (i) through (iv) of subdivision 1 of this subsection.
    3. When the date of manufacture of the existing unregistered  building cannot be verified, the building shall be evaluated for compliance  with the codes and standards specified in 13VAC5-91-160. The compliance  assurance agency shall inspect the building, including any disassembly  necessary, to determine whether there is compliance with these construction  requirements. If compliance is achieved, the compliance assurance agency shall  prepare a report documenting compliance, outlining any changes made to the  building, and certifying the building in accordance with clauses (i) through  (iv) of subdivision 1 of this subsection. 
    13VAC5-91-130. Disposition of noncomplying building. (Repealed.)  
    When a building is found to be in violation of this  chapter, the building official may require the violations to be corrected  before occupancy of the building is permitted. 
    13VAC5-91-140. Report to the SBCAO SBCO. 
    If the building is moved from the jurisdiction before the  violations have been corrected, the building official shall make a prompt  report of the circumstances to the SBCAO SBCO. The report shall  include all of the following: 
    1. A list of the uncorrected violations. 
    2. All information contained on the label pertinent to the  identification of the building, the manufacturer and the compliance assurance  agency. 
    3. The number of the Virginia registration seal. 
    4. The new destination of the building, if known. 
    5. The party responsible for moving the building. 
    13VAC5-91-150. When modification may be granted. 
    A. The administrator shall have the power upon request  in specific cases to authorize modification of this chapter so as to permit  certain specified alternatives where the objectives of this law can still be  fulfilled. Such request shall be in writing and shall be accompanied by the  plans, specifications and other information necessary for an adequate  evaluation of the modification requested. 
    B. Before a modification is authorized, the building  official may be afforded an opportunity to present his views and  recommendations. 
    13VAC5-91-160. Use of model codes and standards. 
    A. Industrialized buildings produced after the effective date  of the 2009 2012 edition of this chapter shall comply with all  applicable requirements of the codes and standards listed in subsection B of  this section except that the following codes and standards may be used for 90  days one year after the effective date of the 2009 2012  edition of this chapter: 
    1. ICC International Building Code - 2006 2009  Edition 
    2. ICC International Plumbing Code - 2006 2009  Edition 
    3. ICC International Mechanical Code - 2006 2009  Edition 
    4. National Fire Protection Association Standard Number 70 (National  Electrical Code) - 2005 2008 Edition 
    5. ICC International Fuel Gas Code - 2009 Edition 
    6. ICC International Energy Conservation Code - 2009  Edition 
    5. 7. ICC International Residential Code - 2006  2009 Edition 
    B. The following documents are adopted and incorporated by  reference to be an enforceable part of this chapter: 
    1. ICC International Building Code - 2009 2012  Edition 
    2. ICC International Plumbing Code - 2009 2012  Edition 
    3. ICC International Mechanical Code - 2009 2012  Edition 
    4. National Electrical Code - 2008 2011 Edition 
    5. ICC International Fuel Gas Code - 2012 Edition 
    6. ICC International Energy Conservation Code - 2012  Edition 
    5. 7. ICC International Residential Code - 2009  2012 Edition 
    Note: As the 2009 2012 editions of the  International Codes are incorporated by reference as the construction standards  for use with these regulations, this chapter is also referred to as the 2009  2012 edition of the Virginia Industrialized Building Safety Regulations  or the 2009 2012 edition of this chapter.
    The codes and standards referenced above may be procured  from: 
           | International Code Council, Inc.500 New Jersey Avenue, NW, 6th Floor
 Washington, DC 20001-2070
 | 
  
    13VAC5-91-170. Amendments to codes and standards. 
    A. All requirements of the referenced model codes and  standards that relate to fees, permits, certificates of use and occupancy,  approval of plans and specifications, and other procedural, administrative and  enforcement matters are deleted and replaced by the procedural, administrative  and enforcement provisions of this chapter and the applicable provisions of  Chapter 1 of the USBC. 
    B. The referenced codes and standards are amended as set  forth in the USBC. 
    13VAC5-91-180. Compliance assurance agencies. 
    A. Application may shall be made to the SBCAO  SBCO for acceptance as a compliance assurance agency. Application shall  be made under oath and shall be accompanied by information and evidence that is  adequate for the SBCAO SBCO to determine whether the applicant is  specially qualified by reason of facilities, personnel, experience and  demonstrated reliability to investigate, test and evaluate industrialized  buildings for compliance with this chapter, and to provide adequate follow-up  and compliance assurance services at the point of manufacture. 
    B. Following a determination by the SBCO that an  application is complete, the information contained in the application and any  other information deemed necessary by the SBCO will be reviewed for approval or  disapproval. If the application is approved, the applicant will be notified  with an approval letter for a two-year period from the date of the approval  letter. If the application is disapproved, the applicant will be notified in  writing of the reasons for the disapproval. The applicant may then resubmit the  application within 30 days of the receipt of the notification of disapproval  for reconsideration of approval. 
    C. Compliance assurance agencies that are already approved  by the SBCO at the time of the effective date of this provision shall have 90  days from the effective date of this provision to apply for reapproval in  accordance with subsections A and B of this section. Such agencies shall  continue to be approved while the SBCO evaluates the reapplication. Compliance  assurance agencies receiving an approval letter from the SBCO after the  effective date of this provision shall apply for reapproval within 90 days  prior to the expiration of the two-year approval period if continued approval  as a compliance assurance agency is desired. 
    D. The SBCO may suspend or revoke the approval of a  compliance assurance agency upon a determination that (i) approval or  reapproval was based upon fraudulent or inaccurate information, (ii) a change  in facts or circumstances renders the agency incapable of meeting its duties  and responsibilities as a compliance assurance agency in a satisfactory manner,  or (iii) the agency failed to discharge its duties and responsibilities as a  compliance assurance agency in a satisfactory manner. In such cases, the SBCO  will issue a suspension or revocation notice to the agency outlining the  reasons for the actions and the terms, if any, for reinstatement. 
    13VAC5-91-210. Compliance assurance agency certification label.  
    Every manufactured section or module of a registered A.  Registered industrialized building buildings shall be marked  with a label certification labels supplied by the compliance  assurance agency that includes the name and address of the compliance assurance  agency and the numbers of the certification label number labels.  The labels shall be applied to registered industrialized buildings intended  for sale or use in Virginia and shall be applied prior to the shipment of the  building from the place of manufacture. The labels shall be applied by the  compliance assurance agency or by the manufacturer when so authorized by the  compliance assurance agency. 
    B. Registered industrialized buildings shall bear one  certification label on each manufactured section or module, or as an  alternative, the certification label for each manufactured section or module  may be placed in one location in the completed building. 
    13VAC5-91-220. Mounting of compliance assurance agency  certification label. 
    To the extent practicable, the certification label  shall be installed so that it cannot be removed without destroying it. The  label shall be applied in the vicinity of the electrical distribution panel or  in another location that is readily accessible for inspection and shall be  installed near the registration seal. When a building is comprised of  more than one section or module, the required label may be furnished as a  single label for the entire building provided each section or module is marked  by the compliance assurance agency in a clearly identifiable manner provided  with or on the label. 
    13VAC5-91-240. Label control Control of compliance  assurance agency certification label. 
    The labels shall be under direct control of the compliance  assurance agency until applied by the manufacturer to buildings that comply  fully with this chapter. The manufacturer shall place its order for labels with  the compliance assurance agency. The manufacturer is not permitted to acquire  labels from any other source. Each compliance assurance agency shall keep a  list of the serial numbers of labels issued to each manufacturer's plant in  such manner that a copy of the record can be submitted to the administrator  upon request. 
    13VAC5-91-260. Registration seal for industrialized buildings.
    A. Registered industrialized buildings shall be marked with  approved registration seals issued by the SBCAO SBCO. The seals  shall be applied by the manufacturer to a registered industrialized  building intended for sale or use in Virginia prior to the shipment of the  building from the place of manufacture. The seals shall be applied by the  compliance assurance agency or by the manufacturer when authorized to do so by  the compliance assurance agency. 
    B. Registered industrialized buildings shall bear one  registration seal on each manufactured section or module, or, as an  alternative, the registration seal for each manufactured section or module may  be placed in one location in the completed building. 
    C. Approved registration seals may shall be  purchased [ by the compliance assurance agency ] from the SBCAO  SBCO in advance of use. The fee for each registration seal shall be $75,  except that the fee for each registration seal for buildings constructed as  Group R-5 under Part I of the USBC shall be $50. Fees shall be submitted by  checks made payable to "Treasurer of Virginia" or shall be submitted  by electronic means. Payment for the seals must be received by the SBCAO  SBCO before the seals can be sent to the user. [ The compliance  assurance agency shall maintain permanent records of seals purchased, including  a record of any manufacturers receiving such seals. ] 
    D. To the extent practicable, the registration seal shall be  installed so that it cannot be removed without destroying it. It The  seal shall be applied in the vicinity of the electrical distribution panel or  in another location that is readily accessible for inspection and shall be  installed near the certification label applied by the compliance  assurance agency. 
    E. [ The compliance assurance agency or the  manufacturer under the supervision of the compliance assurance agency shall  maintain permanent records of the disposition of all Virginia registration  seals obtained by the compliance assurance agency or manufacturer. F. ]  Refunds of seals shall be in accordance with § 36-85.1 of the Code of  Virginia. An administrative and processing fee of 25% of the amount of the  refund due shall be deducted from the refund; however, such deduction shall not  exceed $250. 
    13VAC5-91-270. Manufacturer's installation instructions and  responsibilities of installers. 
    A. The manufacturer of each industrialized building shall  provide specifications or instructions, or both, with each building for  handling, installing or erecting the building. Such instructions may be  included as part of the label from the compliance assurance agency or may be  furnished separately by the manufacturer of the building. The manufacturer  shall not be required to provide the foundation and anchoring equipment for the  industrialized building. 
    B. Persons or firms installing or erecting registered  industrialized buildings shall install or erect the building in accordance with  the manufacturer's instructions. 
    C. Where the installation or erection of an industrialized  building utilizes components that are to be concealed, the installer shall  notify and obtain approval from the building official prior to concealment of  such components unless the building official has agreed to an alternative  method of verification.
    Note: The Virginia Department of Professional and  Occupational Regulation's Board for Contractors requires licenses for certain  activities related to the industrialized building industry. For more  information, contact the Board for Contractors. 
    DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (13VAC5-91) 
    International Code Council, 500 New Jersey Avenue, NW, 6th  Floor, Washington, DC 20001-2070 (http://shop.iccsafe.org/codes.html):
    ICC International Plumbing Code -- 2006 and 2009 and  2012 Editions, International Code Council
    ICC International Mechanical Code -- 2006 and 2009 and  2012 Editions, International Code Council 
    National Fire Protection Association Standard Number 70  (National Electrical Code) -- 2005 and 2008 Editions 
    ICC International Building Code -- 2006 and 2009 and  2012 Editions, International Code Council 
    ICC International Residential Code -- 2006 and 2009 and  2012 Editions, International Code Council 
    ICC International Fuel Gas Code -- 2009 and 2012 Editions 
    ICC International Energy Conservation Code -- 2009 and 2012  Editions 
    NFPA 70, National Electrical Code -- 2008 and 2011  Editions, National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA  02169-7471 (http://www.nfpa.org/)
    ASTM Standard Number E541-08 -- Standard Specification for  Agencies Engaged in System Analysis and Compliance Assurance for Manufactured  Building, American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive,  West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 (http://www.astm.org/)
    VA.R. Doc. No. R12-3162; Filed March 14, 2014, 9:59 a.m. 
TITLE 18. PROFESSIONAL AND OCCUPATIONAL LICENSING
BOARD OF DENTISTRY
Final Regulation
    Title of Regulation: 18VAC60-20. Regulations  Governing Dental Practice (amending 18VAC60-20-10, 18VAC60-20-30,  18VAC60-20-107, 18VAC60-20-108, 18VAC60-20-110, 18VAC60-20-120, 18VAC60-20-135;  repealing 18VAC60-20-140). 
    Statutory Authority: §§ 54.1-2400 and 54.1-2709.5  of the Code of Virginia.
    Effective Date: May 7, 2014. 
    Agency Contact: Sandra Reen, Executive Director, Board  of Dentistry, 9960 Mayland Drive, Suite 300, Richmond, VA 23233-1463, telephone  (804) 367-4538, FAX (804) 527-4428, or email sandra.reen@dhp.virginia.gov.
    Summary:
    Pursuant to Chapter 526 of the 2011 Acts of the Assembly,  the amendments regulate provision of permits for dentists who provide or  administer conscious/moderate sedation or deep sedation/general anesthesia in a  dental office. The amendments (i) define words and terms used in sedation and  anesthesia regulations; (ii) establish general provisions pertaining to  administration of sedation and anesthesia, including recordkeeping, reporting,  emergency management, and continuing education requirements; (iii) require  dentists who administer deep sedation/general anesthesia and conscious/moderate  sedation to obtain permits from the Board of Dentistry; (iv) set out  requirements pertaining to the delegation of administration of deep sedation,  general anesthesia, and conscious/moderate sedation; (v) set forth the  equipment that must be maintained in working order and immediately available to  areas where patients will be sedated and treated and where patients will  recover; (vi) establish requirements for the monitoring and discharge of  patients; and (vii) extend the temporary permit for a dentist who was  self-certified in anesthesia and conscious/moderate sedation prior to January  1989 to May 7, 2015.
    Summary of Public Comments and Agency's Response: A  summary of comments made by the public and the agency's response may be  obtained from the promulgating agency or viewed at the office of the Registrar  of Regulations. 
    Part I 
  General Provisions
    18VAC60-20-10. Definitions.
    A. The following words and terms when used in this  chapter shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates  otherwise:
    "ADA" means the American Dental Association.
    "Advertising" means a representation or other  notice given to the public or members thereof, directly or indirectly, by a  dentist on behalf of himself, his facility, his partner or associate, or any  dentist affiliated with the dentist or his facility by any means or method for  the purpose of inducing purchase, sale or use of dental methods, services,  treatments, operations, procedures or products, or to promote continued or  increased use of such dental methods, treatments, operations, procedures or  products.
    "Analgesia" means the diminution or elimination  of pain in the conscious patient.
    "Anxiolysis" means the diminution or elimination  of anxiety through the use of pharmacological agents in a dosage that does not  cause depression of consciousness.
    "CODA" means the Commission on Dental  Accreditation of American Dental Association.
    "Conscious sedation" means a minimally depressed  level of consciousness that retains the patient's ability to independently and  continuously maintain an airway and respond appropriately to physical  stimulation and verbal commands, produced by pharmacological or nonpharmacological  methods, including inhalation, parenteral, transdermal or enteral, or a  combination thereof.
    "Deep sedation/general anesthesia" means an  induced state of depressed consciousness or unconsciousness accompanied by a  complete or partial loss of protective reflexes, including the inability to  continually maintain an airway independently and/or respond purposefully to  physical stimulation or verbal command and is produced by a pharmacological or  nonpharmacological method or a combination thereof.
    "Dental assistant I" means any unlicensed person  under the direction of a dentist who renders assistance for services provided  to the patient as authorized under this chapter but shall not include an  individual serving in purely a secretarial or clerical capacity.
    "Dental assistant II" means a person under the  direction and direct supervision of a dentist who is registered to perform  reversible, intraoral procedures as specified in this chapter.
    "Mobile dental facility" means a self-contained  unit in which dentistry is practiced that is not confined to a single building  and can be transported from one location to another.
    "Portable dental operation" means a nonfacility  in which dental equipment used in the practice of dentistry is transported to  and utilized on a temporary basis at an out-of-office location, including  patients' homes, schools, nursing homes, or other institutions.
    "Radiographs" means intraoral and extraoral  x-rays of hard and soft tissues to be used for purposes of diagnosis.
    B. The following words and terms relating to supervision  as used in this chapter shall have the following meanings unless the context  clearly indicates otherwise:
    "Direct supervision" means that the dentist  examines the patient and records diagnostic findings prior to delegating  restorative or prosthetic treatment and related services to a dental assistant  II for completion the same day or at a later date. The dentist prepares the  tooth or teeth to be restored and remains immediately available to the dental  assistant II for guidance or assistance during the delivery of treatment and  related services.The dentist examines the patient to evaluate the treatment and  services before the patient is dismissed.
    "Direction" means the level of supervision that a  dentist is required to exercise with a dental hygienist, a dental assistant I,  or a dental assistant II or that a dental hygienist is required to exercise  with a dental assistant to direct and oversee the delivery of treatment and  related services.
    "Enteral" means any technique of administration  in which the agent is absorbed through the gastrointestinal tract or oral  mucosa (i.e., oral, rectal, sublingual).
    "General supervision" means that a dentist  completes a periodic comprehensive examination of the patient and issues a written  order for hygiene treatment that states the specific services to be provided by  a dental hygienist during one or more subsequent appointments when the dentist  may or may not be present. The order may authorize the dental hygienist to  supervise a dental assistant performing duties delegable to dental assistants  I.
    "Immediate supervision" means the dentist is in  the operatory to supervise the administration of sedation or provision of  treatment.
    "Indirect supervision" means the dentist examines  the patient at some point during the appointment, and is continuously present  in the office to advise and assist a dental hygienist or a dental assistant who  is (i) delivering hygiene treatment, (ii) preparing the patient for examination  or treatment by the dentist or dental hygienist, or (iii) preparing the patient  for dismissal following treatment.
    C. The following words and terms relating to sedation or  anesthesia as used in the chapter shall have the following meanings unless the  context clearly indicates otherwise:
    "Conscious/moderate sedation" or "moderate  sedation" means a drug-induced depression of consciousness, during which  patients respond purposefully to verbal commands, either alone or accompanied  by light tactile stimulation. Reflex withdrawal from a painful stimulus is not  considered a purposeful response. No interventions are required to maintain a  patent airway, and spontaneous ventilation is adequate. Cardiovascular function  is usually maintained.
    "Deep sedation" means a drug-induced depression  of consciousness during which patients cannot be easily aroused but respond  purposefully following repeated or painful stimulation. Reflex withdrawal from  a painful stimulus is not considered a purposeful response. The ability to  independently maintain ventilatory function may be impaired. Patients may  require assistance in maintaining a patent airway, and spontaneous ventilation  may be inadequate. Cardiovascular function is usually maintained.
    "Enteral" means any technique of administration  in which the agent is absorbed through the gastrointestinal tract or oral  mucosa (i.e., oral, rectal, sublingual).
    "General anesthesia" means a drug induced loss  of consciousness during which patients are not arousable, even by painful  stimulation. The ability to independently maintain ventilator function is often  impaired. Patients often require assistance in maintaining a patent airway, and  positive pressure ventilation may be required because of depressed spontaneous  ventilation or drug-induced depression of neuromuscular function.  Cardiovascular function may be impaired.
    "Inhalation" means a technique of administration in  which a gaseous or volatile agent, including nitrous oxide, is introduced into  the pulmonary tree and whose primary effect is due to absorption through the  pulmonary bed.
    "Inhalation analgesia" means the inhalation of  nitrous oxide and oxygen to produce a state of reduced sensibility to pain  without the loss of consciousness.
    "Local anesthesia" means the loss of sensation or  pain in the oral cavity or the maxillofacial or adjacent and associated  structures generally produced by a topically applied or injected agent without  depressing the level of consciousness.
    "Minimal sedation" means a drug-induced state  during which patients respond normally to verbal commands. Although cognitive  function and physical coordination may be impaired, airway reflexes, and  ventilator and cardiovascular functions are unaffected. Minimal sedation  includes "anxiolysis" (the diminution or elimination of anxiety  through the use of pharmacological agents in a dosage that does not cause  depression of consciousness) and includes "inhalation analgesia" (the  inhalation of nitrous oxide and oxygen to produce a state of reduced  sensibility to pain without the loss of consciousness).
    "Mobile dental facility" means a self-contained  unit in which dentistry is practiced that is not confined to a single building  and can be transported from one location to another.
    "Moderate sedation" (see meaning of  conscious/moderate sedation).
    "Monitoring" means to observe, interpret,  assess, and record appropriate physiologic functions of the body during  sedative procedures and general anesthesia appropriate to the level of sedation  as provided in Part IV (18VAC60-20-107 et seq.).
    "Parenteral" means a technique of administration in  which the drug bypasses the gastrointestinal tract (i.e., intramuscular,  intravenous, intranasal, submucosal, subcutaneous, or intraocular). 
    "Portable dental operation" means a nonfacility  in which dental equipment used in the practice of dentistry is transported to  and utilized on a temporary basis at an out-of-office location, including  patients' homes, schools, nursing homes, or other institutions.
    "Radiographs" means intraoral and extraoral  x-rays of hard and soft tissues to be used for purposes of diagnosis. 
    "Titration" means the incremental increase in  drug dosage to a level that provides the optimal therapeutic effect of  sedation. 
    18VAC60-20-30. Other fees.
    A. Dental licensure application fees. The application fee for  a dental license by examination, a faculty license, or a temporary permit as a  dentist shall be $400. The application fee for dental license by credentials  shall be $500.
    B. Dental hygiene licensure application fees. The application  fee for a dental hygiene license by examination, a faculty license to teach  dental hygiene, or a temporary permit as a dental hygienist shall be $175. The  application fee for dental hygienist license by endorsement shall be $275.
    C. Dental assistant II registration application fee. The application  fee for registration as a dental assistant II shall be $100.
    D. Wall certificate. Licensees desiring a duplicate wall  certificate or a dental assistant II desiring a wall certificate shall submit a  request in writing stating the necessity for a wall certificate, accompanied by  a fee of $60.
    E. Duplicate license or registration. Licensees or  registrants desiring a duplicate license or registration shall submit a request  in writing stating the necessity for such duplicate, accompanied by a fee of $20.  If a licensee or registrant maintains more than one office, a notarized  photocopy of a license or registration may be used.
    F. Licensure or registration certification. Licensees or  registrants requesting endorsement or certification by this board shall pay a  fee of $35 for each endorsement or certification.
    G. Restricted license. Restricted license issued in  accordance with § 54.1-2714 of the Code of Virginia shall be at a fee of $285.
    H. Restricted volunteer license. The application fee for  licensure as a restricted volunteer dentist or dental hygienist issued in  accordance with § 54.1-2712.1 or [ § ] 54.1-2726.1 of the Code  of Virginia shall be $25.
    I. Returned check. The fee for a returned check shall be $35.
    J. Inspection fee. The fee for an inspection of a dental  office shall be $350 with the exception of a routine inspection of an office  in which the dentist has a conscious/moderate sedation permit or a deep  sedation/general anesthesia permit.
    K. Mobile dental clinic or portable dental operation. The  application fee for registration of a mobile dental clinic or portable dental  operation shall be $250. The annual renewal fee shall be $150 and shall be due  by December 31. A late fee of $50 shall be charged for renewal received after  that date.
    L. Conscious/moderate sedation permit. The application fee  for a permit to administer conscious/moderate sedation shall be $100. The  annual renewal fee shall be $100 and shall be due by March 31. A late fee of  $35 shall be charged for renewal received after that date. 
    M. Deep sedation/general anesthesia permit. The  application fee for a permit to administer deep sedation/general anesthesia  shall be $100. The annual renewal fee shall be $100 and shall be due by March  31. A late fee of $35 shall be charged for renewal received after that date.
    Part IV 
  Anesthesia, Sedation and Analgesia 
    18VAC60-20-107. General provisions. 
    A. This part (18VAC60-20-107 et seq.) shall not apply to: 
    1. The administration of local anesthesia in dental offices;  or 
    2. The administration of anesthesia in (i) a licensed hospital  as defined in § 32.1-123 of the Code of Virginia or state-operated hospitals or  (ii) a facility directly maintained or operated by the federal government. 
    B. Appropriateness of administration of general anesthesia or  sedation in a dental office. 
    1. Anesthesia and sedation may be provided in a dental office  for patients who are Class I and II as classified by the American Society of  Anesthesiologists (ASA). 
    2. Conscious sedation, deep sedation or general anesthesia  shall not be provided in a dental office for patients in ASA risk categories of  Class IV and V. 
    3. Patients in ASA risk category Class III shall only be  provided general anesthesia or any level of sedation by: 
    a. A dentist after he has documented a consultation  with their primary care physician or other medical specialist regarding  potential risk and special monitoring requirements that may be necessary; or 
    b. An oral and maxillofacial surgeon after performing an  evaluation and documenting the ASA risk assessment category of the patient and  any special monitoring requirements that may be necessary. 
    C. Prior to administration of any level of sedation or  general anesthesia, the dentist shall discuss the nature and objectives of the  anesthesia or sedation planned along with the risks, benefits and alternatives  and shall obtain informed, written consent from the patient or other  responsible party. The written consent shall be maintained in the patient  record.
    D. The determinant for the application of these rules shall  be the degree of sedation or consciousness level of a patient that should  reasonably be expected to result from the type and dosage of medication, the  method of administration and the individual characteristics of the patient as  documented in the patient's record. The drugs and techniques used must carry  a margin of safety wide enough to render unlikely an unintended reduction of or  loss of consciousness when factoring in titration and the patient's age,  weight, and ability to metabolize drugs.
    E. A dentist who is administering anesthesia or sedation  to patients prior to June 29, 2005, shall have one year from that date to  comply with the educational requirements set forth in this chapter for the administration  of anesthesia or sedation. When conscious/moderate sedation, deep  sedation, or general anesthesia is administered, the [ dentist patient  record ] shall [ also ] include  [ in the patient record ]: 
    1. Notation of the patient's American Society of  Anesthesiologists classification;
    2. Review of medical history and current conditions;
    3. Written informed consent for administration of sedation  and anesthesia and for the dental treatment to be performed;
    4. Preoperative vital signs;
    5. A record of the name, dose, strength of drugs, and route  of administration including the administration of local anesthetics with  notations of the time sedation and anesthesia were administered; 
    6. Monitoring records of all required vital signs and  physiological measures recorded every five minutes; and
    7. A list of staff participating in the administration,  treatment, and monitoring including name, position, and assigned duties.
    F. Pediatric patients. No sedating medication shall be  prescribed for or administered to a [ child  patient ] age 12 years [ and under or  younger ] prior to his arrival at the dentist office or treatment  facility.
    G. Emergency management. 
    1. If a patient enters a deeper level of sedation than the  dentist intended and was prepared to provide, the dentist shall stop the dental  treatment until the patient returns to and is stable at the intended level of  sedation.
    2. A dentist in whose office sedation or anesthesia is  administered shall have written basic emergency procedures established and  staff trained to carry out such procedures. 
    H. Reporting of adverse reactions. A written report shall  be submitted to the board by the treating dentist within 30 days following any  mortality or morbidity that directly results from the administration of any level  of sedation or anesthesia and that occurs in the facility or during the first  24 hours immediately following the patient's departure from the facility.
    I. Continuing education. A dentist who administers or a  dental hygienist who monitors patients under general anesthesia, deep sedation,  or conscious [ /moderate ] sedation shall complete  four hours every two years of approved continuing education directly related to  administration or monitoring of such anesthesia or sedation as part of the  hours required for licensure renewal as specified in 18VAC60-20-50.
    [ J. A dentist who allows the administration of  general anesthesia, deep sedation, or conscious/moderate sedation in his dental  office is responsible for assuring that:
    1. The equipment for administration and monitoring, as  required in 18VAC60-20-110 F or 18VAC60-20-120 E, is readily available and in  good working order prior to performing dental treatment with anesthesia or  sedation. The equipment shall either be maintained by the dentist in his office  or provided by the anesthesia or sedation provider; and
    2. The person administering the anesthesia or sedation is  appropriately licensed, and the staff monitoring the patient is qualified. ]
    18VAC60-20-108. Administration of minimal sedation (anxiolysis  or inhalation analgesia).
    A. Education and training requirements. A dentist who  utilizes anxiolysis or inhalation analgesia shall have training in and  knowledge of:
    1. Medications used, the appropriate dosages and the potential  complications of administration.
    2. Physiological effects of nitrous oxide and potential  complications of administration.
    B. Equipment requirements. A dentist who utilizes anxiolysis  or inhalation analgesia or who directs the administration of inhalation  analgesia by a dental hygienist shall maintain the following equipment in his  office and be trained in its use:
    1. Blood pressure monitoring equipment.
    2. Positive pressure oxygen.
    3. Mechanical (hand) respiratory bag.
    C. Monitoring requirements.
    1. The treatment team for anxiolysis shall consist of the  dentist and a second person in the operatory with the patient to assist,  monitor and observe the patient. Once the administration of anxiolysis has  begun, the dentist shall ensure that a person qualified in accordance with  18VAC60-20-135 is present with the patient at all times to determine the level  of consciousness by continuous visual monitoring of the patient.
    2. A dentist or a dental hygienist who utilizes inhalation  analgesia shall ensure that there is continuous visual monitoring of the  patient to determine the level of consciousness.
    3. If inhalation analgesia is used, monitoring shall include  making the proper adjustments of nitrous oxide machines at the request of or by  the dentist or a dental hygienist qualified in accordance with requirements of  18VAC60-20-81 to administer nitrous oxide during administration of the sedation  and observing the patient's vital signs.
    4. If any other pharmacological agent is used in addition  to nitrous oxide/oxygen and a local anesthetic, requirements for the induced  level of sedation must be met.
    D. Discharge requirement. The dentist shall ensure that the  patient is not discharged to his own care until he exhibits normal responses.
    18VAC60-20-110. Requirements to administer for the  administration of deep sedation/general anesthesia. 
    A. Educational requirements. After March 31, 2013,  no dentist may administer deep sedation/general anesthesia in a dental office  unless he has been issued a permit by the board. The requirement for a permit  shall not apply to an oral and maxillofacial surgeon who maintains membership  in the American Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons (AAOMS) and who  provides the board with reports that result from the periodic office  examinations required by AAOMS. Such an oral and maxillofacial surgeon shall be  required to post a certificate issued by AAOMS.
    B. To determine eligibility for a deep sedation/general  anesthesia permit, a dentist shall submit the following:
    1. A completed application form;
    2. The application fee as specified in 18VAC60-20-30;
    3. A copy of the certificate of completion of a CODA  accredited program or other documentation of training content that meets the  educational and training qualifications specified in subsection C of this  section; and
    4. A copy of current certification in ACLS or PALS as  required in subsection C of this section. 
    C. Educational and training qualifications for a deep  sedation/general anesthesia permit.
    1. A dentist may employ or be issued a permit  to use deep sedation/general anesthesia on an outpatient basis in  a dental office by meeting one of the following educational criteria and  by posting the educational certificate, in plain view of the patient, which  verifies completion of the advanced training as required in subdivision 1 or 2  of this subsection. These requirements shall not apply nor or  interfere with requirements for obtaining hospital staff privileges. 
    1. Has completed a. Completion of a minimum of  one calendar year of advanced training in anesthesiology and related academic  subjects beyond the undergraduate dental school level in a training program in  conformity with published guidelines by the American Dental Association  (Guidelines for Teaching the Comprehensive Control of Anxiety and Pain in  Dentistry) in effect at the time the training occurred; or 
    2. b. Completion of an American Dental  Association approved a CODA accredited residency in any dental  specialty which incorporates into its curriculum a minimum of one calendar year  of full-time training in clinical anesthesia and related clinical medical  subjects (i.e., medical evaluation and management of patients),  comparable to those set forth in published guidelines by the American Dental  Association for Graduate and Postgraduate Training in Anesthesia in effect at  the time the training occurred. 
    After June 29, 2006, dentists 2. Dentists who  administer deep sedation/general anesthesia shall hold current certification in  advanced resuscitative techniques with hands-on simulated airway and  megacode training for [ healthcare health care ]  providers, including basic electrocardiographic interpretation, such as  courses in Advanced Cardiac Life Support (ACLS) for Health Professionals  or Pediatric Advanced Life Support (PALS) for Health Professionals and  current Drug Enforcement Administration registration. 
    B. Exceptions. 
    1. A dentist who has not met the requirements specified in  subsection A of this section may treat patients under deep sedation/general  anesthesia in his practice if a qualified anesthesiologist, or a dentist who  fulfills the requirements specified in subsection A of this section, is present  and is responsible for the administration of the anesthetic. 
    2. If a dentist fulfills the requirements specified in  subsection A of this section, he may employ the services of a certified nurse  anesthetist. 
    C. D. Posting. Any dentist who utilizes deep  sedation/general anesthesia shall post The deep sedation/general  anesthesia permit or AAOMS certificate required under subsection A of this section  shall be posted along with the dental license and current  registration with the Drug Enforcement Administration, the certificate of  education required under subsection A of this section. All licenses and  permits must be current.
    E. Delegation of administration.
    1. A dentist who does not hold a permit to administer deep  sedation and general anesthesia shall only use the services of a dentist with a  current deep sedation/general anesthesia permit or an anesthesiologist to  administer deep sedation or general anesthesia in a dental office. In a  licensed outpatient surgery center, a dentist not qualified who does not hold a  permit to administer deep sedation or general anesthesia shall use either a  permitted dentist, an anesthesiologist, or a certified registered nurse  anesthetist to administer deep sedation or general anesthesia. 
    2. A dentist who does hold a permit may administer or use  the services of the following personnel to administer deep sedation or general  anesthesia:
    a. A dentist with a current deep sedation/anesthesia  permit;
    b. An anesthesiologist; or
    c. A certified registered nurse anesthetist under the  medical direction and indirect supervision of a dentist who meets the  educational requirements of subsection C of this section.
    3. Preceding the administration of deep sedation or general  anesthesia, a permitted dentist may use the services of the following personnel  under indirect supervision to administer local anesthesia to anesthetize the  injection or treatment site:
    a. A dental hygienist with the training required in  18VAC60-20-81 to parenterally administer Schedule VI local anesthesia to  persons age 18 years or older; or
    b. A dental hygienist, dental assistant, registered nurse,  or licensed practical nurse to administer Schedule VI topical oral anesthetics.  
    4. A dentist who delegates  administration of deep sedation/general anesthesia shall ensure that:
    a. All equipment required in subsection F of this section  is present, in good working order, and immediately available to the areas where  patients will be sedated and treated and will recover; and 
    b. Qualified staff is on site to monitor patients in  accordance with requirements of subsection G of this section.
    D. Emergency F. Required equipment and  techniques. A dentist who administers deep sedation/general anesthesia shall be  proficient in handling emergencies and complications related to pain control  procedures, including the maintenance of respiration and circulation, and  immediate establishment of an airway and cardiopulmonary resuscitation, and.  He shall maintain have available the following emergency  equipment in the dental facility sizes for adults or children as  appropriate for the patient being treated and shall maintain it in working  order and immediately available to the areas where patients will be sedated and  treated and will recover: 
    1. Full face mask for children or adults, as appropriate  for the patient being treated masks; 
    2. Oral and nasopharyngeal airways airway management  adjuncts; 
    3. Endotracheal tubes for children or adults, or both,  with appropriate connectors or other appropriate airway management adjunct  such as a laryngeal mask airway; 
    4. A laryngoscope with reserve batteries and bulbs and  appropriately sized laryngoscope blades for children or adults, or both; 
    5. Source of delivery of oxygen under controlled positive  pressure; 
    6. Mechanical (hand) respiratory bag; 
    7. Pulse oximetry and blood pressure monitoring equipment  available and used in the treatment room; 
    8. Appropriate emergency drugs for patient resuscitation; 
    9. EKG monitoring equipment and temperature measuring devices;  
    10. Pharmacologic antagonist agents; 
    11. External defibrillator (manual or automatic); and 
    12. For intubated patients, an End-Tidal CO² monitor;
    13. Suction apparatus;
    14. Throat pack; and
    15. Precordial or pretracheal stethoscope. 
    E. G. Monitoring requirements. 
    1. The treatment team for deep sedation/general anesthesia  shall at least consist of the operating dentist, a second person to  monitor and observe the patient and a third person to assist the operating  dentist, all of whom shall be in the operatory with the patient during the  dental procedure treatment. The second person may be the  health professional delegated to administer sedation or anesthesia. 
    2. Monitoring of the patient under undergoing  deep sedation/general anesthesia, including direct, visual observation of the  patient by a one member of the treatment team, is to begin  prior to induction of anesthesia and shall take place continuously following  induction, during the dental procedure, and during recovery  from anesthesia. The person who administered the anesthesia or another licensed  practitioner qualified to administer the same level of anesthesia must remain  on the premises of the dental facility until the patient has regained  consciousness and is discharged. 
    3. Monitoring deep sedation/general anesthesia shall include  the following: recording and reporting of blood pressure, pulse, respiration  and other vital signs to the attending dentist. 
    a. EKG readings and baseline vital signs shall be taken and  recorded prior to administration of any controlled drug at the facility to  include: temperature, blood pressure, pulse, oxygen saturation, [ and ]  respiration [ , and heart rate ]. The  EKG readings and patient's vital signs shall be monitored, recorded every five  minutes, and reported to the treating dentist throughout the administration of  controlled drugs and recovery. When depolarizing medications are administered,  temperature shall be monitored constantly.
    b. A secured intravenous line must be established during  induction and maintained through recovery.
    H. Discharge requirements.
    1. The patient shall not be discharged until the  responsible licensed practitioner determines that the patient's level of  consciousness, oxygenation, ventilation, and circulation are satisfactory for  discharge and vital signs have been taken and recorded.
    2. Postoperative instructions shall be given verbally and  in writing. The written instructions shall include a 24-hour emergency  telephone number for the dental practice.
    3. The patient shall be discharged with a responsible  individual who has been instructed with regard to the patient's care. 
    18VAC60-20-120. Requirements to administer for  administration of conscious/moderate sedation. 
    A. After March 31, 2013, no dentist may administer  conscious/moderate sedation in a dental office unless he has been issued a  permit by the board. The requirement for a permit shall not apply to an oral  and maxillofacial surgeon who maintains membership in the American Association  of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons (AAOMS) and who provides the board with  reports that result from the periodic office examinations required by AAOMS.  Such an oral and maxillofacial surgeon shall be required to post a certificate  issued by AAOMS.
    B. Automatic qualification. Dentists qualified who  hold a current permit to administer deep sedation/general anesthesia may  administer conscious/moderate sedation. 
    C. To determine eligibility for a conscious/moderate  sedation permit, a dentist shall submit the following:
    1. A completed application form indicating one of the  following permits for which the applicant is qualified:
    a. Conscious/moderate sedation by any method;
    b. Conscious/moderate sedation by enteral administration  only; or
    c. Temporary conscious/moderate sedation permit (may be  renewed one time);
    2. The application fee as specified in 18VAC60-20-30; 
    3. A copy of a transcript, certification, or other documentation  of training content that meets the educational and training qualifications as  specified in subsection D or E of this section, as applicable; and
    4. A copy of current certification in ACLS or PALS as  required in subsection F of this section.
    B. D. Educational requirements for administration  of a permit to administer conscious/moderate sedation by any  method. 
    1. A dentist may be issued a conscious/moderate sedation  permit to employ or use any method of conscious [ /moderate ]  sedation by meeting one of the following criteria: 
    a. Completion of training for this treatment modality  according to guidelines published by the American Dental Association  (Guidelines for Teaching the Comprehensive Control of Anxiety and Pain in  Dentistry) in effect at the time the training occurred, while enrolled at an  accredited dental program or while enrolled in a post-doctoral university or  teaching hospital program; or 
    b. Completion of an approved a continuing  education course offered by a provider approved in 18VAC60-20-50 and  consisting of 60 hours of didactic instruction plus the management of at least  20 patients per participant, demonstrating competency and clinical experience  in parenteral conscious sedation and management of a compromised airway. The  course content shall be consistent with guidelines published by the American  Dental Association (Guidelines for Teaching the Comprehensive Control of  Anxiety and Pain in Dentistry) in effect at the time the training occurred. 
    2. A dentist who was self-certified in anesthesia and  conscious [ /moderate ] sedation prior to January 1989 may be  issued a temporary conscious/moderate sedation permit to continue to  administer only conscious [ /moderate ] sedation until  [ September 14, 2014 May 7, 2015 ]. After  [ September 14, 2014 May 7, 2015 ], a dentist  shall meet the requirements for and obtain a conscious/moderate sedation permit  by any method or by enteral administration only. 
    C. E. Educational requirement for enteral  administration of conscious [ /moderate ] sedation only. A  dentist may be issued a conscious/moderate sedation permit to only  administer conscious [ /moderate ] sedation by an enteral  method if he has completed an approved a continuing education  program, offered by a provider approved in 18VAC60-20-50, of not less  than 18 hours of didactic instruction plus 20 clinically-oriented experiences  in enteral and/or combination inhalation-enteral conscious [ /moderate ]  sedation techniques. The course content shall be consistent with the guidelines  published by the American Dental Association (Guidelines for Teaching the  Comprehensive Control of Anxiety and Pain in Dentistry) in effect at the time  the training occurred. The certificate of completion and a detailed  description of the course content must be maintained.
    D. F. Additional training required. After  June 29, 2006, dentists Dentists who administer conscious [ /moderate ]  sedation shall hold current certification in advanced resuscitation techniques with  hands-on simulated airway and megacode training for health care providers,  including basic electrocardiographic interpretation, such as Advanced  Cardiac Life Support as evidenced by a certificate of  completion posted with the dental license (ACLS) for Health  Professionals or Pediatric Advanced Life Support (PALS) for Health  Professionals, and current registration with the Drug Enforcement  Administration. 
    G. Posting. The conscious/moderate sedation permit  required under subsection A of this section and issued in accordance  with subsection C of this section or the AAOMS certificate issued to an oral  and maxillofacial surgeon shall be posted along with the dental license and  registration with the Drug Enforcement Administration. All licenses and permits  must be current.
    H. Delegation of administration.
    1. A dentist who does not hold a permit to administer  conscious/moderate sedation shall only use the services of a permitted dentist  or an anesthesiologist to administer such sedation in a dental office. In a  licensed outpatient surgery center, a dentist who does not hold a permit to  administer conscious/moderate sedation shall use either a permitted dentist, an  anesthesiologist, or a certified registered nurse anesthetist to administer  such sedation. 
    2. A dentist who holds a permit may administer or use the  services of the following personnel to administer conscious/moderate sedation:
    a. A dentist with the training required by subsection E of  this section to administer by an enteral method;
    b. A dentist with the training required by subsection D of  this section to administer by any method;
    c. An anesthesiologist;
    d. A certified registered nurse anesthetist under the  medical direction and indirect supervision of a dentist who meets the education  and training requirements of subsection D or E of this section; or
    e. A registered nurse upon his direct instruction and under  the immediate supervision of a dentist who meets the education and training  requirements of subsection D of this section.
    3. If minimal sedation is self-administered by or to a  patient age 13 years or older before arrival at the dental office, the dentist  may only use the personnel listed in subdivision 2 of this subsection to  administer local anesthesia. No sedating medication shall be prescribed for or  administered to a [ child patient ] age  12 years [ and or ] younger prior to his  arrival at the dentist office or treatment facility.
    4. Preceding the administration of conscious/moderate  sedation, a permitted dentist may use the services of the following personnel  under indirect supervision to administer local anesthesia to anesthetize the  injection or treatment site:
    a. A dental hygienist with the training required by  18VAC60-20-81 to parenterally administer Schedule VI local anesthesia to  persons age 18 years or older; or
    b. A dental hygienist, dental assistant, registered nurse,  or licensed practical nurse to administer Schedule VI topical oral anesthetics.  
    5. A dentist who delegates administration of  conscious/moderate sedation shall ensure that:
    a. All equipment required in subsection I of this section  is present, in good working order, and immediately available to the areas where  patients will be sedated and treated and will recover; and 
    b. Qualified staff is on site to monitor patients in  accordance with requirements of subsection J of this section.
    E. Emergency I. Required equipment and  techniques. A dentist who administers conscious [ /moderate ]  sedation shall be proficient in handling emergencies and complications related  to pain control procedures, including the maintenance of respiration and circulation,  immediate establishment of an airway and cardiopulmonary resuscitation, and  shall maintain have available the following emergency airway  equipment in the dental facility sizes for adults or children as  appropriate for the patient being treated and shall maintain it in working  order and immediately available to the areas where patients will be sedated and  treated and will recover: 
    1. Full face mask for children or adults, as appropriate  for the patient being treated masks; 
    2. Oral and nasopharyngeal airways airway management  adjuncts; 
    3. Endotracheal tubes for children or adults, or both, with  appropriate connectors or other appropriate airway management adjunct such  as a laryngeal mask airway and a laryngoscope with reserve batteries and  bulbs and appropriately sized laryngoscope blades for children or adults, or  both. In lieu of a laryngoscope and endotracheal tubes, a dentist may  maintain airway adjuncts designed for the maintenance of a patent airway and  the direct delivery of positive pressure oxygen; 
    4. Pulse oximetry; 
    5. Blood pressure monitoring equipment; 
    6. Pharmacologic antagonist agents; 
    7. Source of delivery of oxygen under controlled positive  pressure; 
    8. Mechanical (hand) respiratory bag; and 
    9. Appropriate emergency drugs for patient resuscitation;
    10. Defibrillator;
    11. Suction apparatus;
    12. Temperature measuring device;
    13. Throat pack;
    14. Precordial [ and or ]  pretracheal stethoscope; and
    15. Electrocardiographic monitor, if a patient is receiving  parenteral administration of sedation or if the dentist is using titration.  
    F. J. Monitoring requirements. 
    1. The administration treatment team for  conscious [ /moderate ] sedation shall at least consist  of the operating dentist and a second person to assist, monitor, and  observe the patient. Both shall be in the operatory with the patient  throughout the dental treatment. The second person may be the health  professional delegated to administer sedation. 
    2. Monitoring of the patient under conscious undergoing  conscious/moderate sedation, including direct, visual observation of the  patient by a one member of the treatment team, is to begin  prior to administration of sedation, or if medication is self-administered by  the patient, when the patient arrives immediately upon the patient's  arrival at the dental office and shall take place continuously during the  dental procedure treatment and during recovery from  sedation. The person who administers the sedation or another licensed  practitioner qualified to administer the same level of sedation must remain on  the premises of the dental facility until the patient is responsive evaluated  and is discharged. 
    3. Monitoring conscious/moderate sedation shall include the  following: 
    a. Baseline vital signs shall be taken and recorded prior  to administration of any controlled drug at the facility and prior to  discharge; and 
    b. Blood pressure, oxygen saturation, [ and ]  pulse [ , and heart rate ] shall be monitored  continually during the administration and recorded every five minutes.
    K. Discharge requirements.
    1. The patient shall not be discharged until the  responsible licensed practitioner determines that the patient's level of  consciousness, oxygenation, ventilation, and circulation are satisfactory for  discharge and vital signs have been taken and recorded.
    2. Postoperative instructions shall be given verbally and  in writing. The written instructions shall include a 24-hour emergency  telephone number of the dental practice.
    3. The patient shall be discharged with a responsible  individual who has been instructed with regard to the patient's care. 
    18VAC60-20-135. Ancillary personnel Personnel  assisting in sedation or anesthesia. 
    After June 29, 2006, dentists Dentists who  employ ancillary personnel to assist in the administration and  monitoring of any form of conscious/moderate sedation or deep  sedation/general anesthesia shall maintain documentation that such personnel  have: 
    1. Minimal training resulting in current certification in  basic resuscitation techniques with hands-on airway training for health care  providers, such as Basic Cardiac Life Support for Health Professionals  or an approved, a clinically oriented course devoted primarily to  responding to clinical emergencies offered by an approved provider of  continuing education as set forth in 18VAC60-20-50 C; or 
    2. Current certification as a certified anesthesia assistant  (CAA) by the American Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons or the  American Dental Society of Anesthesiology (ADSA). 
    18VAC60-20-140. Report of adverse reactions. (Repealed.)  
    A written report shall be submitted to the board by the  treating dentist within 30 days following any mortality or morbidity which  directly results from the administration of local anesthesia, general  anesthesia, conscious sedation, or nitrous oxide oxygen inhalation analgesia  and which occurs in the facility or during the first 24 hours immediately  following the patient's departure from the facility. 
        NOTICE: The following  forms used in administering the regulation were filed by the agency. The forms  are not being published; however, online users of this issue of the Virginia  Register of Regulations may click on the name of a form with a hyperlink to  access it. The forms are also available from the agency contact or may be  viewed at the Office of the Registrar of Regulations, General Assembly  Building, 2nd Floor, Richmond, Virginia 23219.
         FORMS (18VAC60-20) 
    Application Requirements for Dentists and  Application for License to Practice Dentistry (rev. 11/10)
    Application Requirements and Application for  Restricted Dental Volunteer License/Restricted Dental Hygiene License (rev.  11/10)
    Requirements and Instructions for a Temporary  Resident's License to Persons Enrolled in Advanced Dental Education Programs  and Application for Temporary Resident's License (rev. 2/10)
    Application Requirements and Application for  Teacher's License or Full-time Faculty License (rev. 11/10)
    Application Requirements for Dental Hygienists and  Application for Licensure to Practice Dental Hygiene (rev. 11/10)
    Application Requirements for Registration as a  Dental Assistant II (rev. 3/11)
    Application for Registration to Practice as a  Dental Assistant II (eff. 3/11)
    Form A, Certification of Dental Assisting  Education (eff. 3/11)
    Form B, Certification of Employment (eff. 3/11)
    Form C, Certification of Authorization to Perform  Expanded Duties as a Dental Assistant II (eff. 3/11)
    Instructions for Reinstatement of License and  Reinstatement Application for Dental/Dental Hygiene Licensure (rev. 2/10)
    Instructions for Application for Reactivation of  License and Application for Reactivation of License (rev. 2/10)
    Application for Certification to Perform Cosmetic  Procedures (rev. 2/10)
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeon Registration of  Practice (rev. 2/10)
    Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeon Reinstatement of  Registration of Practice (rev. 2/10)
    Application for Registration for Volunteer  Practice (rev. 8/08)
    Sponsor Certification for Volunteer Registration  (rev. 8/08)
    Application for Registration of a Mobile Dental  Facility or Portable Dental Operation (eff. 6/10)
    Application  for a Permit to Administer Conscious/Moderate Sedation (rev. 10/12)
    Application  for a Permit to Administer Deep Sedation/General Anesthesia (rev. 10/12)
    VA.R. Doc. No. R13-2984; Filed March 17, 2014, 11:32 a.m. 
TITLE 18. PROFESSIONAL AND OCCUPATIONAL LICENSING
BOARD OF MEDICINE
Final Regulation
    Title of Regulation: 18VAC85-150. Regulations  Governing the Practice of Behavior Analysis (adding 18VAC85-150-10 through  18VAC85-150-200). 
    Statutory Authority: §§ 54.1-2400 and 54.1-2957.16  of the Code of Virginia.
    Effective Date: May 7, 2014. 
    Agency Contact: William L. Harp, M.D., Executive  Director, Board of Medicine, 9960 Mayland Drive, Suite 300, Richmond, VA 23233,  telephone (804) 367-4558, FAX (804) 527-4429, or email william.harp@dhp.virginia.gov.
    Summary:
    Pursuant to Chapter 3 of the 2012 Acts of the Assembly, the  Board of Medicine is required to promulgate regulations to license behavior  analysts and assistant behavior analysts. The regulation establishes (i)  criteria for licensure, (ii) requirements for fees and applications, (iii)  provisions for renewal and reinstatement of licensure, (iv) standards of  practice, (v) procedures for the supervision of assistant behavior analysts,  and (vi) criteria for supervision of unlicensed individuals who assist in the  provision of applied behavior analysis.
    Summary of Public Comments and Agency's Response: A  summary of comments made by the public and the agency's response may be  obtained from the promulgating agency or viewed at the office of the Registrar  of Regulations. 
    CHAPTER 150
  REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE PRACTICE OF BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS
    Part I 
  General Provisions
    18VAC85-150-10. Definitions.
    A. The following words and terms when used in this chapter  shall have the meanings ascribed to them in § 54.1-2900 of the Code of  Virginia: 
    Board 
    Practice of behavior analysis
    B. The following words and terms when used in this chapter  shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates  otherwise: 
    "BACB" means the Behavior Analyst Certification  Board, Inc.
    "BCBA®" means a Board Certified Behavior  Analyst®.
    "BCaBA®" means a Board Certified Assistant  Behavior Analyst®.
    18VAC85-150-20. Public participation.
    A separate board regulation, 18VAC85-10, provides for  involvement of the public in the development of all regulations of the Virginia  Board of Medicine. 
    18VAC85-150-30. Current name and address.
    Each licensee shall furnish the board his current name and  address of record. All notices required by law or by this chapter to be given  by the board to any such licensee shall be validly given when mailed to the  latest address of record provided or served to the licensee. Any change of name  or change in the address of record or public address, if different from the  address of record, shall be furnished to the board within 30 days of such  change.
    18VAC85-150-40. Fees.
    A. The following fees have been established by the board: 
    1. The initial fee for the behavior analyst license shall  be $130; for the assistant behavior analyst license, it shall be $70. 
    2. The fee for reinstatement of the behavior analyst  license that has been lapsed for two years or more shall be $180; for the  assistant behavior analyst license, it shall be $90. 
    3. The fee for active license renewal for a behavior  analyst shall be $135; for any assistant behavior analyst, it shall be $70. The  fees for inactive license renewal shall be $70 for a behavior analyst and $35  for an assistant behavior analyst. Renewals shall be due in the birth month of  the licensee in each odd-numbered year. 
    4. The additional fee for processing a late renewal  application within one renewal cycle shall be $50 for a behavior analyst and  $30 for an assistant behavior analyst. 
    5. The fee for a letter of good standing or verification to  another state for a license shall be $10. 
    6. The fee for reinstatement of licensure pursuant to  § 54.1-2408.2 of the Code of Virginia shall be $2,000. 
    7. The fee for a returned check shall be $35. 
    8. The fee for a duplicate license shall be $5.00, and the  fee for a duplicate wall certificate shall be $15. 
    B. Unless otherwise provided, fees established by the  board shall not be refundable.
    Part II 
  Requirements for Licensure as a Behavior Analyst or an Assistant Behavior  Analyst
    18VAC85-150-50. Application requirements.
    An applicant for licensure shall submit the following on  forms provided by the board: 
    1. A completed application and a fee as prescribed in  18VAC85-150-40. 
    2. Verification of certification as required in  18VAC85-150-60. 
    3. Verification of practice as required on the application  form. 
    4. If licensed or certified in any other jurisdiction,  verification that there has been no disciplinary action taken or pending in  that jurisdiction. 
    5. Verification from the BACB on disciplinary action taken  or pending by that body.
    18VAC85-150-60. Licensure requirement.
    An applicant for a license to practice as a behavior  analyst or an assistant behavior analyst shall hold current certification as a  BCBA® or a BCaBA® obtained by meeting qualifications and passage of the  examination required for certification as a BCBA® or a BCaBA® by the BACB.
    Part III 
  Renewal and Reinstatement
    18VAC85-150-70. Renewal of licensure.
    A. Every behavior analyst or assistant behavior analyst  who intends to maintain an active license shall biennially renew his license  each odd-numbered year during his birth month and shall:
    1. Submit the prescribed renewal fee; and
    2. Attest to having met the continuing education  requirements of 18VAC85-150-100. 
    B. The license of a behavior analyst or assistant behavior  analyst that has not been renewed by the first day of the month following the  month in which renewal is required is lapsed. Practice with a lapsed license  may be grounds for disciplinary action. A license that is lapsed for two years  or less may be renewed by payment of the renewal fee, a late fee as prescribed  in 18VAC85-150-40, and documentation of compliance with continuing education  requirements.
    18VAC85-150-80. Inactive licensure.
    A behavior analyst or assistant behavior analyst who holds  a current, unrestricted license in Virginia shall, upon a request on the  renewal application and submission of the required fee, be issued an inactive  license. The holder of an inactive license shall not be entitled to perform any  act requiring a license to practice as a behavior analyst or assistant behavior  analyst in Virginia.
    18VAC85-150-90. Reactivation or reinstatement.
    A. To reactivate an inactive license or to reinstate a  license that has been lapsed for more than two years, a behavior analyst or  assistant behavior analyst shall submit evidence of competency to return to  active practice to include one of the following:
    1. Information on continued practice in another  jurisdiction as a licensed behavior analyst or a licensed assistant behavior  analyst or with certification as a BCBA® or BCaBA® during the period in which  the license has been inactive or lapsed;
    2. Twelve hours of continuing education for each year in  which the license has been inactive or lapsed, not to exceed three years; or
    3. Recertification by passage of the BCBA® or the BCaBA®  certification examination from the BACB.
    B. To reactivate an inactive license, a behavior analyst  or assistant behavior analyst shall pay a fee equal to the difference between  the current renewal fee for inactive licensure and the renewal fee for active  licensure.
    C. To reinstate a license that has been lapsed for more  than two years, a behavior analyst or assistant behavior analyst shall file an  application for reinstatement and pay the fee for reinstatement of his license  as prescribed in 18VAC85-150-40. The board may specify additional requirements  for reinstatement of a license so lapsed to include education, experience, or  reexamination.
    D. A behavior analyst or assistant behavior analyst whose  licensure has been revoked by the board and who wishes to be reinstated shall  make a new application to the board, fulfill additional requirements as  specified in the order from the board, and make payment of the fee for  reinstatement of his licensure as prescribed in 18VAC85-150-40 pursuant to § 54.1-2408.2 of the Code of Virginia.
    E. The board reserves the right to deny a request for  reactivation or reinstatement to any licensee who has been determined to have  committed an act in violation of § 54.1-2915 of the Code of Virginia or any  provisions of this chapter.
    18VAC85-150-100. Continuing education requirements.
    A. In order to renew an active license, a behavior analyst  shall attest to having completed 24 hours of continuing education and an  assistant behavior analyst shall attest to having completed 16 hours of  continuing education as approved and documented by a sponsor recognized by the  BACB within the last biennium. 
    B. A practitioner shall be exempt from the continuing  education requirements for the first biennial renewal following the date of  initial licensure in Virginia. 
    C. The practitioner shall retain in his records the  completed form with all supporting documentation for a period of four years  following the renewal of an active license. 
    D. The board shall periodically conduct a random audit of  its active licensees to determine compliance. The practitioners selected for  the audit shall provide all supporting documentation within 30 days of  receiving notification of the audit. 
    E. Failure to comply with these requirements may subject  the licensee to disciplinary action by the board. 
    F. The board may grant an extension of the deadline for  continuing education requirements, for up to one year, for good cause shown  upon a written request from the licensee prior to the renewal date. 
    G. The board may grant an exemption from all or part of  the requirements for circumstances beyond the control of the licensee, such as  temporary disability, mandatory military service, or officially declared  disasters.
    Part IV 
  Scope of Practice
    18VAC85-150-110. Scope of practice.
    The practice of a behavior analyst includes:
    1. Design, implementation, and evaluation of environmental  modifications using the principles and methods of behavior analysis to produce  socially significant improvement in human behavior, including the use of direct  observation, measurement, and functional analysis of the relationship between  environment and behavior; and
    2. Supervision of licensed assistant behavior analysts and  unlicensed personnel.
    18VAC85-150-120. Supervisory responsibilities.
    A. The licensed behavior analyst is ultimately responsible  and accountable for client care and outcomes under his clinical supervision.
    B. There shall be a written supervisory agreement between  the licensed behavior analyst and the licensed assistant behavior analyst that  shall address:
    1. The domains of competency within which services may be  provided by the licensed assistant behavior analyst; and
    2. The nature and frequency of the supervision of the  practice of the licensed assistant behavior analyst by the licensed behavior  analyst. 
    A copy of the written supervisory agreement shall be  maintained by the licensed behavior analyst and the licensed assistant behavior  analyst and made available to the board upon request.
    C. Delegation shall only be made if, in the judgment of  the licensed behavior analyst, the task or procedures can be properly and  safely performed by an appropriately trained assistant behavior analyst or  other person, and the delegation does not jeopardize the health or safety of  the client.
    D. Supervision activities by the licensed behavior analyst  include:
    1. Direct, real-time observation of the supervisee  implementing behavior analytic assessment and intervention procedures with  clients in natural environments and/or training others to implement them, with  feedback from the supervisor.
    2. One-to-one, real-time interactions between supervisor  and supervisee to review and discuss assessment and treatment plans and  procedures, client assessment and progress data and reports, published  research, ethical and professional standards and guidelines, professional  development needs and opportunities, and relevant laws, regulations, and  policies. 
    3. Real-time interactions between a supervisor and a group  of supervisees to review and discuss assessment and treatment plans and  procedures, client assessment and progress data and reports, published  research, ethical and professional standards and guidelines, professional  development needs and opportunities, and relevant laws, regulations, and  policies. 
    4. Informal interactions between supervisors and  supervisees via telephone, electronic mail, and other written communication are  encouraged but may not be considered formal supervision.
    For the purposes of this subsection, "real-time"  shall mean live and person-to-person.
    E. The frequency and nature of supervision interactions  are determined by the individualized assessment or treatment plans of the  clients served by the licensed behavior analyst and the assistant behavior  analyst but shall occur not less than once every four weeks with each  supervision session lasting no less than one hour.
    18VAC85-150-130. Supervision of unlicensed personnel.
    A. Unlicensed personnel may be supervised by a licensed  behavior analyst or a licensed assistant behavior analyst.
    B. Unlicensed personnel may be utilized to perform:
    1. Nonclient-related tasks, including but not limited to  clerical and maintenance activities and the preparation of the work area and equipment;  and
    2. Certain routine client-related tasks that, in the  opinion of and under the supervision of a licensed behavior analyst or a  licensed assistant behavior analyst, have no potential to adversely impact the  client or the client's treatment plan and do not constitute the practice of  behavior analysis. 
    Part V 
  Standards of Professional Conduct
    18VAC85-150-140. Confidentiality.
    A practitioner shall not willfully or negligently breach  the confidentiality between a practitioner and a client. A breach of  confidentiality that is required or permitted by applicable law or beyond the  control of the practitioner shall not be considered negligent or willful.
    18VAC85-150-150. Client records.
    A. Practitioners shall comply with the provisions of § 32.1-127.1:03  of the Code of Virginia related to the confidentiality and disclosure of client  records. 
    B. Practitioners shall provide client records to another  practitioner or to the client or his personal representative in a timely manner  in accordance with provisions of § 32.1-127.1:03 of the Code of Virginia. 
    C. Practitioners shall properly manage and keep timely,  accurate, legible, and complete client records. 
    D. Practitioners who are employed by a health care  institution, educational institution, school system, or other entity in which  the individual practitioner does not own or maintain his own records shall  maintain client records in accordance with the policies and procedures of the  employing entity. 
    E. Practitioners who are self-employed or employed by an entity  in which the individual practitioner owns and is responsible for client records  shall: 
    1. Maintain a client record for a minimum of six years  following the last client encounter with the following exceptions: 
    a. Records of a minor child shall be maintained until the  child reaches the age of 18 years or becomes emancipated, with a minimum time  for record retention of six years from the last client encounter regardless of  the age of the child; 
    b. Records that have previously been transferred to another  practitioner or health care provider or provided to the client or his legally  authorized representative; or 
    c. Records that are required by contractual obligation or  federal law may need to be maintained for a longer period of time. 
    2. Post information or in some manner inform all clients  concerning the time frame for record retention and destruction. Client records  shall only be destroyed in a manner that protects client confidentiality, such  as by incineration or shredding. 
    3. When closing, selling, or relocating his practice, meet  the requirements of § 54.1-2405 of the Code of Virginia for giving notice that  copies of records can be sent to any like-regulated provider of the client's  choice or provided to the client or legally authorized representative.
    18VAC85-150-160. Practitioner-client communication;  termination of relationship.
    A. Communication with clients. 
    1. Except as provided in § 32.1-127.1:03 F of the Code of  Virginia, a practitioner shall accurately present information to a client or  his legally authorized representative in understandable terms and encourage  participation in decisions regarding the client's care. 
    2. A practitioner shall not deliberately make a false or  misleading statement regarding the practitioner's skill or the efficacy or  value of a treatment or procedure provided or directed by the practitioner. 
    3. Before an initial assessment or intervention is  performed, informed consent shall be obtained from the client or his legally  authorized representative. Practitioners shall inform clients or their legally  authorized representative of the risks, benefits, and alternatives of the  recommended procedure that a reasonably prudent practitioner would tell a  client. 
    a. Informed consent shall also be obtained if there is a  significant change to a therapeutic procedure or intervention performed on a  client that is not part of routine, general care and that is more restrictive  on the continuum of care. 
    b. In the instance of a minor or a client who is incapable  of making an informed decision on his own behalf or is incapable of  communicating such a decision due to a physical or mental disorder, the legally  authorized person available to give consent shall be informed and the consent  documented. 
    c. An exception to the requirement for consent prior to  performance of a procedure or intervention may be made in an emergency  situation when a delay in obtaining consent would likely result in imminent  harm to the client. 
    4. Practitioners shall adhere to requirements of § 32.1-162.18  of the Code of Virginia for obtaining informed consent from clients prior to  involving them as subjects in human research with the exception of  retrospective chart reviews. 
    B. Termination of the practitioner-client relationship. 
    1. The practitioner or the client may terminate the  relationship. In either case, the practitioner shall make the client record  available, except in situations where denial of access is allowed by law. 
    2. A practitioner shall not terminate the relationship or  make his services unavailable without documented notice to the client that  allows for a reasonable time to obtain the services of another practitioner.
    18VAC85-150-170. Practitioner responsibility.
    A. A practitioner shall not: 
    1. Perform procedures or techniques that are outside the  scope of his practice or for which he is not trained and individually  competent; 
    2. Knowingly allow a subordinate to jeopardize client  safety or provide client care outside of the subordinate's scope of practice or  area of responsibility. Practitioners shall delegate client care only to  subordinates who are properly trained and supervised; 
    3. Engage in an egregious pattern of disruptive behavior or  interaction in a health care setting that interferes with client care or could  reasonably be expected to adversely impact the quality of care rendered to a  client; or 
    4. Exploit the practitioner-client relationship for  personal gain. 
    B. Advocating for client safety or improvement in client  care within a health care entity shall not constitute disruptive behavior  provided the practitioner does not engage in behavior prohibited in subdivision  A 3 of this section. 
    18VAC85-150-180. Solicitation or remuneration in exchange  for referral.
    A practitioner shall not knowingly and willfully solicit  or receive any remuneration, directly or indirectly, in return for referring an  individual to a facility or institution as defined in § 37.2-100 of the  Code of Virginia or hospital as defined in § 32.1-123 of the Code of  Virginia. 
    Remuneration shall be defined as compensation, received in  cash or in kind, but shall not include any payments, business arrangements, or  payment practices allowed by 42 USC § 1320 a-7b(b), as amended, or any  regulations promulgated thereto.
    18VAC85-150-190. Sexual contact.
    A. For purposes of § 54.1-2915 A 12 and A 19 of the Code  of Virginia and this section, sexual contact includes, but is not limited to,  sexual behavior or verbal or physical behavior that: 
    1. May reasonably be interpreted as intended for the sexual  arousal or gratification of the practitioner, the client, or both; or 
    2. May reasonably be interpreted as romantic involvement  with a client regardless of whether such involvement occurs in the professional  setting or outside of it. 
    B. Sexual contact with a client. 
    1. The determination of when a person is a client for  purposes of § 54.1-2915 A 19 of the Code of Virginia is made on a case-by-case  basis with consideration given to the nature, extent, and context of the  professional relationship between the practitioner and the person. The fact  that a person is not actively receiving treatment or professional services from  a practitioner is not determinative of this issue. A person is presumed to  remain a client until the practitioner-client relationship is terminated. 
    2. The consent to, initiation of, or participation in  sexual behavior or involvement with a practitioner by a client does not change  the nature of the conduct nor negate the statutory prohibition. 
    C. Sexual contact between a practitioner and a former  client after termination of the practitioner-client relationship may still  constitute unprofessional conduct if the sexual contact is a result of the  exploitation of trust, knowledge, or influence of emotions derived from the  professional relationship. 
    D. Sexual contact between a practitioner and a key third  party shall constitute unprofessional conduct if the sexual contact is a result  of the exploitation of trust, knowledge, or influence derived from the  professional relationship or if the contact has had or is likely to have an  adverse effect on client care. For purposes of this section, key third party of  a client means spouse or partner, parent or child, guardian, or legal  representative of the client. 
    E. Sexual contact between a supervisor and a trainee shall  constitute unprofessional conduct if the sexual contact is a result of the  exploitation of trust, knowledge, or influence derived from the professional  relationship or if the contact has had or is likely to have an adverse effect on  client care.
    18VAC85-150-200. Refusal to provide information.
    A practitioner shall not willfully refuse to provide  information or records as requested or required by the board or its  representative pursuant to an investigation or to the enforcement of a statute  or regulation.
        NOTICE: The following  forms used in administering the regulation were filed by the agency. The forms  are not being published; however, online users of this issue of the Virginia  Register of Regulations may click on the name of a form with a hyperlink to  access it. The forms are also available from the agency contact or may be  viewed at the Office of the Registrar of Regulations, General Assembly  Building, 2nd Floor, Richmond, Virginia 23219.
         FORMS (18VAC85-150)
    Application to Practice as a Behavior Analyst or Assistant  Behavior Analyst (apply  online)
    Behavior  Analyst - Form A, Claims History (09/2013)
    Assistant  Behavior Analyst - Form A, Claims History (09/2013)
    Behavior  Analyst and Assistant Behavior Analyst - Form B (09/2013)
    Behavior  Analyst - Form C (09/2013)
    Assistant  Behavior Analyst - Form C (09/2013)
    Instructions  for Completing an Assistant Behavior Analyst Licensure Reinstatement  Application (09/2013)
    VA.R. Doc. No. R13-3281; Filed March 19, 2014, 11:39 a.m.